Thomas Seebohm
Thomas Seebohm
Thomas Seebohm
Thomas M. Seebohm
History as a
Science and the
System of the
Sciences
Phenomenological Investigations
Contributions to Phenomenology
Volume 77
Series Editors
Nicolas de Warren, KU Leuven, Belgium
Dermot Moran, University College Dublin, Ireland
Editorial Board
Lilian Alweiss, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland
Elizabeth Behnke, Ferndale, WA, USA
Rudolf Bernet, Husserl Archive, KU Leuven, Belgium
David Carr, Emory University, GA, USA
Chan-Fai Cheung, Chinese University Hong Kong, China
James Dodd, New School University, NY, USA
Lester Embree, Florida Atlantic University, FL, USA
Alfredo Ferrarin, Università di Pisa, Italy
Burt Hopkins, Seattle University, WA, USA
José Huertas-Jourda, Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada
Kwok-Ying Lau, Chinese University Hong Kong, China
Nam-In Lee, Seoul National University, Korea
Rosemary R.P. Lerner, Pontificia Universidad Católica del Perú, Peru
Dieter Lohmar, Universität zu Köln, Germany
William R. McKenna, Miami University, OH, USA
Algis Mickunas, Ohio University, OH, USA
J.N. Mohanty, Temple University, PA, USA
Junichi Murata, University of Tokyo, Japan
Thomas Nenon, The University of Memphis, TN, USA
Thomas M. Seebohm, Johannes Gutenberg-Universität, Germany
Gail Soffer, Rome, Italy
Anthony Steinbock, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, IL, USA
Shigeru Taguchi, Yamagata University, Japan
Dan Zahavi, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
Richard M. Zaner, Vanderbilt University, TN, USA
Scope
The purpose of the series is to serve as a vehicle for the pursuit of phenomenological
research across a broad spectrum, including cross-over developments with other
fields of inquiry such as the social sciences and cognitive science. Since its estab-
lishment in 1987, Contributions to Phenomenology has published nearly 60 titles
on diverse themes of phenomenological philosophy. In addition to welcoming
monographs and collections of papers in established areas of scholarship, the series
encourages original work in phenomenology. The breadth and depth of the Series
reflects the rich and varied significance of phenomenological thinking for seminal
questions of human inquiry as well as the increasingly international reach of phe-
nomenological research.
123
Thomas M. Seebohm (deceased)
Bonn, Germany
1
Note that in these investigations the term “intersensory” always refers to observation that is not
merely sensory but intersubjective.
v
vi Preface
laws determining the events in the natural world of what really is the case. There
are, hence, prima facie in general no serious differences in the judgments about
the methodology of the natural sciences between the defenders of the first and the
second answer. A second glance reveals, however, that the thesis of the defenders
of the second answer implies that the world of the human sciences, the cultural
world, has priority over the world of the natural sciences. This needs some further
explication.
The main objection that can be raised in defense of the second against the first
answer is that explanations in the human sciences have to presuppose what has to
be explained. What has to be explained are manifestations of cultural activities,
i.e., actions, interactions, speeches, but then also written speeches, texts, art works,
etc. Such manifestations are more than objects that can be given in intersensory
observations. They must be understood, i.e., they need interpretations. Explanations
in the human or cultural sciences presuppose, hence, interpretations. There is no way
to defend the objective validity of such explanations without a possible justification
of the objective validity of the presupposed interpretations with the aid of methods
that can serve as warrants for the objective validity of these interpretations.
The conclusion that can be derived from the principles of this argument for the
second answer says that the history of the natural sciences shows that the natural
sciences themselves are also manifestations of specific activities in specific phases
of cultural history. The natural sciences can, hence, ultimately be reduced to the
problem of understanding interpretations of nature in the human sciences. This
conclusion is diametrically opposed to the conclusion that is derivable from the
first answer.
However, this argument also reveals the weak spot in the second answer.
There is, on the one hand, philology as the historical human science that can be
recognized as a “pure” science of interpretation. There are, on the other hand,
historical human sciences that presuppose interpretations of texts, monuments, and
artifacts, but their main interest ultimately lies in reconstructions of “what really
happened” and explanations of “why has it happened,” i.e., an interest in “historical”
facts and causal explanations of these facts. It is, hence, possible to maintain a
strict distinction between a scientific methodology of explanation and a scientific
methodology of interpretation, but it is not possible to use this distinction between
different methodologies as a justification for a strict separation between the natural
and the human sciences.
A reader of the second volume of Husserl’s Logical Investigations, with the
subtitle Investigations Pertaining to the Phenomenology and Theory of Knowledge,
as well as the Ideas Pertaining to a Pure Phenomenology and to a Phenomeno-
logical Philosophy, Book I, is left with the impression that phenomenological
investigations will be able to give a consistent and final answer to the question of
what a science really is and to offer an outline of a system of different types of
theoretical disciplines that can be recognized as sciences. Looking then into Ideas
II and the later works of Husserl, the reader is left, however, with the somewhat
disappointing impression that Husserl obviously shares the above-mentioned second
answer, emphasizing a transcendental and even metaphysical priority of the world
Preface vii
of the cultural or spiritual sciences over the world of the natural sciences. It is also
disappointing to discover that, though Husserl offers a general theory of knowledge
and a philosophy of science, he says almost nothing about a phenomenological
epistemology of the sciences and a system of the sciences, i.e., what is missing
are critical descriptive analyses of the methodologies of the sciences.
Phenomenology is not a doctrine or a closed philosophical system. It is,
according to Husserl, a research program. Having the above-mentioned incompat-
ibilities, shortcomings, and doubts in mind, it is, hence, the aim of the following
investigations to develop a consistent system of a phenomenological epistemology.
The expectation that such investigations should begin with the natural sciences
is reasonable. It is reasonable because seen from the viewpoint of the history of
the sciences, it is obvious that the development of the modern empirical sciences
begins with the emergence of the natural sciences and that the claim that the
so-called human sciences are indeed sciences was only raised later, first for the
historical human sciences and then for psychology and the social human sciences.
The summary of the conclusion at the end of the following investigation will follow
this order. But the methodology of research in history as a science—not history as
a collection of narratives—and in the historical human sciences has been a blind
spot in phenomenological epistemological reflections. Therefore, the investigation
(Part I, Sect. 4.5; Part II, Chap. 5) will begin with the epistemological problems of
the historical human sciences, proceed from there to the prima facie diametrically
opposed problems of the natural sciences, and deal with psychology and the social
human sciences at the end.
This outline of the system of the sciences, and the additional thesis that history
as a science is the mediator in the alleged opposition of the natural and the human
sciences, is incompatible with both of the considered above answers to the question
“what is a science.” It is, however, in agreement both with our lived experience in
a lifeworld with sciences and with the foundations of a lifeworld with sciences in
the structure of practical interactions with the natural environment in pre-scientific
lifeworlds (Part I, Sect. 3.5; Part II, Chap. 6; Part IV, Chap. 9).
Thomas M. Seebohm
Acknowledgements
Given the circumstances, the research work preparing the investigations of this book
would not have been possible without the continuing supply of recent publications
and information about editions of the phenomenological traditions in the United
States (especially the tradition of the New School, Dorion Cairns, Felix Kaufmann,
Aron Gurwitsch, and Alfred Schutz, provided by Lester Embree) and the “Center for
Advanced Research in Phenomenology, Inc.” Embree read also drafts of chapters of
the book and gave valuable advice for the technical terminology and the general
structure of the whole.1 I highly appreciate and am thankful for Dr. Elizabeth
Behnke’s work as copyeditor of the book, including her advice for polishing the
style and editorial problems in the bibliography. I am also very thankful for the
support in finding solutions for technical problems and the formatting of the text of
my technical advisor Michael Rang. I appreciate and I am thankful for the decision
of the editorial board and the editors of the Contributions to Phenomenology series
and to the publisher, Springer, for accepting and publishing the book.
1
Before he became ill, my friend sent me a printout of the whole of his book. I marked a number
of typographical errors and suggested divisions of some long paragraphs and sent it back. When
I was sadly honored with the request to see the work though the press, this marked-up copy was
sent back to me and showed not only that most of the suggested divisions and corrections were
accepted but also that some errors I had overlooked had been caught by the author. After making
these corrections, all that the text lacked were abstracts for the chapters. Here I soon gave up
composing them myself and instead have formed the abstracts out of the section headings within
the chapters. I am grateful to my assistant, Elliot Shaw for his help. Lester Embree, July 2014.
ix
Obituary
Thomas M. Seebohm
Thomas Mulvany Seebohm died at home in Bonn surrounded by his wife and
three sons on August 25. He was born on July 7, 1934 in Gleiwitz.
Due in part to the times in Germany after the war, after graduating in classical
gymnasium in 1952, he learned cabinetmaking, becoming a journeyman in 1954.
He then studied Philosophy, Slavic Languages, Slavonic Literature, and Sociology
at the Universities of Bonn, Saarbrűcken, and Mainz, receiving his doctorate in
Philosophy summa cum laude in 1960 with Die Bedingungen der Möglichkeit der
Transzendentalphilosophie (Bonn 1962). From 1960 to 1965 he studied medieval
Russian philosophy and culture further, eventually publishing Ratio und Charisma.
Ansatz zur Ausbildung eines philosophisches und wissenschaftlichen Weltverständ-
nisses im Moskauer Russland (Bonn 1977).
Seebohm began teaching as an Assistant at Mainz in 1965, and was a Visiting
Professor at the Pennsylvania State University in 1970–1972 and at Trier in 1973.
He was then a Full Professor at Penn State 1973–1984, with additional visiting
professorships at the New School for Social Research in 1980 and at Heidelberg in
1981. He was a Director of the Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology,
Inc. since the 1970s. And finally he returned to Mainz as the successor of Gerhard
Funke in 1984 and retired in 1999.
Further books are Zur Kritik der hermeneutischen Vernunft (Bonn 1972),
Philosophie der Logik. Handbuch Philosophie (Freiburg 1984), Elementare
formalsierte Logik (Freiburg 1991), Hermeneutics: Method and Methodology
(Dordrecht 2004), and, finally, a comprehensive phenomenological epistemology,
History as a Science and the System of the Sciences (Dordrecht, in press).
There is a Festschrift, Phenomenology on Kant, German Idealism, Hermeneutics,
and Logic (ed. O.K. Wiegand et al., Dordrecht: 2000), with an Introduction by
Joseph Kockelmans on the accomplishments until then that fit that title and that
made Thomas cry when he read it. Kocklemans’s summary is that, “above all See-
bohm considered himself a creative phenomenologist who as a critically reflecting
xi
xii Obituary
philosopher would look at all major issues with which he became confronted from
a transcendental point of view” (p. 3). From helping with the last book, I can add
that Thomas also found a final affinity with the New School tendency in American
phenomenology, i.e., Dorion Cairns, Aron Gurwitsch, and Alfred Schutz.
Lester Embree
Contents
1 Introduction .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 What is Epistemology and What is a Phenomenological
Epistemology? .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Extensions and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
xiii
xiv Contents
Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
xvii
Chapter 1
Introduction
The goals of this investigations will be discussed in detail with the necessary
references to the literature in the last chapter of part I. What follows in this intro-
duction are preparatory remarks about guiding viewpoints for the phenomenological
analyses of the method and the subject matter of the following investigations.
but their main concerns are methods for the professional application of the results
of research in the presupposed sciences. Moreover there are academic theoretical
disciplines such as literary criticism or rhetoric that do require respectable scholar-
ship and scholarly skills guided by doctrines of methods yet are unable to satisfy the
requirements of a scientific methodology.
The tasks of epistemological reflections on a science are to analyze the different
logical and ontological requirements of the different methodologies of the different
sciences; to justify its claim to offer theories that are intersubjectively valid in
principle for all researchers who are willing to apply the methodology; and to
determine the scope and the limits of this claim. Two abstract epistemological dis-
tinctions between two basic principles determining different types of sciences must
be sufficient for the purposes of an introduction. A first epistemological distinction
that is of basic significance for the following investigations is the methodological
distinction between the empirical and the formal sciences. The methodology that is
able to confirm or disconfirm assumptions in the formal sciences is the methodology
of formal proofs and decision procedures. The methodologies in the empirical or
positive sciences are weaker. They presuppose an empirical basis in intersensory
observation that are able, within certain limits, to test the hypothetical assumptions
in different types of empirical sciences. Assumptions that are not disconfirmed in
certain contexts of empirical intersensory observation are confirmed for this context
of observations but such confirmation is always open for revisions in further tests
in the future. It is essential to note that this general description is not only able
to cover the testing of hypotheses in experimental research in the natural sciences,
but also covers, e.g., the methodology of disconfirming or confirming hypothetical
interpretations of texts with the aid of applications of the first canon of philological
hermeneutics.
Epistemological reflections appear after the emergence of the sciences in modern
philosophy as an appendix to a general theory of theoretical knowledge. A general
theory of knowledge appears in the context of phenomenological investigations as
the intentional analysis of the relation between intentional objects or cogitata and
intentional acts or cogitationes. A general theory of cognition in this sense includes
philosophical knowledge and religious experiences, but also the knowledge that is
implied in the actions and interactions of everyday practical life. In the philosophical
tradition reflections on the general theory of cognition have been guided by assumed
universal principles about the nature of truth and being, e.g., in the tradition of
modern metaphysics since Descartes, in Kantian transcendental philosophy, and in
David Hume’s and John Stuart Mill’s empiricisms, or the assumption that logic
itself is transcendental in modern analytic philosophy, etc. The assumption of such
principles has always implied that an epistemology also has the character of a
normative discipline. It says what scientists ought to do. The universal principles
differ, but all of these theories of knowledge and implied epistemologies presuppose
in addition more or less precise descriptions of the activities of the human mind
in general and of the methodologies guiding the different types of sciences. The
descriptive aspects in general theories of knowledge and epistemologies in the
1.1 What is Epistemology and What is a Phenomenological Epistemology? 3
that sensory observation can, therefore, serve as objectively valid observations only
as intersensory, i.e., intersubjective sensory, observation. It is not the Cartesian ego
cogito in splendid isolation that is the correlate of scientific evidence; instead only
a community of researchers in a science can be understood as the intersubjective
correlate of objectively valid knowledge and understanding.
itself, last but not least for the method of eidetic intuition and with it for the
theory of material ontological regions. Required is
(1.a) an extension of the theory of the whole and the parts. These extensions
are presuppositions for the analysis of the methodology of the human sci-
ences, and they are in addition of significance for the material ontological
region of the life sciences (part I, Sect. 2.2): moreover,
(1.b) precisions are required in the formal ontology of units, collections, and
numbers, i.e., the region of mathematical ideal objects. The precisions are
necessary for the analysis of the application of mathematical formalisms
in the hard sciences, especially in physics (part I, Sect. 2.2; part III,
Sect. 8.3). But in addition,
(1.c) there are problems in Husserl’s final characterization of the system of
formal ontological categories (on “category” and related terms see part I,
Sect. 2.2). The main problem for an epistemology of the empirical
sciences is whether the relation of the theory of whole and the parts, on
the one hand, and the theory of units and manifolds, the mathematical
categories, on the other hand, are simply two disciplines of the mathesis
universalis on the same level, or whether the second is on a level of higher
universality of formalizing abstraction than the first.
(2) Further extensions and modifications are necessary for the phenomenological
analysis of the foundations of the sciences in the lifeworld.
(2.a) The analysis of the ontological region of the empirical human sciences
requires the analysis of the categories of the phenomenology of the social
world and phenomenological psychology, the phenomenological descrip-
tive analysis of individual experience of the social world, including
its natural environment. Husserl’s main interest was phenomenological
psychology, but the phenomenology of the social world provided by
Schutz can be considered as a consistent extension of Husserl’s analyses
of the basic structures of the lifeworld. Only minor modifications that
have the character of precisions will be necessary (part I, Sects. 4.4 and
4.5; part IV, esp. Sect. 10.5).
(2.b) Missing but necessary for a phenomenological epistemology of the
human sciences is a typology of different types of understanding. Under-
standing is used in Husserl (but also, e.g., in Schutz, Heidegger, and
elsewhere) as the highest universal category that covers all cogitative
types and their intentional objects and, by the same token, is the basic
category of the human sciences. Essential for a phenomenological epis-
temology are the distinctions between first-order elementary and higher
understanding and second-order elementary and higher understanding
(part I, Sect. 3.2). Elementary understanding will be characterized as
the understanding at work in the interactions of practical life and higher
understanding as the contemplative theoretical understanding of the
6 1 Introduction
of everyday practical life, and in general from all contents that are
given in lived experience and reflections on lived experience. The second
abstractive reduction abstracts from all secondary qualities of observable
objects that are given in the residuum of the first abstraction, reducing
them to primary qualities. The first abstraction determines the ontological
region of the natural sciences in general, including the life sciences. The
second abstraction determines, within this broader region, the empirical
basis and the methodology of the hard sciences, physics and chemistry
insofar as it can be reduced to physics. Only ontological categories that
are explicable in terms of mathematics can be admitted in the residuum
of the second abstraction (part III, Sects. 8.1, 8.2 and 9.1).
(3.b) According to Husserl’s later writings and especially the Crisis, the region
of the objects of the natural sciences is the residuum of a reductive
abstraction. It is as such a region that is separated from and opposed
to the region of the concrete lifeworld as a whole, and the lifeworld as
a whole is understood as the ontological region of the human sciences.
Presupposing this interpretation, it will be difficult, quite apart from
further complications, to distinguish between the historical or spiritual
world of the human sciences and pure phenomenology.
Closer epistemological reflections on the methods and possible methodologies
of the human sciences indicate, however, that there is a general but not necessarily
immediately reductive abstraction that determines the region of the empirical basis
of the human sciences in general as a region within the concrete lifeworld. There
are in addition other abstractions that are able to determine the scope and the limits
for methodologically guided philological interpretations of fixed life expressions,
i.e., a hermeneutics, understood as a methodology for the interpretation of fixed life
expressions (Sects. 4.5, 5.3 and 5.4). In the following investigations abstractions
that determine in their residuum the region of objects that can be objects of a
methodology of a science will be called methodological abstractions.
The main intention of the following investigation is, hence, to give a phe-
nomenological answer to the general question “what are the empirical sciences”
and to offer some guidelines for further investigations in the different branches
of a phenomenological epistemology. Such further investigations are invited and
necessary to provide not only extensions but also corrections of what has been
said in this investigation in the future. Phenomenology and therefore also a
phenomenological epistemology is not a closed system. It is an open research
program.
A final remark about references to Husserl and in general to the literature in the
following investigation must be added. References to the literature indicate critical
systematic applications and not methodologically guided interpretations. Thus in
talking, e.g., about “ideal types,” there will be references to the writings of Alfred
Schutz. What then follows is not an interpretation of the meaning of the term in
Schutz, but an explication of the meaning of the term in the context of the analyses
of the system of the empirical sciences in the following investigations.
Part I
Phenomenological Preliminaries
Chapter 2
The Formal Methodological Presuppositions
of a Phenomenological Epistemology
1
The leading naturalist at the time of Carl Stumpf in Germany was Ernst Haeckel.
2
Naturalistic psychology was already predominant in Germany one generation before Carl Stumpf,
e.g., in the research of Hermann von Helmholtz.
3
Spiegelberg 1960, vol. I, esp. 59f.
4
See below, Chap. 4, Sect. 4.2.
2.1 Phenomenology: From Descriptive Psychology to Descriptive Epistemology 13
5
Husserl’s arguments against a psychologism that has its foundations in empirical psychology in
ch. 3–8 of the first volume of the Logical Investigations I (henceforth LI) are, seen with a grain of
salt, similar to the arguments of the Neo-Kantians and have been praised by the Neo-Kantian Paul
Natorp.
6
Stumpf rejected psychologism in this sense, but he also rejected the dominating epistemology
of the Neo-Kantians without indicating what kind of epistemology ought to replace it. See
Spiegelberg 1960 vol. I, 56; on Brentano and intentionality see 39ff.
7
Spiegelberg 1960, vol. I. esp. 58ff.
8
Spiegelberg 1960 vol. I, 63f.
9
Essentia is the Latin counterpart of the Greek eidos in the philosophical terminology of Classical
Antiquity and the Middle Ages. For the sake of simplicity this investigation prefers Latin terms,
e.g., reductio/reduction for epochē.
14 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
impossibilities can be explained as abilities and inabilities of the human mind. The
justification both for the rejections and for the assumption of an eidology is his
conception of descriptive psychology.
The second problem is that his descriptive phenomenology refers to empirical
observation. Descriptions of empirical observation are, taken by themselves, not yet
a science. A psychological descriptive account of the givenness of ideal objects,
and especially the objects of the formal sciences implies that the epistemology
of the formal sciences, appears as a branch of an empirical science. The paradox
of this consequence is that the epistemology of the formal sciences of a-temporal
ideal objects has the status of a branch of an empirical science. The upshot is that
Stumpf’s position, in spite of his rejections, once again implies again psychologism.
Quite apart from the possibility of returning to old paradigms of epistemology, first
of all Neo-Kantianism,10 the paradox creates a dilemma for the understanding of
phenomenology. One horn of the dilemma is to live with that paradox. This is the
choice of naturalistic psychologism. The other horn of the dilemma is to apply
phenomenology and phenomenological descriptions immediately to epistemology
of the formal sciences and the empirical sciences.
Husserl’s choice was to apply phenomenological descriptions immediately to
epistemology.11 The subtitle of the second volume of the Logical Investigations
is Investigations Pertaining to a Phenomenology and Theory of Knowledge.12 The
assumption that phenomenology can be applied in epistemological investigations
about the formal sciences and, in general, to ideal objects implies that phenomenol-
ogy cannot be understood as descriptive psychology. Seen with hindsight, the
transition began in the first edition of the Logical Investigations and came to a
preliminary end in the reflections on the methods of such investigations in Ideas
Pertaining to a Pure Phenomenology and to a Phenomenological Philosophy I 13
and in “Philosophy as a Rigorous Science.”14
Phenomenology is in this phase of its development the method not only of
epistemology, but also of all other disciplines of philosophy, especially including
ethics and value theory. The reflective phenomenological attitude is the reverse of
10
Husserl criticized the Kantian and Neo-Kantian interpretation of the a priori as transcendental
psychologism several times in the LI. For his critique of Kant’s mistaken theory of the a priori,
cf. also Hua III, 145; Hua VII, 198f. Categorial structures are not immediately given in the acts of
consciousness. They are objective correlates of the acts of consciousness in which they are given.
11
Stumpf rejected Husserl’s new conception of phenomenology after Husserl rejected the definition
of phenomenology as descriptive psychology in the second edition of the LI. See Spiegelberg
1960 vol. I, 65f. Husserl criticized his own characterization of phenomenology as descriptive
psychology in the first edition of the LI in the preface to the second edition. Descriptive psychology
is descriptive phenomenology in the old sense, i.e., it is not the description of experience or classes
of experiences of empirical persons or of natural events in general.
12
Untersuchungen zur Phänomenologie und Theorie der Erkenntnis. The usual translation Phe-
nomenology and Theory of Knowledge is an abbreviation.
13
In Hua III.
14
In Hua XXV.
2.1 Phenomenology: From Descriptive Psychology to Descriptive Epistemology 15
the natural attitude. The world as the totality of states of affairs is immediately
given for the natural attitude in direct intention. But what is already given in direct
intention in the natural attitude is given in oblique intention as the correlate of
the intentional acts of consciousness. The transition from the natural attitude to
the phenomenological attitude requires the phenomenological or transcendental15
phenomenological reduction. The reduction “brackets,” i.e., it abstracts from the
givenness of the world in direct intention of the natural attitude, but it has the objects
and the world precisely in the way in which they exist as the correlates of intentional
acts in oblique intention.
Phenomenological descriptions in oblique intention are interested in the analysis
of the general structures of consciousness, not the individual self-experiences of
the subjective consciousness of the phenomenologist. Consciousness is given to
itself in phenomenological reflection as the structure of ego-centered intentional
acts together with their correlates, the intentional objects, and its temporal horizons
in inner time-consciousness. It is, hence, necessary for phenomenological investiga-
tions to give a phenomenological justification for the intentional acts and methodical
steps of the intuition of essences. The development from phenomenology as descrip-
tive psychology to a pure phenomenology as phenomenological epistemology has
caused some difficulties for the understanding of the status of justification.
Carl Stumpf already recognized the problems of the cognition of ideal objects in
his eidology and offered solutions in the framework of his descriptive psychology.
Husserl offered a widely accepted justification for the method of eidetic intuition,
but he still characterized phenomenology as descriptive psychology in the first
edition of the LI. He rejected this interpretation later in Ideas I, and in the
introduction to the second edition of the LI. The earlier understanding of the
nature of phenomenology in the LI is misleading because (1) the attempt to find a
justification of ideal objects in a phenomenology as descriptive psychology ends in
the paradoxes of psychologism and (2) the step from phenomenology as descriptive
psychology to pure phenomenology changes the understanding of the nature of
phenomenological investigations, but does not imply any changes in the descriptive
analyses on the level of the rejected earlier understanding of phenomenology.
A second problem is that the structure and some passages of Ideas I can
easily be misunderstood. Together with the problem just mentioned above, this
problem has caused the misleading assumption that the intuition of essences
and the phenomenological reduction are two independent methodological pillars
of phenomenological research. Ideas I treated the problem of the intuition of
essences in the first part before introducing the phenomenological reduction. The
15
The Kantian version of “transcendental” implies the hypothetical construction of the unity of
transcendental apperception indicated by the “I think” as the highest condition of the possibility of
experience that is itself not given in experience, i.e., not a phenomenon. To use “transcendental” in
this sense as an adjective for phenomenology is, hence, a flat contradiction.
16 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
fourth chapter of the second part about special reductions that are included in the
phenomenological reduction explicitly brackets the material eidetic disciplines and
pure logic as mathesis universalis.
However, it is not too difficult to refute this thesis in the context of the Ideas.
It is obvious that the cognition of essences of objects given in direct intention is
in brackets under the phenomenological reduction. But this does not mean that the
description of consciousness, of intentional acts and their intentional objects is a
description of an empirical history of subjective experiences. It is a description of
the material essences, the essential structures of consciousness.
A further basic methodical distinction for the analysis of the intuition of essences
is the distinction between formal and material essences. The essential structures of
consciousness are material essences. The methodology of the intuition of material
essences presupposes the methodical explication of the formal essences of formal
ontology and pure logical grammar. The phenomenological reduction brackets
mathematical theories, and even the theory of the structures of logical deductions,
but not the formal structures of objects in general, Gegenstände überhaupt.16 The
task of formal ontology and its correlate, pure logical grammar, is the phenomeno-
logical analysis of this structure as a mathesis universalis. The methods applied in
formal ontology and pure logical grammar that are of significance for the analysis
of the intentional acts in which material essences are given will be considered in
Sect. 2.2. The task of Sect. 2.3 is then the analysis of the intuition of material
morphological and exact essences.
A preliminary assessment of the basic significance of the theory of the whole and
the parts for a phenomenological epistemology presupposes a correct assessment
of the significance of the theory for the phenomenology of logic. The first version
of the theory of the whole and the parts was published in the Logical Investigation
II. What is said there about logic, more precisely about pure logical grammar or
apophantic logic17 presupposes the first steps in the development of the theory of
the whole and the parts and is itself the presupposition for the further development
of the theory. Pure logical grammar is the theory of apophantic forms of complex
independent unified wholes of meaning, Bedeutungskomplexionen. Apophantic
forms are also called categorial forms or, in short, categories.18 Categorial forms
16
Hua III, §59.
17
The term “apophantic” is derived from Greek apophansis, the technical term for judgment, more
precisely for what is meant by judgment in the Aristotelian tradition.
18
This use of the term “category” is much broader than the Kantian understanding of categories as
forms of functions in judgments.
2.2 Wholes and Parts, Formal Ontology, and the Idea of a Mathesis Universalis 17
are structural wholes with parts that are the categorial matter and the forms of these
wholes are determined by syntcategorematic parts, the connectives including the
copula. Categorial forms are given in categorical intuition and categorial intuition
presupposes formalizing abstraction. Formalizing abstraction requires variations in
imagination in which the syncategorematic parts are fixed and the categorial matters
are varied.19 Formalizing abstraction and categorial intuition can also be applied to
noemata, intentional objects in general of a formal ontology as the correlate of a
formal apophantics.20
Husserl himself emphasized the significance of the theory of the whole and the
parts for the further development of his phenomenological research in a remark at
the end of the preface to the second edition of the Logical Investigations. Seen from
the viewpoint of the development of pure phenomenology in Ideas I, what he had in
mind is the development of the theory of the material ontologies that determine the
material categories of the objects of a material region. The method of imaginative
variations that is necessary for the clarification of material essences is relevant for
this theory and presupposes the formal structures of the formal ontological region
as methodical guidelines for variations. A detailed account of the relation between
formal and material essences and their constitution in imaginative variations will be
given in the next section.21
Thirty years after the Logical Invetigations another version of the theory in
Husserl’s manuscripts was published by Landgrebe in Experience and Judgment.22
Experience and Judgment added the theory of collections, sets, and units, or in
short, what is usually called set theory. The problem whether this theory can be
understood as a special case or an independent extension of the theory of the
whole and the parts will be considered later in part III. According to Formal and
Transcendental Logic and already before in Ideas I, pure formal logic includes,
beyond pure formal grammar, the theory of definite manifolds, i.e., axiomatic
systems that are closed under the principle of non-contradiction. Hilbert’s general
normative meta-mathematical theory of axiom systems is, according to Husserl, a
realization of his idea of a mathesis universalis on the level of a pure formalism.23
19
According to a phenomenology of logic variables in formalized languages refer to contents that
can be varied and constants that refer to the syncategorematic parts of well formed expression.
20
A summary of Hua IXX/1 LI II, Investigation III, §§23, 24, and Investigation IV can be found
in Hua III, esp. §10–15. See also Hua VII, FTL Appendix I (Beilage I: Syntaktische Formen und
syntaktische Stoffe). Cf. Seebohm 1990 on categorical intuition. Husserl’s phenomenology of logic
and formal ontology presupposes, according to the interpretation of Jacob Klein, an “Aristotelian
theory of abstraction.” Cf. Hopkins 2011, 525f. The problems with this interpretation is that
Husserl’s references to Hilbert and other contemporaries are neglected, cf. below Sect. 7.2.
21
Hua III, §16.
22
Husserl 1972, esp. §§29–32.
23
Hua III, §72, Hua XVII, §31; The problems connected with the relation of the principle of non-
contradiction and the principle of completeness in Goedel’s proof that appeared after the FTL could
not be mentioned in the FTL and has not been mentioned later in Husserl’s writings. Cf. Sect. 7.2
below.
18 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
24
Cf. the next section on exact essences, and on mathematics see Sects. 7.1, 7.2 in Part III.
25
Hua XIX/1, Investigation IV, §13.
26
Hua XIX/1, Investigation III, §§22–25.
27
E.g., Null 1983; Smith 1982; Fine 1995; Wiegand 1998, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2007.
28
The chosen translations of the German terms here in Investigation III, §21 are different from the
terms chosen in Findlay’s translation vol. II.
29
The term “abstract moment” means that the moment cannot be given by itself. It can only be
given as an abstract property, e.g., red, of an independent whole. It can be considered by itself only
with the aid of an isolating abstraction bracketing the whole in which it is given.
30
These formal properties of foundations seem to be counterparts of some formal properties of
relations, namely of asymmetrical, symmetrical, transitive, and intransitive relations. There are,
nevertheless, essential differences between foundations and relations. More will be said ar the end
of this section.
2.2 Wholes and Parts, Formal Ontology, and the Idea of a Mathesis Universalis 19
Moments can only be given in foundations connecting them with other moments.
Clusters of moments connected by foundations are pieces only if the cluster includes
an abstract moment of the genus extension and displays more or less sharp contrast
phenomena in at least one of the other genera of moments in the cluster.31 Pieces
as parts of a whole are relatively independent parts only because they can be
phenomena distinguished by contrast, and they belong immediately to the concrete
whole as a totality of contents related to each other in a structured system of
foundations. Such systems include the contrast phenomena between the moments of
the structure that do not belong to the genus extension.32 The unifying foundation
covering all parts of the whole mentioned above is, hence, a structured system of
foundations between the parts.33
What has been said about wholes, parts, pieces, moments, and types of founda-
tions in the Logical Investigations and in Experience and Judgment is sufficient
for the analysis of independent wholes and their parts, e.g., for the analysis of
the hyletic correlates of passive synthesis in primordial sensual experience. But in
natural languages the terms “whole” and “part” often refer in many cases to other,
more complex types of wholes and their parts. A solar system can be called a whole
with the sun and the planets as its parts. Organisms are called organic wholes and
their parts are called their organs. Social communities, (e.g., a family or a state)
are called wholes and their parts are their members. Furthermore, what has been
said in the Logical Investigations about the wholes of pure logical grammar is
sufficient for the analysis of logical propositions and, as mentioned, of sentences
in natural languages. But it is also possible to call a consistent and complete formal
axiom system or a rule system of natural deduction a whole. The second canon of
hermeneutics, the art of the interpretation of texts, has been called the canon of the
whole and the parts.34
The independent wholes and their parts discussed in Logical Investigations and
in Experience and Judgment can be called first-order wholes. They are wholes of
the first-order, because their parts are not themselves independent wholes. The parts
of the complex wholes mentioned in the examples are, however, themselves already
independent wholes. Such complex wholes can be called wholes of a higher order.
The parts of such wholes can be first-order wholes, but they can also be wholes with
parts that are themselves already independent wholes, e.g., the parts, members of a
family as a whole are themselves as living organism wholes of a higher order.
31
A material example is, e.g., seeing the more or less sharp contrast between a red spot and its blue
background in their spatial extensions.
32
Such foundations within extensions appear as relations in the context of pure logical grammar
and in the grammar of natural languages, e.g., above, below, later, earlier.
33
Husserl used the term “unifying foundation,” but this term can be misleading. The parts are not
one-sidedly founded in the whole. The givenness of a whole of the parts means, in the proposed
interpretation, that they are unified in the whole by a system of relations.
34
Cf. Seebohm 2004, §§25ff. It is obvious that some of the types of wholes just mentioned must
be of central interest for the epistemology of the social and the historical human sciences.
20 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
Neither the Logical Investigations nor Experience and Judgment offer a formal
account of the structure of wholes of higher order but Experience and Judgment
mentions that the relations and properties of relations are constitutive categories
for the structures of collections of first-order wholes given together in a common
background. Such collections of related wholes are categorial objects of a higher
order. The question is whether some types of such categorial objects can have formal
ontological structures that can count as the formal structures of the wholes of a
higher order mentioned above.35 No explicit answer to this question can be found
in Experience and Judgment but it can be shown that a positive answer and with it
a formal ontological definition for wholes of higher order, is compatible with the
context of Experience and Judgment.
Structures of collections of objects determined by relations are intentional objects
of active synthesis. The wholes of the first-order with parts that are held together by
unifying foundations are phenomena given in the hyletic field. As such they are
given for passive synthesis, and can be given in addition as intentional objects only
if contrast phenomena in the hyletic field trigger a response of active intentional
consciousness. After this response, they are pre-given as potential intentional
objects of active synthesis on the level of a pre-predicative but nevertheless already
categorially formed sensual experience in secondary passivity.
The presupposition for formal ontological theories is a formalizing abstraction.
Given formalizing abstraction all the material aspects of phenomenological analysis
in Experience and Judgment just summarized are in brackets. They are not relevant
for the residuum of the abstractive reduction, a general formal ontological theory of
wholes and their parts. This general formal theory is not restricted to wholes with
parts that belong to the whole sinpy because they are parts of a unifying system of
foundations. The question is whether such a theory can admit additional categorical
structures for wholes with parts that are already themselves wholes connected by
unifying systems of relations.
Going beyond Experience and Judgment it can be said that the differences
between collections as categorial forms of a higher order are determined by
structured systems of relations. It is, hence, possible to distinguish between more or
less open systems and (b) closed systems. The latter case can serve as definiens in
a definition for wholes of higher order and their parts: Wholes of higher order have
parts that are themselves independent wholes and all these parts are connected with
all other parts in a unifying closed system of relations. This definition needs several
comments (1) about the wholes of a higher order with parts that are themselves
independent wholes and (2) about the unifying system of relations of such wholes.
(1.a) The parts of wholes of the first order are dependent or only relatively
independent parts. The parts of wholes of a higher order are independent
wholes. The parts of wholes belonging to the lowest level of the wholes of
higher order are independent wholes of the first order. But the parts of wholes
35
For instance Husserl 1972, §§33, 34.
2.2 Wholes and Parts, Formal Ontology, and the Idea of a Mathesis Universalis 21
36
Members of social wholes are perfect material instances of this formal type. A child of parents
in a family can be at the same time a student of a university, a soldier in an army etc. According to
the standard terminology of the social sciences members of social wholes can have different social
functions or roles in more than one social whole but also in open systems of social collections of
individuals.
37
With a grain of salt. it could be said that the organs of an organism are also perfect material
instances of such parts. The grain of salt is given, e.g., with materially possible surgical
transplantations of organs or parts of organs. The restriction in this material instance of the formal
structure of the second type is that they cannot function at the same time in two different organisms.
Unfortunately, the term “organic whole” is often used as a metaphor for wholes of a higher order
that are by no means covered by the formal definition given for the second type.
38
The problem of natural languages is that they have many grammatically different expressions
that can refer to relations, namely verbs, nouns, adjectives and their inflexions, and particles. This
list is not complete. What can be added is that such systems are different in, e.g., Indo-European,
Finno-Ugrian and language families in East Asia. Research in this field would be interesting as a
link between formal and historical linguistics.
22 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
39
The structured unifying systems of unicellular organisms can exist by themselves, but additional
structured systems of the relations of cells in higher organisms can be grafted upon the unifying
system of relations in unicellular organisms. The basic social-biological system of family relations
can be the substrate first of additional customary relations and then beyond that even of legal
relations.
2.2 Wholes and Parts, Formal Ontology, and the Idea of a Mathesis Universalis 23
40
Cases in which almost closed connections are called “wholes” occur very often in the human
sciences. Given the complexity of their subject matter, it will be in most cases impossible, but also
often irrelevant, to ask for a final decision.
41
Cf. Sects. 2.3 and 3.2 below for a more detailed explication of the difference of “genesis” and
“generation.” Cf. also Steinbock 1997 and Welton 1997.
42
Husserl also often used the term “ethnology.” How to distinguish between such a phenomeno-
logical ethnology and ethnology as an empirical human science is a question that causes additional
problems. Without further comments the distinction, e.g., of homeworld and alienworld could be
understood as a distinction belonging to Alfred Schutz’s static phenomenology of the social world
or, in Husserl’s terms, to the static phenomenology of the lifeworld.
24 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
structures, and with them the problem of the constitution of inner subjective time
consciousness and of the intersubjective experience of time as a shared objective
transcendent time. It is, hence, sufficient for the analysis of the formal structure of
genetic and of generative foundation to analyze the formal structure of this common
denominator.
The structure of the temporality of inner time-consciousness is the pre-given
formal structure for all levels of experiencing consciousness. Both the horizon of
protention (primordial expectation) and the horizon of the continuum of retentions,
together with their hyletic contents, are one-sidedly founded in the actual Now. The
actual Now and its structure stands; it is the nunc stans. What emerges in the actual
Now and its protentional horizon and then flows off in the continuum of retention
includes the hyletic contents.
The pre-given structure of inner time-consciousness is the foundation for the
structure of the temporality of active intentional synthesis. The horizon of passive
protention is the foundation for the horizon of active expectations on the level
of active intentional synthesis. The material content of expectations is originally
determined by passive associations between presently given contents and contents
hidden in the continuum of retentions.
The dimension of retentions of passive inner time-consciousness is on the level
of active intentionality the horizon of the past, the horizon for the intentional acts
of memory and reproduction. The intentional objects of memories are clusters of
past states of affairs. To remember this or that aspect of such a cluster, e.g., the
neighborhood in a town, means to recall several features without representing a
sequence of events in past time phases. Memories provide the material for reproduc-
tions of a past period of my inner lived experiences and their objects. Reproductions
refer to contents of memory, but they add the distinct representation of the
temporal sequence of the contents as temporal sequences of events. Intersubjective
time consciousness is one-sidedly founded in subjective inner time-consciousness.
Intersubjective time is in addition consciousness of shared intersubjective time and,
as such, the consciousness of the shared objective time of shared transcendent
objects.
Two further questions emerge with this: the question of the how of the givenness
of Others in my own subjective experience and that of the analysis of the specific
structures of the shared horizon of the future and the shared horizon of the past in
intersubjectively given transcendent temporality. These questions will be considered
in the next chapter. A genesis or a generation is a temporal development of
material states of affairs. Such a development given as an intentional object is
a sequence of events that happened in the past. It is, therefore, an object given
first in the subjective reproduction of past events and then in the reconstruction of
“what was really the case” in intersubjective investigations. The difference between
subjective reproductions and intersubjective reconstructions of past events is a
material difference. The difference is essential and will be considered in Sect. 3.1
in the next chapter. Of interest in the present section is only the formal structure of
reproduced or reconstructed temporal sequences.
2.3 Essences and Eidetic Intuition 25
The method of eidetic intuition was for many readers of the Logical Investigations
and Ideas I in the first half of the last century the conditio sine qua non of a
pure phenomenology and phenomenological philosophy. The question is, of course,
what the methodological justification for this new method is. Apart from the empty
43
Implicative conditionals refer to sufficient conditions that admit predictions presupposing
positing the antecedens in the second premise of a modus ponens. Replicative conditionals refer to
necessary conditions that admit retrodictions in a modified modus ponens in which the consequent
is assumed in the second premise.
26 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
assertion that some people have the gift of eidetic intuition and others do not that
was the usual answer of the members of the Göttingen School was:
1. Essences can be discovered in free fantasy variation, and
2. Husserl’s phenomenological analysis of the givenness of formal ontological
and logical ideal objects had once and for all cleared the ground for further
phenomenological discoveries of all kinds of material essences.
Without denying the merits of the Göttingen School, it can be said with hindsight
that this understanding of the Logical Investigations and the first part of Ideas I was
not guided by a precise understanding of the intentions of the author. Considering
(2), Husserl’s main intention was to use his analyses of the formal ontological and
logico-grammatical categories as the groundwork for a future phenomenological
epistemology of all sciences and their methodologies.44 But this tacitely implies
that the investigation of formal ideal objects has a methodological priority for the
eidetic intuition of material ideal objects.
A remark about a possible “worldly” theory of the a priori and the method of
eidetic intuition, e.g., in geometry but also a formal ontology must be added. In the
Logical Investigations Husserl ceitized Kantian, Neo-Kantian, and other theories
as a psychologism that fails to recognize the character of the a priori as a realm
of ideal objects.45 Phenomenologists in the Göttingen tradition, but also some in
the later Freiburg tradition, rejected the transcendental-phenomenological reduction,
but insisted on the possibility of an “eidetic reduction” recognizing the objective
character of the a priori. However, the controversies in the Freiburg tradition and
later in the tradition of the New School, e.g., between Schutz and Gurwitsch, have
a much more complex background and can only be considered in the context of
the questions that will be discussed in the next section. But from what has been
said in the first section about Husserl’s turn from descriptive psychology in the
first edition of the Logical Investigations to pure or transcendental phenomenology
in the second edition and Ideas I it follows that a theory of eidetic intuition for
a phenomenological theory of knowledge is not possible as a “worldly” theory
in the natural attitude. Such a theory would necessarily end up in empirical or
transcendental psychologism or some other kind of relativism. For Husserl even
Kant’s account of the a priori was still a transcendental psychologism.46 Of course,
this does not mean that eidetic intuition recognizing a priori structures is impossible
in the natural attitude. It also does not mean that worldly theories of eidetic intuition
and ideal objects are impossible. They are possible, but given what has to be said
about the paradox of subjectivity in the next section, they will necessarily end up in
the pitfalls of relativism.
44
Hua XIX, 2, LI, 2nd ed. Introduction §7.
45
Hua XIX 1, §38.
46
For a comprehensive account of different types of transcendental psychologism in Husserl see
Seebohm 1962, §§3 and 28.
2.3 Essences and Eidetic Intuition 27
The problem of the static and genetic structures of the intentional acts in which
essences are given can be postponed. An analysis of the different types of essences
and their givenness reveals already against (1) that more is required that just free
fantasy variations for the intuition of essences. A classification of essences and laws
of essence can distinguish between the following:
Formal essences are of the categories and the laws governing categorial structures
of formal ontology and pure logical grammar. Categorial structures are more or
less complex combinations of related categories. The relations between categories
in categorial structures are foundations. The analysis of categorial structures is
first of all interested in the laws of foundations. The givenness of formal essences
presupposes formalizing abstraction. A minimum of material content is left even
on the highest levels of generalizing abstraction. Formalizing abstraction abstracts
not only from the contents of all empirical material concepts. but also from all
contents given in the eidetic intuition of material morphological essences (B). Only
formal categories and categorial structures are possible objects after the formalizing
abstraction. Formalizing abstraction implies vice versa that the categories and
categorial functions admit the possible variation of material contents belonging to
one and only one certain type of categories or categorial structures. To vary material
contents that do not belong to these types is impossible.
A caveat must be added. The modal particles “impossibility, possibility, neces-
sity” ought not to be understood as the logical possibility, impossibility, and
necessity of deductive logic. A conjunction of contradictory statements is, for
instance, a logical impossibility for deductive logic. Impossibility on the level
of pure logical grammar indicates grammatical nonsense in a complex cluster
of meanings (Bedeutungszusammenhang). Statements or other complex meaning
structures are impossible in this sense if they violate the possible categorial
structures of complex meaning structures. Logical impossibility on the level of
well-formed sentences refers to conjunctions of contradictory statements. For pure
logical grammar contradiction is a well-formed formula and not nonsense.
The second easy case is the case of the material categories of dependent parts
and the material laws of the foundation relations between them (B.b.1). What is of
interest is the specific character of (1) the essence of specific material dependent
parts or moments and (2) the laws governing the foundations between them.
28 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
47
See above the remarks in the beginning of Sects. 2.3, 8.1, and 8.2 in Part III on mathematics.
2.3 Essences and Eidetic Intuition 29
48
Cf. the first part of Ideas I: Wesen und Wesenserkenntnis i.e., “Essences and the Cognition of
Essences” (my translation). The misleading impression is that this part can be understood as an
explication of methodical principles that can be given before and outside the phenomenological
reduction.
30 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
49
Kant KGS III, Critique of Pure Reason, B 180f, cf. B 103. See Makreel 1990, Chap. 2, esp. 29ff.
See also Grünewald 2009, 255 for a similar interpretation of Kantian schemata and Husserlian
empirical conceptualization and essences.
50
Greek hylē is Latin materia. On the level of passive synthesis “hyletic” can always be read as
“material” and vice versa. The hyletic field is, seen in this way, a field and not a collection of
atomic sense data or impressions.
51
The givenness of temporal succession in the past presupposes the active synthesis of memory
and in addition of reproduction; see below, Chap. 3, Sect. 3.1.
32 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
52
See Husserl’s explication of the meaning of concept (Begriff ) and essence (Wesen) in Hua III,
§22.
53
More precisely, the rules of the Categories and the Topic of the Aristotelian Organon. This
type of induction and its logical implications must be strictly distinguished from the induction
of predictions and causal connections.
54
Free fantasy variation in the narrower sense creates images, not schemata in the Kantian sense,
out of images in poetry and mythology: golden mountains, lions with human heads, human bodies
with the head of a falcon, vampires, and so on and so forth.
2.4 Intersubjectivity, the Paradox of Subjectivity, and Ultimate Grounding 33
Given this background, a first strategy for the analysis of morphological essences
of concrete substrates is to apply the techniques of the analysis of the essences of
dependent abstract parts and of the foundations connecting them to certain simple
aspects of concrete substrates. The second strategy is the application of the principle
of generalizing abstraction. Concepts of concrete objects of a higher degree of
universality are less complex than concepts of a lower degree of universality. The
second strategy is to thus restrict the investigation in the beginning to concepts of a
high degree of universality.55
However, even the two heuristic strategies taken together are not able to warrant
a complete analysis of the morphological essences, morphological ideal types of a
lower degree of universality and correspondingly of a higher degree of complexity.
The analysis is as such restricted to the relevant aspects of the pre-given concept. In
such cases, e.g., “medieval town,” it is better, following Schutz but also Experience
and Judgment, to talk about types and ideal types or, in the terminology of Ideas
I, noematic systems.56 The construction of such morphological ideal types requires
additional viewpoints that can be found in the specific categorial structures of the
material region of empirical sciences, e.g., the specific structure of organisms in the
life sciences or of social interactions and social institutions in the social sciences,
such as the ideal types of Alfred Schutz. Detailed analyses of such structures will
be necessary in Part III, Sect. 8.5, and Part IV, Sect. 10.4.
The problems connected with the phenomenological reduction and later added
reductions, the egological reduction and then the primordial reduction, within the
residuum of the phenomenological reduction cause further critical reflections and
discussions. The critical reflections on the reduction are immediately connected
with the problems of the givenness of other persons, in short Others, and in
general of intersubjectivity and the lifeworld. Husserl himself noticed later57 that
the phenomenological reduction could easily be misunderstood as a reduction to
the subjective consciousness of the phenomenologist, i.e., as solipsism. It was,
55
This is precisely the strategy proposed in Ideas I on regional ontology, see Hua III, §9, 23f.
56
Husserl, 1972, section III, §83b; see Schutz 1932, §§37, 38 and 43 on the foundation of
sociological concepts and ideal types in the everyday conceptualizations of the social world.
See also Grünewald 2009, 252, cf. 124. Grünewald’s phenomenological explication of Weber’s
ideal types as noematic systems in his interpretation of noema and noesis in Ideas I. The
difference between his explication and the explication of Schutz’s adaptation of Weber’s ideal
types mentioned above is only a terminological difference. Noesis and noema are other terms for
intentional acts, cogitationes, and intentional objects, cogitata, in the Cartesian Meditations.
57
Hua I, §42.
34 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
58
Cf. the editor’s introduction Hua I. Husserl had distributed typescripts of the completed German
CM, (not only the French version that was reviewed by A. Schutz) to the members of the Freiburg
circle; cf. Embree 2009a, 177f.
59
Philosophy in the Crisis of the European Humanity 1935, Hua VI, 314–348.
60
Gurwitsch 1929.
61
Schutz 1932.
62
For a short discussion of such viewpoints as they have emerged in the historical development of
the phenomenological movement, see Part V, Sect. 11.3.
63
Hua VI, §§53, 54; cf. Seebohm 1992. A concise account of Husserl’s ontological interpretation
of the paradox of subjectivity and his way out in the direction of the absolute being of the ego can
be found in Hopkins 2010, ch. 15, 210.
64
Hua VI, §53; see note 70 about the meaning of Subjektsein and Objektsein in German.
2.4 Intersubjectivity, the Paradox of Subjectivity, and Ultimate Grounding 35
Relevant material for Husserl’s own answers to the problem of a Cartesian ultimate
grounding and the paradox of subjectivity is now also available in Die Lebenswelt.65
1. The technical phenomenological term evidence refers to the mode of awareness
in which content is given in living experience for possible descriptions. Con-
sciousness is given to itself in the phenomenological attitude in apodictic
evidence, i.e., any doubt and in general any reflection on its self-givenness once
again implies the evidence of self-givenness, and so on in an indefinite iterative
regress. A critical reflection on the evidence of the givenness of objects in
direct intention shows, on the contrary, that such evidences are always dubitable,
provisional, and can be “crossed out” and replaced by other evidences in the
future.66 Only the world as the sum total of all possible objects is given in
presumptive apodicticity, i.e., the evidence of the givenness of the world is
not touched by negations or modifications of previously given evidences of the
existence of states of affairs.
2. The abbreviating formula for the universal structure of consciousness, i.e., of
all intentional acts and their objective correlates, is ego cogito cogitatum. The
function of the ego in the structure can be understood in two ways. First it can
be understood as a dependent part like the intentional acts and their objective
correlates. As such it is the focal center, the unity of all intentional acts and their
correlates in the temporal dimensions of the living present. This interpretation
is binding under the assumption that phenomenological analyses as eidetic
analyses have to presuppose the categorial structures of formal ontology as
a methodological guideline according to what has been said in the preceding
sections. For the second interpretation, the ego is in addition understood as the
active and unifying source of intentional acts, i.e., as the transcendental activity
of the unity of apperception in the Kantian and Neo-Kantian sense. As such it has
in addition the function of a necessary condition of experience that is not itself a
part of experience.
3. It is a phenomenological finding that intentional acts of consciousness in oblique
intention presuppose, either immediately or mediately, an act of direct intention.
In other words, all reflective acts of consciousness are one-sidedly founded in
intentional acts referring to objects in the world as their correlates in direct
intention. It is furthermore essential that objects given in direct intention and the
world as the sum total of objects are transcendent, i.e., they do not belong to the
temporal sphere of immanence of synthetic intentionality. Closer considerations
reveal that this structure refers to and presupposes the structure that has served as
65
Hua XXXIX, texts 23, Beilage XIX, XX and text 24. See also text 25, the rejection of the
Cartesian radical doubt in the existence of the world. For an explicit reference to the paradox
of subjectivity see 251.
66
Even a theorem in the natural sciences that has been confirmed up until now in experimental
research can be disconfirmed by further experiments in the future.
36 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
67
To the best of my knowledge, no explicit account has been given for (1) in Ideas I or elsewhere
by Husserl.
68
Hua III, §61.
2.4 Intersubjectivity, the Paradox of Subjectivity, and Ultimate Grounding 37
69
See Hua I, §§52–55. Appresentation is not a simple Diltheyan Einfühlung, empathy. I experience
the other living body as such before, and sometimes completely without making an attempt to try
to imagine how the Other “feels” her/himself in her/his body; see Sect. 3.1 below.
38 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
other living bodies, all given in passive synthesis. This structure, together with
the awakening of active intentional acts of subjective consciousness, is the genetic
foundation of intersubjectivity.
The analysis of the original givenness of the Other and intersubjectivity implies
significant modifications in the meaning of “transcendent objects” and “tran-
scendence of the world” as correlates of active intentional synthesis in direct
intention. Intentional objects are given as transcendent objects in the residuum of
the phenomenological reduction of Ideas I only because the unity of objects does
not belong to the temporal unity of immanence of the subjective consciousness.
Guided by the egological and then the primordial reduction, further explications of
the sphere of immanence and the correlated objects indicate that the givenness of
transcendent objects is a correlate of the givenness of Others, of intersubjectivity.
The first criterion of transcendence is negative. The object is transcendent because
it does not belong to the sphere of immanence. The second criterion is positive.
The object is transcendent because it is given as an intersubjectively given object.
Further phenomenological analyses reveal that the emergence of the givenness on
the one hand of the Other and intersubjectivity and of transcendent objects on the
other are correlated dependent parts of the structure of the givenness of the world.
They are both together one-sidedly founded in the passive synthesis of contents
of the hyletic field and in passive associative synthesis. They already emerge
as correlates on the lowest level of the intentional synthetic activity of the pre-
predicative sensual experience of objects. Given this structure, it has to be said that
subjective consciousness with transcendent intentional objects is given to itself in
the world because it is given to itself as a member of an intersubjective community,
and this intersubjective community is in turn immediately given as a correlate of
the givenness of transcendent objects. This analysis adds serious modifications and
extensions to the analysis of the foundation of intentional acts in oblique intention in
intentional acts in direct intention in the residuum of the general phenomenological
reduction mentioned above in (3). Intentional acts in direct intention and their
correlates, the transcendent objects and the transcendent world in the positive sense,
presuppose the primordial self-givenness of subjective consciousness as a member
of an intersubjective community in a common world, more precisely in a common
lifeworld.
Two interpretations of this structure are possible, the epistemic interpretation and
the ontic interpretation. The epistemic interpretation is sufficient for the purposes
of a phenomenological epistemology. Of interest for the epistemic interpretation are
only the scope, the limits, and the quality of the evidences in which the objective
correlates of synthetic intentional activities are given in direct and oblique intention.
The ontic interpretation is grafted upon the epistemic interpretation. Epistemic
categories are understood as indicators of a metaphysical ontology speaking about
necessary being, contingent being, absolute being, etc. The apodicticity of the
evidence of self-consciousness indicates that the subject is a necessary being and is
prior to the being of the objects and the world given for it in dubitable or presumptive
evidence as contingent beings. The formulation of the paradox of subjectivity in the
2.4 Intersubjectivity, the Paradox of Subjectivity, and Ultimate Grounding 39
Crisis presupposes the ontic interpretation: being a subject (Subjektsein) for the
world and at the same time being an object (Objektsein) in the world.70
The emphasis on being in the first part of the formulation implies that subjective
consciousness, as a necessary being has the contingent being of the world as the
totality of objects that are contingent correlates of its synthetic intentional activity.
The second part says that subjective consciousness has itself and its objective
correlates given in oblique intention only because subjective consciousness too is
given to itself as a contingent being among other contingent beings in the world.
This is a paradox.
The following explications can show that the situation is different for the
epistemic interpretation. No paradox is involved for this interpretation
1. Objects, Others, and the world are given for subjective consciousness in different
qualities and degrees of evidence as correlates of the web of synthetic intentional
acts in direct intention.
2. Subjective consciousness is given to itself in oblique intention in apodictic
evidence. Epistemic apodicticity means that a critical reflection on the evidence
of the self-givenness of reflecting subjective consciousness re-enacts the evi-
dence of the self-givenness of subjective consciousness in the living present
of the actual Now and its protentional and retentional horizon. This is in turn
evident for the next reiterated critical reflection, etc. in a possible indefinite
regress. In addition, the infinite regress of critical reflections warrants that
epistemic explications and analyses are always open for further critical epistemic
modifications and revisions. A first critical reflection reveals that the apodictic
evidence of the self-givenness of subjective consciousness in oblique intention
has its one-sided genetic foundation in intentional acts in direct intention.
3. The evidence of the existence of objects and states of affairs given in direct
intention is always open for counter-evidences in the future horizon of the
experience of objects and, therefore, is dubitable evidence. In other words,
critical reflections on evidences of objects given in direct intention are not able to
re-enact, by themselves, the evidence of the givenness of the object in question.
The evidence of the givenness of the world as the sum total of transcendent
objects is not dubitable. It is given in open presumptive apodictic evidence.
Apodicticity means in this case that the evidence of the givenness of the world
as the sum total of all intentional objects is independent from the evidences in
which objects are given in the world. That the apodicticity of this evidence is
presumptive means that the world is given as an open horizon for changes in the
evidences in the givenness of states of affairs in the world.
4. The intentional objects given in direct intention are transcendent objects in the
positive sense. They are not only transcendent because their unity does not belong
70
Die Paradoxie der menschlichen Subjektivität: das Subjektsein für die Welt und zugleich
Objektsein in der Welt, Hua VI, §53. The verb “being” in the English translation can be understood
as an indicator of the subject-predicate relation. The German terms “Subjektsein” and “Objektsein”
are, on the contrary, ontological terms for two kinds of beings.
40 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
to the temporal unity of inner time consciousness; they are also transcendent in
the positive sense as objects given for an intersubjective community. The positive
criterion of transcendence implies that the evidence in which objects are given
for subjective consciousness is, according to (1), the evidence of the givenness
of the world for the perspective of a subjective consciousness.
5. The phenomenological explication of the evidence in which Others and intersub-
jectivity are given is the correlate of the evidence in which intentional objects are
given and vice versa. This implies in turn that objects and the world can be given
in direct intention as transcendent correlates in the positive sense only because
subjective consciousness is given to itself as a member of an intersubjective
community in the world.
What is said in (1)–(3) is a strictly epistemic version of what was said above in
the initial three points concerning the paradox of subjectivity. What is said in (4) and
(5) is the modification and extension of what was said there about the residuum of
the universal phenomenological reduction incorporating the results of the analyses
following the egological and the primordial reduction. No paradox is involved. The
epistemic definition of the apodictic evidence of the self-givenness of subjective
consciousness in oblique intention (2) is not only compatible with evidence that
intentional acts in oblique intention have their foundation, in intentional acts in
direct intention (1) and (3), but it is also compatible with epistemic evidence that
the correlates of intentionality in direct intention, the objects and the world, are
transcendent in the positive sense. What is said in (4) and (5) is a compatible expli-
cation of (1)–(3) because the apodictic self-givenness of subjective consciousness
in oblique intention presupposes as its foundation the givenness of the world as the
totality of the objects given in direct intention. (b) The transcendence of the world as
the totality of objects in the positive sense presupposes the reciprocal foundation of
its givenness for an intersubjective community; the givenness of an intersubjective
community has its genetic foundation in the givenness of the Other as a living
body and the givenness of the Other presupposes the reciprocal foundation of the
givenness of the other living body and one’s own living body on the level of passive
associative synthesis.
Hence, the subject is given to itself in apodicitic evidence in oblique intention
only because a transcendent world in the positive sense is given for the subject in its
intentional acts in direct intention. A transcendent world in this sense can be given
to the subject as a correlate of its synthetic intentionality only because this subject is
also is given for itself in direct intention in its living body in the world. No paradox
is involved. What is involved is the epistemic distinction between oblique intention
and direct intention and the explication of transcendence as transcendence in the
positive sense.
The epistemic interpretation is the general methodological framework for a phe-
nomenological epistemology. A phenomenological epistemology in the narrower
sense is interested in critical phenomenological reflections on the methods and the
methodologies of specific empirical disciplines and sciences. A phenomenological
epistemology in the broad sense as a general theory of knowing is interested in the
2.4 Intersubjectivity, the Paradox of Subjectivity, and Ultimate Grounding 41
different qualities, scopes, limits and temporal dimensions of the evidence in which
the objective correlates of intentionality are given. As a general theory of knowing,
it also includes all practical activities that imply knowledge about the environment,
the purpose and goal of action, and the means to realize the purpose. Epistemology
in this sense is a critical reflection on the intentional activity of consciousness
and its objective correlates. The main concern is to characterize the types and
degrees of the validity of the evidence implied in the experience in which the
intentional objects are given. However, phenomenology as descriptive epistemology
is not interested in descriptions of the flow of the individual lived experience of a
particular consciousness. Instead, it is interested in the description of the essential
structures of the correlation between intentional acts and intentional objects in their
temporal dimensions in inner time-consciousness. The epistemic interpretation in
(1)–(5) warrants in addition that phenomenological epistemological analyses can be
presented to the members of an intersubjective community of phenomenologists and
is, therefore, open for intersubjective critique.
Some final remarks about the phenomenological reduction, and its relation to
the various additional reductions that have been mentioned in Sect. 1.1 and in the
present section, are necessary before turning to the ontic interpretation. It can be said
with hindsight that it is possible to give a systematic account of the need to introduce
additional reductions after the introduction of the phenomenological reduction. The
need has its roots in the transition from phenomenology as descriptive psychology
to a pure phenomenology and its application to a phenomenological epistemology.
Descriptive psychology is already able to give a sufficient analysis of the operations
of the mind, the intentional acts, in which formal and material essences are given.
The paradoxical situation was, however, the claim that descriptive psychology,
i.e., an empirical discipline, is able to provide the epistemological justification for
the cognition of atemporal essences. The main purpose of the phenomenological
reduction was to avoid psychologism and to demonstrate that phenomenological
analyses of the structures of subjective consciousness can be immediately applied
to epistemological problems. As in a phenomenological epistemology, here too
the descriptions of pure phenomenology are also not interested in the individual
lived experiences of a subjective consciousness. They are interested in the universal
essential structures of the intentionality of consciousness and its correlates, the
intentional objects. What is left is only the object in general as the intentional object
given in the phenomenological attitude after the phenomenological reduction. It
is neither necessary nor possible to borrow the epistemological justification from
descriptive psychology. Pure phenomenology itself has to give this justification
within the residuum of the reduction. The explicit additional bracketing of the
givenness of a pure mathesis universalis and material essences serves as an indicator
of a special problem that was and is of central significance for the method of pure
phenomenology.
What is comparatively obvious for the bracketing of material and formal essences
is not so obvious in case of the egological and primordial reduction. Phenomenology
as descriptive psychology is a mundane discipline. It is embedded in the natural
attitude, and the givenness of other persons, intersubjectivity, and especially the
42 2 The Formal Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological Epistemology
71
Hua VI, §58, 211.
72
Seebohm 1982, 145f.
2.4 Intersubjectivity, the Paradox of Subjectivity, and Ultimate Grounding 43
73
Cf. Seebohm 1985b, 1994b; Jalloh 1988, 189.
74
Hua VI, §54b, 55; see also Hua I, §62. For additional material, see Fink 1958, 256, 261, 271f.
Chapter 3
The Material Methodological Presuppositions
of a Phenomenological Epistemology in the
Structures of the Lifeworld
1
The German version of the Cartesian Mediations was not published before 1950, but the shift in
Husserl’s position including the turn to the problem of intersubjectivity, the lifeworld, and the
distinctions between the transcendental, the egological, and the primordial reduction has been
discussed by the members of the Freiburg circle in exile at the New School in New York. The
modifications and extensions of the following accounts, especially concerning hyletic contents,
the Here and the There of inner space, and animalic understanding, are similar to the analyses of
Cairns 2007, 313f and 317ff. and Embree 2012, ch. 3, 4, and 5. More on the constitution of the
lifeworld is now available in Husserl’s manuscripts from 1916 to 1937 in Hua XXIX.
2
For a detailed account see now Behnke 2009.
3.1 The Primordial Sphere, the Givenness of the Other, and Animalic. . . 47
passive synthesis. Active intentional activity emerges only if the attention of the
ego of the experiencing consciousness3 is awakened by contrast phenomena in its
changing hyletic field.
The decisive next step in the genesis of the next level of the constitution of the
lifeworld in passive synthesis is the givenness of the other living body. Two aspects
can be distinguished. One’s own body is partially given in contents given in the
inside of the Here and partially in the outside of the manifold There. Secondly,
the living body feels itself in its kinaesthetic movements, its primordial activities.
The other living body is given from the outside and in its movements and such
movements can be experienced as immediately interfering with the movements of
my own body in bodily contact. What is not immediately given is the inner self-
experience of the other living body, its primordial self. This inner is appresented in
an associative transfer guided by the similarities of the givenness of one’s own body
from the outside and its kinaesthetic movements. The other living body, in short, the
Other as the other animate loving body are given in associative passive synthesis as
a part of primordial experience and this means as a part of immediate brute reality.
We do not first recognize dead physical objects in active intentional acts
and believe that some of them have their own lived experience with the aid of
some inference by analogy. The primordial encounter with inanimate bodies is
reciprocally founded in the experience of other living bodies.4 Dead physical
objects are transcendent objects given for an intersubjective community. What is
appresented in the associative transfer on the basis of indexical signs in the behavior
of the other living body are its drives and feelings. The associative transfer is the first
level of sympathy in its original Greek sense, feeling with and through the Other in
appresentations.
Appresentation is the foundation for the understanding of the other living body in
its life expressions. The life expressions of the other living body trigger as actions
of the other living body immediate reactions of one’s own living body and vice
versa. This exchange can be called animalic understanding.5 The understanding is,
using the terminology of C. S. Peirce, indexical. Life expressions on this level are
indexicals, not symbols. Animalic understanding has the structure of the immediate
opposition of actions and reactions, of secondness. It is, therefore, misleading to call
animalic life expressions signs of a body language. Linguistic signs are symbols.6
3
Husserl 1972, (1973), §§5–19 and Hua XI, §§28, 29. See also Gurwitsch 1929.
4
See Gurwitsch 1979, esp. pp. 74–76 and Cairns 2007, 319, about the problem of the primordial
givenness of inanimate and animate bodies.
5
The adjective “animalic” is mentioned in Webster’s Encyclopedic Unabridged Dictionary. In this
investigation it not only includes the understanding of animals by animals or humans, but also the
understanding of animalic life expressions of other humans by humans. What is said in Cairns
2007, 314 and 321 on sense transfer and organism is similar to what is said above about animalic
life expressions and animalic understanding.
6
This does not mean that certain higher animals are not able to understand symbolic significations,
but most animals can do without it and humans can do without it in primitive encounters with other
48 3 The Material Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological. . .
What emerges in and with the encounter with others on the level of passive
synthesis is the intersubjective lifeworld as the structured whole of real objects
and events. The primordial “objects” of one’s own body are hyletic configurations
outside of the body in the multidimensional There. They belong to the immanence
of the primordial sphere. An object shared between the one’s own living body
and the other living body given in interactions is given as a shared transcendent
object beyond the primordial sphere with its distinction between the Here of the
own body and the Theres outside the own body. In this sense it is a transcendent
object belonging to a transcendent reality that is not only beyond the primordial
sphere, but also beyond the sphere of inner subjective intentional activity and its
experience. Transcendent objects are immediately given together within a shared
intersubjective space and a shared intersubjective time of a community. The
structures of intersubjective space and time determine the social structures between
consociates, contemporaries, predecessors, and successors and their immediate and
fixed life expressions.
An immediate consequence of the distinction between the primordial subjective
constitution and the intersubjective constitution of objects is the need to distinguish
between two types of transcendence of objects. The correlates of intentional
syntheses or cogitative types are intentional objects. The syntheses belong to the
unity of immanence. The unity of the intentional objects is a unity that does
not belong as a dependent part to the unity of immanence, and is in this sense
transcendent.
This type of transcendence must be distinguished from the transcendence of
intersubjective static but also generative constitution. The transcendent objects of
sensory subjective experience are already given, as mentioned above, in different
temporally changing perspectives. The unity of transcendent objects, e.g., for
sensory subjective lived experience is given in temporally changing different
perspectives, but, for the very same reason, it is only given as an empty presumption
in the living primordial present. The presumption implies that the perspectives
of the transcendent object that are not actually given could be given for Others,
though they are not actually given for my subjective experience in the actual
Now. Presupposing the givenness of Others; the actual experience of the actual
perspectives of Others refer to the same transcendent object. The presumption of
identical transcendent objects in my subjective lived experience has ultimately its
foundation in the possible actual presence of Others. The positive criterion for
the givenness of an actually existing identical transcendent object is the givenness
of the object in intersubjective experience, and this intersubjective experience is
also the presupposition for the discovery of the privacy and uniqueness of my own
subjective experience.
animals including other humans. For Peirce’s distinction between index and symbol, see Peirce CP
2.205–2.207. On appresentation see Hua I, §§51, 52, 55.
3.2 A Typology of Understanding 49
7
To call not-understanding a kind of understanding seems to be awkward, but the expression “I do
not understand” presupposes the assumption that there is something that can be understood.
8
The terms “elementary understanding” and “higher understanding” have been introduced by
Dilthey GS 7, 207–213; SW 1, 228–234. See also Seebohm 2004, §12 and §14. Animalic
understanding as genetic foundation of both is not mentioned by Dilthey.
9
The term “natural environment” can be interpreted in the context of Hua XXXIX text 4, 6,
and 30 as referring to the originally “surrounding world” (Umwelt) of the natural attitude.
Cultural worlds have their deepest genetic foundation in the original pre-givenness of the world
as “surrounding world.” “Natural environments” in this sense are the immediate foundation of
theoretical systems of higher order understanding of nature in philosophical or scientific systems.
On the natural attitude and its correlate in the surrounding world, in Ideas I and its significance for
the development of Husserl’s concept lifeworld as historical world in Husserl’s later writings, cf.
the interpretation in Moran 2013.
50 3 The Material Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological. . .
goals in the practical world.10 The means in actions and interactions are tools. The
products of using tools are artefacts used for the fulfillment of the needs of everyday
life. Tools of humans are seldom found in the natural environment as materials that
are as such immediately useful for something; instead, tools are themselves artefacts
produced by other tools. Actions are understood as actions in which “how to do
something” with tools is understood and Others are understood as participants in
interactions, i.e., they are understood only in their functions and roles in the web of
elementary understanding.
Tools that are used in actions and interactions refer to each other, to the
tools that have been used to produce them or are used for their maintenance to
the raw materials; to the actions and interactions in which they are used; and to
the produced artifacts used for consumption. The objects used for consumption, the
interactions, and the raw materials refer vice versa to the system of tools used to
shape and produce them. To use something found and even roughly prepared by an
individual, animal or human, is to use a tool in a very broad sense. Tools used within
a referential system of tools, raw materials, products, and interactions are tools in
a strict sense. Only tools in this sense are of interest for elementary understanding
in the practical world. Tools, interactions, raw materials, and artifacts can also be
considered as a sign system. As signs, these parts of elementary understanding are
more than indexical signs. They are symbols and they signify themselves, but they
do so in their function for the system of elementary understanding, thereby pointing
to all other parts of the system as their interpretants.11
The system of elementary understanding is a system of goal-directed interactions.
Successful interactions presuppose immediate life expressions that can serve as
signifiers for all elements of the system before and after the interactions happen
in the actual present. Such a sign system is a linguistic system in the broadest
sense. Human discourse is originally oral discourse that is usually accompanied and
supported by gestures, and can even be replaced by a system of visible gestures. It
is possible but irrelevant for the present purpose to invent fictive cultural lifeworlds
with other types of immediate life expressions. It is a matter of terminological
convenience to use for all such cases the notions “oral communication,” “oral
discourse,” and “oral tradition” for the purposes of a descriptive analysis of the
general structures of the lifeworld.
The essential point is that the system of significations is a system of present
immediate life expressions, and that this system has to have at least the degree
of complexity of the system of the above-mentioned elements and aspects of
interactions in elementary understanding. Imitation is of crucial significance for
10
The world of elementary understanding is approximately coextensive with Schutz’s practical
world. See Embree on Schutz in Embree 1977 comparing Schutz and Gurwitsch. Cf. also Embree
1988b, esp. 121f, 127f. The practical environment is according to Hua XXXIX texts 31, 32 in the
pre-given world genetically one-sidedly founded in the pre-given world as natural environment, cf.
fn. 83.
11
Peirce CP, 5.372–5.376.
3.2 A Typology of Understanding 51
the social process of learning how to use tools and recognizing their purposes in
everyday practical life, but cooperation in the interactions of elementary under-
standing requires linguistic communication. The linguistic system required for
communication in elementary understanding is, however, restricted to commands,
information, and short explanations of “how to do.” Its task is to support the already
otherwise sufficiently articulated context of elementary understanding.
A terminological remark is necessary before turning to the level of first-order
higher understanding. The “natural environment” mentioned above is already orig-
inally given for elementary understanding. The objects given in this environment
are, as mentioned above the raw materials, the tools, the artifacts, and consociates,
i.e., the Others who are understood in the interactions in animalic, elementary, and
higher understanding in the present and its immediate past and future horizon. They
are given on this level in the world of practical goal-directed interactions, and
these objects are as such concrete first-order wholes, i.e., the independent wholes
of the theory of the whole and the parts of the Logical Investigations mentioned
in Sect. 2.2. The practical world, the environment for elementary understanding,
is a partial dependent structure within the structure of a cultural lifeworld in
general. This structural system of intentional objects as an environment given for
elementary understanding can be called “natural” because it includes more that a
“practical world” as a system of practical interactions. It includes the experience
of disturbing and destructive powers that are always able to disrupt, to interrupt,
and to destroy systems of goal directed practical interactions. It is even present
as the understanding of the frightening possibility of the complete destruction of
all conditions of the practical world and elementary understanding.12 The first and
main task of higher understanding is “to make sense,” to understand and explain the
blind forces, human forces included, behind the natural environment as a correlate
of elementary understanding.
What is understood in higher understanding is the lifeworld as a whole and
its essential aspects. Higher understanding is contemplative. It presupposes time
that is not dominated by the needs of the practical activities of elementary
understanding. Of interest for higher understanding are all relevant aspects of
elementary understanding. Of interest for higher understanding are, furthermore,
the social structures of the lifeworld and changes in the social structures, including
customs such as fashions and styles, as well as customary laws and written laws
with their distinctions between right and wrong in interactions. Of interest are,
moreover, significant deeds of members of the community that have changed
structures of the lifeworld in the past, significant changes in the natural environment
of the lifeworld, and encounters with foreign lifeworlds. The manifestations of
higher understanding are cults, artefacts serving cult activities, myths, prophetic
12
This type of environment can also be called natural environment last not least because it is just
that what is left of the environment of elementary understanding in the methodological abstraction
that is constitutive for the natural sciences; cf. Sect. 4.3.
52 3 The Material Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological. . .
13
Almost nothing is said in Hua XXXIX about objects of higher understanding, cf. text 17, §2,
164f about religion and science.
14
Schutz adopted the term “ideal types” following Max Weber (see Schutz 1932, §44), but he
later rejected the Neo-Kantian implications in Weber’s understanding of the term; cf. the detailed
discussion in Sect. 10.4 below.
15
Schutz 1932, §50, presupposed for his investigations the immediate givenness of the social
lifeworld and assumed that the phenomenological question of the how of the givenness of the
lifeworld is not relevant for his purposes. The later discussions of Schutz and Gurwitsch indicate
that this assumption causes problems. See Sect. 4.5 below.
16
See Schutz 1932, §§36–41.
3.3 The Static Analysis of Social Interactions in the Lifeworld 53
values, etc., will also be valid in the future. This expectation is usually disappointed
in periods of social change. Social change, whatever the cause, creates fear, despair,
and eschatological hopes in the present of a social lifeworld.
Absence in the present is the absence of contemporaries beyond the scope
of consociates. Consociates are contemporaries in one’s own immediate cultural
lifeworld. Contemporaries outside this context are absent, foreign to one’s own
lifeworld, to different degrees. The realm of what is absent in the present is the field
of ethnological research, i.e., research interested in present foreign geographical and
cultural contexts. Absent for the present social lifeworld are dimensions that cannot
be understood within the framework of types of interactions, including linguistic
interactions, in one’s own lifeworld. The absence is present as misunderstanding
and not-understanding in the encounter with foreign contemporaries belonging to
other cultural lifeworlds. Even if such encounters are not necessarily hostile in
the beginning misunderstanding and not-understanding usually breed ethnocentric
hostility.
Absence in the dimension of the past is the absence of predecessors. Two types of
this absence can be distinguished. (1) Predecessors are present because their actions
and interactions, including the effects of such actions, predetermine the framework
of possible activities of those living in the present and their successors. However,
they are presently absent because their past actions and interactions can no longer
be changed or modified in the present of the social lifeworld. (2) The second type
of absence is an analogue of the absence of contemporaries. There are actions
and interactions of predecessors in the past that cannot be understood within the
framework of the ideal types of actions and interactions in the present. The amount
of possible not-understanding and misunderstanding of predecessors grows with the
increase of the temporal distance separating the present and the past phases of the
social lifeworld and its present naïve understanding of the past.
The dimension of the past as a dimension of absence is the dimension of
tradition and of history in the lifeworld. It is, therefore, necessary to return to the
analysis of the primordial structures of temporality and the genetic foundations of
intersubjective temporality in the lifeworld.17 The main purpose of the preceding
analysis of the temporal structures and genetic foundations of predecessors and
of the past dimension in a social community was to keep the door open for
the phenomenological analysis of the dimension of the structures of generation
and historical development. However, the analysis given is also presupposed for
the phenomenological analysis of ideal types like “predecessor,” “contemporary,”
“tradition,” and “history,” that have already been used in the static analysis of the
social lifeworld.
17
Schutz 1932, §50 presupposed for phenomenological descriptions the immediate givens of the
lifeworld as a whole in the present in direct intention, but the presentation of the Other is not an
immediate presentation of the Other and it is it is difficult, even impossible, to reduce the givens of
the past in subjective reproductions and intersubjective reconstructions to a primordial immediate
awareness.
54 3 The Material Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological. . .
18
Subjective reproductions presuppose the material of memories. With regard to the structures
of subjectively reproduced and intersubjectively reconstructed past series of events, see Sect. 2.2
above on the temporal structures underlying genetic and generative foundations.
19
See. Seebohm 2004, 221; cf. Cantor 1962, 168–169, 195, 390ff.
3.3 The Static Analysis of Social Interactions in the Lifeworld 55
20
This analysis of the underlying temporal structures of the interplay of interpretation and
application is of basic significance for the epistemology of the historical human sciences. See
below n. 98 on Gadamer 1965.
21
According to Dilthey monuments as well as texts are fixed life expressions of past predecessors.
Schutz’s term “sign” is too broad. There are many other types of signs.
22
Cf. Steinbock 1997 and Welton 1997.
56 3 The Material Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological. . .
Oral discourse in a cultural lifeworld without written discourse can reach consoci-
ates only in a limited spatial distance, and the past of the predecessors is present
for such cultural lifeworlds only in oral tradition. Oral traditions are restricted to the
subjective memories of consociates, the tales of old consociates, and beyond that
only in memorized sagas and myths. Oral discourse is an immediate life expression.
Written discourse is a fixed life expression. Words in oral discourse are symbols
that refer to intersubjectively given objects, people included, and these objects refer
in turn to other objects in the systems of elementary and higher understanding.
Written discourse refers in addition to oral discourse, and this indicates that socio-
cultural lifeworlds with oral but without written discourse are the foundation for the
generation of socio-cultural lifeworlds with written discourse.23
Fixed life expressions of authors in a distant past can be given as the same
again in the present and in the future. Written discourse can also be sent into
another spatial environment over large distances. Whether the written discourse
is hieroglyphic, (i.e., uses first of all signs for kinds of objects) or alphabetical is
irrelevant, and it is also irrelevant what other types of “writing” can be fancied or
created with modern technologies.
Written discourses refer back to an author of a past elementary or first-order
higher understanding of her/his contemporary state of affairs in the broadest
sense. Second-order elementary understanding is immediately implied in first-
order elementary understanding. The life expressions of others are in this context
understood only as indicators of the function of Others in the context of a
social interactions, and not as an understanding of Others as Others. First-order
higher understanding is the creative understanding or interpretation of and in the
present lifeworld. A task of second-order higher understanding is to understand
the written discourses representing the tradition of a present cultural lifeworld.
Second-order higher understanding has two aspects, the interpretation of the text
and the application of the text in the present cultural situation of the interpreter. Both
aspects are inseparable. They presuppose each other in a reciprocal foundation.24 To
separate them requires an abstractive reduction. The term “higher understanding”
will be used from now on exclusively for first-order creative higher understanding,
23
The assumption that written discourse in a lifeworld without oral discourse can function as a
substitute for oral discourse in communication in the present has to presuppose communication via
immediate bodily life expressions as its own necessary substructure.
24
Gadamer 1965, part II, section II, esp. 1.b and 2.a, 2.c. The problem of the relation of
interpretation and application is one of the basic problems for philological hermeneutics and of
basic significance for the epistemology of the human historical and systematic or social sciences.
The separation of interpretation and application in the human sciences presupposes the possibility
of an abstractive reduction that is able to separate interpretation and application. See below esp.
Part II, Sects. 5.3–5.5, 7.1; and Part IV esp. Sects. 10.2 and 10.6.
3.4 The Generative Structures of Socio-Cultural Developments in the Lifeworld 57
and the terms “interpretation” and “application” will refer to “re-creative secondary
higher understanding” in the following sections, chapters, and parts.
Interpretation of what is pre-given in the tradition in cultural lifeworlds without
written traditions is restricted to the oral repetition of what has been memorized in
generations of predecessors. Whether or not the re-created repetitions of what has
been created and then memorized through generations in the tradition corresponds to
the first-order creative understanding can only be determined in authorized decisions
of shamans, priests, or chieftains. There are no presently given “facts” that could be
used in arguments against the authorized decisions. What seemed to be different in
a past present phase remains hidden behind the activities of present discourse and
communication in later phases.
The situation for the interpretation of the sources for systems of first-order
understanding in cultural lifeworlds with a written tradition is radically different.
Written traditions have the potential for the generation of complex static interrela-
tions and generative foundations. Such structures are present to different degrees in
all cultural lifeworlds with a written tradition. Of basic significance is first of all
the generative interplay of application and rejection of the truth claims of texts and
their interpretations. Whole texts together with the tradition of their interpretation
and even whole literary traditions can be rejected or recognized as the warrants of
eternal truth for and in the present situation of a literary tradition.
The application of texts in the present needs interpretations. Whether an inter-
pretation of the text really represents the original meaning of the author, e.g., as a
prophet, lawgiver, or poet is always questionable in the present. The main task for
the survival of the written tradition of a cultural lifeworld is to create standards for
the interpretation of the original truth of the holy texts. The interpretations need
justifications, and the source for the justifications in the present in archaic societies
are again the authorized decisions of “professionals,” e.g., of the priests of poly-
theistic and monotheistic religions and their hierarchies. Authorized interpretations
of texts in a literary tradition can be applied, but they can also be rejected by other
authorities as false interpretations. If the rejection is radical, the false interpretation
will be forgotten in later phases of the development.
The situation can be radicalized if the truth claims of texts and, even whole
traditions of texts representing the higher understanding of past periods that does
not seem to be applicable in the present, are rejected as false and replaced by texts
with new types of higher understanding. The sudden emergence and acceptance of a
new system of higher understanding demands the more or less complete rejection of
a past tradition as a “false tradition” in such cases. If the turn is radical, the rejection
implies the command to destroy all texts and monuments of the old tradition. What
is left is the memory that this tradition is false, morally rotten, and that it is not
worthwhile, or even dangerous, to know parts of this tradition.
The rejection of certain aspects of old traditions can be partial and temporarily
limited. In such situations they are able to be “fashionable” again. A re-birth is
possible even in case of a more or less complete rejection of a tradition as “false”
and the command to destroy all texts and monuments of the old false tradition.
Some fixed life expressions can survive the destruction. The old tradition was
58 3 The Material Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological. . .
forgotten, but it can be re-discovered and brought to life. The rejection itself will
now be at least partially rejected, and attempts will be made to apply parts of
the old tradition in a new and different cultural context. Such a return “back to
the sources” of an old tradition, connected with a turn against essential parts of the
younger tradition, is a renaissance. It is a reformation if the rejection is restricted to
a tradition of interpretations and applications of the original sources of older levels
of the tradition.
A second aspect of the generative development of cultures with a written tradition
is the evolution of different types of literary meta-genres. In the first archaic
phase of the development, one literary meta-genre represents all aspects of creative
higher understanding in a lifeworld. This higher understanding comprises the higher
understanding of the natural environment and the forces behind changes in the
natural environment as well as changes in the social environment and its distribution
of political powers, of customs and laws, of wisdom, of significant technological
inventions in elementary understanding; reports about what happened in the past;
and of poetry. All of this appears in the mythologies of animistic and polytheistic
religions and in the collections of the teaching of prophets of monotheistic religions.
The contents are different in different archaic cultures, but the formal common
denominator is that only one meta-genre represents all relevant aspects of the
lifeworld and that the interpretation of this meta-genre has its justification in the
authorized decisions of professional elites.
Archaic literary traditions have the ideal potential to generate a system of
different literary meta-genres in literary traditions, e.g., legal literature, poetry,
theological literatures, or philosophical literature reflecting different aspects of the
lifeworld; treatises about technological inventions, philological literature reflecting
the literary tradition; and finally, the literature of sciences. The systems of different
meta-genres are different in different literary traditions. Seen from a formal point of
view, archaic literary cultures are wholes of the second-order n 1 and as such are
the foundation for literary cultures with a complex literary system as wholes of the
second order n.
The structures and generative foundations of the development of a literary
tradition are correlates of changes in the social structures of a cultural lifeworld.
In the early phases of the development of a literary culture, the trust in the truth and
unity of the oral and/or written tradition is a necessary condition for the stability
of the social structures of archaic cultures. The trust in the tradition and the need
to apply it again in the present and its future horizon vanishes step by step in the
development of a literary tradition with different meta-genres, with the increase of
the amount of rejections of parts of the old tradition, and with their replacement
by new “truths.” The development of, e.g., an independent legal literature and/or
independent philosophical reflections about right and wrong, good and evil, and
last but not least nature is the generative foundation for partial rejections of the
contents of the religious literature, and finally even of religion itself. Poetry and art
freed from the fetters of their functions in religious services and cults can secularize
certain religious contents and give preference to worldly perspectives.
3.4 The Generative Structures of Socio-Cultural Developments in the Lifeworld 59
25
For a thorough account see Behnke 2009, §4 on protentionality and §5 on bodily protentionality.
3.5 Causal Relations and Facts in the Lifeworld 61
can be caused, on the other hand, by events in the natural environment of a lifeworld.
The natural environment is in general understood as a beneficial or destructive power
beyond the limits of elementary understanding.
The old Latin meaning of causa and factum can be used as a guiding thread back
to their pre-scientific original meaning. The meaning of factum, i. e., something that
has been made, implies that a fact is caused by the action of somebody who was the
causa of the factum, i.e., the one who has done it and is, therefore, responsible for
the factum and in this sense guilty. What was done is worthwhile of being reported
in historiae if it is of religious, political, legal, or technological significance.
Higher understanding of causation is, hence, first of all the attempt to develop
systems in which such powers can be understood. Different types of such systems
of higher understanding can be distinguished. Some religions, including animistic
and polytheistic religions, understand such events (and beyond this the whole natural
environment) as caused by good or evil spirits or benevolent or hostile gods or the
one God in monotheistic religions. What they have in common is that they project
the structures of what can be understood in elementary understanding, including the
understanding of causation, into the “beyond” of divine creative powers that cause
events in the natural environment in a way that cannot be understood as an analogy
of the “efficiency” of a tool as a cause. It can only be understood as an analogy of
the creation of artifacts.
Divine causation is also of significance for human actions. God(s) demand and
punish disobedience. In the more sophisticated contexts of book religions they give
laws and define punishments for actions against the law. It was also possible to
develop the idea of laws of nature in monotheistic religions as systems of higher
interpretation. God created the world and the “cause” for the laws of nature (i.e., the
laws for causes that determine regular change in the natural environment, especially
celestial changes) is the will of God and his commands. The law of nature for human
beings is the moral law, and humans can sin against this law. Nature, however, obeys
its law without exception. Extraordinary events in nature are possible, but once again
they have their cause in the will of God.
The first aspect of the understanding of causation in a pre-scientific lifeworld has
its one-sided foundation in the activities of elementary understanding. Causation is
understood as regular change following actions using tools26 to reach desired goals
in the medium of raw material taken from or in the natural environment. The pre-
scientific philosophical understanding of causation with its distinction of efficient,
final, formal, and material causes is at least partially the outcome of reflections
on this structure on the level of higher understanding. The second aspect has its
roots in observations of dramatic changes in the regular course of nature. They
are understood following the model of significant human actions causing changes
in social but also technological structures. Changes in the natural environment
are understood as actions of divine powers. The third aspect is given with the
26
This aspect of the understanding of causation is “mechaniistc,” mechanē understood in the old
Greek sense as using a tool as a means to realize a purpose.
3.5 Causal Relations and Facts in the Lifeworld 63
27
See, for example, Thomas of Aquinas 1882, I. II qu. 91, art. 1; qu. 93 art. 1–3 on the eternal law,
i.e., the laws of nature (not the natural law!) and their origin in the reason of God.
64 3 The Material Methodological Presuppositions of a Phenomenological. . .
The “pre-history” of the social and the human sciences in Classical Antiquity and in
the Middle Ages is different. The social disciplines of law, ethics, politics, and even
economics were been respectable disciplines of practical and normative philosophy
ever since Plato and Aristotle. In the Roman Empire the law and administration
grew into a special professional discipline, jurisprudence. The practical experience
of the jurists was then the source for their theoretical reflections on the theoretical
principles of justice, the law, and lawgiving in the Hellenistic period and in the
Byzantine Empire.1
In the Middle Ages the law, politics, and economy were respectable practical
disciplines in the medieval interpretation of the Aristotelian system of philosophical
sciences in the universities. Jurisprudence itself had the rank of a higher faculty, but
the law also had together with the other social disciplines its place in theological-
philosophical systems.2 Especially after the full integration of the Roman law
system in Bologna, the theoretical reflections of Roman jurists were of special
significance in such reflections about the law, lawgiving, and the distribution of
political power in the European tradition.
Except for the Aristotelian theory of poetics, history and philology never
achieved the rank of academic disciplines. They also had no also place the artes
liberales in the Middle Ages. However, history was of significance in Greek
Classical Antiquity. The Greeks knew historiai as a literary genre. A historia,
a narration, was for them a report about events and facts in general, including
1
The systematic collection of the Roman law in the Codex Justinianus has been of basic
significance for the development of law systems in the Middle Ages.
2
Thomas of Aquinas 1882, II. II. qu. 95–97.
“histories” about animals, precious materials, etc. such as the “Historia animalium”
of Aristotle.3 Later, the genre was taken in the narrower sense of histories about
human deeds of predecessors in the past that are of significance for contemporaries,
especially as examples for moral praise or blame. Historia as a literary genre in
Classical Antiquity with its branch of epic poetry had its own Muse, Clio.
The birthplace of historiography in the proper sense was Rome and first in the
history from the time of the founding of the city, the Ab urbe condita of Livius. The
first “world” chronicles added the Greek interest in historiai about foreign cultures
to the historia of the Roman Empire. This tradition was still alive in world chronicles
of Christian monks in the Byzantine Empire, now including in addition the history
of salvation. When speaking of history and historians in the period of Classical
Antiquity it should be kept in mind that in the beginning the span of the historical
time for early historians writing world histories was 150 years, e.g., for Ephoros,
and if myths are excluded, only 50 years are left. Even much later, in the history
of Diodoros, again including myths, it was limited to the last 500 years. The main
interest of such histories was only the significance of past events and deeds for the
present.
In the age of late classical Hellenism, the study of histories about predecessors
and their deeds was a part of philologia4 and not a science. Philology included
grammar and collections of hermeneutical rules for the interpretation of texts, first of
all the theory of the levels of interpretation. The goal of the philologist was universal
erudition, and with it, the universal wisdom and the ideal of true humanity that
can be found in the treasure house of literary tradition. The task was not only to
interpret an old and complex literary tradition as the source of “truth, goodness, and
beauty,” but also to apply this wisdom in concrete situations. Rhetoric, as the art of
application, was the necessary complement of philology as the art of interpretation.
Interpretation and application were there understood as two sides of the same coin in
the philological-rhetorical syndrome of late Classical Antiquity. For the philologists
philosophy was only a part of the literary tradition and of the universal wisdom of
the philologist. The philosophers, however, defended their access to truth with a
version of Plato’s argument against the poet/prophet in the Ion: The philologist, and
by implication the historian, knows only what has been said and what was the case,
i.e., the facts, but he does not know the truth.5
Philology in this sense presupposes and has its historical generative foundation
in a highly developed and complex literary tradition. The task of the interpretation
of the tradition in archaic literary cultures requires only the thorough knowledge
of the verbal meaning of the holy texts and the application of the implied laws to
judgments about social behavior in the society and religious rituals. The philologist-
rhetorician was, on the contrary, a secularized interpreter of the tradition and was not
3
This meaning of the term “history” is still present in terms like “museum of natural history” as a
collection of precious stones and all kinds of curious and surprising objects.
4
Seebohm 2004, §2.
5
Plato 334c.
4.1 The Emergence of the Human Sciences in the European Tradition 67
6
For a detailed account see Seebohm 2004, §2, 21f.
68 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
The experience of the past as a past present that has become foreign to one’s own
present tradition in its fixed life expressions can be iterated. A significant iteration
of this attitude of hermeneutical and historical consciousness was the rediscovery of
the culture of the Middle Ages and, as a consequence, the significance of the history
of the Dark Ages in the first decades of the nineteenth century.
The experience of what is foreign and has even been rejected and forgotten
in one’s own tradition, together with the experience of highly developed foreign
cultural lifeworlds7 in the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries was the
presupposition for the genesis of the historical human disciplines of philology,
archaeology, and history as sciences. The predecessor’s past understanding of
documents and monuments in the own present tradition was not only viewed with
suspicion as a mistaken representation of forgotten past cultures, and its worldviews;
the radicalized new attitude in the understanding of fixed life expressions also
implied that the understanding of the past in the present can be (but is not
necessarily) distorted by misunderstanding, and the task was to correct such
misunderstandings.8 This attitude demanded a methodologically guided critique of
pre-given interpretations.
The final arbiter of critique for the Enlightenment was reason. The task of human
reason was to criticize the truth claims of the tradition, i.e., to distinguish between
irrational, superstitious truth claims and rational truth claims that have been helpful
and significant for the progress of human reason in history. Prima facie this idea of
critique is and was not compatible with the attitude of the philological-historical dis-
ciplines. It was a critique and in many cases an at least partial rejection. of past cul-
tural traditions from the viewpoint of the present, and in this sense was a-historical.
For the historical human disciplines critique was not a critique of what was
or had happened in the past, but a critique of the understanding of the sources
in the pre-given tradition, including past interpretations of the sources within the
human studies themselves. An evaluation of the truth claims of the sources, i.e., the
question of possible applications or rejections, was not of interest in their field of
research. The task was to interpret the sources of past and present foreign cultures
and their historical development in their own context. The slogan was: all cultures
are “immediate to God.” Their life expressions have their value in themselves
and ought not to be judged from the outside. This universal and methodically
radical turn “back to the sources” was understood by the contemporaries as a turn
against the Enlightenment, and as a defense of the truth, beauty, and virtue of
the world of Classical Antiquity or the Middle Ages, or even the cultures and the
traditions of present subcultures. The achievements of the human studies in history,
philology, and archaeology have been used in the critique of the Enlightenment by
the romanticists and German idealists. But in spite of what Gadamer says about the
7
First China in the seventeenth century and then India.
8
Schleiermacher 1959. The original version of his lectures on hermeneutics of 1809/10, only
published in 1985, is the first hermeneutics that can be considered as a methodology of philology
as a science.
4.1 The Emergence of the Human Sciences in the European Tradition 69
9
Gadamer 1965, I.1.a.
10
Boeckh 1966. These lectures were given before the middle of the nineteenth century and were
1886. For other significant hermeneuticists of the nineteenth century, see Seebohm 2004, §8.
11
Droysen 1977. Droysen’s booklet Grundriss der Historik was nothing more that a short guideline
for the students of his lectures. The lectures themselves and other material were not available before
the critical edition of his works in 1977.
70 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
The proposal of Dilthey and Rickert to solve the problem with the aid of a strict
separation between the natural and the human sciences is not without difficulties.
Some have been already mentioned in the last part of Chap. 3, but the main problem
left was and is that the separation is not a sufficient answer to the question why
and in what sense the human sciences can be called sciences if they are not able
to apply the methodological guidelines of the natural sciences. It was a crucial
question because in the nineteenth century positivism was already an influential
rival of Dilthey’s and Rickert’s proposal. The main question was and still is why
and how it is possible to defend the claim that the disciplines of the humanities are
not only of significance for the arts, for erudition, and for prudence in politics and
the giving and application of laws but can also be recognized as empirical sciences.
August Comte invented the term “positivism” for his philosophy, a philosophy
that recognized only the methods of modern science as warrants of truth. Mill
adopted the term and used it for his own system, and it is his system, not the
system of Comte, that was of basic significance for the further development of the
positivistic theory of the sciences in general, and especially of the human sciences
as sciences that are able to apply the methods that have been developed in the natural
sciences to the “sciences of the mind.”
John Stuart Mill developed a unified system of the sciences that treated the
human sciences, in his terms the “sciences of the mind” or “moral sciences,” as a
branch in the last part of his system. The common ground of science is experience,
understood in terms of the tradition of empiricism. The warrant for the objective
validity of the sciences is formal and inductive logic.12 An essential part of inductive
logic was a theory of the logic of experiments as a methodology for the justification
or rejection of hypotheses, their verification and falsification. Mill’s reflections on
political, social, and economic theories and the theory of the law and last but not
least history have been and are still of outstanding significance. The natural sciences
represented the new paradigm of what can count as a science and what cannot.
According to John Stuart Mill the “sciences of the mind” and associated disciplines
have to use the methods of the natural sciences.
Mill was nevertheless of significance for Dilthey’s system of the human sciences.
Dilthey never challenged Mill’s theory of the natural sciences. He also recognized
with Mill that psychology is the methodological foundation for all other human
sciences. More about Mill’s influence and its limits will be said in Part IV,
Sects. 10.1 and 10.3. For Dilthey psychology as understanding and analyzing
psychology was also an empirical science, but it is neither necessary nor possible
to apply inductive methods of experimental research of the natural sciences in
psychological research and in general in empirical research in the human sciences.
12
Mill 1977 (1st first ed. 1843).
4.2 Dilthey’s and Rickert’s System of the Sciences 71
According to Wilhelm Dilthey, the natural sciences and human sciences have
different goals. The aim of the natural sciences is to explain, the aim of the human
sciences is to understand.13 Heinrich Rickert distinguished between the nomothetic
natural sciences interested in the universal laws of nature and the ideographic
cultural sciences interested in descriptions of individuals in the broadest sense,
including individual persons, events, works of art, worldviews, and cultures in his
Kulturwissenschaft und Naturwissenschaft.14 Both Dilthey’s system and the Neo-
Kantian system introduced a strict epistemological opposition between the human
or cultural sciences and the natural sciences.15
The basic epistemological principles guiding the separation of the natural and
the human sciences in Dilthey and Rickert are compatible. According to Dilthey
the natural sciences are interested in causal explanations, but causal explanations
presuppose the discovery of causal laws. They are, hence, according to Rickert,
nomothetic, they posit laws. Discoveries of causal laws presuppose the methodology
of Mill’s inductive logic, the logic of experiment and observation. The basic
category of the epistemology and methodology of the human or cultural sciences
is, according to Dilthey, descriptive and analyzing understanding. The goal of
understanding is to understand individual life expressions, i.e., the human sciences
or cultural sciences are, as Rickert said, ideographic, descriptions of what is
individual and unique in the broadest sense: individual persons, events, works of
art, worldviews, and cultures.
This distinction was challenged by the positivists of the nineteenth century and
later by the analysts. According to the positivists (following Mill’s epistemology)
and later the analysts a discipline is a science if and only if the discipline is able
to apply the same (or at least similar) methodological rules and principles that
are applied in the natural sciences. The final answer of the analysts is that human
sciences are sciences only because they are able either to find causal explanations for
facts and to discover causal laws justifying the explanations or to apply causal laws
and theories provided by the natural sciences in their explanations. This problem
13
Dilthey GS I; SW I; Einleitung in die Geisteswissenschaften, 1883.
14
Rickert 1926, (1st ed. 1899), English ed. 1962.
15
The term “sciences of the mind” but also “moral sciences” of J. S. Mill’s Logic of 1843
was given in German translations of his works as Geisteswissenschaften. It is difficult to decide
whether the Hegelian tradition had an influence on the translation. The editors of the American
translation of Dilthey’s works decided to translate Geisteswissenschaften with the term “human
sciences.” Schutz, following Rickert, sometimes preferred Kulturwissenschaften, cultural sciences.
From the epistemological point of view, this term has the advantage of avoiding the metaphysical
connotations of the term “Geist” but also of connotations of “human” as a predicate used in terms
for branches of the natural sciences or the technological application of natural sciences, e.g., in
medical technologies. The terminology of the following investigations will use “human sciences”
because it is not advisable to “deconstruct” systems of already established terminological traditions
in the sciences.
72 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
16
Even today some could be inclined to consider the thesis that the human sciences would not
cease to be respectable disciplines if they had their proper place in a faculty of the humanities.
This would be a new type of “lower faculty,” and the “higher faculties” would be the faculties
of the natural sciences, i.e., physics, chemistry, biology, and, perhaps, because of its applied
mathematics, economics. There is no doubt that naturalists, analytic philosophers, and some
scientists assume that precisely this is the status of the “Faculty of the Liberal Arts” especially
in American universities. Given the influence of Dilthey and others in the development of the
Geisteswissenschaften, such considerations are less influential in the battle of the “two cultures” in
continental Europe.
17
Schutz replaced Dilthey’s term “systematic human sciences” with “social sciences”; cf. also
Sect. 4.3 below.
4.3 Critical Remarks About the Traditional Division Between the Natural. . . 73
The task of this and the next section is to give a survey of the problems, but not
yet of possible solutions, of Dilthey’s and Rickert’s strict separation of the human
and the natural sciences. The reasoning for the separation of both Dilthey as well
as Rickert used epistemological categories. The problem is that neither Dilthey nor
Rickert mentioned a general epistemological criterion for the distinction between a
discipline and a science that covers the human as well as the natural sciences. It can
be admitted that understanding is the basic epistemological category for the human
18
Cf. Part IV, Sect. 9.1.
19
See Sect. 6.2 below.
74 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
20
Cf. Makkreel 1975, 59–73, 274–279; Seebohm 1985a, 99, 103 and also 1987, 26f.
21
Hua XXV.
22
Hua IX, Phänomenologische Psychologie, Beilage III, 1926 on Dilthey’s psychology and II,
1928 on Dilthey and the human sciences, 354–364. Grünewald’s critique of Dilthey’s conception of
psychology and psychology as the foundation of the human sciences (Grünewald 2009, 180–182,
cf. 118) is not compatible with Husserl’s evaluation of Dilthey’s position in his later manuscripts
and lectures. On Husserl’s evaluation of Dilthey’s psychology as a path to transcendental
phenomenology see Ströker 1987 chapter VI. On Dilthey’s influence on Husserl’s evaluation of
the historical human sciences see Seebohm 1985a, 1987, and 2013.
4.3 Critical Remarks About the Traditional Division Between the Natural. . . 75
23
Hua VI, esp. Sects. 3.3, 8.5, and 9.1.
24
About the significance of values in the theories of the basic categories of the social and historical
human sciences in Windelband, Rickert, and Weber, cf. also Grünewald’s interpretation and
critique of the Neo-Kantian approach in Grünewald 2009, 136ff., 172.
25
More will be said about this problem see Part III, Sect. 8.5.
76 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
the distinction between theory and experimental praxis in physics along with
the significance of technology without analyzing the problems of the logic of
experiment and observation.26
The publication of the Crisis offered a new perspective for the epistemology of
the human sciences. The world as the sum total of the objects of the human sciences
is the lifeworld. The lifeworld is the generative foundation for the abstractive
reduction of the natural sciences and it is, therefore, in brackets and outside of the
domain of the abstractive reduction. The new criterion for a strict separation of the
human and the natural sciences implies some of the old problems along with some
new problems. A first problem is that not very much is said about understanding
as an epistemological category of the human sciences. The second problem is that
much is said about the lifeworld and intersubjectivity, but virtually nothing about
the epistemological problems of the methodology of the human sciences.
The preceding critical reflections indicate that the attempt to use the category of
causality and mathematical idealizations as criteria for the distinction between the
natural and the human sciences is not convincing. Causal relations are legitimate
categories for the human sciences because causal predictions and explanations are
already essential categorial structures in the lifeworld. Mathematical idealizations
are essential for the hard natural sciences, but they are only of limited significance
for the life sciences. Methods used in the life sciences can be applied in psychology
and social human sciences. What is left is a critical review of the separation
of understanding and explanation from the viewpoint of the distinctions in the
typology of understanding introduced in Sect. 3.2 above. Prima facie it seems to
be promising to assume that the human sciences are sciences of understanding and
that the causal explanations of the natural sciences cannot be characterized as a type
of understanding. Closer consideration indicates, however, that this assumption is
threatened by serious ambiguities.
Several types of understanding and life expressions and each with its signif-
icance for different aspects of the lifeworld have been distinguished: animalic
understanding, elementary understanding, and first-order higher understanding and
second-order higher understanding. First-order higher understanding is the creative
understanding of the context of the lifeworld as a whole and of partial aspects of the
lifeworld. Such aspects include structures of political power, of custom and law, of
trade relations, of intercultural contacts, of the production of goods, and last but not
least, of the natural environment. There is, on the other hand, second-order higher
understanding, the re-creative understanding of the manifestations of first-order
creative understanding in immediate and fixed life expressions, the interpretation
of life expressions.
Seen from the viewpoint of these distinctions, the human sciences are not
sciences practicing elementary understanding or first-order higher understanding. If
this were the case the human scientist would be a prophet or a poet or a lawgiver or a
26
See Hua VI, §9 g.
4.3 Critical Remarks About the Traditional Division Between the Natural. . . 77
natural scientist. These all create different types of first-order higher understanding.
The understanding practiced in the human sciences is re-creative second-order
higher understanding. They are “interpreters” of the life expressions of Others. To
call the humanistic disciplines sciences of understanding without adding that the
understanding of the human sciences is a secondary understanding that can be called
interpretation if it is a methodologically guided secondary understanding leads to
absurd consequences.
The correlate of understanding is the lifeworld in general. If the natural “sci-
ences” were to bracket understanding including creative understanding, they would
bracket the lifeworld in general. The first absurdity is, hence, that a lifeworld with
sciences, i.e., our present lifeworld, is a contradictio in adjecto. It is absurd to
assume an abstraction from the lifeworld in its entirety that leaves the natural
sciences and their universe of objects in a nowhere outside the lifeworld. The
sciences are always sciences in a lifeworld with sciences, and this type of lifeworld
can be distinguished from genetically earlier types of pre-scientific lifeworlds. One
of the essential requirements of the method of the natural sciences is that observation
in the natural sciences has at least the potential to be intersubjectively accessible
observation. This means nothing more and nothing less than the accessibility of the
observations in the lifeworld of the natural scientists. Required for the solution of
these problems is, hence, a detailed analysis of the implications of the bracketing of
certain aspects of the lifeworld, a bracketing that determines the constitution of the
ontological region of the natural sciences, and with it the separation of the human
and the natural sciences. Some preliminary hints about these implications can be
given.
What is genetically earlier still exists on genetically later levels as a one-sidedly
founding abstract structure. Hence there must be a common ground for both the
human and the natural sciences and this common ground is the lifeworld. The
abstraction that is constitutive for the natural sciences must be understood as an
abstraction of certain essential structures of the lifeworld in general and not of the
lifeworld in general.
Natural science is a type of first-order creative understanding of the lifeworld.
Presupposing the explication of the static structures of the lifeworld in general in
Sect. 3.1, it can be said that the natural sciences are interested in the understanding
of the natural environment of the lifeworld in general and bracket all other first-
order interpretations of the lifeworld and its natural environment, e.g., in religious
revelations, metaphysical contemplations, etc. It is, therefore, a serious contender
and a challenge for other “worldviews.”
The understanding of the natural environment in systems of creative higher
understanding has, hence, its immediate foundation in the encounter with the natural
environment in elementary understanding. Elementary understanding is, therefore,
of basic significance for the explication of the foundations of the natural sciences
in the lifeworld in general. According to the analyses in Sect. 3.5 above, in the
context of encounters with the natural environment in the social lifeworld causality
is the causality of actors, and is as such always understood as a final cause. It is the
78 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
purpose of the action that guides the actions and the choice of means of the actor.
This pattern governs practical actions on the level of elementary understanding in
the encounter with the natural environment.
In addition, elementary understanding is interested in causes that can be used
as reliable means in the pursuit of the goals of practical life. Of interest is the
understanding of factors, effective causes, that produced a desired effect in the past
and support, therefore, the expectation and prediction that they will also “work”
in the future. Productive elementary understanding is in addition interested in
inventions, the discovery of new effective causes for old or new desired useful
effects. It is possible to abstract from the context of purposes of elementary
understanding in the social lifeworld. What is left after the abstraction is the pre-
scientific generative foundation for a possible development of the natural sciences
in the lifeworld in general.
The analysis of the generative foundations of the natural sciences in the lifeworld
presupposes, on the one hand, the analysis of the generation of a lifeworld
with natural sciences from pre-scientific socio-cultural lifeworlds. The analysis
presupposes, on the other hand, the epistemological analysis of the methodology
of the natural sciences. However, the static description of the foundations of the
natural sciences in the lifeworld already indicates, however, some basic structural
aspects of the analysis of the generation of the natural sciences. First of all, it is
obvious that the emergence of the natural sciences presupposes the generation of a
cultural lifeworld with a literary tradition and a developed system of literary genres.
Of significance in this context is, secondly, a tradition of studies in geometry and
arithmetic (in phenomenological terms, of the study of mathematical exact essences)
and the application of such studies on the level of elementary understanding.27
The foundation of the humanistic disciplines and then the human sciences
in the lifeworld in general is secondary higher understanding, the interpretation
of the immediate or fixed life expressions life expressions of Others including
consociates, foreign contemporaries, and predecessors. The horizon within which
life expressions of predecessors are of interest for interpretation is the horizon of the
interpretation of the tradition of the lifeworld. Immediate life expressions, including
actions on the level of elementary and higher understanding, need interpretation
if and only if they are not understood or after the discovery that successful
communications have been distorted by misunderstanding.
The first stumbling block for a further explication of the foundations of the
human sciences in the lifeworld is the ambiguity of elementary and higher under-
standing, on the one hand, and of first-order and second-order understanding,
interpretation, on the other. If they are lumped together, the outcome will be what
can be called interpretationism or hermeneuticism, the night of the analysis of
understanding in which all cats are grey. The second stumbling block is a strict
separation between the social or systematic and the historical human sciences.
27
The lever was a useful tool before discovering the law of the lever. Gunpowder was used before
the natural sciences explained how it was used in guns and rockets. Detailed explications of the
generative foundations of the possible emergence of the natural sciences will be given in Part III.
4.4 Critical Remarks About the System of the Human Sciences. . . 79
Dilthey’s distinction between the systematic and the historical human sciences
should not be understood as a taxonomic distinction between two classes of
sciences. The sciences in such systems of classification, e.g., as science of art,
state, society, and religion, etc., are “fog-banks that obstruct our view of reality.”28
Understanding in all of them requires that they are understood as aspects of socio-
cultural reality as a whole. The investigation of the external organization of a
society is the task of all the systematic human sciences: law, economics, and
ethics.29 The historical experience of individuals is the point where all of the aspects
of external organizations intersect. The systematic human sciences are, hence, a
necessary extension of the historical human sciences in Dilthey’s system. History
is in the center of the human sciences, and understanding in history presupposes
the understanding of the individual. Through their intersections, psychic unities
develop the lasting social structures, and through these the progress of history.
Descriptive psychology is, therefore, presupposed in all human sciences.30 Apart
from his reflections on hermeneutics,31 Dilthey’s reflections on the human sciences
ought not to be understood as an epistemology of the human sciences. The short
last chapter of book I of his Introduction emphasizes the necessity of a future
epistemological foundation for the human sciences that is still a desideratum.32
Not much about the distinction between the historical and the systematic or social
human sciences can be found in Husserl. It can be assumed that he expected that
Schutz would provide the phenomenology of the social world. Schutz distinguished
the social human sciences and the historical human sciences.33 His approach has
the advantage of offering not only a phenomenological analysis of the social world,
but also some steps toward a theory of science (Wissenschaftslehre) for the social
sciences that will be considered in Part IV, especially in Sect. 10.4,34 but not
much is said about an epistemology of empirical research in the social sciences.
His phenomenological descriptions include the dimension of predecessors as a
28
Dilthey GS 1, book I. ch. 11, 93.
29
Ethics in the context of the human sciences is not understood as a philosophical discipline. What
is meant are the customs distinguishing between right and wrong, good and bad, within the context
of a certain socio-cultural lifeworld.
30
See for instance GS 1, SW 1, book 1, ch. 7–13. For a comprehensive account see Makkreel 1975,
part I.1, esp. 55f, 63–72.
31
For a detailed account see. Sects. 5.2 and 5.3 below.
32
Dilthey GS 1; SW 1, book I, ch. 19. Dilthey praised Husserl’s LI II. Husserl offered what he
was looking for: a system of logic including a theory of the whole and the parts that could be
presupposed in the human sciences.
33
Embree 2009d, section 1.
34
See esp. Sect. 10.4 on ideal types and the postulate of adequacy of phenomenological descrip-
tions.
80 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
structural aspect of the social life-world.35 He mentions history and also occa-
sionally hermeneutics in remarks about the application of the law in jurisprudence.
There are references to Dilthey but he said nothing about the phenomenology of the
historical world.36 History appears in Schutz as an extension of the social sciences.
A summary of basic problems concerning the system of the human sciences can
serve as a preliminary exposition of the investigations of Part II and Part IV of this
investigation.
The first problem is the status of psychology, its relation to the human sciences
in general and then especially to the social sciences. A superficial survey already
reveals differences and disagreements. For Dilthey but also for Schutz psychology
is of central significance for the human sciences. For Dilthey, however, psychology
as understanding psychology is as individual psychology of significance for the
understanding of immediate and of fixed life expressions in the systematic as well
as in the historical human sciences. For Schutz psychology is neither empirical
psychology nor a descriptive psychology interested in the individual as the point of
intersection of the aspects of socio-historical reality. He understood his psychology
as phenomenological psychology in Husserl’s sense, and Husserl’s psychology is
indeed the guiding thread for Schutz’s phenomenological psychological reflections
preparing the analysis of the structures of the social world.37
Thus compared with Dilthey’s approach, Schutz’s psychology must be char-
acterized as social psychology. Whatever is of interest for psychology is also of
significance for the structures of the social world and vice versa.38 The problem
of the status of psychology was also central for the controversy between Schutz
and Gurwitsch after 1940 that will be considered in the next section, because this
discussion is also of significance for the epistemic interpretation of phenomenology
and for a phenomenological epistemology.
A second problem is that according to Shutz the social sciences include the past
horizon of the immediate present in lived experience, but also, beyond that, the
dimension of predecessors in a distant past and, therefore, the historical dimension.
Conversely, for Dilthey the historical reproduction of the past cultural lifeworld
is the presupposition of understanding the law system, the structures of political
power, the economic situation, and other social systems in the present. It is possible
to show that this opposition can be understood as an opposition between two
correlated perspectives on a shared common region of objects. Some preliminary
considerations can prepare the analyses in Part II and Part IV.
35
See Schutz 1932, part 4, section (E) “The World of Predecessors and the Problem of History.”
36
See Embree 2008b; 2010a about Schutz on hermeneutics, the historical human sciences, cultural
science in general, and Schutz’s relation to Dilthey.
37
See Schutz 1932, parts 2 and 3; cf. Embree 2008a; Embree 2009d. Schutz nowhere lists
psychology together with sociology, economy, and the law as a special discipline of the social
science and said nothing about the epistemology of psychology as an empirical science. This
problem will be considered in Part IV, Sects. 10.3 and 10.4.
38
Embree 2003.
4.4 Critical Remarks About the System of the Human Sciences. . . 81
strictly speaking, historical research. The biographies of the authors of, e.g., the
literature of the past used for purposes of philological interpretations presuppose
historical investigations. In addition, archaeological discoveries and interpretations
need knowledge about the historical development in past cultural lifeworlds. Differ-
ent levels and aspects of a past socio-cultural lifeworld are of significance for the
empirical basis of the historical human sciences. Given the correlation of the social
and the historical human sciences, they are also relevant for the social sciences.
What has to be mentioned is, furthermore, that it is not the privilege of the his-
torical human sciences to discover foreign past cultural lifeworlds of predecessors
in the past. Ethnology or cultural anthropology is interested in foreign cultures of
contemporaries in the present and, hence, is a social science. Ethnology recognizes
that contemporary foreign cultures have their own foreign tradition and their own
historical horizon. Ethnology prepares the ground for new fields for historical
research. It is, furthermore, of significance that cultures, especially cultures without
a written tradition, that have been given for ethnological research in the past are now
only accessible with the aid of the methods of historical research studying not only
the fixed life expressions of the culture, but also the fixed life expressions that are
the reports of ethnologists in the past.39
The fourth problem, the problem of the inseparable unity or possible separa-
tion of interpretation and application, has been discussed almost exclusively as
a problem of hermeneutics, i.e., of philological interpretations in literature. The
interpretation of the law in jurisprudence has been mentioned as an example and
even as the prototype of the necessary unity of text interpretation and application.40
Closer considerations reveal a structure of a higher degree of complexity. A text is a
law text according to the rules of the genre of law texts if the text offers (1) a general
description of a social interaction and (2) a descriptions of a sequence of other social
interactions that ought to realized in the future if a case of the social interaction (1)
has happened in the past horizon of the present interpretation/application of the law
in a court of law. The application of the text of a law in a court of justice is, hence,
more than a recognition that the text of the law represents the tradition of truth and
justice of the cultural lifeworld. Jurists in a court of law are interested not only in
the philologically guided interpretation of laws, but also in the application of the
law to presently given cases of social interactions and in the social interactions of
the administration of justice that are required by the law and its application in the
sentences or decisions of a court of law.
Thus it follows that, presupposing the system of the human sciences of Rickert,
Dilthey, and Schutz, the problem of the unity of interpretation and application does
not emerge in the context of philological historical research; instead it emerges in
the context of interpretations in a social science that is interested in the present and in
39
Many such cultures vanished in cultural contact with cultures with a literary tradition in the first
half of the Twentieth Century.
40
Gadamer 1965, part II, II, section 2.a; for a detailed critical discussion of this thesis see Part IV,
Sect. 10.4 below.
4.4 Critical Remarks About the System of the Human Sciences. . . 83
the past only to the extent to which the past is relevant for the present. Of interest is,
therefore, how the past can be present in the decisions in court in jurisprudence, and
beyond that, in the science of the law as a social science.41 The science of the law
recognizes that the application of the law in jurisprudence presupposes the correct
interpretation of the presently valid law system, the so-called positive law, and in
addition the correct interpretation of the positive law requires the application (!) of
the results of the history of the development of the law system and its applications,
a development that culminates in the presently applied system of the positive law.
The history of the law is a branch of the historical human disciplines and is
interested in a past that is present only in fixed life expressions of authors in the
past. Jurists interpreting the positive law that has to be applied here and now have
to presuppose results of the research in the history of the law. Judges and lawyers
in court are, hence, interested in the interpretation of the law, but first of all in
the application of the law to certain cases in the present. These cases are presently
known in a court of law in the understanding of immediate life expressions given in
the present or of fixed life expressions by authors in the past horizon of the living
present. The “science of law” is, hence, a social science, but it presupposes the
history of law, philologically guided interpretations of law texts that ought not to
be applied in the present because they do not belong to the present system of the
positive law. They belong to a positive law that has been applied in the past but
ought not to be applied in the present.
This problem is, however, not only a problem for the science of law. It also
surfaces in theology and practical philosophy, and it will be shown in Part IV
of this investigation that it is also a problem for economics and political science
as empirical sciences as well. The problem of the relation of interpretation and
application in jurisprudence indicates, hence, a general problem for attempts to
analyze the differences and the relations between the historical and the social
sciences.
What has been said up until now already indicates that here too the generalized
problem of the necessary unity or possible separation of interpretation and appli-
cation in the social sciences can be reduced to the problem of the intersubjective
temporal structures that are of significance both for the distinction between the
historical and social or systematic human sciences and for their interdependencies.
A short recapitulation of the main viewpoints mentioned in Sects. 3.4 and 4.1 are
of interest for a critical review of these difficulties and their significance for the
possibility of a separation of interpretation and application.
Cultural traditions have been called “archaic” in Sect. 3.4 if they are not able
to separate interpretation and application. Archaic living traditions representing the
past of a cultural lifeworld for the present of this cultural lifeworld can survive
only if they are applied in the present of this cultural lifeworld. The center of
41
What can be given is only a first glance at the problem that plagues the distinction between the
historical and the human sciences. A detailed analysis of this will be given in Sects. 10.6 and 10.7
below.
84 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
the horizons of intersubjective time is the living present of consociates. The past
horizon of intersubjective time is the horizon of predecessors and the predecessors
of predecessors, the “authors” of the tradition that represents the past in the present.
The original expectation in the present is that the successors will and ought to
follow the tradition. The consequence is that smaller or larger parts of the tradition
can be rejected and then be forgotten in the past of an archaic cultural lifeworld.
The unity of interpretation and application/rejection of the contents of the tradition
is, therefore, of central significance for the “survival” of archaic non-literary and
literary traditions. To defend the unity and truth of the tradition is the task of
professional interpreters of the tradition, but it is also their task to determine which
parts of the tradition must be rejected as false.
The lifeworld has not only temporal dimensions, but it has also spatial dimen-
sions. The spatial dimension in the present distinguishes life expressions of
consociates, contemporaries belonging to one’s own lifeworld and its tradition and
contemporary foreigners belonging to other foreign concrete lifeworlds with other
traditions. This dimension is the dimension of cultural encounters between different
lifeworlds. It is, hence, also the task of professional interpreters to determine what
can be tolerated and what must be rejected in encounters with foreign cultural
lifeworlds and their traditions within one’s own tradition.
The accumulation of texts representing the literature of authors of past periods
of one’s own literary tradition along with the literature of foreign traditions that has
been imported through intercultural encounters in the past horizon of the present,
can reach a critical phase in developed literary traditions. The truth claims of sets of
texts that are still present as fixed life expressions can be rejected but the rejection
requires interpretations, and in this case interpretations of texts and traditions that
cannot be applied. Beyond that there can be situations in which different opposed
partial traditions that apply/reject different parts of the tradition belong to one and
the same present complex literary tradition. The original necessity of the unity of
interpretation and application is dissolved if such situations are themselves parts of
a literary tradition for interpreters of texts belonging to this tradition in the present.
The sketch of the structures of such developments in Sect. 4.1 indicated that
the historical distance between the present of interpreters and the authors of texts
in the past belonging to such situations is the immediate generative foundation for
a possible separation between the interpretations and applications/rejections of the
truth claims of texts in the historical human sciences. The problem of the unity of
interpretation and application is in such situations only a problem for texts that are of
immediate significance and have to be applied in practical social interactions in the
present such as law texts in jurisprudence. The problem is, hence, a serious problem
not for the historical but for the social human sciences.42
The social sciences and psychology can, however, rely on other methodological
criteria that warrant objective validity, criteria that are not available for the historical
42
More about this problem in the next section and in Sect. 10.4 below.
4.5 An Outline of the Basic Problems of a Phenomenological Epistemology. . . 85
human sciences. Research in the social sciences and psychology has its empirical
basis in observations of events given in the present and the immediate past of the
present. Such observations can serve as the antecedents in hypothetical assumptions,
i.e., conditionals referring to causal connections with predictions of future events in
the consequents that have the potential to be tested in quasi-experimental tests and
can then be applied in explanations and predictions. Though the social sciences are
sciences of understanding and not under the abstractive reduction that is constitutive
for the natural sciences, they nevertheless share basic methodological criteria that
warrant objective validity with the natural sciences.
43
What is called here the Schutz-Gurwitsch controversy is only one aspect in the context of
their discussions. Of significance is also the problem of thematic relevancy and ego-relevancy,
cf. Embree 1977; 1988a, 2003; 2009b, 237f.
44
In other words: the egological reduction is a special aspect of the phenomenological reduction,
see Sect. 2.4 above.
4.5 An Outline of the Basic Problems of a Phenomenological Epistemology. . . 87
45
Except for some hints about Husserl’s reflections on logic, almost nothing can be found about
the methodology and epistemology of the formal sciences in Schutz.
88 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
broad sense as a term for a general theory of knowledge.46 The present investigation
is interested in “epistemology” in the narrower sense. It is a phenomenology of
scientific knowledge of the empirical sciences and their methodology as a part of
a theory of scientific knowledge in general, i.e., of a Wissenschaftslehre, theory of
science, and a theory of scientific knowledge is in turn a part of a theory of knowl-
edge in general, including the knowledge implied in elementary understanding of
practical knowledge. In contrast, a phenomenological epistemology in the broad
sense is interested in all subjective intentional acts and intersubjective activities
because all of them imply “knowledge,” understanding, of their intentional objects
as their correlates. Thus it includes the phenomenological reflections on intentional
acts and syntheses in the practical activities of elementary understanding and in
systems of first-order higher understanding such as religion, poetry, arts, etc., that
refer to practical actions and interactions.
A phenomenological theory of knowledge in the narrower sense is interested in
critical reflections on the scope and limits of pure theoretical knowledge. It can
be called a phenomenological theory of science, i.e., a Wissenschaftslehre in the
sense of Schutz. Science in this broad sense is a genus of higher understanding.
Other genera of higher understanding include contemplations of practical purposes,
e.g., religions promising salvation and fine arts promising aesthetic experiences. As
pure scientific knowledge theoretical knowledge presupposes an abstraction from
all practical purposes. In addition theoretical scientific knowledge already implies
the claim to be objectively valid knowledge.
Seen from the viewpoint of phenomenological epistemology, objective validity
is the objective correlate of intersubjective validity in principle. The term “in
principle” means that the intersubjectivity is not restricted to the relative inter-
subjectivity of this or that concrete cultural community. The main problem for a
phenomenological epistemology in the narrower sense is, hence, the justification
of the claim that objectively valid knowledge is possible, along with the question
of how it is possible in different regions of intentional objects and the task of
determining the limits of this knowledge in the sciences.
Solutions for the problem of offering criteria for objective validity in traditional
universal philosophical systems, e.g., the system of Hegel, have the advantage
(or disadvantage?) that they are always ultimately self-referential. Such ontic claims
are, as mentioned above, a priori in brackets for the epistemic understanding of
the transcendental-phenomenological reduction. Left for other parts of a general
phenomenological theory of science, a Wissenschaftslehre, is a phenomenological
epistemology, i.e., an epistemology that is interested in the general structures of
possible justifications of the claims of objective validity in other types of sciences.
Subjective actions and intersubjective interactions on the level of practical
life in elementary understanding and higher understanding, e.g., in the fine arts,
already follow methodical rules. The pre-scientific justification for the rules is the
experience that they usually helped to realize the goals of actions and interactions
46
Cf. e.g., LI 2010.
4.5 An Outline of the Basic Problems of a Phenomenological Epistemology. . . 89
in the past. Sophisticated activities on the level of lower understanding in the crafts,
but also on the level of higher understanding such as cult interactions, memorizing
sagas and myths, or the interpretation of texts that are significant for the tradition
are usually called disciplines. Reflections on methods presuppose methods that are
already practiced. A discipline presupposes a doctrine of methods as a more or
less systematically ordered collection of rules and general methodical principles.
A doctrine of methods presupposes reflections on methods that are already used in
the discipline.
Doctrines of methods of a discipline always have practical goals. The emergence
of a science has its generative foundation in disciplines and their practical goals.
The goal of the sciences and their methodologies, though they might admit practical
applications of their results in technologies, is first of all theoretical knowledge.
However, sciences need more than a doctrine of methods. Scientific research
requires a methodology. A methodology is a doctrine of methods together with
the epistemological justification for the claim that these methods can serve as
warrants for the intersubjective validity in principle, i.e., the objective validity of
the application of the methods.
Doctrines of methods and then methodologies are descriptions that always
implicitly refer to cogitative types, i.e., more or less closed systems of intentional
acts and active syntheses in which certain types of intentional experiences of
objects are given. The task of a phenomenological epistemology is the analysis of
methodologies as such along with cogitative types and their objective correlates.
A phenomenological analysis is, in this sense, interested in what scientists do,
and not in what they ought to do according to pre-given normative principles.
Such descriptive accounts are, however, accompanied by critical reflections on
possible justifications for the claim that the methodology does or does not warrant
intersubjective validity in principle for its results.
A methodology of a science has to determine the type of admitted theoretical
constructs guiding the search for promising hypotheses. It determines, secondly,
the basis, the type of objects that can count as objects of the science. This
determination presupposes a methodological abstraction, i.e., the determination of a
limited ontological region of objects with a common formal and material categorial
structure47 in the residuum of the abstraction, with all other types of objects always
bracketed. The universal realm in which such abstractions are possible is the
lifeworld. Closely connected with the problem of methodological abstractions is the
problem of how far and in what sense scientists are or can be so-called “disinterested
observers,” “value free” in their judgments, etc.
The “first axiom” of a phenomenological epistemology is that the basic structures
of the lifeworld in general that have been considered in chapter II are the generative
foundations of the methodological abstractions that are constitutive for sciences.
From the very beginning scientists are not isolated Cartesian subjects discovering
47
“Category” and “categorial” are here and later in this investigation used in precisely the sense
determined in the explication of the meaning of these terms in Sects. 2.2 and 2.3.
90 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
of systematic human sciences, i.e., psychology and the social sciences, are life
expressions of contemporaries given in the present including fixed life expressions
and immediate life expressions. The historical human sciences are restricted to
fixed life expressions of predecessors in the past context of a more or less foreign
lifeworld. Prima facie it is more promising to ask first for the justification of the
claim of the systematic human sciences to be empirical sciences.
Like the natural sciences the systematic human sciences have an interest in
the discovery of causal relations and causal laws. This is possible because facts
given in the region of objects for the systematic human sciences are presently given
immediate and fixed life expressions. However, discoveries of causal relations in this
field presuppose interpretations, and with this presupposition the epistemological
question whether and how interpreted life expressions can be the referents of
judgments about causal relations. Seen from here, it is better to start with the
historical humanistic disciplines. The facts in the empirical basis of historical human
sciences are only fixed life expressions of authors in a more or less distant and
foreign past, and the problem of causal relations is reduced to the problem of
historical explanations. History is not and cannot be interested in the discovery of
causal laws in the present. It is interested in historical facts in the past, and it is
meaningless to test predictions of the effect of a cause in the past. What was the
effect of a cause in the past has already happened as an event in the past.
A caveat must be added. Human sciences, and especially the historical human
sciences, will be analyzed as empirical sciences, i.e., as human sciences applying
the methodology of philological-historical research that will be analyzed in Part
II. Human sciences are usually defined as recognized academic disciplines using
all kinds of methods, including interpretation schemes that imply explanatory
schemes and, hence, vaguely defined causal relations.48 It is also more or less
implicitly recognized that the final goal of the human sciences is not merely
the interpretation of the meaning of fixed life expressions but beyond this the
application49 of this meaning for and in the context of the present system of first-
order higher interpretations. Such universal schemes of interpretation imply more
or less explicitly and in different ways a certain primacy or priority of the human
sciences over the natural sciences. Of basic significance for a phenomenological
epistemology of the empirical sciences is that Husserl himself also defended such a
priority in his writings since Ideas II.
Reading Ideas II and later works of Husserl, e.g., the Crisis, the reader is left with
the impression that in the case of the natural sciences the residuum of the abstractive
reduction is a region without a soul (entseelt) and as such is opposed to the concrete
48
Such schemes guide, e.g., psychoanalytic interpretations of events and/or texts and works of art
and their authors, but also deconstructions of texts. The earmark of such interpretation schemes
is: one size, i.e., in such cases the same theoretical background, fits all; cf. below esp. Sects. 6.1
and 6.4.
49
Of central significance in this respect is Gadamer 1965 in the wake of Heidegger’s fundamental
ontological interpretation of “understanding.”
4.5 An Outline of the Basic Problems of a Phenomenological Epistemology. . . 93
lifeworld, whereas the lifeworld is the ontological region of the human sciences.
This region is the spiritual world (geistige Welt), and the spiritual world has priority
over the material world. This is, of course, more than one step in the direction of
an ontic idealistic interpretation of the transcendental-phenomenological reduction
and is not compatible with an epistemic interpretation. Thus according to the ontic
interpretation of the residuum of the transcendental-phenomenological reduction,
the region of the human sciences is the lifewold as the spiritual world, and Husserl
was, therefore, able to say that transcendental phenomenology is coextensive with
Dilthey’s spiritual world (geistige Welt).50 The problem with this account of the
region of the human sciences is whether the human sciences can still be recognized
as empirical sciences at all, because in this case it is not possible to determine the
realm of observable objects that are objects for a methodology in the residuum of a
methodological abstraction. In other words, it is difficult to distinguish between
the human sciences as empirical sciences and phenomenological descriptive
analyses.
The foundation of the empirical basis of the methodological abstraction of the
natural sciences is the encounter with the natural environment in the lifeworld.
This methodological abstraction brackets all practical interests, purposes, and
values of elementary understanding and all other systems of higher understanding.
Since the attitude of the natural sciences as a genre of higher understanding
is determined by this methodological abstraction, a natural scientist is in this
sense a “disinterested observer and researcher” of nature after the reduction. The
interest left is a theoretical interest. Other interests and their objects have a place
in the residuum of the abstraction of the natural sciences only if they can be
“explained” as “epiphenomena.” An answer to the question of what “explanation
of epiphenomena” might mean can only be given after the epistemological analyses
in the following chapters of this investigation.
A consequence of this understanding of the abstractive reduction that is constitu-
tive for the natural science and assumes the ontological priority of the lifeworld or
the world of the spirit (geistige Welt) as the domain of the human sciences51 is that
it is questionable how “disinterested” observations and empirical research will be
possible for the human sciences. Arguments by analogy can be misleading, but they
50
See Hua IV, esp. §§49, 53, and 64, cf. Seebohm 2013.
51
The Crisis and On the Origin of Geometry is in the center of the interpretations of Husserl’s turn
to history in Hopkins 2011, 174ff and Moran 2013 chapter 5, but history is already of significance
in Ideas II in reflections on Dilthey, Rickert and others interested in the epistemology of the human
sciences, cf. Seebohm 2013. Of interest is in this respect that the appendices XII and XIII of
Hua IV reveal an ambiguity in Husserl’s account of the historical human sciences. What is said
about history and the historical or spiritual world as a world given in the natural attitude in XII is
precisely that what is said about the lifeworld as the world given in the natural attitude in XIII. The
Crisis and related manuscripts in Hua XXXIX neglect the epistemological problems of a scientific
“history of facts.” What is of significance are reflections on the “meaning of history” as universal
history, its teleology etc., in short what has been called “philosophy of history” since Hegel, i.e.,
metaphysical considerations beyond attempts to develop an epistemology of history as a science,
cf. Moran 2013, 143–147.
94 4 The Lifeworld and the System of the Sciences: First Steps Toward. . .
can be useful guidelines in the search for promising assumptions. The originally
guiding interest of interpretations is the need to restore communications and
interactions and, therefore, always connected with applications and rejections.
The assumption by analogy is that the interest in involvements in interactions,
in applications and rejection must be bracketed if the studies in the humanistic
disciplines can become human sciences and the attitude of the human scientist can
be understood as the attitude of a “disinterested observer.”
There is, of course, the epistemological question of the presuppositions of the
possibility of the attitude of a “disinterested observer.” It is, therefore, worthwhile
to presuppose at this point not the ontic but the epistemic interpretation of the
transcendental phenomenological reduction in order to indicate a possible partial
explication of the meaning of “disinterested observer” with the model of method-
ological abstractions as necessary implications of the methodologies of sciences.
The human sciences are, according to Dilthey but also others, e.g., Alfred Schutz,
understanding sciences. Presupposing what has been mentioned above about the
typology of understanding, it can be said that within the lifeworld, the human
sciences are only interested in and reduced to the region of secondary understanding
of first-order elementary and higher understanding of Others, i.e., the understanding
of the meaning of immediate and fixed life expression of contemporaries and
predecessors as observable objects. All other aspects of the lifeworld given in
first-order elementary and higher understanding of the interpreter are excluded.
This abstractive reduction that determines the region of the human sciences in
general can also be understood as a partial explication of the meaning of “being
a disinterested observer” in the human sciences. It can also be considered as an
analogue of the methodological abstraction that determines the region of the natural
sciences in general as the region that is originally given as the natural environment,
an independent part of the structure of the lifeworld.
What follows are some hints that require further analyses, but are sufficient
for a preliminary outline of the tasks of a phenomenological epistemology and a
preliminary answer to the question why this investigation begins with history as
a science, then turns to the natural sciences, and considers the systematic human
sciences, i.e., psychology and the social sciences, at the end in Part IV.
The goal of the philological-historical method (and of archaeological methods)
is the interpretation of fixed life expressions of author(s) in the past. There is, hence,
within the residuum of the first abstraction the specific methodological abstraction
of the historical human sciences. This reduction is implied in methodologically
guided secondary interpretations of what life expressions meant in their own tem-
poral context in the past, and not in the present temporal context of the interpreter.52
What is excluded or bracketed in such interpretations are all applications and
rejections, all evaluations of the contents of the interpreted fixed life expressions
from the viewpoint of the first-order elementary and higher understanding in the
present temporal context of the interpreter. The structural foundation that admits
52
A detailed explication will be given in Sects. 5.3 and 5.4.
4.5 An Outline of the Basic Problems of a Phenomenological Epistemology. . . 95
for a possible separation of interpretation and application and for the claim that
research in contemporary history can offer “objectively valid” interpretations of
“disinterested” interpreters. The systematic human sciences are first of all interested
in social events in the actual present and their immediate past and future horizon.
Thus they share the basic methodological difficulty of contemporary history. A
possible of coping with this difficulty is the diagnostic dialogue, a method that will
be considered in Sect. 10.3.
The systematic human sciences are interested not only in explanations of events
in the past horizon of the present, but also, like the natural sciences, in predictions
of future events. Research carried out with the aim of proposing well-grounded
hypothetical predictions presuppose research interested in events in the past horizon
of the present, the realm of contemporary history, and beyond that the results of
historical research about relevant developments in a more distant past.53
It will be shown in Part IV not only that the social sciences are a necessary
extension of history, but also that they presuppose and imply history as a science
as their foundation. Both together are sciences that presuppose interpretations, but
they also imply the first-order elementary and higher understanding of the natural
environment of the lifeworld of the interpreter. This first-order understanding has
to be bracketed in the interpretations of philology and archaeology, but it will turn
out that even the philological-historical method has its historical aspect, and history
as the science of the reconstruction of what was really the case is more than an
understanding science or, in the terminology that has been introduced above, a
science of interpretation, i.e., methodologically guided second-order understanding.
Setting aside what will be called genuine historical explanations, history can borrow
explanatory results from the natural sciences for its reconstructions of past real
temporal sequences and explanations. In addition the social sciences can borrow
results of the natural sciences for the determination of initial conditions that
are relevant for predictions in the social sciences. History as a science and the
social sciences are sciences in a lifeworld with natural sciences, and the natural
environment is given for them in this context not only as the natural environment
of the lifeworld, but also as the region of the higher understanding of the natural
sciences.
A caveat has to be added. The critique of Dilthey’s and Rickert’s epistemological
reflections on the system of the sciences will have consequences for the critical
re-evaluation of Husserl’s phenomenological reflections on the difference between
the natural and the human sciences and the relations between psychology or
history and transcendental phenomenology in the following investigations. Of
significance are first of all the epistemological problems of the interdependencies
between the human sciences and the natural sciences; the partial foundation of
the social human sciences in history as a science; and history as a science with a
53
First of all, the history of technology, of economics, of the law, and of political history all
provide necessary material for the development of the “constructs” that are of interest not only
for explanations, but also for predictions in the social sciences. Cf. Sects. 9.2 and 10.4.
4.5 An Outline of the Basic Problems of a Phenomenological Epistemology. . . 97
54
An interpretation of all essential aspects of Husserl’ s phenomenological account of history can
be found in Ströker 1987, esp. ch. IX, but also in chs. X and XI. The interpretation includes
numerous references to the German literature about Husserl and history.
Part II
The Methodology of the Historical
Human Sciences
Chapter 5
History as a Science of Interpretation
The materials of the historical humanistic disciplines are fixed life expressions
authored in the past, and especially in a distant past that is more or less foreign
to the present. The methods of the historical human sciences presuppose each
other in various ways. History is the reconstruction of a past real lifeworld and its
historical development. The presently pre-given facts for historical reconstructions
are first of all the already philologically interpreted texts. This does not imply
that historians have to wait until philologists have interpreted the texts. Usually
historians are themselves well trained in interpreting texts reporting events and
actions that have been of significance for historically relevant developments, e.g.,
annals, contemporary historiographies, and legal sources, including treaties and
reports about diplomatic activities.
Philologists are first of all interested in literature belonging to other branches
of higher understanding in a past lifeworld: poetic, religious, and philosophical
texts. They are less interested in the interpretation of law texts and texts of
the natural sciences. However, philological research also presupposes historical
research. Questions belonging to the interpretation of a text often immediately
imply questions about the author and her/his biography. A biography is, however,
a historical reconstruction of a past reality and has to use the methods of historical
research. Finally, philological research is incomplete without research in the field
of the history of poetry, of religions, of philosophy, and last but not least, of the
sciences, and this research too once again implies historical investigations. The
method of philological research has, therefore, often been called the philological-
historical method.
1
Hermeneutics or the art of grammar was the name for a doctrine of methods in Classical Antiquity,
in the middle Ages, and in the tradition of the humanists. But the name was also had been used
later for the methodology of philological-historical research in the nineteenth century. cf. Seebohm
2004, §2.
5.1 Doctrines of Methods of Humanistic Disciplines and the Problem. . . 103
for the correct use of language in oral and written discourse. The knowledge of
the language and its grammar was considered as an independent presupposition for
possible interpretations of texts. The theory of literary genres was also understood
as a normative guideline for writing and for literary criticism.
A second general viewpoint for a system of methodical guidelines for hermeneu-
tics was the canon of the whole and the parts. Sextus Empiricus already discovered
the circle of the whole and the parts as a basic paradox that can be used for the
skeptical destruction of the ideal of truth of the scholars, i.e., the philologists.2
A basic methodical rule of protestant biblical hermeneutics in the age of the
Reformation recommended that the main task of understanding is to understand
the scopus of the text. The scopus is the leading intention of a text revealing the
whole of its meaning. The understanding of the leading intention of the whole of
the text is the presupposition for interpretations of the meaning of the parts of the
text. Several formulations for this principle which was later called the second canon
of hermeneutics, can be found in the philological research of the humanists before
the nineteenth century.3
A methodology reflects and modifies the general methodical viewpoints and
canons of a pre-given doctrine of methods. A modified theory of the levels of
hermeneutics was necessary for the development of hermeneutics as the method-
ology of philological research. Boeckh distinguished lower and higher levels of
interpretation and criticism. The lower level is the level of the objective conditions of
texts, grammar, and the historical context; the higher level is the level of subjective
conditions, and includes individual and generic interpretation and critique. Boeckh
also distinguished different types of wholes, including the whole of the language,
the whole of the historical context, the whole of the works of an author, and the
whole of the text in generic interpretation and critique without referring explicitly
to older formulations of the second canon.
It was Schleiermacher who proposed the general formula for the methodical rules
that can be derived from the first canon of hermeneutics, i.e., the canon of the whole
and the parts. He also proposed in his second canon a methodological principle that
that can be used as a warrant of objective validity in interpretation4:
The meaning of each word in a given place must be determined according to its being
together with the surrounding words.
2
Sextus Empiricus 1949, in the title Against the Professors, the “professors” are the philologists.
3
For the scopus principle see Seebohm 2004, 27, 44. For formulations of the second canon cf. Betti
1967, §16, 219–225.
4
Schleiermacher 1959, 116f.
104 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
this canon that implies the famous circle of the whole as the circle of hermeneutics.5
After Dilthey this circle of hermeneutics had a remarkable career, beginning with
Heidegger’s “circle of understanding” as a principle underlying all understanding.6
It is, however, obvious according to Being and Time that the circle of understanding
ought not to be understood as a methodological scientific principle in any sense.
That the “circle of the whole and the parts” has a general ontological significance
was known before Heidegger. Plato, for instance, already knew the problem of the
whole and the parts as a problem in ontological reflections on being qua being. This
career of the canon of the whole and the parts will be of significance in the following
sections.
It is of significance for the understanding of these following sections to keep
in mind what has already been mentioned: the doctrine of methods of philology
as a discipline before the nineteenth century, Schleiermacher, Boeckh, and others.
The question of the final task of the theory of the levels of hermeneutics and the
canon of the whole and the parts are not merely rules for the interpretation of
texts. These rules have also been understood as rules for the standards of correct
or incorrect writing of texts. This understanding of the rules implies that the claims
for truth in texts in the broadest sense ought to be applied by the interpreter. It
can be admitted that the doctrine of methods, e.g., of the humanists before the
nineteenth century, is able to prove that violations of the rules of grammar can lead
to misunderstandings and “falsify” interpretations of the meaning of the text on
higher levels if the interpreter and not the author of the text itself is responsible for
the grammatical mistake. But if such violations occur in the sentences of the text, it
is also always possible to assume that the author violated the rules of grammar and
has to be blamed for that.
Misunderstandings in interpretations of the genre and with it the scopus, the
leading intention of the texts, are possible on the level of generic interpretations.
But when violations of the rules determining a literary genre occur in the text itself
and these violations are discovered in an interpretation of the text, they do not
falsify the interpretation. Seen from the viewpoint of the normative understanding
of philological hermeneutics, they indicate that a text violates a norm and ought to
be blamed for this violation on the level of literary criticism, the highest level in the
theories of the levels of hermeneutics developed in late Classical Antiquity.
The final task of the humanistic studies of the literary tradition was to discover the
ideal of true humanity. The unity of interpretation and application of the tradition of
the old philologists and humanists is not broken. Their main purpose was, therefore,
educational. Interpretation and application are not separated. But application always
implies possible rejections. The methods of philology as a discipline had to serve a
higher normative purpose. Its task was to decide the truth or falsity, the application
or rejection of the truth claims not only of the interpretation of a text, but of
the text itself. Interpretation and application/rejection are inseparable correlates.
5
Dilthey GS 7, 217f; 243f; SW 3, 237f; 262f.
6
Heidegger 1977, §32.
5.1 Doctrines of Methods of Humanistic Disciplines and the Problem. . . 105
There is no room for a distance between the interpreter and the text, the researcher
and his object. This distance is, however, the “presupposition of the possibility”
for a methodology that can count as a warrant of intersubjectively recognized
objective validity. A pre-scientific understanding of rules for interpretations of texts
always implies normative aspects. But it is precisely the normative aspect that
has to be bracketed in a methodologically guided interpretation of texts. It is not
compatible with the systems of the hermeneuticists of the nineteenth century and
with Schleiermacher’s first canon of hermeneutics.
Archaeology has a short history. It emerges as a discipline in the Renaissance
immediately together with the re-birth of interest in the literature of Classical
Antiquity and the old ideal of philology in the humanistic interpretation of these
sources. Normative viewpoints dominated the understanding of the re-discovered
and partially “unearthed” monuments of Classical Antiquity. The arts and the
architecture of the Greeks and the Romans were understood as archetypes of beauty
and true humanity. Approximately until the middle of the nineteenth century the
normative attitude, and with it the immediate unity of interpretation and application
were an essential aspect of archaeological research. Archaeology became a part
of “the sciences of Classical Antiquity” after the attempts of Boeckh and others
to develop the methodology of philology in the nineteenth century. The next step
toward a general historical archaeology was the growing interest in monuments of
the culture of the Middle Ages, and then also those of East Asian and other cultures.
The final step in the nineteenth century was then the discovery of so-called pre-
historical cultures, the emergence of pre-historical archaeological research.
The development of a doctrine of archaeological methods in the nineteenth
century was from the very beginning accompanied by methodological reflections.
Some loose remarks about the methods of archaeology are possible and necessary
to prepare the discussion of the central methodological problems in Sect. 5.4. These
preliminary considerations already indicate that a methodology of archaeology
cannot be reduced to the methodological problems of the historical human sciences
as “sciences of understanding.” The methods include aspects belonging to the
methodology of the systematic human sciences, and even of the natural sciences
and natural history.
Prima facie the essential methods of archaeology seem to be the methods of
“digging out” and in general of the discovery of its objects, and the methods of
determining the material and the age of the objects. Such methods use technologies
that have been developed by the natural sciences. But such methods have also
been used in other branches of the historical human sciences and the life sciences.
Paleography, the search for and the dating of old manuscripts as a discipline of
philology, and even paleontology as a life science have used and still use similar
methods.
Essential for archaeology and paleography as branches of the historical human
sciences is that the objects discovered are fixed human life expressions belonging to
a past foreign human lifeworld, and not presently given traces of organisms of past
periods of natural history. The goal of the search for the objects of archaeology is the
106 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
discovery of precisely such fixed life expressions. The essential task of archaeology
as a branch of the historical human sciences is the interpretation, the understanding
of the meaning of such objects.
The distinction between historical archaeology and pre-historical archaeology
is of basic significance for a survey of the possible methods of archaeological
interpretation. The methods that can be applied in the interpretation of artifacts
belonging to elementary understanding and of monuments belonging to higher
understanding without a literary tradition and the methods used for past lifeworlds
with a literary tradition are different. Interpretations of pre-historical artifacts and
monuments are interpretations of fixed life expressions of cultures without a literary
tradition. Historical archaeology is restricted to cultures with a literary tradition.
The meaning of artifacts belonging to elementary understanding, including
monuments as products created with the aid of tools and pre-given materials, can
be understood without additional written information in cultures without and with
a literary tradition.7 What is required is first of all the understanding of possible
applications of the tools to raw materials. This implies knowledge of the natural
environment of the past cultural lifeworld. It implies, furthermore, the presently
available immediate understanding of possible actions of the human body, and
finally presently known conditions of successful communications via immediate
life expressions in general. Such information can be gained in quasi-experimental
actions of the interpreter in the present and can be backed by information borrowed
from the natural sciences. Additional information can also be gained with the aid of
comparative methods. Ethnology as a systematic human science is able to provide
rich materials for comparisons with presently accessible cultures without a literary
tradition. Such interpretations of artifacts of pre-historical cultures always have the
character of complex reconstructions. They are reliable insofar as they presuppose
aspects that belong to the structures of elementary understanding in the lifeworld in
general.
Archaeological interpretations of monuments of pre-historical cultures in terms
of the culture itself are impossible. Reports written by past contemporary authors
belonging to a foreign culture with a literary tradition, e.g., the reports of the
Spaniards about the highly developed Indian cultures in Middle and South America,
are dubious methodical crutches. Left are only comparative methods assuming
parallels between presently known non-literary cultures provided by ethnology.
Interpretations of monuments in past foreign literary cultures in terms of the
culture itself are possible to the degree to which written materials about the meaning
of the monuments for the contemporary systems of higher understanding of the
past foreign lifeworld are available. An interpretation of, e.g., what a statue of
a god in Classical Antiquity, an icon in a Greek or Russian Orthodox medieval
7
There are aspects of cultures in past historical periods that have been neglected in the literature
of these periods, because they belong to the realm of the elementary and higher understanding of
illiterate working classes or because they belong to the secret traditions of sophisticated arts in the
guilds of craftsmen.
5.1 Doctrines of Methods of Humanistic Disciplines and the Problem. . . 107
The available materials for the type of research that is presupposed in histori-
ographies of the second level are historiographies belonging to the first level, and
in addition other written documents. The research can be accompanied by critical
assumptions. Such critical assumptions are restricted to the question whether the
sources are trustworthy or whether they lie or partially hide or bend the truth, or
whether documents (and especially legal documents) are falsifications.
The selection of the sources and the critical evaluation of the material in
historiographies are not only guided by an interest in finding out the truth about what
happened. In the last instance, the guiding intentions behind such historiographies
reporting the outcome of historical research always imply norm-guided evaluations.
Historiographies are, like some other literary genres, prima facie valuable for the
present because they can be used for entertainment. Their main purpose is, however,
to convince the reader that their interpretation of what happened ought to be applied
in the present, but this means vice versa that their way of understanding and
evaluating the past is determined by the present situation of the historiographer in
her/his present cultural lifeworld.
The early Roman histories are collections of reports about deeds of famous
Romans that can serve as normative examples of Roman virtues. Histories of the life
and the deeds of saints as well as biographies of famous persons demand admiration
and imitation. The goal of histories about the life of prophets serves in addition the
task of propagating their teachings and demanding that everybody ought to follow
these teachings. The final goal of histories of towns like Rome, and of later empires
and nations is to praise their significance and fame and to demand the promotion
of the common weal of one’s own community in the present. Universal histories
and world histories understand historical development as the history of religious
salvation or as the secular salvation of humankind through the progress of human
reason.
Without entering into the discussion of epistemological problems, some remarks
are possible about changes in the web of relations between historical research and
the genres of historiography as consequences of methodologically guided historical
research. Research in history as a discipline presupposes methods. Research in
history as a science requires a methodology that can serve as a warrant of
intersubjectively recognized objectivity for the evaluation of the confirmation or
disconfirmation for proposed interpretations and reconstructions. Without this a
simple search for sources, even if it is accompanied by critical remarks about the
sources, can be called research only in a restricted sense. But methodologically
guided critique is not only critique of the sources; also it implies a critical check
of past historical research, and this means critique both of historiographies of the
second level and of historiographies based on historical research that is already
methodologically guided.
The new situation causes changes in the system of historiographies. We have,
on the one hand, a new genre of writing history now including articles in journals
and books about special research problems. Reports about events in the past are
now connected with reports about the research procedures applied;, with rejected
assumptions in other available historiographies, information about justified results
5.1 Doctrines of Methods of Humanistic Disciplines and the Problem. . . 109
in the literature; and last but not least, with attempts to determine whether or
not open questions can be decided with available primary sources and other
information.8 Apart from biographies and comprehensive historical narrations about
historical development in certain periods for laymen or as a source of quick
information, all other genres are obliged to indicate their relation to the state of
the art in footnotes, quotations, and general references to other literature.
The reconstructions of history can rely on the preparatory work of philological
and archaeological research and interpretation of fixed life expressions in general
including texts. Historical archaeology can use in addition to its own methods,
philological interpretations of texts for the interpretation of archaeological material.
This cooperation is indispensable for interpretations of monuments that belong to
the level of higher understanding in past cultural lifeworlds. The distinction between
history and prehistory is strict seen from a methodological point of view. But
this does not exclude that there is, regarding the material, a grey zone between
both. First, there exist, as already mentioned, written contemporary sources about
cultural monuments within cultures without a written tradition of their own, written
by more or less sympathetic contemporary observers belonging to cultures with a
written tradition. Secondly, there are some so called eminent texts, e.g., the Iliad,
the New and the Old Testament, and the Koran, that can provide guidelines for the
understanding of cultural monuments and are available for philological research.
Pre-historical archaeology can be helpful for the decisions of some open questions
in such cases.9 Finally, written sources belonging to the first level of historiography
of earlier periods report almost nothing about the historical development of the
lower classes in a past cultural lifeworld. This implies that they are also silent about
sometimes very significant technological and even economic events, e.g., successful
new inventions, on the level of elementary understanding.10 Historical research is in
this case restricted to archaeological sources.
These reflections on the material, the presently given facts for the human sci-
ences, and the methods of history as a discipline indicate two necessary distinctions
for history, but also for archaeology and philology. There is first the distinction
between pre-history and history. Seen from the viewpoint of available material
and applicable methods “pre-history” can be defined as the history of non-literary
cultural lifeworlds. The available material for historical reconstructions is restricted
to artifacts and monuments as fixed life expressions. No material for philological
interpretations is available. Only the material for archaeological research and the
methods of archaeological interpretation are left.
The second distinction is the distinction between interpretation and application,
and especially the issue of the possible application of historical reconstructions
8
The old technical term for the negative answer is “non liquet,” i.e., “there is not enough
information.”
9
However, there are sometimes also controversies between philologists and archaeologists, e.g., in
the last decade the controversies about the origin of the Iliad and the location of Troy.
10
For instance, the invention of windmills in the Middle Ages.
110 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
11
See Sect. 7.2 below.
12
The immediate forerunners are Hume, Kant, and Herschel. What was said about methods before,
e.g., by Bacon or Locke, is ingenious but partially misleading.
13
Boeckh 1966. Boeckh called his lectures (published only later 1886) Encyclopedia and
Methodology of the Philological Sciences (Enczclopaedie und Methodenlehre der philologischen
Wissenschaften).
14
Droysen 1977; cf. Seebohm 2004, §10.
15
According to Blass 1892, papyrology, palaeography, and archaeology are only auxiliary disci-
plines of philology; Dilthey corrected this classification. (cf. Seebohm 2004, §9, 66). According
to what has been said before about the methods and methodologies it is tempting to assume that
historical archaeology and philology are correlated disciplines that presuppose each other. Pre-
historical archaeology shows, however, that archaeology has in addition its own methodological
principles beyond this correlation.
5.2 The Canons of Hermeneutics: A Critical Re-Examination 111
16
Betti 1967, §16, 216f.
17
The objective/subjective distinction of Betti distinguishes between text and interpreter and not,
like Boeckh’s between the objective and subjective conditions of a text.
112 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
is the earliest version that can count as a guideline for an objectively valid decision
between confirmed and falsified judgments in interpretations: whatever is in need of
further determination in a given speech ought to be determined within the limits of
the linguistic context of the author and her/his contemporary audience.18
This version is too narrow. It covers only grammatical interpretations. But
Schleiermacher’s Hermeneutics has passages that indicate that the first canon can
be also applied to higher levels of hermeneutics. The rule that “a part of the text
has to be understood within the limits, i.e., the context of the whole of the text
and vice versa” can be understood as a general version of the first canon that
covers all aspects of philological interpretation. Another version mentioned by
Schleiermacher adds the dimension of understanding the author: the understanding
of the whole of the text presupposes in addition the understanding of the original
intention (Keimentschluss) of the author.19
Schleiermacher’s thesis that the understanding of the original intention of the
author is the key for the understanding of the whole of the text triggered the dispute
between the defenders of the philological historical method and the defenders of
philology in the narrower sense. More about that will be said below. It is, however,
also possible to refer to the intention of a text without mentioning the author: a
text ought to be understood according to its original intention. Prima facie this
formulation is awkward, but it can be understood as an extended paraphrase of the
principle of Flavius: the first requirement of interpretations of texts is to grasp the
scopus, the basic intention of the text. The task is, hence, to find a version for the first
canon in the narrower sense without references to the author of the text. The short
Latin version of the first canon can serve as a guideline:
(1) sensus non est inferendus sed efferendus, “the meaning ought not to be brought into the
text from the outside, it ought to be developed out of the text.”
This version is too short. However, connected with the grammatical version of
Schleiermacher’s first canon, it provides a complete version of the first canon that
is sufficient for philology:
(1.a) The text ought not to be understood out of the context of the interpreter. It ought to be
understood out of its own context and out of the context of the contemporary addressees.
18
Schleiermacher 1959, p. 101: “Alles, was noch einer näheren Bestimmung bedarf in einer
gegebenen Rede, darf nur aus dem Verfasser und seinem Publikum ursprünglischen Sprachgebiet
bestimmt werden.”
19
See Betti 1967, 220f with many references to Schleiermacher’s Hermeneutics and other sources.
5.2 The Canons of Hermeneutics: A Critical Re-Examination 113
intention of the author. The understanding of the whole of the text presupposes
according to version (1) the understanding of the text as a whole presupposes the
understanding of the intention, the scopus of the text and not the original intention
of the author. Two problems can be distinguished in Schleiermacher’s extended
version of his first canon. The extension mentions the author but, following Betti’s20
interpretation of its context in Schleiermacher’s Hermeneutics, it also refers to
Schleiermacher’s extension of his second canon, the canon of the whole and the
parts, to include the context of the biography of the author and in general its
historical context. It will be shown below that the methodological extension can be
understood as a problem of the application of the first canon (1) to the methodical
rules of the different levels of higher hermeneutics.
The reference to the author of a text in the tradition of hermeneutics caused
serious disputes among the methodologists of the nineteenth century and then in
the twentieth century. The main problem for the Nineteenth Century was that the
understanding of the text as a whole presupposes the understanding of the original
intention of the author. The defenders of philology in the narrower sense claimed, on
the one hand, that what is really given for philological interpretations are first of all
texts and not authors as persons with biographies in a foreign past cultural lifeworld.
A text without an author is for the defenders of the philological-historical method,
on the other hand, an empty abstraction. Version (2) has been critizised in the
twentieth century by Gadamer for its “romanticism” and “psychologism.” Hirsch,
following Betti, defended version (2) in his objections against the “banishment of
the author.”21
But neither Gadamer’s position on the one hand, nor the position of Hirsch,
following Betti and Boeckh,22 on the other, can be restricted to the simple
methodological problems of the opposition between the two versions of the first
canon. Without explicitly mentioning the first canon, this methodological aspect of
the two versions already surfaced in the nineteenth century in the critique of Boeckh
by Droysen, and later in the hermeneutics of Blass and especially Birt.23
Some remarks about the three other subjective versions mentioned by Betti are
necessary. They are essential in the context of philology as a discipline, but cause
serious epistemological problems for philology as a science. The context of the
interpreter ought to be in brackets according to version (1) as well as version (2) of
the first canon. In addition, however, to bracket the context of the interpreter implies
that positive applications or negative applications, i.e., rejections, of the truth claims
of the text ought to be bracketed. Applications ought to be bracketed because it
depends on the context of the interpreter whether the truth claim of a text can be
applied or must be rejected by the interpreter. Philological research guided by the
first canon ought not to be interested in the problems of the application or rejection
20
Betti 1967, 222f.
21
Hirsch 1967, ch. 1, “In Defence of the Author.”
22
Hirsch 1967, 24f, 112.
23
Cf. Seebohm 2004, 61ff.
114 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
of the truth of the text; it ought to be interested in the meaning of the text and
to consider its truth claim as a claim of the text, not as a truth for the interpreter.
Interpretation and application are separated.
The first of Betti’s subjective versions is the canon of hermeneutic adequacy: the
interpreter ought to have a harmonious relation to the object of interpretation. The
term “harmonious” implies prima facie that this interest ought to be sympathetic.
However, the canon is ambiguous. It can be understood as a positive reformulation
of the negative and prohibitive subjective version of version (1) of the first canon.
According to a second understanding, the canon requires that the interpreter ought
to agree with the message of the text. This requirement is by no means implied in
the first canon. A text that triggers contempt and rejection in the interpreter can be
just as well be reason enough for being interested in a reliable interpretation of such
texts and for an additional historical interest in their cultural context.24
Betti’s second subjective version is the canon of hermeneutical completion,
which recommends that the interpreter should complete the text if the meaning
of the text is not complete or not clear. But this canon is also plagued by an
ambiguity. According to an often-mentioned understanding, the canon demands
that the interpreter has to understand the text better than the author. This version
is not compatible with the subjective version (1) of the first canon. It makes good
sense that, e.g., for texts belonging to certain meta-genres such as philosophical or
scientific texts, a philosopher or scientist should check after a thorough philological
interpretation of the text whether the judgments of the text provide acceptable or
partially unacceptable information about its subject matter and to offer satisfactory
solutions for problems that have not been solved in the text. But this task is a
task for the philosophical or scientific critique of already established theories,
not the task of the philological interpretation of philosophical or scientific texts.
According to a second philologically meaningful understanding, the canon of
hermeneutical completion requires that the interpreter ought to correct and complete
corrupted texts and text passages. According to the methodology of hermeneutics
in the nineteenth century, this is a task of lower hermeneutical critique. Proposed
corrections or completions are in this case only acceptable if they are compatible
with the requirements of the first canon.
Finally, Betti’s third subjective version is the canon of actualizing the text, i.e.,
the interpreter has to emphasize the value and significance of the text for the present
situation of the interpreter and her/his contemporaries. This canon is obviously
incompatible with both versions of the first canon. It is, however, a meaningful rule
for text interpretations in certain professions. The theologian has to interpret the
holy texts, but the theologian also has to apply the holy text in sermons addressed
to the present situation of the congregation. The judge has to interpret the law, but
it is also the duty of the judge to apply the law to specific cases. Hence the rule has
been and is a meaningful rule for theological and juridical hermeneutics.
24
Christian theologians can be interested in objectively valid interpretations of the rabbinic
literature, but they have to reject it in their own context. One can be interested in the literature
of the Nazis, e.g., in Rosenberg’s Mythos des zwanzigsten Jahrhunderts, without being a Nazi.
5.3 An Epistemological Analysis of the First Canon 115
The canon of actualizing could, hence, also be called the canon of application.
As such, it was indeed a binding canon for the philologists of Classical Antiquity
and the humanists. It was acceptable for philology as a humanistic discipline.
However, it is not acceptable for the methodology of philological research guided
by the first canon. The first canon is a methodological principle of philological
research. First methodological principles would not be first principles if they admit
any restrictions. The problem of application remains a problem, but it is now the
problem of the application of the results of philological research and the function
of philological research in the present cultural lifeworld. A final solution for the
problem of interpretation and application in the methodology of the human sciences
can only be offered in the conclusions of this investigation.
The first canon is the watershed separating philology as a discipline from philology
as a science. Together with the extended version of Schleiermacher’s second canon
it later served in Dilthey’s and then Betti’s general theory of interpretation as the
first principle of the methodology of the historical human sciences. Seen from
the viewpoint of a phenomenological epistemology, however, their account is,
incomplete and even partially misleading. The term “context”25 in both versions of
the first canon is ambiguous. Three different types of contexts can be distinguished.
There is (1) the text as the context of the parts of the text. But the text is also given
for the interpreter (2) as a fixed life expression belonging to a past lifeworld. Fixed
life expressions are given as life expressions of an author or authors who created
them in a more or less distant past time phase. A text is, therefore, given (3) in the
context of the tradition of the interpreter, and this means (3.a) in the context of a
tradition of texts in a past reality at the time of its creation and (3.b) in the tradition
of a past lifeworld of the author of the text and her/his biography.
The task is, hence, to distinguish and analyze the three types of contexts and
the two aspects of the third context and their interdependencies in the process of
interpretation. The parts of a text are extensive parts and the text as the context of
its extensive parts is an extensive whole. During the process of the first reading
and (understanding), the parts of a text are given in a temporal sequence one
after the other. The understanding of the parts in reading can be interrupted by
not-understanding and by doubts whether some parts have been understood or
misunderstood. An author of a text who is no longer present as an actual or
potential consociate in the present is not able to defend the text against possible
misunderstandings. Not-understanding and misunderstanding can only be partially
eliminated in a first step by reading and understanding the following passages of the
text. The text is given as an extensive whole after the first reading is finished. At this
25
The German term “Zusammenhang” means a reciprocal system of interdependent elements.
116 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
point, it is an open possibility for a reader to turn back to the text and to start with
a critical check of her/his understanding of certain parts of the text and even of the
text as a whole, i.e., the main intention of the text.
Philological interpretations of texts presuppose critical re-reading after the first
reading is finished. But philological critical re-reading of a text as a whole is not
able to eliminate all partial not-understanding and to discover all misunderstandings.
The interpreter has to look for further information in the broader context. It was
natural for the philologists of Classical Antiquity and later the humanists, but also
for philology as a humanistic discipline in general, that this context was understood
as the tradition of the interpreter. Fixed life expressions in general, and especially
texts, are what they are only in their significance for the present. Interpretation
and application are inseparable for philology as a discipline. The tradition of the
interpreters is the context of the interpreter, and this context is the authority that
decides whether the message of a text must be applied or rejected.
The first task is to explicate the strict separation between the context of the
interpreter and the context of texts as fixed life expressions required by version (1.a.)
of the first canon set forth in Sect. 5.2 above. The main problem of version (1.a.) is
that the term “context” in “the context of the text” and “the context of the interpreter”
is ambiguous. Given this ambiguity, it is tempting to assume with version (2) of
the first canon that the separation ought to be understood as a separation between the
context of the interpreter and the context of the author of the text, the tradition of the
interpreter and the tradition of the author of the text. But the preceding descriptions
have shown that the context of the interpreter has its center in the lived experience
of the interpreter. The “context of a text” is, however, not the context of a lived
experience. It is the intrinsic and extrinsic context of a fixed life expression.
A presently given text, or in general a fixed life expression, is implicitly in
addition an indicator, a trace, of its author or authors. But this indication implies
the author only as an empty, abstract foreign subject and not as a concrete person.
Seen from the viewpoint of version (1) of the first canon, philology is as philology
in the narrower sense, restricted to the interpretation of texts. Of interest for version
(1) of the first canon are only the text and its contextual relations to other texts;
taken together, they are what is given as an object for the interpreter.26 These
contextual relations between texts are referential relations in the broadest sense.
The first epistemological problem of (1) is, therefore, the referential structure of
this context of texts.27
The text by itself is a work belonging to a past reality that still co-presents a
past phase of time, the time of its creation, as an abstract moment. This abstract
moment implies a quasi-temporal structure of the context of the text and its temporal
horizons. What is given in the horizons of such contexts for the cognitive attitude of
26
This has as a perhaps unexpected consequence that the first canon implies a methodological
abstraction. This consequence will be considered in Sects. 5.4, 6.5 and 10.2.
27
Version (2) is, as mentioned, only meaningful for philology in the broader sense, i.e., for
philological-historical research.
5.3 An Epistemological Analysis of the First Canon 117
philology in the narrower sense is a web of other texts. The quasi-past horizon of a
text is its genetic context. It is the context to which the text refers. “Reference” has
to be understood in the broadest sense including, e.g., explicit and implicit quotes,
adoption of literary contents and forms and stylistic and linguistic adaptations, etc.
The quasi-past horizon of a text has the structure of a stemma of texts,28 a structure
of branching roots with many nodes.
The quasi-future horizon of a text is its efficient horizon, the context of texts that
refer to the text.29 The efficient horizon is a stemma standing on its head, i.e., it has
the structure of a branching tree. The explication of the efficient horizon presupposes
the interpretation of the texts in the future horizon. However, such interpretations
are not of significance for the text seen from the aspect of its genetic horizon. The
references of the texts in the efficient horizon to the next in the node between its
genetic and efficient horizon may harbor explicit and implicit interpretations of the
text, but these interpretations are not of interest for philology in the narrower sense.
They will be of interest for philology in the broader sense, i.e., for the interpretation
of the efficient history of the text.
Seen from the viewpoint of version (1) of the first canon, the bracketed past
horizon of the living tradition of the interpreter includes both the genetic and the
efficient horizon of the text without distinguishing between them. The distinction
between the genetic and the efficient history of the text, on the one hand, and the past
horizon of the interpreter, on the other hand, indicates that the simple requirement
of (1) to bracket the context of the interpreter is insufficient. The requirement is that
the interpreter has to separate the context of the text and its genetic horizon from
the interpreter’s own past horizon. This past includes and is influenced not only by
her/his present cultural environment, but also by her/his knowledge of the efficient
horizon of the text.
Hypothetical interpretations of a text taken from this background are false if
they are incompatible with the intrinsic context of the text and/or the context of
texts in the genetic horizon of the text. Interpretations that are compatible with
this background are confirmed. Discoveries of new material in the genetic horizon
of a text are also able to falsify hypothetical interpretations that seemed to be
confirmed in past research. Hypothetical interpretations that are not yet falsified
and not confirmed are open hypotheses that can be falsified in future research.
As a methodological principle for philological interpretations the separation of
the genetic and the efficient horizon of texts in the context of a text imply a
methodological abstraction. In brackets are all texts that belong to the genetic
28
“Stemma” is a term that was originally used to characterize the genetic relations of old
manuscripts. A manuscript has been copied from one or more available other manuscripts, they
depend in turn on manuscripts of an earlier generation, etc. For a more detailed account see
Seebohm 2004, §35
29
This context has been called “efficient history,” Efficient history requires philological-historical
text interpretations that reach beyond the limits of philology in the narrower sense.
118 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
horizon of the interpretation. Only the texts in the genetic horizon of the interpreted
texts belong to the residuum of the abstraction. More about this methodological
abstraction can be said in Sect. 6.3.
Texts, artifacts, and monuments are fixed life expressions. The task of philology is
the interpretation of texts and the task of archaeology is the interpretation of artifacts
and monuments. The first methodological question is, hence, the application of the
first canon to all levels of hermeneutics mentioned in the doctrine of methods of
philological interpretation. The second question is the possible application of the
first canon to the archaeological interpretation of artifacts and monuments created
in past cultural contexts with and without literary traditions.
The methodological analysis of the first canon and its methodological impli-
cations has used the term “reference” without specifying between different types
of such references. The application of the first canon to the different levels of
interpretations requires distinctions between different types of reference, and with
them, different structures of the genetic horizon of a text. A first consequence of the
application is the transition from philology in the narrower sense to philological-
historical research in different ways on the different levels of interpretation. The
second consequence is that this transition requires a re-examination of the second
canon. The theory of the whole and its parts presupposed in the second canon is
static. The criteria of objective validity of interpretations presuppose not only the
text as a whole and its parts, but also the whole of the context of its genetic horizon
and the context of texts in its future horizon.
The theory of the levels of interpretations in the hermeneutics of Boeckh, Birt,
and Blass in the nineteenth century distinguished lower hermeneutics and higher
hermeneutics. Boeckh distinguishes two levels of lower hermeneutics, the level of
grammatical interpretation and the level of historical interpretation. Grammar and
dictionary, more precisely, “the thesaurus of words and phrases” of a language,30
determine the objective conditions of a text.31 This means, however, that the
methods of the grammatical interpretation of texts presuppose grammar and dictio-
nary, i.e., they presuppose the results of grammatical and lexicographical research.
30
For the sake of brevity, the term “dictionary” will be used as shorthand for “thesaurus of : : : ” in
the following sections.
31
According to Boeckh, the methodical guidelines of interpretations on the lower level are
determined by the objective conditions of a text. Methodical guidelines for the interpretation on
the higher level of hermeneutics refer to the subjective conditions of a text; see Boeckh 1966, 81f;
124f; 140f; (1968, 49f.; 89f; 108f.). The subjective and objective conditions are both conditions
of the text. Betti’s distinction between subjective and objective conditions refers to the canons of
hermeneutics.
5.4 The Application of the First and the Second Canon to the Interpretation. . . 119
Philology as a pre-scientific discipline has used all texts with approximately the
same linguistic background as resources for such research. But it has to be kept in
mind that grammar in this sense had a normative function not only for grammatical
interpretations, but also for the critique of the quality of texts and, last but not least,
for the creative writing of texts.
Given the first canon as the first principle for the methodology of philological
research, the situation is radically different. Historical linguistics is presupposed in
methodologically guided grammatical interpretations of texts. The term “historical
linguistics” indicates that grammatical and lexicographical research has to follow
the methodological principles of the historical human sciences. Grammar and
dictionary are presuppositions of philological interpretations of a text, but as such
they presuppose the research in historical linguistics in this context. The application
of the first canon to the level of grammatical interpretation implies, therefore, the
application of the methodology of history as a science. It requires the transition from
philology in the narrower sense to philological-historical research.
Philological interpretations of a text and the context of texts in its genetic horizon
are vice versa also of significance for historical linguistics. Each of these texts in the
genetic horizon of a text has its own genetic horizon. What has been a set of texts
belonging to approximately the same language is now a quasi-temporal development
and with it a historical development not only of grammatical structures of texts, but
also (and this is of special significance for interpretations of texts) of the meaning
of words. Except for some special cases32 texts together with their genetic and
efficient horizons as quasi-temporal horizons are the material for historical linguistic
research. Grammatical interpretations in philology as a science presuppose the state
of the art of historical linguistics, but such interpretations also offer vice versa
essential contributions for historical linguistics.33
Individual interpretation is the first level of higher hermeneutics in Boeckh’s
methodology. The interpretation of the collected works of an author already implies
the biography of the author, but according to Droysen’s critique the biography of
the author presupposes the historical reconstruction of the biography. Blass and
especially Birt followed Droysen and eliminated the reference to the biography of
the author for individual interpretation on the level of higher hermeneutics.
What is left is the question of the authenticity of the text, i.e., the question
whether it belongs to a group of other texts written by the same author. Only
one criterion is left to decide problems of authenticity, the interpretation and
critique of style. The interpretation of style presupposes the interpretation of the
genre of the text. Individual interpretation is in this case reduced to a special
32
Given early phases of the development of written literary traditions in different languages with
similar structures, comparative research is able to reconstruct the linguistic context of the common
root language of such languages, e.g., the Indo-European languages.
33
A trivial example: It is natural for a naïve interpreter of the twentieth century to understand the
sentence “The lord of the lowlands was a gay person” in a novel of the nineteenth century as “The
lord was a homosexual.” But what was really meant according to the meaning of the word in the
genetic horizon of the novel is “The lord was a person in good spirits.”
120 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
34
Hirsch 1967, ch. 1.
5.4 The Application of the First and the Second Canon to the Interpretation. . . 121
immediate encounters. The author of a text is, however, given only as an empty
implication of the text as a fixed life expression. There might be texts that provide
sufficient information for the reconstruction of the person, more precisely of the
biography of the person. However, such a reconstruction presupposes historical
research and with it historical causal explanations. The upshot is that the dispute
about psychologism implies and is implied by the methodological dispute about
Boeckh’s individual interpretation in the nineteenth century. This touches, however,
only one aspect of the problem. The problem of interpretation and application is the
real problem behind Gadamer’s refutation of psychologism.35
What is left for higher hermeneutics is, hence, the analysis of the methodological
application of the first canon to the level of generic interpretation and critique. The
specific type of references of a text to other texts on this level is the quotation of
other texts in the genetic horizon of a text. Different types of quotations can be
distinguished. A text can refer to other texts in its genetic horizon with explicit or
implicit quotations of what has been said by the author of another text. But a text can
also refer to another text by adaptations of certain aspects of the other text without
mentioning the other text or its author. Preferences for certain types of quotes
are different in different meta-genres. Explicit and implicit quotations followed by
positive or negative applications and/or critical comments are often used in prose
literature reporting or researching certain states of affairs, e.g., philosophical, legal,
and scientific literature. Meta-genres like liturgical texts, myths, poetry, and rhetoric
prefer adaptations: relevant are style elements, motives, and plot patterns used in
texts belonging to the genetic horizon of a text. Such texts can be found in the same
genre, but they can also belong to different genres.
The second canon, the canon of the whole and the parts, is, like the first
canon of hermeneutics, a universal methodological principle, and it is of special
significance for the level of grammatical and generic hermeneutics. The canon has
been called the “second canon” because it is the second in Schleiermacher’s list. It
is, however, also second because the application of the first canon to the levels of
interpretation and critique has some serious consequences for the understanding of
the canon of the whole and the parts. The canon of the whole and the parts has
been understood as a general principle for the philological doctrine of methods
since Classical Antiquity. The principle was also somewhat suspicious because it
implied prima facie a vicious circularity. Following Dilthey, the canon of the whole
and the parts has additionally been understood as a methodological principle of
the human sciences in general, and especially the historical human sciences. The
“hermeneutical circle” then finally received the rank of a universal fundamental
ontological principle in the twentieth century as the “circle in understanding” in the
hermeneutics of Being and understanding in general.36
35
Gadamer 1965, part II, section II, 2.c The problem whether interpretation and application
are separable or not has already been mentioned in the introduction and will surface again in
Sects. 6.5 and 10.6.
36
Cf Heidegger 1977, §32 which explicitly says that the hermeneutics of being has nothing in
common with hermeneutics as a method.
122 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
The phenomenological theory of the whole and the parts is, on the contrary, a
formal ontological and logical theory and not a fundamental ontological theory, and
has the advantage that it is not plagued by vicious circularities. The methodology
of the historical human sciences is, therefore, able to avoid the alleged logical
difficulties of the second canon with the aid of a logical explication of the canon
in terms of the phenomenological theory of the whole and the parts.37 Husserl used
the theory of the whole and the parts first of all as a tool for the development of
a pure logical grammar, but it is also possible to apply the theory to grammar
beyond the limits of pure logical grammar. Words by themselves are abstract and not
sufficiently determined moments of concrete meaning on the level of grammatical
interpretations. They reveal concrete meaning only in the context of the structures of
sentences as the concrete wholes of meaning. Sentences and phrases are first-order
wholes of texts as contexts of phrases and sentences. Sentences are connected with
sentences in higher-order wholes of meaning in the parts of a text, and as such are
concrete wholes of the second order. The structure of these second-order wholes is
determined by specific relations and their properties, relations that are one-sidedly
founded in properties of concrete wholes of the first order. Texts as extensive con-
crete wholes are wholes constituted by relations with specific properties between the
parts of the text. Seen from a formal point of view, the rules for literary genres are the
rules for admissible relations between parts of the texts belonging to certain genres.
The theory of the whole and the parts is a static theory. As such it can be used
for the analysis of the application of the second canon to the grammatical and the
generic level of philological interpretations of texts. The second canon as a static
and as such a-historical principle was the basic principle of philology as a discipline.
For philology as a discipline grammar and the system of literary genres have been
understood as normative systems of rules for writing texts, interpreting texts, and
literary criticism. The situation is different for philology as a science with the first
canon as the first methodological principle.
The application of the theory of the whole and the parts is restricted to the
formal explication of a text as an intrinsic whole and its parts. The explication
of the methodological interplay of the first and the second canon requires more.
The second canon by itself cannot be used for a logical explication of the past and
the future horizons of texts required by the first canon. What has to be added is a
phenomenological account of the genesis of wholes and their parts.
Texts as concrete wholes indicate their genesis in their relations to other texts
in the quasi-temporal dimension of their genetic horizon as the extrinsic context
of texts. Texts in the genetic horizon of a text are texts of the same language.
Every text in the quasi-temporal past horizon in the context of a text has its own
quasi-temporal genetic horizon. What is given for grammatical interpretation is
a presently given set of texts, but these texts are quasi-temporally ordered and
represent different aspects of the genetic development of the language used in the
texts. The quasi-temporal relations in the presently pre-given set of texts represent
37
The following analyses presuppose the material of Part I, Sect. 2.2.
5.4 The Application of the First and the Second Canon to the Interpretation. . . 123
the temporal development of the language in the past genetic horizon of a text. But
the text also has a future quasi-temporal horizon, and this horizon ideally includes
the present stage of the development of the language – or even different languages –
of the interpretation. Seen from here the genetic linguistic horizon of a text can be
understood as a concrete temporal, i.e., historical, development of the language of
the text. As already mentioned, the genetic horizon of a text is a context of texts to
which a text refers, and each of these texts in the genetic context of a text has its own
genetic context. Referential relations on the generic levels are quotations, and such
quotations can be explicit or implicit references to parts of other texts or borrowing
motives, plots, stylistic properties, etc., from other texts. The quasi-temporal past
horizon considered by itself represents, as the genetic development of the text in the
historical past horizon of the text. Since each text in the past horizon of a text has
its own genetic quasi-temporal past horizon, and in addition its own future horizon
as its effective aspect, both horizons together represent one aspect in the history of
literature, the history of poetry, of the sciences, the law, and other aspects of the
history of ideas.
The application of the first canon has, however, further advantages. Interpreting
the text as a highest node in the stemma of the context of texts in the genetic horizon
of a text is able to determine the uniqueness and individuality of the text in its
relation to the context of texts in its past horizon. If the future effective horizon of
the text is added, the text appears as a unique text in the context of the history of
texts of a genre that needs ideographic interpretation.
Texts given as unique individual texts imply more than the abstract reference
to an author or authors of fixed life expressions in general. They imply an author
as a unique individual who created the text in a unique phase of her/his life. The
application of the first canon to the second canon on the level of generic interpre-
tation implies in the last instance the biography of the author. The transition from
attempts to transcend philology in the narrower sense with its banishment of the
author to philological-historical research is, therefore, the inevitable consequence
of the application of the first canon to the second canon and its applications to
the levels of lower and higher hermeneutics. The application of the first canon to
the second canon implies the justification for the transition from philology in the
narrower sense to the historical philological method as the method of philology as a
science.
Interpretations of the artifacts of elementary understanding and the monuments
belonging to higher understanding in historical archaeology including cult objects,
statues, paintings, temples, and the complex social relations of cult activities are
able to presuppose philological interpretations of texts and the methods used in
text interpretation. Hence methodologically guided interpretations of historical
archaeology have to apply the first canon. Philology is, therefore, the final arbiter
for the confirmation or falsification of assumed interpretations of artifacts and
monuments in historical archaeology.
No texts are available for the interpretation of fixed life expressions in pre-
historical archaeology. In this case the distinction between artifacts belonging to
124 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
experience. Historical facts are, therefore, not immediately given facts. They are
reported facts. To believe in facts reported in an oral and/or written tradition is
natural but naïve. It is always possible to doubt whether it was really the case
that a reported fact really happened in a not present temporal and spatial distance.
Historical research implies, therefore, historical critique, i.e., reported historical
facts are always assumed historical facts that could be falsified by historical
research. The distinction between facts for the historian and historical facts is of
crucial significance for a phenomenological epistemological analysis of a historical
methodology. “Historical fact” is a term for a genus of essentially different kinds of
facts, i.e., events in the natural environment, actions, motives for actions, intended
or not intended consequences of actions, beliefs, habits, customs, social and legal
relations, and cults.
As mentioned in Sect. 4.2, Dilthey suggested that generalized versions of
Schleiermacher’s first and second canon of hermeneutics can be used as universal
methodological principles for the historical human sciences. This suggestion is
prima facie convincing because all historical human sciences presuppose interpre-
tations of fixed life expressions. Critical phenomenological reflections are, however,
able to discover serious additional epistemological problems, especially for history
and historical research. The problems connected with the second canon are easier to
handle and it is, hence, advisable to start with this canon.
Texts as fixed life expressions are usually pre-given for philological inter-
pretations as extensive wholes, and philological research guided by the second
canon starts, according to what has been said above in Sect. 5.4, after the first
reading in which the text is then a vaguely pre-given whole proceeding as a
search for an explication of the parts and the relations between the parts that are
constitutive for the whole as a structured whole of the meaning. The situation of
the historian is not different on the level of the first encounter with the sources
that need philological interpretation. But the methodological approach of history
as a science is not merely interested the interpretation of the sources. It is further
interested in the reconstruction of a past reality presupposing the philological-
historical interpretation of many fixed life expressions and it is finally interested
in the interpretation of the reconstructed historical context and development of a
past reality. Though the difference between interpretation of historical sources and
the second-order historical interpretation of reconstructed real cultural contexts
and their developments is, seen from a methodological and epistemological point
of view, obvious, this difference has never been mentioned in the literature of the
Geisteswissenschaften in the wake of Dilthey including Husserl and Heidegger, or
elsewhere.
The reconstruction of a past real development as a whole is impossible because
even the search for sources, the facts for the historian that offer the material for
reconstructions of the historical facts belonging to a past real development, is
already an indefinitely open process. It is, furthermore, impossible because there
will be never enough material for a complete reconstruction of the past reality of a
cultural lifeworld as a concrete whole. It is, hence, meaningless to apply the canon of
the whole and the parts to the methods of reconstructions of a past real development
126 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
The final step (5) in this development of historical narrations is the idea of a
universal world history as a history of the progress of the enlightenment of human
mankind from the beginning in the past in cultures without sciences to enlightened
cultures with sciences. The historical narrative immediately implies the demand that
contemporaries in the present ought to apply the principles of enlightenment in their
intellectual and social activities. Interpretation and application are not separated.
The epistemologically interesting step in this development of historical narra-
tions is the step from (2) via (3) to (4) and finally (5). The narration in (4) and
(5) does not merely have the character of reporting a short series of events that is
of immediate applicative interest for the present; what is of interest is the whole
series of events from the beginning of humankind to its end in the present and its
future horizon in a ordered and dense temporal sequence. History is understood as a
universal history that implies all partial historical narrations as its parts. The second
canon is implicitly presupposed in such universal histories, but at the cost of the first
canon, because such universal histories are determined throughout by a strict unity
of interpretation and application. The past is of interest only to the extent to which
it is of significance for present activities.
Connected with this step is a second epistemologically relevant aspect in the step
first to (4) and then to (5). Modern representations of history as universal history
have been able to refer to annals and chronicles. Annals and chronicles report what
happened at their time in the temporal sequence of the years, and can be used later
by historians as sources for the reconstructions in their historical narratives. Thus
in such cases annals and chronicles immediately determine as sources the order of
the narrations of historians as temporal sequences. The form of the report in annals
as a year after year sequence can always be extended beyond the limits of reported
events in the annals in a formal “and so on” to the present of the historian. The idea
of universal history is constituted in the idea of an always pre-given formal and-
so-on, and it is the task of historians to fill these empty temporal phases with their
findings in other sources and to order them according to the sequence.
The formal structure of the representation of time as a two-dimensional linear
sequence with a past and future dimension for the time phases of the past present,
the actual present, and the future present of facts, real events, is the immediate
foundation, the condition of the possibility, of distinguishing and separating the
context of historical reconstructions and interpretations and the context of the
historical facts in a reconstructed phase of a past historical development. The
versions of the first canon of pre-scientific hermeneutical doctrines are methodical
rules for the interpretations of texts in a doctrine of methods.
The version that is relevant for philology as a science is the basic principle of the
methodology for the interpretation of texts in the context of texts. In this version
the structure of temporality is of significance only because the quasi-temporal
horizons referring to other texts in the context mirror the abstract structures of
temporal ordering. The version of the first canon that serves as a principle of the
philological-historical method includes, beyond the contexts of texts, the contexts
of the biographies of the authors of texts, and with this their cultural environments.
128 5 History as a Science of Interpretation
This version implies an awareness of the historical temporal distance between the
context of the interpreter and the context of the text and its author, and this awareness
is the justification for the universal version of the first canon that Dilthey had in
mind. There are, however, further implications that have been neglected by Dilthey
and others.
As a reconstruction of a past reality, history as a science is not restricted to
the problem of interpretation, and it is also not restricted to the question whether
or not this or that is a historical fact or not. The reconstruction of a past reality
implies the reconstruction of the web of relations between different kinds of facts
and their place in the temporal order of historical developments. That history is
interested in the reconstruction of the temporal development of a past real lifeworld
has certain consequences. The first consequence is that the temporal horizons of
historical facts are not, like the quasi-temporal horizons of a text for philology,
temporal because they mirror abstract structures of temporal ordering. The temporal
horizons belong to the concrete temporal ordering of facts in a past reality. A real
past time phase or period is a real past time period in the past horizon of a present
real time phase. The contents of the past phase are foreign and only incompletely
represented in the present. The representation of temporal developments in annals
and chronicles, and other sources with immediate references to temporal structures
and the representation of historical developments in (5) presuppose, furthermore,
the representation of time as calendar time, and this formal representation of time
presupposes time “as the number of movement of celestial bodies.”
This explication of the temporal structures of history is of significance for the
analysis of the possibility of the application of the first canon of hermeneutics
in historical reconstructions and interpretations of historical developments in a
past cultural lifeworld, and in general for the philological-historical method. It
is of significance for this analysis because this structure of temporality is a
necessary partial structure and foundation not only of the context of the historical
reconstructions and interpretations of a past reality but also of the context of the
temporal horizons of past real contexts and historical facts of the past reality and
its developments. Finally it determines also the understanding of the meaning of
“temporal distance” between the context of the interpreting reconstruction and the
reconstructed reality. This temporal distance is, therefore, the necessary condition
of the possibility of the application of the first canon in historical research, and
with it, the possibility of historians to be the “disinterested observers” of historical
developments that is required by the first canon.
Calendar time as a system of orientation is an essentially partial structure and
is already inseparable from the structures of elementary understanding of practical
interactions in the earliest phases of the generation of cultural lifeworlds with and
even without a literary tradition. The temporal structures of the lived experience of
predecessors in the past are equal to and connected with, the temporal structures
of lived experience in the present. This implies that all social interactions in the
5.5 The Application of a Modified Version of the First Canon to Historical. . . 129
encounter with the natural environment in a concrete lifeworld imply the temporal
structure of intersubjective temporality as a universal structure in which the web of
facts is given.
The structure of intersubjective temporality is a necessarily dependent part of
the general structure of the immediate encounter with the natural environment
and the immediate secondary understanding of Others in social interactions on
the level of elementary understanding. It is, therefore, impossible to bracket that
these structures can be included in the bracketing of the own context that is
required by the first canon. This sounds prima facie awkward in the context
of the discussion of history, of the philological-historical sciences in general, of
hermeneutics, and of interpretation in the last century. However, these discussions
simply neglected certain methods of reconstructions and interpretations that have
been and are essential for archaeological interpretations. The meaning of tools
and in general artifacts as fixed life expression can be “understood” in a quasi-
experimental reconstruction of how these tools and artifacts have been used in the
past, a reconstruction carried out in the in the present of the interpreter.
The consequences of the foregoing analyses for the application of the first canon
in historical research can be summarized as follows: it is not possible to apply the
first canon of philological hermeneutics requiring the separation of the context of the
interpreter and the context of the interpreted texts or life expressions in general to
the general structures of intersubjective temporality and elementary understanding
in historical research and philological-historical research. These structures must be
presupposed and cannot be bracketed in the reconstruction of past reality on the
level of elementary understanding. However, the first canon can be and must still
be applied to reconstructions and interpretations of contexts that imply impacts of
the system of first-order higher understanding in a past real cultural lifeworld. Thus
in its application in the methodology of philological-historical research, the first
canon also implies a methodological abstraction that needs further analyses in the
summary in Sect. 6.5.
A final point has to be mentioned. The structures of elementary understanding
imply, as shown in Sect. 3.3, an elementary understanding of causal connections.
Presupposing what has been said up until now, it can be expected that further
analyses can provide the epistemological justification for the methods of causal
explanations that are applied in historical research for events that happened in a
past lifeworld. A caveat has to be added. The future horizon in a lived experience
in the present is open. Expectations and predictions can be fulfilled or disappointed.
The future horizon of a historically reconstructed past present is closed. The space
for expectations in a present phase of a past lifeworld has been filled by events
that happened in the past. Predictions are meaningless in this context, but causal
explanations for past events are possible. The real problem of the next chapter will
be the epistemological analysis of the methods and the different types of causal
explanations in historical research.
Chapter 6
Causal Explanations in History
Several famous essays and chapters in books about historical explanations have been
published in the last century in the tradition of Analytic philosophy. The general
thesis is that the solution of the methodical problems of historical explanations is
sufficient for the answer to the question whether history is a science or not. The
first and last strictly logical analysis of historical explanations was developed as a
kind of postscript to analytic philosophy of science in its heyday.1 The theses of this
analysis can be summarized as follows:
(1) The logical structures of historical explanations and explanations in the natural
sciences are the same.
(2) Historical explanations differ from explanations in the natural sciences only
because the causal laws used in history are often borrowed from pre-scientific
everyday experience. They admit exceptions and are, therefore, only probable.2
(3) Genetic explanations in history can be traced back to this model.3
(4) History assumes these causal laws. Facts, not these laws, are the problem of
history.
(5) Therefore an analysis of the logical structure of historical explanation can
ignore the problems of the discovery of historical facts in historical research.
What is said in (5) is more than a weak spot in the strictly analytic treatment of
the epistemological problems of the human sciences. Critical reflections on reports
about results in the natural sciences cannot serve as a surrogate for epistemological
1
The radical version of this theory was first presented in Hempel 1942; cf. Popper 1960, 1962;
Nagel 1961, ch. 15.
2
See Popper 1960, and Nagel 1961, 551f.
3
See Nagel 1961, 558ff.
4
The preferred term “natural language” will be used in this chapter and later instead of “ordinary
language.” The language not only of poetry but also of philosophical and other discourses,
especially the discourse of historiography, belongs to natural languages (plural!), but it is not the
idiom of the ordinary language of everyday interactions and communications.
5
The classic is Scriven 1959.
6
Toulmin 1958. follows in his logic the leading ideas of Strawsons conception of logic.
7
See Tragesser 1977, 25, 90ff.
8
Lewis 1973, esp. 118ff.
9
One of the minimal requirements is that the modus ponens remain valid for conditionals. See
Lewis 1973, 9, 26f.
6.1 Logical Structures of Causal Explanations in History 133
10
For instance: Caesar was the dictator of Rome and Stalin was the general secretary of the
Communist Party in the Soviet Union.
134 6 Causal Explanations in History
this meaning of “and.” The &> implies a transitive and asymmetrical temporal
relation, and therefore some logical properties of statements connected by & are
valid for &>.
Of crucial significance is that commutation does not hold for &>.11 Sentences
connected by &> in primitive historical narratives are candidates for causal
explanations. In this case &> will be replaced by “because.” This “because” is an
abbreviation for presupposed derivations with either the condition in the premises
and the effect in the conclusion or the conditional between two singular facts. The
transition from the historical “and” to the “because” requires the replacement of
&> by the conditional arrow ! of formalized logic. This substitution is not without
problems. The order of the antecedent and the consequent in the presupposed gener-
alized implicative conditional and the derivable implicative conditional connecting
two singular facts preserve the temporal order of the &>. But the negation of
the fact mentioned in the antecedent of the transposition is the consequent of the
original conditional and vice versa. The order of the antecedent and the consequent
in the transposition is the reverse of the temporal order of the facts mentioned in the
antecedent and the consequent.12
“Because” is only one of the indicators of explanations used in historical
narrations. Of crucial significance is also the “only because.” Following what has
been said about the function of implicative conditionals for historical explanations
one should assume that such explanations presuppose replicative conditionals of the
form “A, only if B” or “Only if B, A.” Introductions to formalized logic recommend
translating sentences with “only if” in front as the antecedent of a replicative
conditional in the language of formalized logic, i.e., as “A B.” This proposal
again causes difficulties.
Logic is a-temporal. Therefore a replicative conditional “A B” can be replaced
by the equivalent implicative conditional “B ! A.”13 This conditional is the reverse
of the temporal order of the facts required by the underlying historical “A & >B” but
11
It is, of course, possible to give a formal logical definition of <&> and &> in the framework of
a predicate logic with relations. Let A and B be predicates for two events, let T be the predicate
“limited period of time,” and let F be the predicate “following in time,” and I the predicate “happens
in,” then:
< & >D df W .Ex/ .Ey/ .Ev/ .Ax & By & Tv & Ixv & Iyv/
& >D df W .Ex/ .Ey/ .Ev/ .Ew/ ...Ax & By & Tv & Tw/ & Ixv & Iyw/ & Fww/
It is easier to construct such definitions in the framework of time logic but such logics
presuppose the accessibility relations between possible worlds on the meta-level. Nothing is really
gained for the problem of translating expressions of relations in natural languages into an equally
universal formalized language.
12
Aa ! Ba WW Ba ! Aa .TR/ :
13
A B WW B ! A:
6.1 Logical Structures of Causal Explanations in History 135
the temporal order will be saved in the transposition of the replicative conditional.
The conditional arrow of a-temporal logic indicates the order of logical condition
and the logically conditioned. Hence the temporal order of the facts mentioned in
the antecedent and the consequent in the logical equivalence is irrelevant, and the
conditional arrow is even useful because the amount of connectives and deduction
rules of formalized logic can be simplified. However, the real conditions and their
effects in historical explanations are temporally determined. The reverse of their
temporal order creates meaningless sentences.
Some examples taken from possible historiographies can illustrate what has been
said. Whether examples can prove its mettle against possible historical critique is not
relevant for the logical analysis of the “because” or the “only because” in historical
narrations:
(1) Cleopatra died because she poisoned herself with a snakebite.
The generalized conditional in the background is:
0
(1 ) All people, if they poison themselves with a snakebite, will die.
In this case the conditional is an implicative conditional. The required temporal
order of condition is saved. The transposition of the sentence would be:
(100 ) If Cleopatra did not die she has not poisoned herself.
This sentence is meaningless in a historical context. The temporal order of the
real condition and the real conditioned is the reverse of the temporal sequence of
real cause/effect relations.
There are cases in which implicative conditionals cannot be applied. Backed by
a historical “and” in the sentence “Caesar crossed the Rubicon and became dictator
of Rome,” a historiography reports:
(2a) Caesar became dictator of Rome because he crossed the Rubicon.
To assume a generalised implicative conditional in the background of this causal
explanation is historical nonsense and even an obvious empirical falsehood:
(2a0 ) All people who crossed the Rubicon became dictators of Rome.
Prima facie a replicative conditional works better:
(2b) Ceasar became dictator of Rome only because he crossed the Rubicon.
The presupposed replicative conditional:
(2b0 ) Only if Ceasar crossed the Rubicon could he become dictator of Rome.
can be derived from the generalized replicative conditional:
(2b00 ) All people: only if they cross the Rubicon will they be dictators of Rome by
universal instantiation.
136 6 Causal Explanations in History
Even this is still an obvious falsehood. But the transposition of the replicative
conditional causes no problems and sounds more elegant:
(2b000 ) Without crossing the Rubicon Caesar could not been dictator of Rome.
Given the difficulties surfacing with the examples (2a) and (2b), it is useful
to consider the following extended account of the event in a possible historical
narration:
Caesar was commander in chief of a victorious army. He crossed the Rubicon with his army.
After that, his army had free access to Rome. In doing so Caesar violated the law that no
commander in chief ought to cross the Rubicon with his army. The purpose of the law was
to keep commanders in chief from forcing the Senate to do what a commander wants, first
of all to grant him dictatorship.
What this extended historical narration adds is a report about the historical
circumstances. Historical circumstances are more or less significant additional
conditions existing together with the explained event, but also before and partially
after the event mentioned in the report in sentences connected by <&>, the “and” of
coexistence.14 The understanding of the circumstances helps to understand why the
action in question, crossing the Rubicon, can count as the cause of the effect. The
circumstantial real conditions restrict the possible applicability of the generalized
conditional (2b0 ) “All people: only if they cross the Rubicon will they be dictators
of Rome given the historical circumstances mentioned above.” The universality of
such generalized conditionals is restricted by the limits of a certain time period,
but within those limits, their universality is by no means similar to the probable
generalizations of everyday experience.
Historical circumstances are also of significance for the question whether
counterfactual conditionals are of significance for the logical analysis of historical
explanations. Most historians reject counterfactuals like “what would be the case if
something else had not been the case” as idle speculations. Prima facie this rejection
is well grounded, because the crucial deficiency of most historical counterfactuals
is the tacit assumption of a historically impossible set of historical circumstances
connected with an assumed historical cause by <&>. According to a well-known
example different speculations about the consequent of counterfactuals with the
antecedent “If Caesar had been the commander in chief of the American forces
in the Korean War” are possible. It is possible to conclude either “he would have
used catapults” or “he would have used the atom bomb,” depending on the tacitly
assumed set of circumstantial conditions.
The meta-linguistic theory of counterfactuals in models of the semantics of
possible worlds15 saved at least some classically valid inference rules for logical
14
The logical function of “historical circumstances” in a genuine historical explanation is an
analogue of the “initial conditions” in the methodology of experiments in the natural sciences.
15
The meta-linguistic interpretation is not able to deal with the difference between strict and
variable strict conditionals, i.e., counterfactuals. See Seebohm 1977, 14, n. 36. Lewis 1973. has
given a meaningful formal interpretation of such conditionals in his semantics of possible worlds.
6.2 General Epistemological Structures of Historical Causal Explanations 137
deductions16 and is able to give a rule of thumb for separating meaningful from
meaningless counterfactuals. Counterfactuals are meaningful if the possible world
in question differs from ours only with respect to very few facts that exist in our
world but do not exist in the other world and vice versa. Thus it makes some sense
to say that “If Caesar had been poisoned after crossing the Rubicon, he would
have had no chance to become dictator of Rome.” Counterfactuals are meaningless
if they presuppose possible worlds that are incompatible with our world because
they are different from our world in many respects. The example mentioned above
about Caesar as commander in the Korean War can be used as well as an example
of such meaningless counterfactuals. However, even this logical interpretation is
not a satisfying argument against the rejection of counterfactuals in the context of
historiographies. The task of the historian is the reconstruction of a past actual world
and not of a possible world.
The real problem is that the assumed circumstances for the counterfactual are
usually the tacit assumption of the combination of an arbitrary selection of a
temporally restricted period and another set of circumstances restricted to another
historical period for the counterfactual. But such an assumption is impossible for
the requirement that all the circumstances of the causal relation must be connected
by <&> in a meaningful historical explanation.
Only one special type of counterfactuals is able to satisfy this logical and
epistemological requirement, and is therefore admissible in historiographies. With
the transposition of a replicative conditional in natural language, e.g., in example
(2b000 ) “Without crossing the Rubicon Caesar had not have been dictator of Rome,”
the more elegant version of “If Caesar had not crossed the Rubicon he could not
have become the dictator of Rome,” the real conditions and the conditioned effects
are the same and, as already mentioned above, their temporal order is saved.
16
What remains possible with respect to valid forms of deduction is, of course, very little; cf. Lewis
1973, 26f.
138 6 Causal Explanations in History
17
Everyday experience justifies many strict but restricted generalized conditionals for finite sets of
facts, e.g.,: all horses owned by farmer Smith are black. (x) ((Hx & Oxs) ! Bx). The relation Oxs
implies and indicates the restriction.
6.2 General Epistemological Structures of Historical Causal Explanations 139
18
Systems of types of real conditions must be distinguished from systems of categories of the social
sciences, e.g., the system of Weber’s categories. Cf. Grünewald 2009, 97ff on Weber’s theory of
categories of understanding sociology.
19
Droysen 1977, 436f; for a detailed account of Droysen’s position cf. Seebohm 2004, 69ff.
6.3 The Typology of Real Conditions and Its Significance for the Methodology. . . 141
Neither Droysen nor Marx (nor anybody else to the best of my knowledge)
has given a convincing analysis of the epistemological status of the dependencies
or interdependencies between such strata of real conditions. The material level of
economic conditions is for so-called vulgar Marxism a substructure determining
the powerless superstructure of power systems and their ideologies. Sophisticated
dialectical Marxism talks about material “dialectical” relations between material
conditions and ideologies. The goal of Droysen was to avoid philosophical concepts
in his methodological reflections on historical research. Nevertheless, he implicitly
applies the Aristotelian categories of material, formal, and efficient causes and
he uses Hegelian categories in his classification of the moral powers. Droysen’s
efficient factors, the “workers,” i.e., human actions and actors, could be understood
as “causes” in the sense of historical causal explanations. But Droysen’s thesis that
the driving force behind the actions and actors is the striving for freedom is again
similar to the idealistic Hegelian thesis that the final goal of history is the realization
of freedom, a goal beyond the limits of possible methodological and epistemological
investigations.
The first task for the present investigation is, therefore, to give an explication of
the meaning of “types of real conditions.” The second task is to present a sketch of a
typology of real conditions and of the order in which the types determine or modify
each other. The third task is the epistemological analysis of the methodological
significance of this typology for historical explanations.
The explication of the meaning of “types of real conditions” has to distinguish
between real causal conditions, real factors that cause a real effect (including the
real circumstantial factors that are relevant for the causation in a causal relation),
on the one hand, and on the other hand, types of real conditions. Real factors in
causal relations are singular facts, singular events or actions. The circumstantial
real factors of a singular real causation are sets of real factors belonging to different
types of real conditions, e.g., all the circumstantial real factors of Caesar’s crossing
the Rubicon: his victories, his psychological dispositions, the legal situation,
the political situation in the Roman Senate, etc. Seen from the viewpoint of
a phenomenological epistemology a type of real conditions is as an ideal type
given in eidetic intuition.20 It is given in eidetic intuition as a structural whole of
conditions that can appear in sensory experience as causal factors: technological
conditions, economic conditions, legal conditions, etc. It is, hence, possible to derive
generalized conditionals from certain aspects or properties of an ideal type.
A typology of real conditions is an ordered system of ideal types of real
conditions. The order of the system is determined in a hierarchy of generative
and static foundational relations. Higher-order types presuppose the givenness of
the lower levels, but the existence of lower levels is by itself not a sufficient and
necessary determination for the existence of specific factors belonging to the next
higher level. In the case of levels of foundations, the logical relation between
20
Cf. Sect. 2.3; a detailed analysis of the givenness of the ideal types that are presupposed in the
social sciences will be given in Part IV, Sect. 10.4.
142 6 Causal Explanations in History
the condition and the conditioned is the replicative conditional: certain types of
technological and economic conditions are given only if a certain type of natural
environment is pre-given.21 Thus it can be said that a certain type of environmental
condition is the necessary condition for a certain type of technology, and that this
type of technology is, in turn, the necessary condition for a certain type of economic
social relations.
Strict empiricism is not able to satisfy the intuitive evidence of the givenness of
the necessity of the conditional relations between lower and higher levels of types.
The phenomenological theory of the whole, the parts, and the foundational relations
between parts and abstract moments in concrete wholes, along with the theory of the
constitution of material ideal types in eidetic variations is able to provide a better
answer.22 The levels of the types of real conditions are as follows:
(1) The changes in the conditions of the natural environment of the lifeworld.
(it is not essential but practical to distinguish between (1.a) conditions belong-
ing to the external environment in the strict sense and (1.b) external conditions
that can be called internal because they belong to the physiology of the human
body.)
(2) the development of technologies on the level of elementary understanding;
(3) the development of economic conditions and systems;
(4) the contents and structures of the culture of the lifeworld comprising:
(4a) normative systems of cultures, customs including the recognized ethical
standards, the law, and the systems of political power, and
(4b) worldviews belonging to higher understanding;
(5) the level of individual or collective psychological conditions of human actions.
Theories of hierarchically ordered types of real conditions are of significance for
the methodology of historical research and as such are of epistemological interest,
but beyond that also of methodological significance for the human sciences in
general, i.e., also for psychology and the social sciences. Not very much has been
said about their epistemological status and their significance for the epistemological
problem of historical explanations. Such explanations refer, as already mentioned,
to events or acts as singular historical facts that are causal factors or circumstantial
factors in a causal relation. The logical structure of a causal connection between
a cause together with circumstantial factors or “initial conditions” is usually
interpreted as a singular conditional that can be derived in a modus ponens from
a generalized conditional.
It is, therefore, impossible to understand the foundations between ideal types
of real conditions in the hierarchy of these ideal types of real causal conditions.
21
The natural environment was the same and agricultural grain production existed long before
windmills were invented in the Middle Ages.
22
Cf. Sect. 2.2 for the background of the following considerations, and on ideal objects in the
systematic and historical human sciences in general, see Sect. 10.4.
6.3 The Typology of Real Conditions and Its Significance for the Methodology. . . 143
However, it has been shown above that replicative conditionals can also be of
interest in historical explanations, but such singular replicative conditionals are
again justifiable only with the aid of logical derivations from generalized replicative
conditionals. The universality of the generalized conditionals is for implicative
and replicative conditionals an empirical universality. It is, therefore, impossible to
understand the foundations between ideal types of real conditions in the hierarchy
of these ideal types as real causal conditions. Thus the problem is how both aspects
can be brought together in methodological strategies of causal explanations in the
historical research.
To determine the necessary circumstantial factors in historical explanations is
one of the most difficult tasks for the reconstruction of sound historical explanations.
The hierarchy of the typology of real conditions can be used as a system of heuristic
methodical rules that is able to guide the search for relevant circumstantial factors
as necessary factors in historical causal explanations. The first methodical rule is to
look for circumstantial factors belonging to the next lower levels in the hierarchy
of the types of real conditions: certain real conditions in the natural environment
are necessary factors for the inventions of new technologies as events that cause
changes on the technological level. Historical reports about the act of the invention
of a technology have to provide the additional sufficient causal factor that is required
for a sound historical explanation of the emergence of a new technology. The
availability of certain technologies is in turn a necessary circumstantial factor for the
development of certain economic structures. Whether or not they will be developed
depends again on certain actions or interactions of, e.g., the merchants and bankers
in a certain period of the history of the economy.
The system of the typology of real conditions is, as mentioned, relevant for all
historical and systematic human sciences. Two short remarks about the specific
characteristics and the differences in the application of the typology of real
conditions in historical explanations in psychology and in the social sciences are
necessary. More will be said in Part IV.
The collective or individual real psychological conditions belonging to level (5)
are the immediate real conditions of human actions. Droysen mentions passions,
motives, and drives as real conditions, but he also emphasizes the difficulties of
convincing reconstructions and interpretation of such conditions.23 The problem is
that historical research has no immediate access to the psychological circumstantial
and causal conditions for actions of individuals or groups. The references that can
be found in biographical data or in biographies and autobiographies24 usually refer
to the social and cultural environment of the past lifeworld, and psychological
observations in such sources belong to the everyday psychology of the authors
of the biographies. References to circumstantial conditions belonging to (3) and
(4), the social environment of the actors, can be of interest for interpretations of
23
Droysen 1977, 188f.
24
This happens only in cultures in which the individual as such is of interest and individuality is a
generally recognized value.
144 6 Causal Explanations in History
25
Ricoeur 1970.
6.4 Historical Critique and the Falsification of Historical Explanations 145
the facts for the historian, and the reconstructed facts of a past lifeworld are the
historical facts. The task of historical explanations, and with it the methodical
application of the typology of real conditions, is, hence, only the last step in the
methodology of historical research. Historical facts that are of significance for
the temporal context of the past lifeworld need historical explanations. Historical
explanations always imply a context of reconstructed and interpreted circumstantial
conditions.
History is only about facts, and has nothing to say about the generalized condi-
tionals that are presupposed in historical explanations. This thesis is an immediate
consequence of the analytic logical and epistemological analysis of historical
explanations. Seen from the viewpoint of modern history, it has some puzzling
implications. In speaking of history one should distinguish between historiography,
historical research, and historical critique. The analytic thesis seems to have some
plausibility for historiographies. However, for history as a science, historiographies
are nothing other than narrative reports of the results of historical research and
historical critique. The thesis that historical research and then historical critique has
nothing to say about the truth or falsity of the application of generalized conditionals
in historical explanations to certain historical facts and also nothing about the truth
and falsity of genuine historical conditionals, is at the very least awkward. It is
awkward because the thesis implies that pre-scientific or scientific experience in
the present and nothing else is the source of the material for the discovery of the
generalized conditionals and the epistemological judgments about their truth or
probability. But according to the first principle of the methodology of the historical
human sciences, the only status that judgments and opinions taken from the context
of the present lifeworld can have in the context of foreign cultural lifeworlds and of
past foreign cultural lifeworlds is the status of pre-judgments.
The root problem of the analytic model is the tacit assumption that historical
facts reported in historiographies have the same epistemological status as facts
given in actual present experiences. Facts for everyday experience and for the
observations and experiments of the natural sciences are given in present sensory
experiences, and then in memories and expectations belonging to the immediate
temporal horizons of the actual present. The historical facts of historiographies are,
on the contrary, facts that have been given in a past experience of a lifeworld that
is more or less foreign to the actual present. The task of historical research is the
reconstruction of a past reality and of the historical facts belonging to this past
foreign reality. The material for the reconstructions of historical research are the
historical sources, texts and traces, the fixed life expressions created in the past and
given as facts for the historian in the present lifeworld.
146 6 Causal Explanations in History
Historical research and historical critique are inseparable. The first level of
historical critique is the critique of the reliability of the texts and traces that are
given in the present as facts for the historian. The second level of historical critique
is the critique of the reconstructive interpretation of the historical facts of a past
reality and its historical development. The question of historical critique on the
second level is whether the assumption of certain historical facts in the pre-given
reconstructions of historical facts can be falsified. The assumption that certain
historical facts are indeed facts of the past reality can be falsified with the aid of
the discovery of mistakes in presupposed interpretations of already given facts for
historical research or the discovery of new sources and traces as facts for historical
research. But the business of historical critique is not only destructive; it clears the
ground for the re-evaluation of presently available material and for the discovery
of new material for the historian. Further historical research is then able to develop
improved interpretative reconstructions of the past reality and its historical facts.
Finally it should be kept in mind that the relevant causes, the relevant effects,
and last but not least, the circumstantial conditions of historical explanations are
historical facts, and not facts given in the actual present. It should also be kept
in mind that the relevant historical facts in historical explanations are events that
triggered serious changes in the historical development of a past reality, and that
such events belong in the overwhelming majority of cases either to the natural
environment of a past reality or to significant actions and interactions of individuals
or groups of individuals with or without the participation of the “masses,” more
precisely, of significant parts of a whole population in a past reality.
After this recapitulation, it is now possible to distinguish two different intentions
in the basic question whether and how historical critique is able to falsify historical
explanations. We have (1) the question, whether historical critique is able to
falsify the application of the generalized conditionals regardless of whether they
are probable generalized conditionals justified by everyday present experience,
generalized conditionals borrowed from the natural sciences, or genuine historical
temporally restricted generalized conditionals.
An answer to this question is straightforward and simple. If historical critique
is able to falsify one of the historical facts underlying a historical explanation as
the cause, the other circumstantial conditions, or the conditioned effects, then the
application of the presupposed generalized conditional is falsified, and with it the
historical explanation.
1. (2) The second question is whether historical critique is able to falsify the pre-
supposed generalized conditionals of historical explanations as valid generalized
conditionals. Two cases can be distinguished:
(2.a) The answer to the first case is simple. Historical critique is not able
to reject the presupposed generalized conditionals if they belong to the
following levels of real conditions: already discussed in Sect. 6.3 level (1),
the first aspect of level (2) given in present everyday experience or in the
methodologically guided experience of the natural sciences in the present;
and level (5) if psychology is able to justify them.
6.4 Historical Critique and the Falsification of Historical Explanations 147
applications outside the limits can be falsified. The main point is, however, that
causal explanations referring to real conditions, i.e., to the structure of technological,
economic, customary and legal conditions, and finally to the worldviews of a past
reality, can be reconstructed only via the interpretations of sources and traces in
historical research, and therefore only historical critique is able to falsify such
reconstructions.
(2.b.ii) The distinction between psychology as a natural science and understand-
ing psychology as a systematic human science and the problems connected with it
has already been mentioned. According to (1) and (2.a) applications of generalized
conditionals borrowed from psychology as a natural science can be falsified, but
the generalized conditionals themselves cannot be falsified by historical critique.
The problems left are the generalized conditionals belonging to the generalized
conditionals of present everyday psychological experience and the generalized
conditionals of understanding psychology. They will be considered in Sect. 10.1.
Many historical causal explanations of type (2.b.ii) presuppose generalized
conditionals belonging to everyday psychological experiences. Such explanations,
though prima facie plausible, originally guide the expectations in the present
lifeworld. Usually they implicitly refer to the real conditions belonging to the second
aspect of level (2) and levels (3) and (4). Because they are co-determined by such
implications, they can be falsified together with them according to (2.b.ii). Under-
standing psychology can justify generalized conditionals about human sociability
and aggressiveness, sexuality, creativity, etc., on a high level of universality. Such
conditionals are not relevant for historical causal explanations because they say
something about the general human condition and nothing about the real conditions
determining causal explanations for a certain historical situation. They are relevant
only together with the modifying real conditions of the specific historical conditions
that belonging to levels (2), (3), and (4). But such generalized conditionals can again
be falsified because of their specifying implications belonging to case (2.b.ii).
An additional difficulty for psychological causal explanations of historical facts
is that a diagnosis, i.e., the theoretical explanation for mental diseases of a patient,
presupposes a precise description of the presently given symptoms as facts for the
psychologist. A significant part of these facts have to be found in methodically
guided interviews. It is, however, impossible to apply this method for securing
relevant facts in psychological historical explanations in a foreign past reality. The
material for such psychological explanations has to be reconstructed by historical
research. But the available historical sources for the reconstructions are infested
with the everyday psychological explanations used in the foreign past reality in
question. Anything that has been discovered this way is once again an object for
the possible falsifications of historical critique.
What is left is to illustrate what has been said with an example.26 According
to F. W. Maitland, Elizabeth I was the first sovereign who “etceterated” the full
title of her father, Henry VIII, proclaiming him as King of England, defender of
26
The references to Maitland and Pollard are taken from Nagel 1961, 552ff.
6.4 Historical Critique and the Falsification of Historical Explanations 149
the faith and after that “Head on Earth of the Church of England called Anglicana
Ecclesia,” thus hiding her claim to be the head of the Anglican Church. Maitland
mentions several plausible historical reasons explaining why Elizabeth I did that.
Nagel constructed a tacitly presupposed generalized implicative psychological
conditional behind them, referring to “(a) public statements men are expected
to issue concerning their ostensible commitment to some policy at a time when
definitive commitment is hazardous, and (b) the use of ambiguous language in such
statements for the sake of avoiding commitment.”
This conditional is, however, a sociological and only in the second place a
psychological generalized conditional. Hence it is possible to find restricting speci-
fications that are relevant for historical research and critique. The first restriction is
that a feudal king, and even the emperor at this time, would use ambiguous language
for a policy that violated the privileges of the pope and the powerful Spaniards as
defenders of privileges of the pope.
Nagel mentions that in a footnote (!), after Maitland made the point above
that A. F. Pollard checked the available sources again and was able to show that
Mary, the older sister of Elizabeth I, had etceterated her title before Elizabeth.
According to Nagel, this is not relevant for the analysis of the structure of historical
explanations because history is only about facts. But with Pollard’s discovery, all the
reasons about generalized conditionals and the specifying circumstantial conditions
mentioned above are not applicable according to (a), and in this sense are falsified
for Elizabeth I. They are also not applicable to the new problem why Mary used the
etc., because as a Catholic she had no reason to fear the pope.
Seen from the viewpoint of historical research Nagel’s approach is awkward. It
is true, that the logical and epistemological analysis of the historical explanations
of a historical fact reported in a certain historiography can only presuppose just
the historical facts that are mentioned in this historiography. The crucial point
is, however, that Pollard’s historical research had falsified Maitland’s assumption,
and with it the application of Nagel’s generalized conditionals in the historical
explanation of the use of “etc.” by Elisabeth I and Mary.
The example can also be used to illustrate the problems of the falsification of
restricted generalized conditionals and circumstantial conditions. The problem is
why both – to say nothing about their advisors – used the “etc.” to abbreviate their
title thus hiding or denying or saving the claim of their father to be the head of the
Anglican Church. That Mary as a Catholic had no reasons to fear the pope and that
Elizabeth I, on the contrary, had a good reason because she favored the independence
of the Anglican Church from the pope are factors belonging to the less relevant
circumstantial conditions. But there are two conditions that can be acknowledged as
relevant causal condition:
(1) According to the law of the church recognized by the Catholic, the Anglican,
and the Protestant churches at the time, a woman cannot be a priest, let alone
the head of a church. The legal question was already settled in the High Middle
Ages. The emperor, let alone a monarch, had no say in the administration of the
church and the election of high-ranking church officials.
150 6 Causal Explanations in History
(2) According to the customs and the law of the time a feudal sovereign had the duty
to save all her/his legal titles for her/his followers in the dynasty because every
title implied legal rights in economic revenues, political power, and military
power.
These real conditions belong to levels (3) and (4). They are restricted genuine
historical generalized conditionals open for the possible falsifications of historical
critique. What can be added is that Mary would have preferred to scratch the claim
of Henry VIII and that Elizabeth I wanted to save it. But this belongs to the specific
real psychological conditions of their personal inclinations, i.e., to the less relevant
historical circumstances accompanying their actions.
27
Cf. e.g., Dostal 2008; Seebohm 2008; Grünewald 2009, 49, 57–60.
28
Following Sect. 3.4 above one has to add – contrary to Gadamer – “or rejection.”
29
Examples are the interpretation and application of the law, but also the interpretation of a play
and applying the interpretation in bringing into the stage without using the text as a pre-text for
deliberate and sometimes rather unconvincing ideas of the stage director, etc.
30
Cf. Gadamer 1975 in a review of Seebohm 1972. The problem is that Gadamer’s critique of
methods in Gadamer 1965 criticizes methodologies of philological research as Cartesian methods
but neither the methodologies of the human sciences in general nor those of the natural sciences
are Cartesian methods more geometrico. They are both empirical, not mathematical sciences.
31
Gadamer 1965, part II, section II, 2.c, 318 ff. insists on the distinction between philological
hermeneutics of texts and historics as methodology for the historian.
6.5 Interpretation, Application, and Historical Reality: Summary and Transition 151
32
The difference between Gadamer’s analysis of the relation between tradition and application and
the analysis given in Sect. 3.4 above is that the possible applications of the parts or of the whole of
a tradition always has as their correlate possible rejections of this part or even the whole tradition.
33
Gadamer 1965, esp. part II, section II, 2, a. It has to be added that a canon demanding the
actualizing of the text was already a recognized methodical rule of the old humanistic philological
doctrine of methods, cf. Sect. 5.2 above on the canons of hermeneutics.
152 6 Causal Explanations in History
the historian. This formal structure determines the place of the interpreting historian
and her/his context and the place of the reconstructed foreign past lifeworld and the
real distance between them. The structure separates and determines the distance
between the historical and the philological-historical interpretation of fixed life
expressions and their cultural context, and in perhaps the biographical context of
their authors as well.
The assumption of this structure is a necessary implication of the methodology
of the historical human sciences, of the epistemological justification for Schleierma-
cher’s version of the first canon of hermeneutics, and of Dilthey’s application of this
canon to the historical human sciences in general: the standard of an interpretation is
the context of the author and the contemporary audience of the author. However, the
explication given for the universalized version of the first canon as the principle
of the methodology (and the methodological abstraction) that is constitutive for
the recognition of the historical human studies as empirical sciences raises further
epistemological question. The methodologically determined attitude of historical
research is obviously not possible in all types of concrete lifeworlds. It requires
specific generative foundations in a specific lifeworld, and these foundations must
in turn have their foundation in structures of the lifeworld in general.
History as a science has to locate the past realities within a common formal
temporal and spatial framework in which they are all given together in a universal
context. The temporal-spatial framework of concrete archaic and in general pre-
scientific cultural lifeworlds is bound to their system of higher and elementary
understanding. Encounters with other cultural lifeworlds are understood within this
framework.34 Material structures like the regular movement of celestial bodies
and the geographical distribution of oceans, continents, mountains, and rivers
occur as given in relative intersubjectivity in these cultures in different, partially
incompatible ethnocentric systems of elementary and higher understanding.
The application of the first canon as a methodological principle in philological-
historical research presupposes as one of its foundations a universal Galilean
framework of time-space coordinates as the medium for the spatial and temporal
localizations of all texts and events including all other concrete cultural lifeworlds in
the past horizon of historians and interpreters. The givenness of a culturally neutral
system of time-space coordinates has its foundation in the structure of temporality
and spatiality in the lifeworld in general.
The objects given in the residuum of the methodological abstraction of the
historical human sciences can only be given in a cultural lifeworld that is able
to localize both itself and foreign cultural lifeworlds in the Galilean spatial and
temporal framework just characterized. Systems of higher understanding in pre-
scientific lifeworlds create mythological and religious interpretations that are valid
34
Perfect prototypes of such self-centered traditions are the chronicles of Byzantine monks, e.g.,
Malalas or Georgios Hamartolos. History is in this case (but also in derived or similar types) always
a universal history of religio-centered salvation. The “pagans” have no history. Their history is a
meaningless sequence of events, sometimes punished by God, sometimes not.
154 6 Causal Explanations in History
only in the perspective of their own cultural context. They are in this sense
ethnocentric, and seen from the outside, only of relative intersubjective validity.
The first-order higher understanding in a lifeworld with sciences is at least
partially also governed by philosophical and scientific theories, and thus implies a
Galilean framework in the sense characterized above. This foundation of the spatial
and temporal structure of historical reality for historical research is in addition
the foundation for possible applications of causal laws borrowed from the natural
sciences in historical explanations of changes in the natural environment of a past
cultural lifeworld. The epistemology and methodology of historical research on the
level of history as a science is, therefore, also able to take into account how such
“real causes” and “real conditions” have been understood in pre-scientific lifeworlds
and then in a lifeworld with sciences.
What has to be kept in mind for the second-order interpretation of the first-
order understanding of the meaning of “cause” and “fact” in pre-scientific higher
understanding used in old chronicles and histories is that this old meaning can
still be alive in the background of some contexts, though more or less covered by
theoretical philosophical and scientific interpretations of “cause” and “fact.” The old
Latin meaning of causa and factum already mentioned in Sect. 3.3 can be used as a
guiding thread back to the original pre-scientific meaning. The meaning of factum
implies that a fact is caused by the action of somebody who was the causa of the
factum, i.e., the one who has done it and is, therefore, responsible for the “factum”
and in this sense guilty. What was done is worthwhile to be reported in historiae if
it is of religious, political, legal, or technological significance.
The law and its applications in jurisprudence have been used in reflections
about “Truth and Method”35 as a model for the inseparability of interpretation
and application and, as a consequence, for downgrading the historical aspect in
the task of the interpretation of the texts and monuments of the tradition. What is
overlooked, and can be used for a possible rehabilitation of the historical aspect in
the philological-historical method, is that an acceptable application of the law to a
case requires thorough investigations about what happened in the past horizon of the
actual present. To look at some aspects of the logical and epistemological structures
of understanding “causes,” “facts,” and “circumstantial conditions” in legal contexts
is, therefore, also useful for the analysis of historical reconstructions of “what really
happened” in a more distant past.
Seen from a logical point of view, laws have the character of generalized
normative conditionals. Presupposed is a generalized norm: “All actors ought not
/ ought to do X (under certain circumstances Y).” followed by a generalized
normative conditional defining the sanction: For all actors: “if/only if they do/do
not X (under certain circumstances Y) they ought to receive the punishment Z.” The
final task for a court of law is the application of the law, a generalized conditional, to
a particular case.36 Except for the knowledge of the law, the main work that has to be
35
Gadamer 1965, part II, section II, 2.c.
36
A more detailed account of the problems of law and jurisprudence will be given in Sect. 10.6.
6.5 Interpretation, Application, and Historical Reality: Summary and Transition 155
done for this purpose is to determine the facts and provide causal explanations of the
particular case. The question “what is the case” cannot be answered by immediate
observations based on intersensory experience in court. The understanding of the
facts is governed by the already pre-given definition of the facts in the law. The main
problem is that the facts in question happened in the past phase of the actual present
of the investigations. The fact and its circumstances are, hence, reconstructions,
and the materials for the reconstruction are reports from witnesses, circumstantial
evidence, and documents. It is, furthermore, required for passing sentence that the
reconstruction of the facts and the reasons for the application of a law to the facts
are on the records,37 i.e., available in a written text, because the reconstruction of
the fact and the verdict ought to be available for future review.
The first task of investigations in a court of law is to find out whose action
caused the fact. The second task is to determine the circumstantial conditions
under which the action took place. Several types of circumstances that may be of
interest in different cases of actions can be distinguished. There are circumstances
belonging to the natural environment of the action, there are technological and
economic circumstances; and finally there is the psychological conditions, including
the motives of the actor(s). The typology of real conditions that has been considered
above is in this respect also of significance for such investigations. The goal of
such investigations is the reconstruction of what happened in the immediate past
horizon of the present. Pre-given for the reconstruction are the spatial and temporal
structures and together with them the structures of causal relations, including causal
relations that have been discovered by the natural sciences in a lifeworld with natural
sciences.
The relevant facts for the reconstruction in a court of law are facts in the
past horizon of the present lifeworld. Apart from circumstantial evidence and
documents, the subjective memories of witnesses, of the accused, and of the other
persons involved are still available for the investigation as immediate and fixed life
expressions in the hearings of a court of law. The materials for the reconstruction
and the reconstruction itself belong together and are linked with each other in the
unity of the past and future horizons in the actual present intersubjective time
phase of lived experience. In most cases it is neither necessary nor possible for
secondary understanding of these life expressions to apply the methodological rules
of philological interpretations. Historical reconstructions of a real lifeworld in a
distant past have to presuppose the same formal structure. There are, however,
essential differences in the structure of the empirical basis. The available materials
for the reconstructions of historical research, the fixed life expressions (written
sources and archaeological traces), are not immediately linked with the present
lifeworld of the historian. There is no chance to meet the actors, or to ask them or
the witnesses, etc., in the present. The fixed life expressions as facts that are given
in the present for the historian and the reconstruction of the historical facts and
37
Quod non est in actis non est in mundo: “What is not on the record is not in the world” is a
well-known principle of Roman law.
156 6 Causal Explanations in History
their interpretation are separated. The facts for the historian are given in the actual
present and its immediate past and future horizon for historical research. In contrast,
the reconstructed historical facts belong to a distant past present and its past and
future horizon, and it is this distance that admits and requires the application of the
modified first canon of hermeneutics in historical research.
Two further epistemological problems will surface in re-considerations of this
summary of the results of the preceding sections. The first is that a temporal phase
in a distant past (and with it the possible causal explanations of what happened in
this phase) is indefinitely open in direction of the past horizon of this phase. This
implies that historical research can go back in the direction of this past, proceeding
from the sequence of temporal phases of cultures with a literary tradition to pre-
historical cultures without a literary tradition. Research in this direction cannot be
restricted to archaeological interpretation of artifacts and monuments. It will have
to use increasing amounts of traces that belong to the material of paleontology. The
history of humankind, and with it of the ontological region of the human or cultural
sciences, appears in this dimension as an extension of the history of nature.
This foundation of the spatial and temporal structure of historical reality for
historical research is in addition the presupposition of possible applications of
generalized causal conditionals that have been borrowed from the natural sciences in
historical explanations of changes in the natural environment of a past cultural life-
world. Such explanations are not restricted to history in the narrower sense. They can
be applied, and frequently have been applied in paleographical research preparing
philological-historical interpretation of texts and in archaeology, especially in pre-
historical archaeology. They are of significance for the transition from pre-scientific
techniques in elementary understanding to the steady growth of first mathematical
and mechanical and then scientific technologies in the narrower sense since the
seventeenth century. It is, hence, impossible to discuss epistemological questions
of the human sciences in splendid isolation without considering the fields in which
the human and the natural sciences overlap. A strict separation of the sciences of
“understanding” and the sciences of “explanation” does not hold water. Thus after
the phenomenological reflections on the epistemology of the natural sciences in Part
III, it will be necessary to return to the problem of the relation between history as a
science and the natural sciences in Part IV, Sect. 9.1.
A past present also has a past future horizon and this horizon is beset with a
sequence of events that end in temporal phases belonging to contemporary history.
The distance between historical facts and facts for the historian, between the past
present and the actual present, shrinks in the steady transition from the future
horizon of the past present to the past horizon of the actual present. What shrinks
together with the distance is the applicability of the first canon, and with it the
abstractive reduction that warrants the status of the historian as a disinterested
observer. The advantage is that the material basis of contemporary history is
precisely the basis that is, as shown above, the basis also for the investigation of
“what was the case” in a court of law. This indicates that this material basis also
offers the material for the systematic human sciences insofar as they are interested
in the present, and even in predictions referring to the future horizon of the present.
6.5 Interpretation, Application, and Historical Reality: Summary and Transition 157
Research in the natural sciences also has the material basis of its observations
in the present and is also interested in predictions, but this also causes problems
for the analysis of the relation between the natural sciences and the systematic
human sciences. An indicator is, on the one hand, that the methodology of empirical
psychology shares most of the structures of research in the life sciences. The social
sciences presuppose, on the other hand, the results of historical research, especially
of social, economic, legal, and political history. These problems will be considered
in Chap. 10.
Part III
The Methodology of the Natural Sciences
Chapter 7
The Empirical Basis and the Thematic
Attitude of the Natural Sciences
Positivism and later analytic philosophy governed the epistemology of the natural
sciences and the sciences in general in the nineteenth and the first half of the
twentieth century. The system of the natural sciences proposed by the positivists and
the analysts is straightforward. There are the hard sciences, i.e., physics (including
astronomy, and astrophysics), and chemistry, on the one hand, and, on the other
hand, the soft sciences: the life sciences, but also the social sciences and history
to the extent to which causal explanations can be applied to historical facts. The
positivistic research program expects that the historical and the social sciences can
be reduced to psychology, psychology to biology and physiology, physiology to
chemistry, and chemistry to physics. This reduction is the presupposition of the
ontological program of naturalism. The ideal epistemological paradigm providing
the norm for what can count as a science for the analytic approach is physics. The
analytic epistemology of science of the first half of the last century is normative,
and in a certain sense, a Neo-Kantianism without a transcendental subject. There
are no a priori forms of intuition and there is no subjective unity of transcendental
apperception, but the extensional interpretation of classical logic and formalized
mathematics are the normative “presuppositions of the possibility” for a possible
science.1 Logic by itself is transcendental.
1
Popper’s early Die beiden Grundprobleme der Erkenntnistheorie written 1930–1932 and pub-
lished 1979 by Hanssen was still written in the wake of Neo-Kantianism. Popper’s positive
evaluation but also his critique of the Vienna School shows the traces of the influence of Kant’s
Critique as well as Kant’s appraisal and critique of Hume, cf. Schäfer 1988, 35f.
2
Mill 1977, Book III.
3
Kant KGS III, Critique of Pure Reason, B 819 in “II. Transcendental Doctrine of Methods.”
7.1 Basic Problems of the Epistemology of the Natural Sciences 163
statements about causal connections with the aid of the methods of experiment and
observation in the medium of the empirical basis of the natural sciences.4
Since physics is the normative paradigm in the positivistic approach the main
question is whether experimental research is able to falsify or to confirm not only
hypotheses, but also theories. Given theories written in mathematical language,
hypotheses can be derived as theorems of the theory. According to dogmatic
falsificationism,5 an empirical falsification of a derived hypothesis implies the
falsification of the theory with a simple application of modus tollens. Dogmatic
falsificationism can be challenged by conventionalism. Theories cannot be rejected
by one or some experimental counter examples. First there is always the possibility
that a more detailed account of the factors or initial conditions of an experimental
situation or an observation will be able to destroy the evidence of the falsifying
instance. Then there is the possibility of introducing auxiliary hypotheses that can
be used as plausible reasons for the rejection of the falsification of a hypothesis in
experiments. There are in addition other methodological criteria providing good
reasons for the defense of theories that have to be rejected according to the
standards of dogmatic falsificationism: the simplicity, the explanatory power, etc.
Answers to these objections of conventionalism and other objections can be given
by sophisticated methodological falsificationism.6
Further epistemological reflections indicate serious problems in the common
ground presupposed on both sides. What serves as the normative ideal of falsifi-
cationism and conventionalism are strict causal laws and this presupposes that the
language of the theories of the sciences admits and even requires the grammar of the
formal and formalized language of mathematics. A first difficulty is that there are
“theories” in the life sciences that are by no means written in mathematical letters,
e.g., Darwin’s theory of evolution. A second problem is that statistical causality
is predominant in the life sciences. Mathematical statistics is also of significance
for some theories in the hard sciences, but the epistemological significance of the
application of statistics in this context is different.7 A third problem is that, seen
from the viewpoint of the normative principle guiding the “textbook” history of the
sciences, the historical evolution of the sciences is a steady progress. The immediate
experience of the “revolutionary” transition from classical to post-classical physics
4
Cf. Lakatos 1976, 95f. Lakatos mentions no epistemologists who defended his “dogmatic falsifi-
cationism.” What has been called “naïve falsificationism” above he calls “naïve methodological
falsificationism” as opposed to “sophisticated methodological falsificationism,” cf. 103ff and
116ff.
5
See Popper 1968, esp. ch. IV. Other analysts have not challenged Popper’s analysis of experiments
in the sciences, cf., e.g., Quine 1996, I. 5, 12f.: and cf. also below on Quine’s analysis of
observation sentences and Popper’s basic statements.
6
The answer of the sophisticated methodological falsificationism to the conventionalism of Lakatos
also includes a sophisticated re-interpretation of Kuhn’s crises and revolutions in the sciences. The
paradigm is understood as a research program and such research programs have protective belts
against negative problem shifts. Cf. Lakatos et al. eds. 1976, 115ff; 135; 155.
7
On statistical mechanics and the special situation in quantum mechanics, cf. Sect. 8.4 below.
164 7 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences
and from classical mathematics to post-classical formalism in the second half of the
nineteenth and the beginning of the twentieth century teaches something else. The
history of science offers many examples of similar shifts in the research programs
of the sciences.
References to what scientists “really did” in the historical development of
science, and especially in the recent history of science, already surfaced in the
arguments of the conventionalists against the falsificationists and vice versa. Their
references to this or that concrete example of scientific research initiated a turn in the
development of the epistemology of the natural sciences. The history of science was
now considered to be the medium and the final arbiter for epistemological questions.
This turn is plagued by other difficulties. To characterize the basic historical changes
in the sciences as revolutions leading from one paradigm, one self-sufficient context
of understanding nature, to the next without admitting any rational continuity8 is
not acceptable. The metaphorical use of “revolution” in the context of the history
of science is already misleading. Political revolutions cannot be understood as
paradigm shifts.9 The main problem is, however, the thesis that scientific paradigms
dominating certain periods in the history of science are incompatible with later or
earlier paradigms. The necessary consequence is that the history of science ends in
the epistemological trap that threatens the historical sciences in general: historicism
and historical relativism.10
A paradigm is, presupposing the phenomenological analysis of the significance
of tradition for the structure of the lifeworld, a tradition of a literary meta-genre of
higher understanding functioning as a norm or authority demanding the continuing
application of the tradition. The phenomenological analysis of the structure of
8
Kuhn 1970.
9
They are revolutions in an old system of the distribution of political power prepared by long
periods of economic, political, and intellectual changes in a society. A politically dominated but
economically already dominating social class finally succeeds in a sudden and violent struggle for
being the dominating factor in the distribution of political power. This implies, however, that the
political revolution is precisely restricted to the political question of the distribution of power in a
state. Kuhn never referred to Kant’s Copernican revolution. The image behind Kant’s metaphor is
the image of the revolutions (original Latin meaning of revolutio) of the planets including sun and
moon around the earth. According to the Copernican revolution of these “revolutions” the planets,
including the earth, revolve around the sun. Kant’s metaphor connecting the Copernican problem of
the revolutions of the stars with the French political revolution called his philosophical revolution a
Copernican revolution emphasizing that his revolution, namely, the thesis that the a priori is not in
the things, but in the understanding of the things in the transcendental unity of apperception. This
really was a universal radical paradigm shift in epistemology. Kuhn’s revolutions in the sciences
are only modifications of pre-given patterns.
10
Kuhn 1976, mentions viewpoints that are able to soften the relativistic consequences of his
incommensurability thesis of paradigms. He mentions in his defense Quine’s problem of radical
translation, but this problem is a puzzle for a lingualistic understanding of the problem of
translation, i.e., a problem for the epistemology of the human and not of the natural sciences.
The real problem is that observation sentences are according to Quine always theory-laden, cf.
Quine 1996, I, 2–4. It is questionable whether Quine’s problem of radical translations can be used
to defend Kuhn’s incommensurability of paradigms. Cf. the discussion below.
7.1 Basic Problems of the Epistemology of the Natural Sciences 165
the generation of a tradition has also shown that tradition presupposes not only
the application, but also the rejection of aspects of the tradition. A paradigm as
a norm is a meaningful part of the generation of a tradition only because it is
possible to reject aspects of the paradigm. Rejections are in the most cases more
or less partial rejections connected with partial applications of the old tradition.
Almost complete radical rejections of a whole system of higher understanding that
can be understood as radical paradigm shifts are possible, but there are very few
real historical instances for such rejections and there are certainly no complete
rejections, in the history of modern science since the sixteenth century. A thorough
account of the relevant aspects of the historical process of the development of the
sciences and its significance for the epistemology of the natural sciences requires
further distinctions. Of significance for the present investigation is, however, first
of all that the phenomenological explication of the notion of “paradigm” given
above indicates that the recognition of the significance of the history of science
for the epistemology of the natural sciences implies the possibility of applying
phenomenological analyses in the epistemology of the natural sciences. This
indication needs further explication.
A history of science presupposes a methodologically guided philological-
historical interpretation of texts belonging to the literary meta-genre “scientific
literature.”11 An epistemology of the natural sciences that includes reflections on
the history of science presupposes, hence, the recognition of history as a science.
A philological-historical interpretation is in this case the secondary understanding
of the first-order understanding of nature in scientific texts. The next step is the
epistemological analysis of what the scientists have really done, of their activities in
their first-order understanding of nature. A method is a collection of rules guiding
goal-directed activities. Such a collection can be called a paradigm of certain
types of understanding. A paradigm in this sense is, however, too broad for the
purposes of the epistemology of the science. Paradigms in the broad sense can
be discovered in the history of painting, of music, and of agriculture, etc. The
task is, hence, to begin with the analysis of the specific properties of paradigms
in the sciences. Sciences claim to provide objectively valid and intersubjectively
acceptable systems of knowledge. Scientific paradigms are methodologies, and
methodologies are collections of methodical rules, together with the justification of
the claim that these methods can be recognized as warrants of the objective validity
of the theoretical understanding of a certain region of objects, the region of objects
of the science in question. A science can have different paradigms because, seen
from the historical point of view, there are significant modifications in the historical
development of the methodology of this science. The descriptive analysis of the
applied methodologies is the task of a historically guided epistemology.
The epistemological problems connected with the status of descriptions of
paradigms, research programs, program shifts, and other descriptive typologies
11
What follows is a brief recapitulation of the phenomenological analyses in Part I, Sects. 3.4
and 4.5.
166 7 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences
12
Cf. Cushing 1994, on the fate of Bohm’s theory, e.g., 45; 144f; 175.
13
Cf. above Sect. 6.1, 6.2.
14
Cushing 1994, sections 2.2 and 2.3; the historical fact that this new epistemological approach
was triggered by the specific epistemological problems of quantum mechanics is a contingent
historical condition. Cushing’s description of the structure of theories covers classical as well as
post-classical physics.
7.1 Basic Problems of the Epistemology of the Natural Sciences 167
15
The caveat refers to some remarks that seem to imply psychologism; cf., e.g., the short
reflections in Cushing 1994, 11/12. The watershed between phenomenology and implicit or explicit
psychologism is the understanding of “phenomenon.” Cushing’s way out is simply to declare
phenomena to be the final court of approval for disputes about science.
16
Cf. Cushing 1994, 10 and 13, on Kepler’s first law of planetary motion.
17
Cf. Cushing 1994, 11 and 13ff.
18
Cf. Cushing 1994, 11ff, and about ontology, 32; 174; 203; cf. Gibbins 1987, ch. 1, about “meta-
physics” and 43ff. and elsewhere about ontology.
168 7 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences
19
See Gibbins 1987, 142; Cushing 1994, 2, 11.
20
Cf. Gibbins 1987. The quietist attitude and instrumentalism, but also positivistic attempts to
reduce the problems to an analytic logico-linguistic problem, surfaced in the wake of the problems
of quantum mechanics.
7.1 Basic Problems of the Epistemology of the Natural Sciences 169
which the term “interpretation” has been used in Parts I and II, on the one hand,
and “interpretation of a mathematical formalism,” on the other hand, is sufficiently
clear, it is not necessary to use a new terminological distinction.
It has to be kept in mind that the phenomenological analysis of the empirical basis
and the cogitative types of scientific research in Ideas II and the Crisis is restricted to
the situation of the development of the natural sciences and the epistemology of the
natural sciences in the second decade of the last century. Husserl as a mathematician
knew Hilbert’s formalistic treatment of formal logic and mathematics. There are,
however, no explicit references in Husserl’s writings to problems connected with
the theory of relativity and, of course, also no references to the problems of
quantum theory. The epistemological background is restricted to the theories of
Neo-Kantianism and the positivism of the nineteenth century. The methodological
and epistemological discussions of the last century beginning with the Vienna
school and Popper, are beyond the historical scope of Husserl’s later writings. There
are, as mentioned, very few phenomenological investigations with interpretations
of the methodology and the epistemology of the natural sciences offered in Ideas
II and Crisis.21 Some interpretations and further explications of difficult passages
and concepts in Husserl’s late writings in this literature are in addition of systematic
significance for a phenomenological epistemology of the natural sciences. There are
also some systematic investigations about the phenomenology of mathematics that
are of significance for the epistemology of the natural sciences.22 It is, therefore,
necessary to begin with a brief exposition of Husserl’s own phenomenological
reflections on the natural sciences and the deficiencies of his account.
The thematic attitude of the sciences presupposes an “abstraction.”23 The
abstraction excludes certain regions of intentional objects. Excluded by the abstrac-
tion that is, according to the Crisis, constitutive for the natural sciences are values,
goods, purposes, goals, means, works of art, etc., or in short, all types of objects that
are in some sense practical and not theoretical. It is, furthermore, of significance
that the abstraction determining the thematic attitude of the natural sciences implies
intersubjectivity in principle. Solipsistic psychic contents, the contents of the
subjective lived experience of individuals and its perspectives, are excluded.24
The description in the beginning of Ideas II is not precise. It covers at least
prima facie not only the theoretical attitude of the sciences, but also a pre-
scientific philosophy of nature, e.g., the theoretical ontology of nature of Aristotle or
Democritus. Closer considerations of the material in Ideas II and the Crisis indicate,
21
Cf. for instance Gurwitsch 1974; Ströker 1987 esp. ch. VII and VIII; Ströker 1987; Harvey
1989. The investigations in Kockelmans 1969, 1985, 1993 presuppose the fundamental-ontological
understanding of “understanding” of Heidegger’s Being and Time.
22
Ströker 1965; Lohmar 1989; Tieszen 1989.
23
Ideas II uses occasionally “reduction” for “abstraction,” cf. Hua IV §§2–4, 25. The Crisis uses
only abstraction. The precise meaning of “abstraction” and “reduction” needs further explication
in the following §§.
24
Hua IV, §18d, cf. Hua III, §52.
170 7 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences
furthermore, that Husserl’s main interests are not the sciences in general, including
the life sciences, but only physics as the prototype of science. The abstraction that
determines the thematic attitude of physics excludes in addition secondary qualities.
Secondary qualities are appearances and are relative. Left in the residuum of the
abstraction are only the primary qualities as causes of appearances.
The application of mathematics in physics as the basic natural science and its
ideal prototype is, according to the Crisis, the essential core of the thematic attitude
of science in general. Mathematics is the language of the theories of physics. Since
Galileo, Descartes, Leibniz, and Newton mathematics has been understood as a
mathesis universalis, in modern terms as the theory of pure manifolds. Causality is
understood as idealized causality, i.e., whatever is said about causes and effects must
be said in terms of the mathesis universalis.25 The abstraction that is constitutive for
the thematic attitude of modern natural science excludes, hence, all the aspects of
the lifeworld that are of crucial meaning and significance for lived experience in the
lifeworld. This “alienation” from the lifeworld, and the consequences of a scientific
technology for the lifeworld, is the crisis of the European sciences.26
What is missing in the account given in Ideas II and in Crisis is a precise
distinction between the soft natural sciences and the hard sciences, especially
physics. There are almost no passages in the Crisis in which the use of “natural
science” cannot be replaced by “physics.” What is said in the second part of Ideas
II about the constitution of animal nature covers only prima facie zoology. What is
of interest in this section is, however, not zoology as a natural science, but animal
nature as animated nature. The main difference between the “soft” life sciences and
the hard sciences is that life sciences are also interested in primary qualities of their
objects but their descriptions of their objects include also reference to secondary
qualities of their objects. Theories in the life sciences, e.g., Darwin’s theory of
evolution, are not written in the letters of the mathesis universalis. As mentioned
above, their thematic attitude is determined only by the abstraction mentioned at the
beginning of Ideas II.27
It is, hence, necessary to go beyond Husserl, adding to what can be found
in the Crisis a distinction between two abstractions. The first abstraction is a
methodological abstraction that is constitutive for the natural sciences in general,
including the soft sciences. The second abstraction is a methodological abstraction
that has in addition the character of a reductive abstraction. This second abstraction
is constitutive for the hard sciences, especially physics. It implies the exclusion of
everything that is excluded in the first abstraction and excludes in addition secondary
qualities. Left are only the primary qualities, because only primary qualities can be
25
A perfect interpretation of Hua VI, §§ 8–10, the last systematic version of Husserl’s reflections
on the history of the mathematics and physics, can be found in Moran 2013 ch. 3. There are,
however, as mentioned, other works of Husserl and secondary literature that are of interest for a
phenomenological epistemology; cf. also below Sects. 8.1, 8.3.
26
Hua VI, §35.
27
Hua IV, §2.
7.1 Basic Problems of the Epistemology of the Natural Sciences 171
28
More about this will be said in Sects. 8.3 and 8.4.
29
Ströker 1997, ch. VII, 177f; examples of such investigations can be found in Ströker 1965, part I.
172 7 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences
Phenomena belonging to the empirical basis of the natural sciences in general within
the residuum of the first methodological abstraction are given in intersubjective
sensory experience, in short: intersensory experience. Objects or states of affairs
given in intersensory experience are observables. Intersensory experience, including
intersubjective activities, is a necessary partial structure of lived experience in
the lifeworld, and as such is the one-sided foundation for all other cogitative
types and their intentional objects of elementary and higher understanding. Hence
intersensory experience can be given by itself only as a residuum of an abstraction.
This abstraction excludes (1) all contents of systems of higher understanding
presupposing entities, properties, relations, and structures that cannot be given in
pure intersensory experience. Laws of nature given by God and understood as
an analogue of laws given by a sovereign, the understanding of the evolution of
organisms as following an intelligent design, etc., are not scientific because they
do not have the rank of respectable scientific theories. They cannot be accepted as
scientific theories because they presuppose entities that cannot be given within the
residuum of the abstraction. (2) The abstraction also excludes also all contents of
the subjective aspects of lived experience in the lifeworld, especially the experience
of subjective decisions to act in this or that direction. (3) The abstraction excludes,
furthermore, all practical purposes and goals, in short all “final” causes that govern
all intersubjectively relevant human actions in the encounter with the natural
environment on the level of elementary understanding.
The thematic attitude of the natural science is not a blind stare at intersensory
given observables. It involves an activity, and this activity is guided by an interest
in the “laws” of nature. The scientists work in the laboratory. This interest and this
labor is obviously not excluded by the abstraction. The question is, hence, what
are the generative foundations of this aspect of the thematic attitude of the natural
sciences in elementary understanding in the lifeworld?
Even on the level of passive synthesis, primordial expectation is only an
essentially necessary abstract moment of the temporal structure of the experience
of the hyletic field. The contents of primordial expectations are reciprocally related
to each other in associative syntheses within the continuum of retentions that
determine the contents of protentions as primordial expectations. Such expectations
can be fulfilled and confirmed or disappointed, “falsified” in the upsurge of
new hyletic contents in the actual present. The phenomenological analysis of the
lifeworld in general has shown that expectation occurs as explicit expectation and its
manifestation in predictions on the level of intersubjective experience. Predictions
that can be confirmed or disappointed, i.e., falsified, are according to Sect. 3.5
already necessary abstract moments of the structure of the experience of the natural
environment in elementary understanding.
The experience of regular change in the natural environment is the necessary
foundation both for all practical actions and for the elementary understanding of
7.2 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences 173
these practical actions. The observation of the natural environment teaches the
hunter and gatherer, the farmer, and the craftsmen that some events or actions will be
followed by certain desired or undesired states of affairs “because” this has always
been the case in the past. It is also known in elementary understanding that the
desired or undesired events will not emerge if some circumstances that have been
present or not present in the past are missing or added. It is known in elementary
understanding that some actions have sometimes helped to achieve desired goals
and sometimes not.
Elementary understanding distinguishes, furthermore, several types and aspects
of regular changes in its practical activities. Several aspects of such activities can
be distinguished (1) It is understood that plants and animals grow, develop into a
mature shape, decay, and perish. The elementary understanding guiding herders and
farmers knows how to start this creative and re-creative regular change and to use
it for the realisation of certain goals. Situations that offer favorable circumstances
for such actions are the seasons, and the seasons are governed by the regular, and
hence predictable, movements of celestial bodies. (2) What is understood especially
in the crafts is that certain materials taken from the natural environment can be
shaped by certain actions and means, i.e., tools, to achieve certain desired final
goals. What is experienced in this and other situations are causes that produce
the desired effect either in the immediate spatial and temporal contact between
means and ends, or in a chain of mediated contacts. (3) It is also understood that
it is possible to produce materials with desired new properties by mixing two or
more other materials. (4) However, there are also situations in which certain events
occur because certain objects have the tendency to move in a certain direction or
are attracted by something in a certain direction. The forces that are responsible
for such sequences of events are forces acting at a distance.30 (5) Elementary
understanding of this type includes, last but not least, some elementary knowledge
about arithmetical and geometrical proportions that can be applied in practical
activities of the crafts. (6) It is known, and has social consequences; that the decision
of a member of the intersubjective community to act in a certain way – regardless
of whether the decision is caused by something else or not – is the cause of the
consequences of the action.
Elementary understanding is not guided by the theoretical interest in the discov-
ery of causal connections and laws of causality. Instead the interest is restricted
to the significance of the knowledge (and everything what is implied in this
knowledge) of the causes that can serve as means for the achievement of practical
goals. The “what do you want, it works, and it has always been done this way” is the
answer to all possible further theoretical questions for elementary understanding.
30
Examples are the striving of objects “below the moon” to move down to earth, a striving that
can be more or less controlled by additional actions and their means, e.g., with bow and arrow;
the attraction and repulsion of animals forcing them to move in certain directions, and the forces
behind the movement of the celestial bodies influencing selection of viewpoints that are relevant
for all of these methods.
174 7 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences
The same answer will be given to theoretical questions about arithmetical and
geometrical proportions that can be applied in the process of practical activities.
In the beginning, i.e., in classical physics, the natural sciences were understood
as a new philosophy of nature. As a new philosophy of nature, it is a partial
rejection but also a partial application of the tradition of the pre-scientific philos-
ophy of nature. Except for the radical lingualism of some analytic philosophers,
scientists and epistemologists usually acknowledged that the natural sciences can
be understood as a new philosophy, more precisely as the ontology of nature. The
distinction between pre-scientific and scientific ontologies of nature is, hence, of
some significance for the phenomenological analysis of the implications of the first
abstraction.
Not all meta-genres of higher understanding in a pre-scientific cultural lifeworld
are guided by the interest in contemplative theoretical understanding. The leading
interest of religions is the well-being and salvation of individuals and the commu-
nity. The fine arts and poetry are interested in creating objects for subjective and
intersubjective aesthetic experiences. Pure contemplative theoretical understanding
is the business of philosophy. Philosophical interest in nature in its own right and not
as the natural environment of elementary understanding, presupposes not only the
attitude of contemplation, but also an interest in the discovery of the basic categories
that are already embedded in the structure of the lifeworld in general and in the
experience of the natural environment in elementary understanding. The thematic
attitude of a pre-scientific philosophy of nature brackets all practical goals on the
level of elementary and of higher understanding without denying that there is in
addition also the possibility of a theoretical contemplation of practical life.
The two basic branches of traditional philosophy before the twentieth century,
practical and theoretical philosophy, are considered to be more or less independent
philosophical disciplines. The “ought” is not reducible to the “is” and vice versa.
The object of the contemplation, along with the generalizing abstractions discov-
ering the ontological categories of nature and the essential parts and properties of
different kinds of natural objects, includes final causes and the subjective aspects
of the lived experience of the natural environment in the lifeworld. Seen from
the viewpoint of a phenomenological epistemology, generalizing philosophical
abstractions have the character of variations of concrete instances in imagination.
More about the significance of the pre-scientific philosophy of nature and its
significance as a generative foundation of science (and especially physics) as a
philosophy of nature will be considered in Sects. 8.3 and 8.4 below.
A pre-scientific ontology of nature is not limited by the first methodological
abstraction that is constitutive for the cognitive attitude of the natural sciences in
general. This has two significant implications. (1) The empirical basis of a pre-
scientific ontology is not restricted to intersensory experience. For instance, it does
not exclude onto-theological considerations. (2) It implies, on the other hand, a
purely contemplative attitude, and precisely this attitude is not a requirement for
the natural sciences. The cognitive attitude of the natural sciences implies, on the
contrary, practical activities guided first of all by the interest in the discovery of
causal relations in the broadest sense.
7.2 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences 175
31
This was and is the case in astronomy.
32
Cf. Mill 1977, Book III, especially 390ff. Mill and Herschel are immediate forrunners of the
epistemological analyses of experimental research in the twentieth century. The tradition of the
empiricists from Bacon to Locke and Hume praise observation and experiment but they never
offered an epistemological analysis of the methodology of experiments. What follows is not an
interpretation of an epistemological analysis of the methodology of experiments. What follows is
not an interpretation of Mill’s methods; it is a selection of viewpoints that are relevant for all of
these methods.
33
Popper 1968, ch. 3, sect. 12, 59ff. introduced the terminological distinction between initial
conditions and causal conditions in his logico-methodological analysis of the essential factors in
experimental situations.
7.2 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences 177
34
Cf. Sect. 2.3 above and Hua VI, §9a, together with Beilagen II and III.
7.2 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences 179
35
Cf. Part I, Sect. 3.1; Ströker 1965, part I on “Lived Space,” is an exhaustive phenomenological
analysis of the primordial and intersubjective constitution of space.
36
Popper 1968, §§7, 8, 28.
180 7 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences
tradition, but the proposed solutions still have serious weaknesses and are plagued
by puzzles. The first difficulty is that the possibility of intersubjective agreement
and disagreement is plagued by the difficulties of radical translation.37 The second
difficulty is that observation sentences about phenomena on the level of science
are theory-laden.38 Things look slightly different seen from the viewpoint of a
phenomenological analysis of the structures of elementary understanding as the
generative foundation for the thematic attitude of the natural sciences.
Not in all, but in most cases intersubjective agreement or disagreement about
intersensory observations on the level of elementary understanding needs oral
communication. Language and oral communication are one-sidedly founded in
systems of tools and artifacts used in interactions, and interactions are, as mentioned
in Sects. 2.3 and 2.4, founded in the givenness of Others as living bodies in a
natural environment. A linguist who is in addition a philosophical lingualist is thus
convinced that something is given if and only if it is given in language, so that the
limits of the language are the limits of the world, will be trapped in the puzzle of
radical translation.
The puzzle is a problem for the analytic epistemology first of the human and then
also for the natural sciences. However, it is not a problem for a phenomenological
epistemology. It is not the lingualist in the arm chair, but the ethnologist and
even the traveling tradesmen who will be able to decide whether “gavagai” means
“brown,” “rabbit,” or “jumps” if she/or he observes that the jungle man or woman
grabs gavagai, skins it, cooks it, eats it, and offers him a leg of it with a grin.
Language is real language only as an essential abstract part of the structure of the
lifeworld. That observation sentences used in the sciences, whether the human or
the natural sciences, are “theory-laden” has prima facie nothing in common with the
gavagai puzzles.39 Observation sentences are theory-laden because the observation
sentences have to use a restricted system of technical terms and taxonomies.
A science is a science only if it is guided by a methodology, and a methodology
determines the intentional objects that can be recognized as objects of the science.
But this implies certain extensions and restrictions on the vocabulary that can be
used in the observation sentences of the language of the science, and the reasons for
the restrictions can only be derived from the structure of the theories, the language
used in the explanations, and in the interpretation of the explanations. The ways in
which observation sentences are theory-laden presupposes, hence, reflections on the
structure of the theory of the methodology of a science, and this structure is always
in addition an indicator of the abstraction that determines what can count as an
object of the natural sciences in general, both of the soft and of the hard sciences.
37
Quine 1960, ch. 2, §7f.
38
Quine 1996, I, 1–4.
39
What is said about theory-laden sentences in the sciences can be reduced to the gavagai puzzle
if the terminological limits are supposed to be determined by incommensurable methodological
paradigms. Cf. Sect. 7.2 above about Kuhn.
7.2 The Empirical Basis and the Thematic Attitude of the Natural Sciences 181
40
Cf. Sect. 9.2 below.
Chapter 8
The Structure of Theories in the Natural
Sciences
The theories of the hard sciences, physics and astronomy and later chemistry,
have been understood in the period of classical physics from the sixteenth to the
nineteenth century as philosophy of nature written in the language of mathematics
and guided by mathematical principles; According to Galileo, the book of nature
is written in mathematical language,1 and according to Newton the principles of
the philosophy of nature are mathematical principles.2 The paradigm shifts of
mathematics and theoretical post-classical physics emerging the nineteenth and the
beginning of the twentieth Century have their generative foundations in classical
physics and the mathematical theories that have been applied in classical physics.
The reflections of an epistemology guided by the historical question of what
scientists really did, and then of a phenomenological epistemology, must begin
with reflections on classical physics. Of interest is, therefore, first of all the type of
mathematics that has been applied in the explanations and the ontological categories
that governed the philosophia naturalis of the Cartesian and then the Newtonian
traditions.
The emergence of physics as a natural science in the modern sense presup-
poses as its main generative foundation the development of sufficiently developed
mathematical theories. A brief summary of some relevant viewpoints taken from
the history of mathematics in the Western tradition can provide a preparatory
1
Galileo, Discorsi e demonstrazioni mattematichi interno a due nuove scienza, Arcetri 1638, Opere
prima edizione completa, ed. E. Alberi, Florenz 1842–56, VI, 171.
2
The title of Newton’s magnum is: opus Philosophiae naturalis principia mathematica, London,
1687.
3
More about this aspect of the development of mathematics as a science and its significance for
economics as a human science will be said in Sect. 10.5.
8.1 The Problem of the Application of Mathematical Formalisms in the. . . 185
The situation changed in the second half of the nineteenth century. What is new
is the development of non-Euclidean geometries and higher algebra. Lower algebra
was restricted to real numbers, including, beyond whole numbers, rational numbers,
algebraic numbers, and transcendent numbers. Real numbers and lower algebra
were been sufficient for the purposes of the application of mathematics in classical
physics. Subsequently, however, the scope of mathematical formalisms was no
longer restricted to mathematical theories that can be applied to physics on the one
hand and to a philosophical interpretation of mathematics as a natural science on the
other. Higher algebra includes imaginary numbers and complex numbers. Riemann
developed his modern theory of functions and its application to the problems of
Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry 50 years before Einstein applied parts of
this theory in his theory of relativity. Aspects of Hilbert’s theory of number spaces
(including imaginary, and with them, complex numbers) could be applied later in
the mathematical formalism of quantum theory. These problems will be considered
in the following sections. The scope of available mathematical formalisms was
larger than the scope of their possible applications in post-classical physics. Some
extensions of mathematics have not been of interest for the mathematical formalism
of explanations in post-classical physics at all.
Frege and after him Russel tried to prove that the foundations of mathematics
and the principles of mathematical proofs can be derived from formalized logic
and set theory. Gödel discovered the limits of the ideal of completeness for a
universal deductive formalism based on axioms. The philosophical implication of
the new mathematical techniques triggered philosophical disputes. Frege rejected
psychological interpretations of mathematical objects and defended their character
as “Platonic” ideal objects. Hilbert, on the contrary, preferred the interpretation
of mathematics as a pure formalism. Husserl sided with Frege in his attack on
psychologism, but followed Hilbert in his interpretation of mathematical and logical
formalisms as objective correlates of formalizing abstractions. The intuitionists
following Brouwer and others rejected actual infinities as possible objects of
arithmetic, analysis, formalism, and axiomatic theories in the theory of numbers.4
As mentioned previously, the first abstraction determines the cognitive attitude
of the natural sciences in general. The abstraction has its generative foundation in
the immediate contact of elementary understanding with the reality of the natural
environment, but it brackets the immediate interest of elementary understanding
in the practical applicability of confirmed causal relations permitting reliable
predictions and explanations. The cognitive attitude of the natural sciences is
theoretical, interested in the causal relations governing nature in general. The
discoveries of elementary understanding have the character of a haphazard
search for useful materials and applicable causal relations. In contrast, research
in the natural sciences presupposes the methodology of the experiment for the
confirmation of hypotheses and the explanation of events with experimentally
4
Cf. Tieszen 1989, chs. 1 and 8, but also passim for a thorough discussion of the different schools
and their relation to the phenomenological approach in the epistemology of mathematics.
186 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
confirmed causal laws. The second abstraction governing the cognitive attitude of
the hard sciences brackets all phenomena, hypotheses, and explanations that are not
explicable in terms of mathematical theories.
The basic epistemological question connected with the second reduction is why
and how mathematical theories can be used as perfect instruments for explications
in the theories about causal relations that are accessible under the first abstraction,
especially in physics and then in the hard sciences in general. This question
immediately implies the second question of why and how all phenomena given
in intersensory experience under the first abstractive reduction are explicable
in mathematical theories in the residuum of the second abstractive reduction.
A phenomenological solution for the problems would be the phenomenological
counterpart of the Kantian transcendental justification for the axioms of intuition
and the applicability of mathematics to all objects given in experience. Kant’s
answer presupposes his hypothetical construction5 of the “conditions (Bedingungen)
of a possible experience” in the transcendental deduction of the First Critique.
A phenomenological solution presupposes the analysis of the cognitive attitudes
under which mathematical objects and theories about mathematical objects are
given and the relation of their givenness to objects that are given as real objects
of experience, first of all in elementary understanding and then for objects under the
first abstraction of the natural sciences.
Kant’s solution for the problem of the application of mathematics to physics
as an empirical science is restricted to classical physics and is not applicable to
post-classical physics. Progress in mathematics was immediately progress for and in
classical physics. The situation is different for post-classical physics. The transitions
from Euclidean to non-Euclidean geometry and classical analytic geometry to non-
Euclidean spaces, from lower algebra to the extensions of higher algebra, and finally
the analysis of non-Euclidean spaces with the aid of extended algebra happened
before physicists applied a selection of the newly discovered mathematical for-
malisms. Given this situation, it is a question of terminological simplicity to use
“classical mathematical formalism” and “post-classical mathematical formalism”
parallel to the distinction of classical and post-classical physics.
Given these distinctions, it is necessary to distinguish between (1) the phe-
nomenological analysis of the cognitive attitude in which geometrical and arith-
metical objects are already given in the pre-scientific structure of elementary
understanding; (2) a phenomenological analysis of the cognitive attitude and the
objects given in it in classical physics and the classical mathematical formalism
applied in classical physics, and (3) the cognitive attitude of post-classical mathe-
matical formalisms and their application in post-classical physics.6
Several aspects of the problems mentioned have been treated by Husserl in Ideas
I and Ideas II, in the Crisis, and in Experience and Judgment. There are also
5
Following the Neo-Kantian interpretation of the transcendental deduction.
6
Euclidean geometry is the generative foundation for a possible development of non-Euclidean
geometries.
8.1 The Problem of the Application of Mathematical Formalisms in the. . . 187
7
Rosado Haddock 1973, 1987; Schmit 1981; Miller 1982; Ströcker 1987; Lohmar 1989; Tieszen
1989; Hopkins 2011.
8
Cf. the critical discussion in Lohmar 1989, 210 and 213.
9
Cf. e.g., Lohmar 1989, 214; and on E J in general, 43, 70, 73.
10
Hua III/1, §8.
11
Hua III/1 §74.
12
Hua VI §9a and Husserl 1950, Beilage II and III.
188 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
before the relations between such essences can additionally be deduced in the
axiomatic system of Euclidean geometry. The exact essences of geometry are given
in idealizing abstractions presupposing variations in imagination that are guided by
the rule of the linear “and-so-on” toward an ideal limit in space. The rule of the and-
so-on in the variations distinguishes exact from morphological essences. Space as
the medium of the variation is originally given as an abstract moment of the genus
extension. It follows, though it is not mentioned explicitly in Husserl’s writings, that
the rule of the and-so-on determining exact essences should also be of significance
for other abstract moments for the genus extension, first of all time.
Exact essences are, according to Husserl, “ideas in the Kantian sense.” The
reference to ideas in the Kantian sense indicates that the rule of the and-so-on
itself implies temporal sequences. It has been mentioned in Sect. 2.3 that even the
variations in imagination required for the constitution of morphological essences
cannot be understood as variations of “free” fantasy. They are guided by rules,
and these rules are determined by categorial structures given in formal categorial
intuition. The rule of the “and-so-on” tacitly implies the structure of linear progress
in countable steps. It will be shown in the next section that the rule of the and-so-
on has its foundation in the categorial structure of mathematical ideal essences in
general, including numbers.
What is said about geometry as a theory of exact essences in Ideas I and in
the Crisis is an almost sufficient static phenomenological analysis of the original
givenness of the objects of Euclidean geometry. It is, however, an open question
whether what is said about exact essences as given in and-so-on variations is a
sufficient phenomenological account of the givenness of numbers and arithmetical
operations. An attempt to give an answer to this question will be offered in the next
section.
Ideas I announced a phenomenological analysis of the how of the givenness of
exact mathematical essences in mathematical idealizations in general. However, not
very much is said is said about natural numbers; about basic arithmetical operations;
about the process in which the universe of different types of real numbers (and
numbers beyond real numbers) can be generated with the aid of such operations;
about algebra; and about analytic geometry.13 What can be found in Husserl’s
later writings about collections and numbers are some references in Formal and
Transcendental Logic and the Crisis to the treatment of the theory of numbers and
collections in the early Philosophy of Arithmetic and beyond that in Experience and
Judgment a phenomenological analysis of the original givenness of finite sets, i.e.,
collections and numbers in the context of the analysis of categorial structures and
their genesis.14
The phenomenology of mathematics is restricted to the analysis of Leibniz’s idea
of a mathesis universalis and the theory of definite manifolds following Hilbert’s
formalistic theory of the system of axiomatic deductive systems in Formal and
13
Cf. the remarks above about non-Euclidean geometries.
14
Hua XVII 27a and Husserl 1987, §61; cf. Tieszen 1989, ch. 7, §3.
8.1 The Problem of the Application of Mathematical Formalisms in the. . . 189
15
See Hua XVII, §§30 and 31.
16
Hua VI §9e.
17
See the evaluation and the critical remarks of Lohmar 1989, 72f, about Miller 1982.
18
With a grain of salt it can be said that Tieszen 1989 is primarily interested in the problem of
mathematical intuition, i.e., in (2), but admits, 175, that a fuller account of acts of categorial
abstraction should be pursued, i.e., (1). Lohmar 1989 is primarily interested in (1) but mentions
problems of temporality in passing, cf. esp. 60, 97–100.
19
Tieszen 1989, 103, 107, 148.
190 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
It is, however, also possible to apply the graphs to the temporal structures of
intersubjective temporality in the lifeworld because the givenness of objects in
general presupposes this structure.20 The analysis of the cogitative types in which
natural numbers are originally given in the process of collecting and counting inter-
subjectively given objects presupposes the analysis of the structure of intersubjective
temporality in the lifeworld. The center of intersubjective temporality is the inter-
subjectively shared actual Now as the center of its horizons, i.e., the intersubjectively
shared past and the intersubjectively shared future horizon. In this structure the past
is pre-given as a sequence of past temporal phases that is explicable in the intentional
acts of reproductions of lived experiences in which events, i.e., intersubjectively
accessible states of affairs including distinct objects, have been given. The future
is not the empty protention of the emergence of new contents, but the explicit
expectation of events in the future horizon of the actual Now.
It is, hence, advisable to begin the analysis on this level and to ask how
collections and numbers are given in intersubjective experience, first of all for
the intersubjective experience and the temporal and spatial structure of elementary
understanding. To start with elementary understanding is furthermore advisable
because elementary understanding is one of the generative foundations for the
methodology of the experiment of the natural sciences in general after the first
abstraction. The analysis of the givenness of numbers, finite sets, and basic
arithmetical operations and their application in practical activities for elementary
understanding is, hence, a possible key for the solution of the problem of the
applicability of the ideal objects of mathematics to the real objects of the hard
sciences in the residuum of the second abstraction.21
20
In the next section Tieszen’s analyses will be translated into this intersubjective context, i.e.,
retention into active reproduction and protention into open-ended expectation.
21
On natural numbers and counting, cf. Lohmar 1989, ch. 3; Tieszen 1989, ch. 5; Hopkins 2011,
part II.
22
Cf. Lohmar 1989, 21 fn. 23.
8.2 The Generation of Mathematical Formalisms, Their Application in the. . . 191
23
To collect red spots on a blue background, apples, and families in a village together in one basket
is meaningless for elementary understanding; cf. Part I, Sect. 3.2.
24
In elementary understanding it also makes no sense to collect and then to count together things
like Paris, a lamb, and a dirty spot on a white shirt.
25
For the following see Lohmar 1989, 52ff. As mentioned above, the following analysis pre-
supposes the structures of elementary understanding. It is not restricted to the analysis of the
intentional acts and the intentional objects of subjective consciousness by itself.
26
The double perspective is the pre-figuration of the distinction between cardinal and ordinal
numbers in elementary understanding.
27
Cf. Tieszen 1989, Fig. 3, 148.
192 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
because they are given as exact essences only as the ideal limit of such a sequence.
This type of givenness can be called “quasi-pictorial” because it implies abstractions
that are one-sidedly founded in pictorial representations. The temporal aspect of the
givenness of geometrical objects is not relevant for geometrical objects as objects
of Euclidean geometry, but it will be shown below that it is constitutive for the
possibility of measuring spatial distances.
A phenomenological answer to the problem of the “objective validity” of such
exact essences, i.e., the possibility of their application to concrete wholes and
relations between concrete wholes, can only be found in an analysis of operations,
practical actions in the lifeworld. Geometrical exact essences as ideal limits of
the and-so-on variations cannot be given as such in intersensory experience in the
lifeworld. Examples for beginning segments of this progress toward an ideal limit
are pre-given in practical rules of elementary understanding. How to produce bodies
with approximately plane surfaces and straight edges is an art that is practiced in
many crafts, e.g., masonry and carpentry. It is an art that presupposes the production
of tools that are themselves artifacts, and is the presupposition for the construction of
other mechanical devices.28 Geometrical laws, e.g., the Pythagorean theorem, have
also been applied in geometry as the “art of measuring” the land. The “and-so-on”
toward the ideal limit of an idea in the Kantian sense has, hence, its foundation
in practical activities of elementary understanding. The presupposition for such
beginning segments of an “and-so-on” are objects that are bodies given in the space
of the lifeworld and determined by the intersubjectively pre-given spatial-temporal
structure of the lifeworld.
Beyond that, the law for the variations in imagination of the and-so-on toward an
ideal limit can be determined in this context as the and-so-on of the denumerable
progress toward smaller and smaller units of measuring. This is the foundation, the
presupposition of the possibility of the application counting equal units of spatial
distances in measurement in pre-Euclidean geometry as the art of measuring the
land in elementary understanding. The application of arithmetical operations to
measuring the land permits calculating the size of the geometrical shapes of two-
dimensional surfaces, and beyond that the volume of three-dimensional bodies. The
latter is of practical significance for the measuring of fluids.
Measuring presupposes counting and numbers. But in addition, the application
of numbers to measurements is the generative foundation for the recognition of
numbers as exact mathematical essences. The “equal” between one unit and another
unit and a certain number of units with the same number of other units has to
be “exactly equal.” Numbers can be used to count approximately equal concrete
wholes of the first order; they can be used to count different kinds of abstract
moments, e.g., colors; they can be used to count different concrete objects that
have the same abstract moments in common, e.g., yellow things; they can be used
to count different colors on a surface of a concrete object or different tones of
a melody provided, these are given in contrast phenomena; they can be used to
28
Hua VI §9, mentions mechanical devices.
8.2 The Generation of Mathematical Formalisms, Their Application in the. . . 195
29
The reader of the end of EJ and passages in other writings of Husserl is left with the impression
that the formal ontological categories of collection and unit are on the same level of universality
together with the categories of wholes and parts. It is, however, compatible with Husserl’s texts
to assume that they are of higher universality than the set of categories comprising the theory of
the wholes and the parts. Concrete wholes are units and there are collections of concrete wholes,
but their dependent and independent parts can also be considered as units and can be counted, etc.
This will be of special significance for the phenomenological analyses of the ontological status of
theories in the life sciences in Sect. 8.5.
30
Hopkins 2011 criticizes Husserl’s concept of number for its Aristotelianism and psychologism,
i.e., for determining what number is only in the analysis of process of counting; cf. 100, 391,
and 400. Hopkins l.c. 527/28 recommends as a remedy to Husserl’s analyses in FTL and EJ
Klein’s interpretation of Vieta. The problem with this criticism is that Husserl claims to share
Hilbert’s position and Hilbert’s formalism. Hilbert is not mentioned in Hopkins’ book. The
question is, hence, whether Hilbert can also be criticized for the same type of psychologism and
Aristotelianism.
196 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
Collections are manifolds with a certain number of units, but such collections can
themselves be treated as units. This is already the case with counting and reckoning
on the level of elementary understanding. Collections of three apples can be counted
if there is a collection of a higher order of, e.g., four such collections. The collections
are units because they are exactly equal. A reckoning operation is able to determine
the number of all apples in the four collections: 3 C 3 C 3 C 3 D 12. And the number
12 is also a name for a collection that in turn can be treated with other collections of
the same size as a unit. The operation to the left in the equation above has the same
power as the operation 4 3 D 12 and hence 3 C 3 C 3 C 3 D 4 3 D 12.
The general principle of the correlation of unit and collection is that any number
of units in a collection standing by itself (i.e., without being connected with other
numbers by mathematical operations to the right of an equation sign or with complex
mathematical expression with operators to the left) can be treated as mathematical
unit. This principle is also of significance for the mathematical “discovery” of
transcendent numbers like ; of the imaginary unit I31 ; of imaginary numbers as
the product of the imaginary unit i and a real number; of complex numbers as the
sum of an imaginary number and a real number; and of the ordered sequence of
transfinite numbers with the lowest unit ¨ as units.32
In the literature mentioned above, the application of mathematics to physics
was understood as the application of mathematical formalisms without raising the
further question of possible stages in the development of mathematical formalism
and of different types of mathematical formalisms. There is also no trace of an
interest in this question in Husserl’s phenomenological analysis of the significance
of mathematical formalism for a mathesis universalis as the theory of definite
manifolds in Formal and Transcendental Logic and for the application of the
mathesis universalis to the natural sciences in the Crisis. An analysis of the specific
structures of arithmetic and algebra as disciplines of higher understanding before
the period of classical physics, in classical physics, and then finally in post-classical
physics is missing. This approach neglects the potential of a generative analysis of
different levels in the development of mathematical formalism and its significance
for the scope and the limits of the application of mathematics in the empirical
sciences. A historical reminder is appropriate before turning to the problems of
a phenomenological analysis of the generation of steps in the development of
mathematical formalism.
The constitution of numbers and simple arithmetical operations and of pre-
scientific, i.e., pre-Euclidean geometry as the art of measuring space are inseparable
in and for elementary understanding. Euclidean geometry and arithmetic/algebra
31
The root of –1 D i.
32
Almost nothing has been said about mathematical operations and in general about operations on
the level of the formal ontological mathesis universalis in Husserl’s texts and in the literature. What
is said here is only sufficient for the purposes of an analysis of the problems of the application
of mathematical formalisms to theories in classical physics. It is not sufficient for post-classical
physics.
8.2 The Generation of Mathematical Formalisms, Their Application in the. . . 197
33
Arts are not sciences about that which “really is” in the context of the ontology of Aristotelianism.
More about this will be said in the next section.
34
There are some attempts to apply geometry to the solution of arithmetical and algebraic problems,
but not vice versa in books written later by other authors.
198 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
35
Cf. the descriptions in Ströker 1965, part I, section I.
8.2 The Generation of Mathematical Formalisms, Their Application in the. . . 199
the distinction between the methods was at this time the distinction between
synthetic and analytic geometry. Euclid’s strictly deductive axiomatic method in
plane geometry was the paradigm of the synthetic method.36 However, according to
a widespread thesis of analytic philosophy, geometry was also understood later as
an empirical science because it is synthetic. “Synthetic” is in this case understood
as “empirical” in accordance with the analyst’s interpretation of Hume’s and Kant’s
analytic/synthetic distinction.37
The thesis is acceptable for phenomenological analyses if “empirical” means,
first of all, that the idealizing abstractions and variations required for the givenness
of geometrical entities have their foundations in the elementary understanding of
the structure of intersensory experience and secondly that geometry is applicable
to intersensory phenomena precisely because it has its generative foundation in
this structure. The thesis is not acceptable if it means that geometrical objects
are empirical concepts given in variations guiding the generalizing abstraction in
which first empirical concepts and then morphological essences are given. Ideal
geometrical objects are exact essences given in variations guided by the rule of
the “and-so-on” in space toward an ideal limit applied to the pre-given structures of
elementary understanding of spatial figures, but it must be underscored that numbers
and basic arithmetical operations are also empirical in this sense. Both have their
generative foundation in the elementary understanding of and in practical activities.
Physics was a philosophy of nature based on mathematical principles. Progress
in mathematics was at the same time progress in classical physics, and mathematics
was, hence, usually understood as a branch of natural science. The situation is
different for post-classical physics. Not all mathematical theories developed in the
nineteenth and the beginning of the twentieth century had been applied in post-
classical physics, and the applied mathematical theories were developed before
being applied in post-classical physics. The leading viewpoint for the following
rough survey of the development of mathematical formalisms in this period is again
the problem of the applicability of mathematics, i.e., its objective validity in physics
as an empirical science. Three levels in the development of mathematical formalism
can be distinguished: (1) the mathematical formalism of the classical algebraic
formalism applied in analytic Euclidean geometry. (2) the post-classical formalism
of extended or higher algebra that can be applied in addition to non-Euclidean
geometries of the Nineteenth century; and (3) Hilbert’s formalistic interpretation
of mathematical axiom systems.
(1) Pre-scientific reckoning is interested in the application of operations and
constructions. It is not interested in the operations and constructions themselves.
Geometry on the one hand and arithmetic and algebra, on the other, are inter-
ested in the operations and abstract relations between any numbers and figures
36
The methods of non-Euclidean geometries of the nineteenth century have also been considered
as synthetic methods in this sense.
37
Only logically true sentences are “analytic.”
200 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
whatsoever, and beyond that, in the system of operations and in the definitions
of operations of a higher order in terms of operations of a lower order. The use
of variables for numbers and measured distances marks the watershed between
pre-scientific reckoning and geometry and arithmetic/algebra as theoretical
disciplines of higher understanding. At the same time, it is the first step in the
development of mathematical formalizing abstractions.
Variables used in Euclidean geometry refer, e.g., to straight lines a, b, c and
angles ’, “, ” of triangles in the verbal formulations of theorems and axioms.
Variables for numbers in arithmetic are used for the definition of the properties
of arithmetical operators, e.g., a C b D b C a. They require in addition constant
symbols for arithmetical operations. The use of variables in algebra as a theory
of equations introduced by Vieta presupposes the use of the variables and constants
of arithmetic and adds variables for unknown numbers x, y, z that can be calculated
first in equations with one unknown x in linear equations, e.g., in x C b D 0 and in
quadratic and cubic equations including square roots, cubic roots, etc. Equations
with more than one unknown x, y, z, require complex operators of a still higher
order.38
The main point is, however, the introduction of numbers as a science of symbolic
numbers, i.e., not definite amount of definite units, but abstract multitudes. The
“lower algebra” that was applied in classical physics can already be characterized
as the first step of mathematical formalizing abstractions, the step of an algebraic
formalism39 that is restricted to mathematical operations on representations of
variables for any real numbers “whatsoever” given in categorial intuition. Algebraic
formalism has, considered for its own sake, a larger potential and this potential
reveals itself in the higher algebra of post-classical mathematics in the nineteenth
century and its applications in post-classical physics.40
The variables used in the classical mathematical formalism of Cartesian analytic
geometry, together with its extensions introduced by Newton and Leibniz, refer to
ideal objects that have the character of mathematical idealizations. As mentioned
above the idealizations indicated in the graphs of analytic geometry have their
foundation in the medium of the spatial and temporal structures of lived experience
in the lifeworld. They admit quasi-pictorial representations, i.e., representations
that serve as indicators of exact essences given in mathematical idealizations. The
38
For instance, †, f(x), • f(x).
39
The first steps from traditional descriptive theories of formal logic to formalized logic have been
called “algebra of logic” because of the use of variables for subjects, predicates, logical particles,
and sentences. The use of the term “algebra” is in this case a metaphor. The variables do not
refer to numbers in arithmetical operations and algebraic equations. On the technique of algebraic
formalization that can be also applied in formal logic, see Lohmar 1989, 21f.
40
Of significance for this problem is Hopkins 2011, 75f, cf. 522 on Klein’s interpretation of Vieta’s
algebra. Klein, like Husserl, did not distinguish between classical and post-classical mathematics
and physics, but his interpretation implies that as a symbolic mathematics, Vieta’s algebra already
had the full potential of application to numbers beyond real numbers.
8.2 The Generation of Mathematical Formalisms, Their Application in the. . . 201
variables of the classical formalism applied in classical physics is, therefore, also
indirectly applicable to objects given in the spatial and temporal structures of the
lived experience of the natural environment in the lifeworld.
(2) The referents of the fully developed post-classical algebraic formalism are
formal ideal essences given in formalizing abstraction. The “presupposition of
the possibility” of the transition from classical formalism to a pure algebraic
formalism was and is that the classical mathematical formalisms of analytic
geometry and formalistic reflections on the Euclidean axiomatic system in
geometry imply problems that cannot be solved in classical mathematical
formalism. The transition has two aspects. The first is the transition from
Euclidean geometry to the Non-Euclidean geometries. The second is the
transition from lower or classical algebra, the algebra that was applied in
classical analytical geometry and the infinitesimal calculus, to the extended
algebra including transcendent, imaginary, and complex numbers.
Two steps in the development of non-Euclidean geometries can be distin-
guished.41 The first step still admits quasi-pictorial representations and the synthetic,
(i.e., axiomatic theoretical) presentation of the non-Euclidean geometries. The
parallel postulate had been a problem ever since Classical Antiquity. Euclidean
geometry presupposes a plane surface as its medium. Given the background of
analytic geometry, it was possible to represent curved surfaces in hyperbolic
geometries, e.g., parabolic geometry. The parallel postulate can be replaced by
other assumptions about parallels, including both the assumption that the sum of
the angles of a triangle is not equal to two right angles and the assumption that the
length of a straight line is unlimited. The objects of such geometries are still exact
essences, mathematical idealizations that admit quasi-pictorial representations.
The second step is the algebraic treatment of non-Euclidean geometries in
extensions of classical analytic geometry and the infinitesimal calculus as pure
mathematical formalisms, now including numbers that are only accessible in higher
algebra.42 The extended algebra is not restricted to the mathematical analysis of
curved surfaces; it also includes the possibility of an algebraic analysis of curved
three-dimensional spaces, and in general spaces with n dimensions. Quasi-pictorial
representations of such spaces are impossible. It is possible to use quasi-pictorial
representations of curved surfaces to indicate some essential features of curved
spaces, but such representations are representations per analogiam, analogical
representations. It is tempting to use the term “symbolic representation” for such
representations, but in the context of mathematical and logical formalisms, the
41
What follows is a brief and rough account of some points that are essential for the specific
character of the development of mathematical formalisms at the end of the eighteenth and in the
nineteenth century from Lambert to Riemann, taken from the thorough phenomenological analysis
in Ströker 1965, part II, section III. On the significance of Riemann’s comprehensive account
of non-Euclidean geometries and of the higher algebra that is required for the analysis of these
geometries in analytic geometry, see Lohmar 1989, 11, 15f. 175.
42
See Ströker 1965, part II, section III, ch. 3.
202 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
term “symbol” is a general term for variables, operators, and even syntactical
notation. Quasi-pictorial representations have a strong heuristic value because they
are indicators for the rule-guided variations and-so-on in a progress indicating
an exact essence in mathematical idealizations. Analogical representations only
highlight some structural features of the represented ideal object of a formalizing
abstraction and have, therefore, only a weak and limited heuristic value.
The problem of the impossibility of quasi-pictorial representations of spaces
with more than three dimensions is of special significance for the application of
post-classical mathematical formalisms in post-classical physics. The transition to a
four-dimensional system of coordinates still seems to be loosely connected with the
formal structures of intersensory experience if the fourth dimension is understood as
representing time. However, even a mathematically idealized representation of the
temporal dimension of lived experience is only a weakly analogical representation
for a four-dimensional space, and there is in general no possibility for quasi-pictorial
representations of n-dimensional spaces.
The process of formalizing abstraction begins with the use of variables for any
numbers whatsoever of algebra, and this level was sufficient for the development
of classical analytic or algebraic geometry. The second step, the development
of higher algebra and the algebraic representation of non-Euclidean geometries
culminating in the extension of Riemann’s approach in pure number-spaces had its
generative foundation in the first step.43 Euclidean geometry and classical analytic
geometry admit quasi-pictorial representations of geometrical “spaces” as indicators
of the process of idealizing mathematical abstractions. As mentioned, the “spaces”
of non-Euclidean geometries admit such quasi-pictorial representations only as
representations per analogiam.
The transition from Euclidean to non-Euclidean space presupposes, hence, the
representations of such geometries in the mathematical formalisms of extended
algebra, including extensions of the integral calculus and the differential calculus.
The borderline between classical mathematics and post-classical formalisms is the
distinction between irrational numbers that can be given as solutions of algebraic
equations, i.e., the algebraic irrational numbers, and irrational numbers that cannot
be given as solutions of algebraic equations, including the transcendent numbers44
and the imaginary and complex numbers.45 All transcendent numbers are irrational,
but not all irrational numbers are transcendent.
Such numbers have been mentioned occasionally in the tradition, but a systematic
theory of transcendent numbers has only existed since the second half of the
nineteenth century, and it has been shown that the set of all transcendent numbers
43
For a detailed account see Lohmar 1989, I. 1.a.
44
E.g.: e D 2. 718281828 : : : D ideal limit of the sequence n ! 1 of
(1/1 C 1/2 C 1/3 C : : : C 1/n : : : ) or D 3.1415926536 : : : the most simple case of a
transcendent number of a transcendental curve that can only be represented by transcendental
functions.
45
Cf. Lohmar 1989, I.1.b and c.
8.2 The Generation of Mathematical Formalisms, Their Application in the. . . 203
Husserl already mentioned the problem of the theory of definite manifolds for
universal mathematics, i.e., the mathesis universalis, in Ideas I and in Formal and
Transcendental Logic, he compared the ideal of definite manifolds with Hilbert’s
normative meta-mathematical principle of completeness for mathematical axiom
systems. Husserl’s idea of a theory of definite manifolds is, hence, a theory of
formalized axiom systems in Hilbert’s sense. Husserl distinguished within the
mathesis universalis between formal apophantics (i.e., formal logic) and formal
ontology as correlates, and within formal ontology between the axiomatic system
of the theory of the whole and the parts and axiomatic systems of mathematics in
the narrower sense, e.g., for arithmetic and geometries. It is obvious but no means
clear in Husserl’s writings that only axiomatic systems of mathematical formalisms
in the narrower sense, and not the mathesis universalis in general, is of possible
interest for the problem of the application of mathematical formalisms in physics.
Recognizing that his project of a mathesis universalis and Hilbert’s normative
ideal of complete axiom system cover the same ground, Husserl emphasized that
the philosophical background of Hilbert’s and his own discovery are different.46
Three problems must be distinguished: (1) the problem of an explication of the
rational motives behind the request for such radical methodological principles, and
the meaning and significance of definite manifolds and the norm of completeness for
axiom systems; (2) the problem of the difference between Hilbert’s and Husserl’s
philosophical background; and (3) the question of the possible consequences of
the differences in philosophical background for a critical evaluation of the ideal
of definite manifolds and of Hilbert’s normative principle.
(1) The algebraic treatment of Euclidean and the non-Euclidean geometries in
the eighteenth and the beginning of the nineteenth century neglected the
significance of the methodological ideal of systems of deductive axiomatic
inference, an ideal that was originally realized in Euclidean geometry. The task
was, hence, to realize this ideal for arithmetic and algebra and for the application
of algebra in analytic geometries. There was a general agreement that axiom
systems are meaningless if they admit the deduction of contradictions. Given
this and only this principle, it was possible to admit modifications of axiom
systems if consistency can be saved.
The answer of the intuitionists or constructivists to such daring extensions of the
scope of mathematics was that mathematics must presuppose the original intuition
of counting and natural numbers. The existence of kinds of numbers beyond natural
numbers can be admitted only if they can be constructed in a finite number of
steps of operations. The main victim of this restriction is Cantor’s theory of the
hierarchy of transfinite ordinals, the “actual infinite” as an object of mathematics.47
The mathematical and meta-mathematical epistemological challenge was to develop
a theory for the justification, the scope, and the limits of axiomatic systems in
46
Cf. Hua III/1, §72, and Hua XVII, §31.
47
See Lohmar 1989, 31; cf. Tieszen 1989, 8f., 12f., 46f., 100f.
8.2 The Generation of Mathematical Formalisms, Their Application in the. . . 205
48
Cf. the quote in Tieszen 1989, 7; see Lohmar 1989, 204.
49
Tieszen 1989, ch. 1, offers a survey of the different positions in the epistemology of mathematics
in the Twentieth Century and analyses—see the index in Tieszen 1989—of the meaning of
“intuition” as a phenomenological category and in Frege, Gödel, Brouwer, Parsons, and others,
cf. Lohmar 1989, I.3.
50
Hua XVII, §33.
206 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
51
Cf. Hopkins 2011, §§41, 162, 167, 173.
52
A prefiguration in the philosophical tradition in this respect is Kant’s distinction between formal
categories and their schematized counterparts in the axioms of intuition.
53
Cf. above §1.
54
Cf. above §§2, 3.
8.2 The Generation of Mathematical Formalisms, Their Application in the. . . 207
(3) Hilbert’s normative ideal of completeness and consistency for axiom systems
and therefore also Husserl’s theory of definite manifolds as a phenomenological
explication of this ideal were refuted by Gödel’s proof soon after the publication
of Formal and Transcendental Logic. Gödel’s proof has shown that the method-
ological ideal of completeness for axiom systems cannot be realized in systems
as rich as the Principia Mathematica, i.e., systems that imply the Peano axioms,
first of all mathematical induction. The applicability of the normative principles
is restricted to comparatively simple systems, e.g., an algebraic system for
an extensional interpretation of formalized first-order logic.55 Gödel was a
Platonist in this sense and had, hence, no reason to assume that the result of
his proof is a partial mathematical skepticism.
The situation is different for a “nominalistic” interpretation of algebraic symbols.
There is the need for normative syntactic principles that restrict the arbitrariness of
free play with systems of symbols. All of them are acceptable as long as they do not
violate the principle of non-contradiction. Hilbert’s methodological principles for
axiomatic mathematical formalisms are an attempt to develop a meta-mathematical
theory that restricts the arbitrariness of free play with symbols in the framework of
a nominalistic interpretation of symbol and formalism. This attempt failed, and the
failure also implies a failure of nominalistic formalism. Formalistic constructions
with symbols that have no restrictions determined by the essence of the objective
referents of the symbols are not able to separate meaningful constructions from an
otherwise free play with empty systems of symbols.
A first question for a phenomenological epistemology of mathematics and
especially of mathematical axiom systems, is whether Gödel’s results imply a
refutation of the ideal of a mathesis universalis as a universal theory of definite
manifolds that is itself a definite manifold and, therefore, imply also a refutation
of such a phenomenological explication of Hilbert’s normative meta-mathematical
principles for formalized axiom systems. The second question is whether Gödel’s
results imply further difficulties for Husserl’s phenomenological epistemology of
mathematics, first of all for the very project of a mathesis universalis. Both questions
have been discussed in the literature since the third decade of the last century. The
answer to the first question was yes. The final answer to the second question was
no. There is no reason for a phenomenology of mathematics to adopt Hilbert’s
rigorous normative principle.56 Phenomenological accounts are descriptive, not
normative. The descriptive result is that there are some axiom systems that are
definite manifolds and some others, including the project of a mathesis universalis,
that are not complete in Hilbert’s sense.
Some concluding remarks about Husserl’s understanding of ideal essences in
general are necessary before turning to the question of the possibility of the
application of mathematical formalisms to the empirical sciences in general, and
55
Lohmar 1989, 191f., cf. 30f.; cf. Tieszen 1989, 8f on Parsons and mathematical induction.
56
This is also the conclusion of Lohmar 1989, section II, 11 d; 193. Cf. l. c. 11a and b about
Husserl’s understanding of Hilbert’s normative ideal together with the footnotes referring to the
discussion of this question in the literature.
208 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
especially to the hard sciences. It has been mentioned above that phenomenology,
like mathematical Platonism, recognizes mathematical objects as ideal objects. It
has also been mentioned that a partial mathematical skepticism is not a necessary
implication for Platonists like Gödel. Husserl’s phenomenology shared with Frege’s
Platonism the rejection of psychologism. But phenomenology is, on the other hand,
not a “naïve” Platonism. It is not satisfied with the ontological thesis that there are
ideal objects, but is also interested in the additional question of the constitution,
the structure of the how of the givenness of different types of ideal objects for
consciousness.
The first steps in the analysis of the “how of the givenness of ideal objects” have
already to distinguish three types of ideal objects: morphological essences, exact
essences, and formal essences. The givenness of ideal objects in general presupposes
abstractions, and abstractions presuppose variations of contents in imagination.
Such variations are not “free,” but rule-guided. Morphological essences are given
guided by the pre-given categorial structures of things as concrete wholes of the
first and higher order, including their dependent and independent parts, foundation
relations between dependent parts, and relations between independent parts and
concrete wholes of the first order. As ideas in the Kantian sense exact essences are
given as correlates of mathematical idealizations, variations following the rules of a
progress and-so-on toward an ideal limit. The ideal limit is not given as a material
essence, but the beginning phases of the progress are still given in the material
spatial and temporal structures of the givenness of material things and manifolds
of material things in the lifeworld.
The givenness of formal essences presupposes formalizing abstraction. Formal-
izing abstraction presupposes variations of any material contents whatsoever within
the whole scope of one of the formal categorial structures mentioned above. Left in
the residuum of the abstraction are the categories and categorial structures given
in categorial intuition. The basic categories of formal ontology for any things
whatsoever are as, already mentioned, whole of the first and higher order, dependent
and independent part, foundation relation, and relation between pieces or concrete
wholes of the first-order, i.e., things. The basic mathematical categories are unit,
collection of units, and ordered collection and are formal categories of the highest
level of abstraction. Unit as a formal ontological category has the highest degree of
formal universality, the unity of Etwas überhaupt. As already mentioned, this Etwas
überhaupt does not only refer to some thing in general, which would restrict unity to
the unity concrete wholes, but it refers also the unity of all other formal ontological
categories, including dependent and independent parts, relations, collections of units
as units, etc.
What has been said about ideal objects can be applied to the problem of
pictorial representations, not only in mathematics but also in physics. Morpho-
logical essences are pictorial representations in the strict sense.57 Quasi-pictorial
57
Speaking of mathematical Platonism, it should be kept in mind that Plato’s Demiurge had to look
upon the ideas of animals and plants, morphological essences in terms of phenomenological formal
8.2 The Generation of Mathematical Formalisms, Their Application in the. . . 209
ontology, before creating them. Ideas including ideas of plants and animals are also understood as
thoughts of God before the creation in the Neo-Platonic speculations of the church fathers. They
are of no interest for the Platonism of a mathesis universalis and mathematical and logical objects
in general.
58
Hopkins 2011, §§41, 173.
59
“Symbol” and “symbolic” in Vieta are, according to Klein, not terms that refer to variables
or constants of formalized languages. Instead, they rather refer to the substitution instances of
variables.
60
Hopkins 2011, §§136, 137, and §208.
61
One also has to keep in mind that the material published in EJ in general and especially in §§30
and 31 is a collection of manuscripts.
210 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
thesis that the substitution instances for variables in algebra are cardinal numbers
that must be understood as predicates of multitudes or sets is at least consistent with
what is said in Experience and Judgment about multitudes.
It is, hence, enough for the purposes of this systematic phenomenological
investigation to remember what has been said on number and measuring at the
beginning of this section. Even on the level of elementary first-order and second-
order understanding the activity of measuring already implies an abstraction from
the application of numbers in the process of counting things as concrete wholes.
Numbers refer to the sizes of collections of deliberately determined units of
extension space. The first step from the counting of things with “authentic” numbers
to the “potential” objectivity of symbolic numbers as predicates of multitudes was
already done on the level of elementary understanding before it was interpreted in
pre-scientific philosophical systems of higher understanding in Plato, Aristotle, and
Neo-Platonism.
The leading question of the last two sections was the problem of the application
of mathematical formalisms, especially in physics and in the hard sciences in
general, to the experience of the reality of the natural environment in the lifeworld.
A final answer to this question has to start with a summary of the main analyses
of Sect. 8.1. The natural sciences in general (including physics) presuppose the
first methodological abstraction. Experience is the touchstone of anything that can
be said about the reality of nature. The link that connects theoretical systems of
statements by the sciences with experience is experimental research, the checking
of hypotheses in experimental situations. Experimental checks presupposes precise
description and analysis of the phenomena, the observables that are relevant for
specific experimental situations.
The trust in experimental experience has its ultimate foundation in the interest
of elementary understanding in reliable predictions for the purposes of practical
life. The purpose of a reliable prediction is the elementary understanding of what
will happen after a practical action that adds a factor into the context of pre-
given circumstances in the natural environment. Reliable predictions on this level
already have the logical structure of conditionals and these conditionals can also
be used in explanations of what has happened. The first abstraction brackets the
practical interests and values of elementary understanding. What is left is the
theoretical interest in the discovery of causal relations and properties of materials
that are relevant for the discovery of causal relations in experimental research. This
foundation of the theoretical cognitive attitude of the sciences in the structures of
this experience in elementary understanding is the condition of the possibility of
the application of the results of the natural sciences in scientific technologies. More
about this turn “back to the roots” will be said in Sect. 9.2.
The second abstraction excludes all contents and structures given for elementary
understanding, and still given under the first reduction, that are not reducible
either to descriptions in terms of statements about the measurable properties of
the observables (the phenomena that are relevant in experimental situations) or to
theoretical systems of statements about predictions, hypotheses and explanations
with the aid of confirmed hypotheses that can be written in terms of well-formed
8.2 The Generation of Mathematical Formalisms, Their Application in the. . . 211
Natural science, first of all physics, tells us what reality is, and above all, what
and how nature really is. In terms of the phenomenological analysis of the
generative foundations of science in the lifeworld, it tells us what the reality given
in the immediate experience of the encounter of elementary understanding with
the natural environment when considered “in and by itself.” This claim of the
natural sciences, and especially the hard natural sciences, is the presupposition
for the additional claim that they provide a philosophy and with it an ontology
of nature based on mathematical principles. A phenomenological analysis of the
generative foundations of the natural sciences can provide a justification for this
claim, at least for classical physics and then for the difficulties of the attempt to
8.3 The Ontological Interpretation of Classical Physics 213
62
For instance, the ontology of nature of the Aristotelian tradition.
63
Ontologies of nature in modern philosophy since Descartes presuppose epistemological reflec-
tions on the natural sciences.
64
Scientists have been prosecuted, and executed, or have (like Descartes according to some of his
interpreters) tried to cover themselves by proving that their teachings are in accordance with the
teachings of the church. Others, e.g., Newton, have been convinced that science is in accordance
with the belief in the wisdom and providence of God.
214 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
65
The meaning of mēchanē in ancient Greek includes the meaning of tool and also of machine used
as a mechnical tool or device.
8.3 The Ontological Interpretation of Classical Physics 215
It is a historical contingency for the emergence of the sciences that the first
moving final and formal cause was understood as God in the monotheistic Jewish
and Christian onto-theology, e.g., in Thomas of Aquinas. The formal cause and
form is understood as belonging to the “ideas of divine reason before the creation.”
The formal cause is in this context reduced to the final cause. The naturalistic
Aristotelian interpretation of the Averroistic tradition in the medical faculties of the
European tradition was different. The final cause was understood as the final phase
of the actualization of a form in matter and was reduced to the formal cause.
Even in the interpretation of the Averroists the Aristotelian tradition, was
partially incompatible with the categories used in the theories of the natural sciences.
(1) The final cause given as the force behind decisions to act in lived experience
is excluded after the first reductive abstraction to the observables of intersensory
experience. It is excluded because it is given only in subjective lived experience. (2)
The formal cause can be tolerated as a heuristic principle in the life sciences if it
is understood as an independent causal category and not as a correlate of the final
cause. The formal cause is, however, not of interest for the hard sciences. The formal
principles of the hard sciences are mathematical formalisms. (3) Some Averroistic
naturalists, but also the Franciscans in the tradition of Duns Scotus, had an interest
in observations and crude experiments in the late Middle Ages. Experience was
recognized as a source of knowledge in the Aristotelian tradition, but there were no
methodological reflections on experiments or on the nature of the empirical basis of
intersensory observations.
Nothing can be said about formless matter by itself in the Aristotelian tradition
because formless matter has as such no qualities and no relations to anything else.
It is a historical contingency for the emergence of the natural sciences that the
philosophical ontology of nature of Democritus and Epicurus was not acceptable
for the onto-theological mainstream metaphysics in the Middle Ages.66 It is also a
historical contingency that their ontology was re-discovered and of interest again in
the Renaissance. Of significance is that the basic categories of the Democritean
ontology can be understood as counterparts of the basic categories of classical
physics. What exists has to be understood as the product of mechanical efficient
causality determined by the movement and the shape of the atoms in empty space.
This philosophical theory has prima facie a striking similarity with the ontology
of classical physics and was of specific interest for the philosophers of the
Renaissance, but it is still a philosophical ontological theory. There are arguments
against and arguments for the theory. There is no deductive system of mechanics
guided by mathematical principles determining the selection and definition of the
categorial system of the theory, and there was no attempt to derive predictions from
the basic principles of the system and to test them in experiments.
66
Quite apart from the unacceptable ethics of the Epicureans, their philosophy of nature and
their ontology was incompatible with all attempts to develop a monotheistic onto-theology in the
religious tradition of the Middle Ages.
216 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
living body.67 The center of lived space is the Here of the living body and the
manifold Theres of other bodies outside the living body. Even on the primordial
level this space already has the general structure of above and below, to the right
and left, in front and behind one’s own living body. In this sense, it is a quasi three-
dimensional space. The There can become a Here in kinaesthetic movements, and
beyond that in the givenness of other living bodies. Intersubjective space is given
with the recognition of actual and potential other living bodies in places in space
outside the one’s own living body. One own living body can reach the place outside
of the other living body only in time consuming kinaesthetic movements in the
future and it is actually present only in the recognition of actual or potential Others
in the present Now of intersubjective experience.
Intersubjectively given space can be measured. Measurement presupposes fixed
standards of measuring rods, ideal units for measuring distances between bodies
as well as the volumes of bodies in the outside of the manifold in the There.
Measuring presupposes standards of measuring, units of measure. Standardized
units of measure are supposed to be equal. The determination of ideally equal units
of measure presupposes the same cogitative types of variations and abstractions as
those in which individual units as exact mathematical essences are presupposed in
counting. But it also shares the type of idealizing abstraction that was required for
the constitution of the exact essences of geometry. For elementary understanding
“geometry” was, as already mentioned, originally the term for “measuring the
land.” Measuring as an activity of elementary understanding, is the medium of the
synthesis of the mathematical idealizations presupposed in elementary geometry
and in elementary arithmetic.
The first abstraction that is constitutive for the cognitive attitude of the natural
sciences has been characterized in the preceding sections as having its foundation in
the practical interest in predictions and causal relations of elementary understand-
ing. But natural science is interested in predictions and theoretical explanations
as such and not because of their applicability for practical purposes. The second
abstraction has its generative foundation in the first reduction’s theoretical interest
in causal relations, but it reduces in addition the scope of the descriptions of observ-
ables given in experimental situations to measurable phenomena or phenomena that
can be reduced to measurable phenomena with the aid of mathematical formalisms.
It is, in this sense, an abstractive reduction.
The structure of the infinite space of classical physics can still be represented as
the intentional object of this type of idealizing abstractions if
(1) the Here of the primordial experience is represented as the ideal limit, the zero
point, in which the three dimensions of above-below, before-behind, and right-
left intersect and
67
What follows is a summary of what has already been considered in Sect. 3.1. On lived space, cf.
also Ströker 1965, part I.
218 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
(2) the angles of which their crossing are understood (again on the level of exact
essences) as right angle, while in addition
(3) the distances in all on the three dimensions of parameters can be determined as
measurable; then
(4) given a sufficiently developed geometry, arithmetic, algebra, and measurement
techniques, each point in this system the coordinates can be mathematically
determined in terms of measured distances from the zero-point, the standing
“Here” in the system of the coordinates.
(5) The final step for the constitution of the subjectively and intersubjectively
independent category of space in classical physics is the Galileo transformation.
The future horizon of lived experience is the temporal horizon of primordial
expectations that can be fulfilled or disappointed. The future horizon on the level
of intersubjective experience is comprised of explicit expectations, predictions that
can be fulfilled if they are intersubjectively confirmed or disappointed when the
prediction turns out to be false. The future is, hence, an open and not yet determined
realm of possible events that may or may not happen and not an already determined
one-dimensional sequence of events. The past is the horizon of the “flowing off”
of events happening in the present and sinking into the past, the continuum of
retentions as the realm of associatively structured memories, and beyond that of
explicit reproductions of sequences of completely determined events that can no
longer be changed. The future is beset with expectations determined by the past,
but since expectations can be disappointed, the future is also given as an open
horizon of the present for new desired or undesirable contents and events. Future
and past are, hence, radically different dimensions in the structure of the experience
of temporality in the actual Now of the lifeworld.
The universal historical time given as objective time in the lifeworld is already
an abstraction that has its foundation in the structure of the time of lived experience.
For any deliberately chosen reproduced event in a past present, this past present
has its own past as a completely determined one-dimensional indefinite ordered
sequence of events or facts. It also has an already determined sequence of events
in the temporal dimension of its past future horizon. Every actual Now will flow off
into the past and will be given as an object in oblique intention for subjective and
intersubjective experience. If the Now is given as an object it is, therefore, given as
the center of an-open ended one-dimensional order of future and past events. The
foundation for the representation of time as a continuum that is indefinitely open in
the directions of the past and the future of a deliberately chosen Now is, hence, the
experience that an actual Now will always flow off into the past and will itself be a
past Now.
The “disputed question” of philosophical ontological and onto-theological theo-
ries of time was and is the question whether time is limited or indefinitely open in
the future and in the past horizon of lived experience. It was the question whether the
world was created and will have an end depending on the will of God, or whether the
world is eternal and infinite in space, a self-sustaining entity with a world-immanent
prime mover or a world soul according to some enthusiastic philosophers of the
Renaissance like Giordano Bruno.
8.3 The Ontological Interpretation of Classical Physics 219
68
Cf. Hua VI, §9d, though nothing is said to explicate what “idealized” means in this context; see
Ströker 1997, ch. VII, and Harvey 1989, 197 ff., who offers a thorough analysis of the complex
background of the mathematical idealizations and their application to the basic categories of
classical physics.
220 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
69
The Newtonian dictum that space is the sensorium of God indicates the empirical basis for this
analogy in the structure of the lifeworld.
70
Non-local causes are also recognized elsewhere in systems of higher understanding, first of all in
religions. There are divine miracles; there is the assumption of powers of demons and magicians
acting at a distance; and there is, last not least, astrology. Such non-local forces are in most cases
final causes.
8.3 The Ontological Interpretation of Classical Physics 221
question is only meaningful for the thematic attitude of science after the first
and especially after the second abstraction. Except for efficient causality, the
problem of determinism/indeterminism was already a problem of pre-scientific
ontology of nature. The movement of celestial bodies is obviously governed by
strict laws. Things under the moon are not strictly determined. Humans living
under the moon do not know whether or not they can reach their goals. Their
decisions and their actions are not able to determine the future course of events.
The goddess Fortuna or the blind Fates govern human actions. The problem of
determinism/indeterminism was, however, a serious onto-theological problem
for monotheistic religions. The question is whether or not everything that what
happens is pre-determined and under the predestination of divine providence
and power.71
Prima facie there is no place left for causal indeterminacy in classical physics.
The general thesis following Laplace on probabilities is that a perfect intelligence,
not the human intelligence, is able to predict all causally determined events in the
universe. The future as well as the past will be open to its vision. Newton’s position
was similar, but he admitted that the will of God can cause irregular changes in the
solar system.72 It is obvious that the old onto-theological thought patterns are still
of significance for Newton and Laplace. Kant’s position is different. In his Critique
the law of causality is a principle of understanding that guides scientific as well as
pre-scientific investigations. It is a regulative principle of experience and not a law
governing things in themselves. There might be transcendental freedom, the power
of starting a new causal sequence of events without being caused from elsewhere,
for noumena.73 Assuming that physics is a science about the things in themselves
behind the appearances, it is possible to offer a “physicalistic” translation of Kant’s
thesis: the principles of explanation of classical physics imply, as a rule of research,
recognizing of only deterministic causality. It is, however, possible that there are
phenomena in experimental situations in quantum theory that seem to indicate that
the “things in themselves” that can be discovered in physics do admit indeterminacy
in some cases. This problem will be considered in the next section.
(4) The categories of the ontology of classical physics have been called primary
“qualities.” Seen from the viewpoint of the old Aristotelian list of categories,
such primary qualities are quantifiable qualities and belong, therefore, in this
respect to the category of quantity. Seen from the viewpoint of a phenomeno-
logical epistemology, such primary “qualities” are the “qualities” that belong to
the residuum of the second abstraction. They admit a strict explication of their
meaning in terms of mathematical principles.
71
The question is, first of all, whether God or not has left some room for the human will to sin.
72
Cushing 1994, 11.3.1.
73
Kant KGS III, B 561 f, Transcendental Dialectic, ch. II “The antinomy of pure reason”
section 9, III.
222 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
Secondary qualities (colors, sounds, smells, touch, and bodily feelings) belong to
the residuum of the empirical basis of the first abstraction but not to the residuum of
the second abstraction. The ontological thesis of classical physics is that secondary
qualities are appearances that are “caused” and can be explained with the aid of
properties of primary qualities as qualities of substances that can be considered
as the “real” things in themselves. There is sufficient experimental evidence for
this explanation, but there is also an epistemological problem. The question is what
“causation” and “explanation” mean in this case. The relation between primary and
secondary qualities cannot be reduced to mathematically explicable causal relations.
Such causal relations between entities are restricted to primary qualities. They are
reciprocal and can be expressed in mathematical equations.
The thesis that primary qualities cause the secondary qualities refers, on the
contrary, to a one-sided necessary and sufficient causation. Cause and effect belong
to different ontological categories. Assuming the phenomenological analysis of
the abstractions that are constitutive for the natural sciences, the thesis implies
that phenomena given in the residuum of the second reduction are able to explain
phenomena given in the residuum of the first abstraction but not in the residuum of
the second reduction. What is given in the residuum of the first abstraction can be
reduced to phenomena of the second abstraction. The second abstraction is, hence,
an abstractive reduction.
74
E.g., the Cartesian ontology of res extensa and the Kantian transcendental ontology of the objects
of experience with the aid of the principles of pure understanding and, first of all, the axioms of
intuition.
8.4 The Difficulties of Ontological Interpretations of the Mathematical. . . 223
to real objects given in intersensory experience. The situation will turn out to be
different in post-classical physics, first of all because the theories do admit only
analogies of quasi-pictorial representations and secondly because it may even be
the case that an adequate description of the phenomena in terms of well-formed
formulas of the applied mathematical formalism are already incompatible with
quasi-pictorial representations.
The assumption of classical physics that waves as movements of particles in
electromagnetic fields and optical experimental phenomena obey the laws for
inertial phenomena presupposes a fluid matter, the ether that fills empty space,
but there is no experimental evidence for the ether hypothesis. The solution for
this problem in post-classical physics is Einstein’s special theory of relativity.
Simultaneity of spatially separated events cannot be given in immediate perceptual
observation. Co-temporality needs, hence, a definition reducing simultaneity to
immediate results of measuring. The reduction presupposes the assumption of the
constant speed of light in empty space together with the derivable theorem of the
addition of speeds for relative speeds and the Lorentz transformation.
The application of the Lorentz transformation of relativity theory in physics is
not, like the application of the Galileo transformation, a transformation of inertial
systems in a three-dimensional system of coordinates. It is a transformation of
inertial systems in a four dimensional continuum (x, y, z, t) to another inertial system
in (x0 , y0 , z0 , t0 ). The consequence of the assumption that the coordinates referring to
time t and t0 can be different is the relativity of co-simultaneity. Events that are seen
from the viewpoint of one inertial system as simultaneous are not simultaneous for
others.
The main consequences are (1) the Lorentz contraction: the extension of a moved
body is smaller in the direction of its movement than the extension of the body for
an observer who shares the movement of the body; and (2) the Einstein dilatation of
time: the progress of a clock is faster for an observer who shares the movement of
an inertial system than the progress of a clock for an observer outside the system.
Finally, (3) the mass of a resting body is smaller then than the mass of the same
body in movement. Energy is defined as equal to the product of mass and the square
of the speed of light. Events in the four-dimensional “world” as the totality of events
are, according to Minkowski, “world points.”
The transition from the special to the general theory of relativity presupposes in
addition the curvature of space.75 Given this presupposition and the context of the
four-dimensional “world” and its “world points,” cause-effect relations are local,
and this implies that what appears as the non-local causal laws of gravitation in
classical physics have to be understood as local cause-effect relations in the context
of this mathematical formalism. However, the formal system preserves a strictly
deterministic interpretation of causality.
The mathematical formalism used for explanations in the special theory of
relativity has the advantage of a simple theory of higher universality that covers
75
Cf. §30 above about Riemann spaces.
224 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
the experimental evidence for optical and electromagnetic phenomena, rejects the
ether hypothesis, covers inertial phenomena, and preserves the theorems of classical
physics as approximately true for comparatively small velocities of the movement
of bodies in comparatively small time-space systems, for instance our galaxy and
a little bit beyond. There is sufficient evidence provided by observations and
experiments for the theory in astrophysics, and there were no objections against its
application in nuclear physics before the second decade of the twentieth century.76
The mathematical principles of the philosophy of nature of classical physics had
its generative foundation in mathematical idealizations given in rule-governed eide-
tic variations of quantitative phenomena in the lifeworld. Formalizing abstraction
excludes the intuitive background. The transition to a four-dimensional continuum
is prima facie a comparatively small step on the level of formalizing abstraction
in mathematics. Going back to what has been said above about the transition
from Euclidean to non-Euclidean geometries, such transitions require more than
certain modifications of some principles of Euclidean geometry. Only analogues
of “pictorial” representations in the non-Euclidean geometries in four- and more-
dimensional continua, with and without curvatures, can be given in intersensorially
accessible geometrical constructions of figures in three-dimensional space. What
can be said about such continua must be said in terms of a formalistic extension of
analytic geometry without quasi-pictorial representations.
The mathematical formalism of relativity theory can prove its mettle because it
can be applied in explanations of experimental phenomena given in intersensory
experience, but an ontological interpretation of the formalism behind the explana-
tions has no generative foundation in the lifeworld. The “world” and the “world
points” of an Einstein/Minkowski world are “entities” on the level of the ideal
objects of formalizing abstraction. They are “things in themselves” behind their
appearances in the space-time system of classical physics. The re-definition of the
basic categories of physics in terms of this formalism is incompatible with the
structure of the experience of body, weight/mass, movement, acceleration, force,
energy and causality defined in terms of these categories. The non-local forces
behind causations in the lifeworld and in the world of classical physics are local
causations in a four-dimensional “world.”
Seen from the viewpoint of the defenders of Cartesian mechanics against New-
ton’s laws of gravitation, that sounds good, but there is no ontological interpretation
of “local” and “non-local” for “world points” in the Einstein/Minkowski “world”
that can be traced back to the lived experience of the locality and non-locality of
causes given in the lifeworld for intersensory experience. What can be said is that
what appears as a non-local force for comparatively small distances in the world
of classical physics and in the lifeworld are “really” local forces in the world of
relativity theory.
76
Cf. below about von Neumann’s proof that the application of hidden variables in the context of
relativity theory is incompatible with the mathematical formalism of quantum theory.
8.4 The Difficulties of Ontological Interpretations of the Mathematical. . . 225
Seen from the point of view of the history of philosophy, another question is what
it would really mean if we were to assume that the astronomical observation now
of what has happened in a distant past shortly after the “absolute beginning” called
the “big bang” refers to a possible pictorial or quasi-pictorial representation of that
“bang.” Such an assumption is a pain in the neck of the intellect comparable with
the pain in the neck of a Scholastic intellect that was confronted with the assumption
that God created the world in time and space and not before and outside of time and
space.
The mathematical formalism applied in quantum mechanics is a Hilbert space.
Hilbert spaces are number-spaces for complex numbers and have denumerably
infinitely many dimensions. Their state vectors for quantum systems are of unit
length or zero length and are determined by complex numbers. Hilbert spaces
are spaces of state vectors, and not of locations in a space. State vectors can be
represented by the sum of orthogonal state vectors. They are not restricted to three
dimensions and can be multiplied by complex numbers. An immediate application
of this formalism to the measurements of experimental situations is not possible,
because it implies complex numbers. A special operator, the Hermetian operator,
is required to represent vectors in a Hilbert space as vectors in the phenomena
of experimental situations given in “real” space, i.e., with values that are real
numbers with a linear ordering and, therefore, able to be values of observables in
experimental situations.77
The mathematical formalism of quantum mechanics is able to explain all relevant
experimental phenomena and to derive all empirically relevant hypotheses. The
problem of quantum theory is that the whole context of mathematical formalism, the
explanations of empirical evidences with the aid of this formalism, and the empirical
phenomena considered by themselves, admit different ontological interpretations.
It is, furthermore, of significance that these interpretations require more than a
selection and re-interpretation of the ontological categories of classical physics or
even of relativity theory. The categories of classical physics immediately refer to
“real” being and beings in direct intention, and in this respect they share the naïve
realistic attitude of pre-scientific ontologies. Interpretations of quantum theory have
to add reflections on categories in oblique intention and these additionally imply
epistemological viewpoints. More will be said below. Some of the interpretations
have shortcomings, but two of them, the anti-realistic Copenhagen interpretation
and the realistic Bohm interpretation, cover the ground.78
The main reason for the epistemological problems is the application of math-
ematical statistics for the explanations of experimental phenomena in quantum
mechanics. This has nothing in common with the type of statistical causality,
the measurable degrees of probability of causal connections, on the level of the
first methodological abstraction. There are, in addition, significant differences
between the application of statistical mechanics in classical physics and in quantum
77
For a precise explication, see Gibbins 1987, 89–92.
78
More precisely, this was at least the state of the art in the last decade of the last century.
226 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
79
For instance the causal relation between the temperature and pressure in the kinetic theory of
gases.
80
Gibbins 1987, 92 f: (A & B) v (A & C) implies logically A & (B v C) but not vice versa.
81
For a detailed account of the background in the descriptions of the relevant phenomena in
quantum mechanics and of the basic statements of quantum mechanics “bottom up,” cf. Gibbins
1987, part II, sections 6 and 11; cf. 146.
82
Cf. Gibbins 1987, 134f. He mentions in addition some logical truths of classical logic that turn
out not to be valid in quantum logic.
8.4 The Difficulties of Ontological Interpretations of the Mathematical. . . 227
keep in mind that a complete quantum logical account of quantum mechanics has to
develop a complete account of a mathematical formalism of quantum mechanics
that is able to replace the classical mathematical formalism applied in quantum
logic. This would imply a meta-logical possible world semantics for quantum logics.
The attempt to apply it to the ontological problems of quantum theory leads to
absurdities.
Quantum logic is, hence, nothing more and nothing less than a re-formulation of
the ontological problems on the level of a formalized modal logic, and not a solution
for the problems.83 The approach of physics to the problems of the logic of the
elementary language of the basic statements of quantum mechanics is bottom up; in
contrast quantum logic is a top-down view of the problems of quantum mechanics,
and it might even encourage some ontological theses that can be and have been
challenged with good reasons from other positions.84
Quantum theory is restricted to ensembles and is not able to say anything about
individual quantum systems, but it is possible for an ontological interpretation to
assume such hidden variables that determine individual quantum systems behind the
frequency phenomena of quantum ensembles. Einstein introduced the first version
of the hidden variables. Einstein’s assumption of hidden variables presupposes the
special theory of relativity and implies, therefore, both indeterminacy relations
and the rejection of non-local instantaneous action at a distance. The objections
have some weight because the theory of special relativity seemed to be applicable
to subatomic and electromagnetic phenomena in the old quantum theory before
1925.85
The problem of Einstein’s position is not only that there was and is no
experimental evidence for such hidden variables. Presupposing the mathematical
formalism of Hilbert spaces and the Hermetian operator, it has been shown that no
state of a quantum system can assign simultaneously definite values to all quantum
mechanical observables.86 The assumption of hidden variables can only be saved for
a non-relativistic space and time background, with the additional assumption that the
values of hidden variables depend in addition on the measurement apparatus.87
The main motive behind the temptation to assume hidden variables is the
assumption that quantum mechanics is incomplete without hidden variables. The
first problem of assuming the completeness of quantum mechanics is that quantum
systems can be interpreted as systems of particles and as system of waves.88 There
are mathematical problems and serious experimental counter-evidences for the
assumption that reality is wavelike and the frequency associated with the system is
83
Gibbins 1987, 144.
84
Gibbins 1987, 166.
85
Cf. Gibbins l987, 8ff., on Einstein.
86
Cf. Gibbins 1987, 122f., on von Neumann and others.
87
Cf. Cushing 1994, 42ff., on Bohm; more on the Bohm interpretation will be said below.
88
For detailed descriptions of the two-slit experiment see Gibbins 1987, 36f., 41, 147–51.
228 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
the frequency of the wave function. The particle theory also has shortcomings. The
basic problem for the particle theory is that this theory has to presuppose guiding
fields but what the field is and how it guides remains unexplained.89
The second problem is the interpretation of the statistical frequencies of the
individual quantum systems. The thesis that statistical frequencies are properties of
the quantum systems themselves is a necessary implication of the assumption that
quantum theory is complete.90 Uncertainty is the principle of quantum systems, and
indeterminacy relations are the ontological correlate of the uncertainty principle.
The indeterminacy is an indeterminacy of position and momentum. Probability
refers not to the course of events in time, but to the tendency of events. Position
and momentum cannot be observed simultaneously, according to a proposal of
Heisenberg, because they are disturbed by the interaction with the instrument that
is used for simultaneously observing the position and momentum of the quantum
system.91
The guiding thread for the ontological interpretations of quantum theory in the
Copenhagen interpretation was to start with an explication of the categorial system
of classical physics in order to show the limits of this system. The indeterminacy
principle and the wave/particle dualism are the indicators of the shortcomings
of this categorial system. The observer and the observed belong to one and the
same context. The quantum system and the measurement instruments, including
the observer, are not independent entities, subject and object are inseparable.
It is necessary to recognize the limits of our knowledge, our representing the
world as it is in itself. To understand the indeterminacy principle (as well as
the complementarity principle) as a realistic ontological description of reality in
itself is absurd. The indeterminacy principle and the complementary principle are
indicators of the limits of our knowledge. The Copenhagen interpretation has been
characterized in the literature as anti-realistic, as metaphysics, and it has even been
said that it is a type of positivism because it rejects all attempts to introduce hidden
entities behind the phenomena.92
It has been mentioned that the assumption of hidden variables can be saved for
a non-relativistic space-time framework with additional assumptions. Schrödinger’s
non-relativistic equation permits a wave/particle interpretation. Bohm introduced a
mathematical transformation that permits rewriting the equation as a modification
of Newton’s second law of motion, and this equation admits an interpretation in
terms of particles and particle trajectories.93 The probability density of particles in
89
Cf. Gibbins 1987, 43f., on Schrödinger and 45f. on Born.
90
Cf. Gibbins 1987, 52, on judgments about Heisenberg in the literature.
91
Heisenberg’s proposal is a quasi-pictorial interpretation based on a thought experiment. The
interpretation, together with the Heisenberg’s presupposed definition of the indeterminacy relation
has been refuted in the last decade according to A. Steinberg and others, Physical Review Letters,
104, Nr. 100404.
92
Cf. Gibbins 1987, ch. 4, esp. 48f., 53–56; cf. also Cushing 1994, 3.3.2.
93
Cf. Cushing 1994, 42.
8.4 The Difficulties of Ontological Interpretations of the Mathematical. . . 229
94
Cf. Cushing 1994, 44f.
95
Cf. Cushing 1994, 46.
96
Cf. Cushing 1994, 205ff.
97
This question has been raised in the literature, e.g., in Cushing 1994, see table 2.1 and the
comments on the table 12f. Cushing seems to prefer the second horn of the dilemma.
230 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
The second question is whether ontological interpretations are necessary for the
epistemological analysis of the presuppositions for the success of the technological
applications of physics and of the natural sciences in general. The answer will be
negative. Instrumentalism connected with ontological quietism offers an alternative
that has its foundations in elementary understanding and only in elementary
understanding, without any admixture of higher understanding.
Answers to these questions once again require a brief recapitulation of some
viewpoints that have already been considered. Natural sciences have their foun-
dations in the experience of the lifeworld after the first abstraction in the spatial
and temporal structure of intersensory intuition on the one hand and in the
interests of elementary understanding on the other. The abstraction brackets the
practical interests of elementary understanding. What is left in the residuum of
the reduction is the interest in law-governed causal relations. The basic structures
of elementary understanding appear on the level of higher understanding as the
categories of the theoretical reflections on the ontology of nature in pre-scientific
philosophical reflections, i.e., without including epistemological reflections on the
natural sciences.
The immediate generative foundation for the emergence of physics is a suf-
ficiently developed mathematical theory. The requirement for the ontological
interpretation of classical physics was, in addition, that the mathematical theory
is able to justify the claim that physics itself is a true philosophy of nature based
on mathematical principles and written in mathematical symbols and, therefore, is
able to replace the old pre-scientific philosophical ontology of nature. The negation
implied in the replacement of the old philosophical ontology of nature as a partial
rejection that also implies serious modifications of the set of pre-scientific categories
that can still be applied in the new philosophy of nature.
The principles guiding the selections and modifications are the principles of
the applied mathematical theory, including analytic geometry and its extension in
the infinitesimal calculus. This mathematical theory presupposes as its foundation
Euclidean geometry, algebra, and, ultimately, the foundations of geometry and
algebra in the structure of the natural environment given in elementary under-
standing and intersensory intuition. As mathematical disciplines both disciplines
require idealizing mathematical abstractions and, in algebra, some elements of
formalizing abstractions. The mathematical theory remains, however, on the level
of mathematical objects as objects of idealizing abstractions.
The ontological categories of classical physics are, hence, categories that must
be definable in terms of this mathematical theory and only in terms of this theory. At
the time of Newton and later this theory was not understood as a pure mathematical
formalism. Mathematics itself could be and was understood at this time as a natural
science, and such an understanding is not compatible with an understanding of
mathematics as a pure formalism presupposing formalizing abstraction.
Thus the explanations of Newtonian physics regarding space and time are
abstractions that have not yet completely lost their connections with the empirical
basis of the natural sciences in the residuum of the first abstractive reduction. This
was a “natural” bridge for the transition from mathematically guided explanations
8.4 The Difficulties of Ontological Interpretations of the Mathematical. . . 231
98
Cf., e.g., Gibbins 1987, 57f.
232 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
99
Cf. the question regarding what it really means if we read that the astronomer has observed now
what has happened distant past in a distant space measured in light years.
100
For instance: nuclear bombs and nuclear power plants. The problem of scientific technology
will be considered separately in Sect. 9.2.
8.4 The Difficulties of Ontological Interpretations of the Mathematical. . . 233
101
See Gibbins 1987, 92f. This is not what Gibbins says explicitly in ch. 6 but what he says implies
that the choice of the Hilbert formalism is the necessary condition for a possible explanation of the
phenomena.
234 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
Given this situation, it is not a surprise that there are still competing ontological
interpretations of quantum theory that are more or less in accordance with the
same amount of experimental evidence and that there are two, the Copenhagen
interpretation and the Bohm interpretation, that cover the ground of all experimental
evidences for the mathematical formalism and its explanations. Seen from the
viewpoint of a systematic classification of philosophical positions, it is, furthermore,
impossible to understand these interpretations as ontological interpretations in direct
intention.
The main problem of quantum theory is not an ontological but an epistemological
problem. The added ontological interpretations presuppose epistemological view-
points. The natural sciences themselves, and especially physics as the prototype
of science, are in the center of the philosophical reflections since the seventeenth
century. Epistemological reflections determine what can be said about ontological
structures. However, the ontological interpretation of classical physics was under-
stood and can still be understood, as a replacement for pre-scientific philosophical
ontologies.
Presupposing what has been said above, it can be said that the Copenhagen
interpretation102 sticks to the phenomena and, therefore, can be characterized as
a type of positivism. It has also been said that the Copenhagen interpretation is anti-
realistic. It presupposes the inseparability of observer and observed and is, therefore,
a type of positivism that denies the possibility of recognizing nature as it is in itself.
However, it is also possible to add a meta-physical interpretation in the sense defined
above implying causal indeterminacy not only of nature, but of the world in general
and of the subject-object relation in the world.
The Copenhagen interpretation and the Bohm interpretation presuppose both the
space and time structure of classical physics103 in their interpretation of the relevant
phenomena given in the experimental situations in quantum mechanics. Prima
facie, the Bohm interpretation and the Copenhagen interpretation are diametrically
opposed. Roughly speaking, the Bohm interpretation is realistic because it presup-
poses hidden particles behind the frequency phenomena and the complementary
interpretation of these phenomena as waves and as particles. Quantum theory is,
according to this interpretation incomplete. It is necessary to presuppose hidden
variables and it is possible to reject indeterminacy and non-locality for such hidden
particles. The Copenhagen interpretation rejects most of the basic assumptions of
the ontology of classical physics.
The Bohm interpretation preserves the basic assumption of the ontology of
classical physics. It is, however, not a straightforward realistic ontology of nature
like classical physics. It is an added interpretation that implies epistemological
assumptions. The phenomena given in experimental situations do not refer imme-
diately to physical reality; they are appearances. The hypothetical assumption
102
The Copenhagen interpretation is not a monolithic systematic position, but rather a web of
partially different viewpoints in a discussion.
103
This is not the case with Einstein’s hidden variable interpretation.
8.4 The Difficulties of Ontological Interpretations of the Mathematical. . . 235
of natura, i.e., of physis. The abstraction from practical interests in the lifeworld
in the broadest sense is constitutive for natural science as a theoretical cognitive
attitude belonging to higher understanding. This attitude, the interest in knowing
how things really are, was the dominating factor in the development of the natural
sciences, and it is still a dominating factor for the self-understanding of science.
However, it is also possible to adopt an attitude of being interested in science only
because the output of insights in causal relations can be applied for the practical
purposes of elementary understanding on the level of a scientific technology.
Instrumentalism as an epistemological position justifies science as a procedure for
finding methodologically reliable predictions for technological purposes.
Successful technological applications are nothing other than a series of further
confirmations for scientific theories. The original question whether or not science
tells us how things really are is an idle question of scientific “theories.” Seen
from the viewpoint of a phenomenological epistemology, this thesis implies that
scientific theories are not of significance for higher understanding.104 Quite apart
from the fact that this understanding of the natural sciences is what guides the
evaluation of scientific activities for the vast majority of laymen including those
in business, politics, and in the meantime unfortunately even education, this
understanding has also become a motive for the practical self-understanding of
scientists who are disinterested in ontological interpretations. This disinterest has
also been characterized as ontological quietism.105
It is an essential consequence of instrumentalism as a consistent epistemology
of science that mathematical formalisms are of interest for research in the hard
sciences only because they can be applied as instruments producing reliable
predictions and explanations of the phenomena. It is not necessary to assume
mathematical objects that can be given in idealizing and formalizing abstractions.
The nominalistic interpretation of mathematical objects as signs or symbols with
syntactical rules determining well-formed formulas that admit transformations only
in operations that are guided by strictly defined systems of rules is sufficient for
an instrumentalistic epistemology of the natural sciences. Mathematical formalisms
“work” for predictions that are required in technological applications. It is natural
for the instrumentalist to assume that computers “think” and are as such ideal
instruments for doing mathematics, since the value of mathematics is a value only
because mathematics can be used as an instrument.
Instrumentalism can, of course, be criticized as a crude type of philosophical util-
itarianism,106 but seen from the viewpoint of a phenomenological epistemological
104
Instrumentalism is an understanding of science that is welcome in all types of religious
fundamentalisms.
105
Cf. Gibbins 1987, 75, 160.
106
To call it pragmatism would be an offense to the pragmatism of Charles Sanders Peirce and
partially also that of William James.
238 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
analysis this criticism does not touch the real problem. The introduction of
transcendent, imaginary, complex numbers and finally transfinite numbers in the
nineteenth century has caused discomforts for some mathematicians and episte-
mological reflections on mathematics, last but not least for the intuitionists. For
a phenomenological epistemology of mathematics, the reason for this discomfort is
the transition from a mathematical formalism that still has quasi-pictorial referential
objects given in mathematical idealizations to a pure algebraic formalism. The
referents of the symbols and operations of this extended algebraic formalism are
pure formal ontological essences given in formalizing abstraction, and this also
implies an abstraction from all mathematical idealizations that admit quasi-pictorial
representations.
The transition from classical to post-classical physics has caused much less dis-
comfort among physicists. The basic question for physics is whether a mathematical
formalism is able to derive hypotheses about causal relations, to admit deductive
systems of confirmed hypotheses, and to derive new hypotheses from such systems.
The further problem of the immediate applicability of the well-formed formulas of
the purely algebraic formalism that can be applied to the description of phenomena
in experimental situations not only lurks in the background, but surfaces in the
need for special “translation operators” that mediate between the language of the
descriptions and the language of the theory.107
Of course this problem in the background is not a problem for instrumentalism
and ontological quietism. It is, however, a problem for ontological interpretations
and in general for the question concerning what it means to say that the natural
sciences are able to reveal what nature really is. What is required is the ability
to apply mathematical formalism in a physics that does not admit straightforward
ontological interpretations of objects of experience as in classical physics, but
only quasi-metaphysical ontological interpretations. “Quasi-metaphysical” is a
metaphor. Metaphors that are not merely puns presuppose analogical similarity.
An analogy can have real heuristic value if it is possible to determine borderlines
between the structural similarities and structural dissimilarities implied in the
analogy.
The application of ontological categories (i.e., of beings given in the experience
of objects in the created world) in onto-theological speculations about the essence
of God caused serious difficulties for the pre-scientific scholastic ontology of the
Middle Ages. The answer was that the onto-theological application is an application
per analogiam. It was, however, also a problem for ontologies that presupposed
epistemological reflections in general, and especially on the natural sciences. A
prototype is the Kantian ontology of principles of pure experience. This ontology
has empirical reality for objects of experience. However, it is not applicable for the
metaphysical realm of things considered in themselves. An attempt to apply them
107
Cf., e.g., what has been said above about the Hermetian operator in quantum mechanics.
8.4 The Difficulties of Ontological Interpretations of the Mathematical. . . 239
108
Cf., e.g., Kant KGS V, Critique of Judgment §90, section 2.
240 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
Hard or exact sciences require the second methodological abstraction that is, in
addition, a reductive abstraction. The first methodological abstraction determines
the empirical basis of the soft sciences. The empirical basis under the first abstrac-
tion admits phenomena that are not explicable with the mathematically idealized
system of categories of the hard sciences under the second abstraction. In other
words, the descriptions of observables in the soft sciences include references to the
so-called secondary qualities. The soft sciences admit, furthermore, the application
of ontological categories that cannot be defined in terms of the mathematical for-
malisms, but they also admit categories that are defined in terms of a mathematical
formalism in the hard sciences without referring to such definitions. According to
the analyses of Sect. 8.1, the definition of, e.g., efficient causality in the context of
Mill’s analysis of experimental situations is sufficient for the soft sciences. The soft
sciences are nevertheless able to apply measurements to measurable aspects of their
observables. Counting and measuring are techniques that have already been used
on the level of pre-scientific elementary understanding for practical purposes and
the bracketing of the practical purposes, after the first abstraction does not imply
the bracketing of these techniques. A further question is whether and how the soft
sciences can be reduced to the hard sciences.
Chemistry is an example of a science that was “soft” in the beginning and could
eventually be reduced to physics without causing ontological problems. Chemistry
has its pre-scientific foundation in the elementary understanding of the application
of mixtures of materials for practical purposes, e.g., the mixture of copper and
other metals in different kinds of bronze. The history of the development of
such techniques and their social impact in pre-scientific cultural lifeworlds is of
outstanding significance for the history of elementary understanding as well as for
history in general, and especially for the pre-history of chemistry as a science. The
period of chemistry as a soft science came to its end with Lavoisier’s table of the
elements at the end of the eighteenth century. The new theory of elements, atoms,
and molecules was the presupposition for the reduction of chemistry to classical
physics on the level of submolecular particles and then to the physics of subatomic
particles in post-classical physics, especially in quantum theory.
The situation is different in the life sciences. The life sciences can be called
soft sciences not only because they admit references to secondary qualities in the
description of observables, but also because they presuppose ontological categories
cannot be defined in terms of the mathematically idealized categories of the hard
sciences and are, therefore, excluded from the residuum of the second abstraction.
A rough survey of the historical development of ontological reflections on the life
sciences can serve as a preparation for the phenomenological analysis of these
categories.
The distinction between living beings as “animated” entities that are subject to
generation and corruption and depend in their existence on more or less favorable
circumstances in their environment, on the one hand, and materials that can be used
8.5 The Empirical Basis and Theories in the Life Sciences 241
109
Kant’s application of “purpose,” a category of practical philosophy, in his Critique of Judgment
as a heuristic principle for the life sciences can serve as an outstanding example (KGS V, §§63–
65, 78, 80–82). It will be shown that this is not acceptable for a phenomenological epistemological
analysis of the methodology of the life sciences.
242 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
It is the task of empirical research to find out whether and how organic wholes
can emerge out of inorganic matter, and whether and how the life sciences can
be reduced to the hard sciences. The task of a phenomenological epistemology
is restricted to the analysis of the cognitive attitude of the life sciences and
their intentional correlate, the ontological region of organic entities. It includes in
addition the analysis of the relations between the categories of the ontological region
of organic life and the categories of the ontological region of inorganic matter.
Such analyses are, however, able to decide the question whether the reduction of
the life sciences to the hard sciences is an ideal formal ontological possibility and
then a material ontological possibility. This will be the case if it can be shown that
the ontological region of inorganic matter is the static and genetic foundation of
the ontological region of organisms. Three basic problems for a phenomenological
epistemology of the life sciences can be distinguished
(1) The first problem is the analysis of the formal categorial structures of the formal
ontological theory of the whole and the parts, on the one hand, and the formal
ontological theory of unit and manifold, on the other hand.
(2) The second problem is the constitution of the cognitive attitude governing
the methods of the life sciences and their intentional correlate, the material
ontological region of organisms, on the one hand, and the cognitive attitude
governing the methods of hard sciences and their correlate, the ontological
region of inorganic matter, on the other. The problem of the difference between
these cognitive attitudes is in (2) the determination of the scope and the limits
of the application of efficient causal relations in the life sciences.
(3) The analyses that are relevant for the first and the second problem are problems
for static phenomenological considerations. The third problem requires in
addition analyses that belong to genetic phenomenology. Two levels of this
problem can be distinguished. The first (3.a) is the problem of the ontological
interpretation and explication of the guiding force of the formal causality of pre-
scientific ontology in the life sciences. The second problem (3.b) is the question
of the guiding force and its essential structures governing the process of the
evolution of organisms.
(1) An analysis of the ontological structures of organic entities for the purposes
of phenomenological epistemology has to start on the level of the formal
ontological theory of the whole and the parts. A recapitulation of essential
aspects of what has been said in Sect. 1.2 is sufficient. Organic wholes have
the structure of second-order wholes. The parts of wholes of second order are
one-sidedly founded in the whole and are held together by relations between
independent parts, not by immediate foundations between dependent parts as in
first-order wholes. An organic whole is a whole of the lowest level of second-
order wholes. It is a structural whole of relations between independent parts of
a concrete whole that are wholes of the first order and not of second order,
i.e., they are not themselves organic wholes. They are, hence, not able to
exist as independent wholes of the second order in more than one whole of
higher order like the parts of wholes of a higher order. Only concrete organic
8.5 The Empirical Basis and Theories in the Life Sciences 243
wholes, and beyond them wholes of a higher levels of the second order can
be independent parts of wholes of the next higher levels of wholes of second-
order, e.g., as members of communities with different degrees of complexity
(presupposing in some cases different structures in the organic wholes that are
their independent parts). Such communities of organic wholes are of course also
intentional objects for the cognitive attitude of the life sciences.110
The key for an answer to the question of the formal ontological ideal possibility
of a reduction of the life sciences to the hard sciences is the answer to the further
question of the formal ontological relation between the theory of the whole and
the parts on the one hand and the formal ontological theory of the basic categories
of the mathesis unit and manifolds on the other. Either they are two independent
formal ontological theories on the same level of universality or one of them belongs
to a higher logical level of universality. The formal ontological structures of the
theory of a higher level of universality abstract from the “specific differences” of
structures of theories on the lower level of universality, but they are applicable in
principle to all entities that are determined in addition by the formal categories of
the formal ontological theory of a lower order. This implies, however, that the formal
ontological structures of higher logical order are formal ontological foundations for
the formal ontological structures of a lower order. It is obvious that the reduction
of organic life to inorganic matter is a priori a formal ontological impossibility if
the answer is “yes” to the first horn of the dilemma and “no” to the second. The
reduction is, however, an ideal possibility if the answer is “no” to the first and “yes”
to the second horn of the dilemma.
A brief recapitulation of some relevant viewpoints already discussed in Sects.
1.2 and 7.2 is sufficient for the justification of a “yes” to the second horn. The
categorial system of the objects of the hard sciences is explicable in the language
of mathematical formalisms. The two basic categories of the formal ontological
structure of a mathesis, unit and manifolds or collections of units, determine the
formal structure of the system of natural numbers. Seen from the viewpoint of
formal ontology, natural numbers are collections of individual units without an
intrinsic formal structure, units that are related to each other in a well-ordered,
dense, and indefinitely extended open sequence. All other numbers, including
imaginary and complex numbers, are products of more or less sophisticated
mathematical operations.
The analysis of the application of counting on the level of elementary understand-
ing has shown that counting can be applied not only to all objects that are concrete
wholes, but also to the abstract properties, i.e., dependent parts of concrete wholes.
Measuring as counting of units and numbers as units in measuring can be applied to
all dependent parts that belong to the genus extension. But this means that all entities
under the formal ontological categories of the whole and the parts can be considered
110
Humans live in communities, and animals do too. Family communities of both require different
organic structures of their members, first of all of the sexes and some communities of insects
require more complex systems of such differences.
244 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
II and III,111 to carry out the analysis of the structures of the material regional
ontology of the life sciences. The second task is the analysis of the cogitative types
of the methodology of experiments, of the predictions, and the explanations in the
life sciences.
Two levels of universality and three dimensions on both levels can be distin-
guished in the descriptions of the phenomena of the empirical basis, the material
ontological region of the life sciences. The first dimension of the first level is
the description of the phenomena in which the lowest species of living organism
are given as concrete wholes for intersensory intuition. The second dimension of
the first level is the description of the independent parts of organisms as concrete
wholes and the third dimension is the dimension of the specific environment of
species of organic beings. The second level of descriptions presupposes generalizing
abstractions for the constructions of taxonomies for species of organisms. The
generalizing abstractions presuppose as their empirical basis the descriptions of the
first level in all three dimensions.
Descriptions of lowest species of organic wholes presuppose variations in
imagination of the material contents of wholes that are constitutive for the schemata
underlying the empirical concepts of species of organic wholes. The rules guiding
the variations are determined by the formal ontological structures of organic wholes.
According to what has been said in Sect. 2.1, the ideal case beyond that would be
variations that are sufficient for the constitution of the morphological essence of,
e.g., the eidos “lion,” or probably better, the empirical type “lion.”
The second dimension of the description of phenomena that are necessary for the
explication of the material categories of organic life and organisms has to determine
the material characteristics of the parts of organic wholes. The independent parts of
organic wholes cannot be simultaneously parts of other organic wholes, and they
cannot exist independently outside the system of their functions of the organic
whole. They will decay if they are separated from the whole without providing
an artificial environment that can substitute for the whole or stop the process of
decay. The description of the inner independent parts of an organic whole requires
anatomical research. Anatomy in the broadest sense requires instruments, including
instruments today presupposing technologies that have been developed with the aid
of the hard sciences, e.g., x-rays.
The description of the environment of a species and the ecological relation of
the species to the environment is not of immediate significance for the simple
recognition of the species of an individual organic being or for the development
of taxonomies for organic species. It is, however, of significance for experimental
research and for the discovery of causal relations between organisms as concrete
wholes (or their parts) and certain properties or aspects of their environments.
The basic scheme for the development of taxonomies is the formal ontological
and apophantic logical structure of genus, species, and specific differences for
111
See Hua IV, the title of Hua V, and the original project of the second volume of the Ideas
sketched out in the introduction of Hua III/1; cf. also Hua III/1 §60; and Seebohm 2013
246 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
112
E.g., the organs serving the purpose of reproduction in the case of plants.
8.5 The Empirical Basis and Theories in the Life Sciences 247
the first abstraction. The cognitive attitude of experimental research under the first
reduction is, as mentioned above, explicable in terms of Mill’s descriptive analysis
of the methodology of experiments.
There are two types of hypotheses about efficient causal relations that can be
tested in experiments in the life sciences. The first type of hypotheses about causal
relations between parts of the organic whole and its environment can refer to
observable phenomena given in the empirical basis of intersensory experience after
the first abstraction. The purpose of the experiments is, on the one hand, to check
whether such causal relations explain how the functioning or malfunctioning of parts
of the organism affect other organs and the organism as a whole and on the other
hand to discover the significance of certain aspects of the environment of organic
wholes for certain species of organisms. The disadvantage of experiments in the
life sciences is that the amount and the structure of interdependencies of initial
conditions in an individual organism and in its environment is so large and complex
that many of the causal laws that can be discovered in such experimental situations
are statistical causal laws.
The only way to reach beyond the realm of statistical causalities is the application
of strict causal explanations and predictions of the second type. The second type
of predictions and causal explanations in the life sciences are applications of causal
laws that can be confirmed in the hard sciences. Some of them, first of all the laws of
classical push-pull mechanics, presuppose only descriptions of phenomena that are
available under the first reduction and were already accessible on the level of pre-
scientific elementary understanding. Others are available if causal laws referring
to physiological phenomena can be reduced to laws of organic chemistry. Since
chemistry can be reduced to physics, it can be said that the soft methodology of
experimental research in the life sciences should be reduced and backed by the
standards of the hard methodology of the hard sciences wherever this is possible
because only the methodology of experimental research in the hard sciences is able
to confirm strict causal laws. This reduction is a reduction of methodologies that are
interested in the confirmation of the laws of efficient causality, and as such is not
immediately relevant for the ontological question of the reducibility of the categorial
system of the soft sciences to the categorial system of the hard sciences.
The advantage of a phenomenological epistemology in this respect is that there is
no need to preserve concepts like “purpose,” “final cause,” or “teleology” as neces-
sary ontological categories or heuristic principles. The reduction of the methodology
of empirical experimental research in the life sciences to methodological principles
of the hard sciences is a progress toward the realization of a methodological ideal
that can be justified not only in the context of a phenomenological formal ontology
as shown in (1) in the present section, but also by a phenomenological analysis of
the material ontological region determining the empirical basis of the soft and the
hard sciences, and finally by the phenomenology of the cognitive attitude of the
soft natural sciences after the first abstraction and the cognitive attitude of the hard
natural sciences after the second abstraction.
There is the ideal possibility of reducing the vague category of efficient causal
relations on the level of the material ontology of organic entities to the strict causal
248 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
relations of the hard sciences. Efficient causal relations between the independent
parts of an organic whole, and between aspects in the environment of the organic
whole and the organic whole, can refer to descriptions of phenomena that belong
to the so-called secondary qualities. Efficient causal relations referring to secondary
qualities can be explicated in terms of primary qualities, i.e., the efficient causal
relations between measurable aspects of qualities.113 How far this reduction is
possible is a question of empirical research.
(3) Explanations presupposing confirmed laws of efficient causal relations are
obviously able to explain changes in pre-given organisms caused by functions
and malfunctions of the parts, the inner organs of the organism, and/or by
factors in the environment of the organism. It is not obvious how they are able
to provide an answer to the questions of the laws that determine the structure
of the genesis of organisms and the ability of organisms to inherit these laws
from their predecessors. In terms of pre-scientific ontology, it is not obvious
how explanations that are restricted to efficient causes are able to replace the
assumption of formal causes. And beyond this it is also not obvious how such
efficient causal laws are able to explain the history of the evolution of organic
species.
Observations and descriptions of phenomena with the aid of sophisticated
instruments provided by technologies that presuppose the hard sciences, e.g.,
microscopes, are able to discover that cells are the last independent organic parts of
parts of more complex organisms. Like all other parts of organisms that have been
separated from them, these smallest independent parts will decay if no artificial
environment can be provided for them or if they are not embedded as a part
or parts in another organism. However, observations with such instruments are
also able to discover that independent organic wholes of the lowest degree of
complexity are single-celled microorganisms. They also have parts, but the smallest
independent parts of microorganisms are molecular compounds, proteins, below
them amino acids, and finally carboxyl groups that are of interest for organic
chemistry. Organic chemistry can be reduced to inorganic chemistry. The material
ontological categories of organic wholes are, hence, in the last instance one-sidedly
founded in the categorial system of the ontological region of the hard sciences.
The existence of organic wholes in general depends, furthermore, first of all
on their metabolism and on the existence of favorable circumstances in their
environment. Other organisms are of significance in this respect, but the just
mentioned chemical building blocks of organic life are of ultimate significance.
Seen from the viewpoint of material ontology, this material categorial aspect of the
dependency of organisms once again has the character of a one-sided foundation but
precisely that does not mean that organic life can be reduced to the system of the
113
Nota bene: this reduction is an explicative reduction of the efficient causes, not of dependent
parts in a concrete whole. Blue is a dependent part of a whole of the first order of the genus quality
that cannot be reduced to a dependent part of the genus extension of the same concrete whole.
8.5 The Empirical Basis and Theories in the Life Sciences 249
categories of the hard sciences. What is again in question is the factor C that must
be added to the founding material ontological region A for the emergence of entities
belonging to the material ontological region B.114
This categorial irreducibility does not imply that it is impossible for empiri-
cal research to discover opportunities for descriptions of the circumstances that
accompany, as initial conditions, the emergence of living organisms out of inorganic
matter. Given this, the next problem is to reconstruct such circumstances in
experiments, and even to develop a technology to produce primitive organisms.
Apart from the difficulty of an unambiguous interpretation of the ontological cat-
egories of quantum theory, such a reconstruction implies changes in the ontological
interpretation of the categorial framework of the hard sciences, changes that will
be considered below. Two problems must be distinguished. The first (3.a) is the
problem of the force behind the generation and corruption of living organisms. The
second (3.b) is the process of the evolution of the species.
(3.a) was already a problem for pre-scientific higher understanding. The answer of
monotheistic religions was that God created living organisms and determined
the laws for the generation and corruption of animals and plants. The answer
of pre-scientific ontologies of nature was either the assumption of a formal
cause or the assumption of a kind of matter or atoms that have the creative
power to develop such forms. On this level and in general later before
the nineteenth century, it was beyond question that the different types of
organisms have existed since the beginning of the world and that they will
exist as long as the world exists.
The answer of pre-scientific ontology to the first problem, the question of the
force or power behind the generation of organic life, was the assumption of a
specific type of cause, the formal cause. Corruption starts if the force of the
formal cause is exhausted. The scientific explication of the pre-scientific ontological
category “formal cause” in the life sciences is the theory of the genetic code. Since
its initial appearance early in the twentieth century, genetics has been until the
decoding of DNA-sequences in the second half of the Twentieth century the most
rapidly developing theoretical discipline of the life sciences. The methodology of
the theory is experimental research, i.e., the testing, confirming, and refuting of
hypotheses referring to descriptions and classifications of phenomena. However,
the presupposed description requires more than the description of phenomena in an
experimental situation. What is required is the description of the genesis of species
of organisms, and even perhaps of individual organisms belonging to a species. It
is not the description of a present experimental situation. The description has the
structure of a narration about a development, a series of changes in a temporal
sequence.
This straightforward solution for the first problem seems to be clear enough,
but it entails ontological problems. The explication of causal relations in the
114
Cf. Part I, Sect. 2.2.
250 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
The second problem (3.b) is the question of the possibility and the force behind
the development of species of organisms of different degrees of complexity out of
other more or less complex species of organisms. The idea that the specific forms
of the presently given different types of living beings is itself the product of a
development of life forms was beyond the horizon of religion and philosophy, and
even, except for some speculative attempts,115 beyond the horizon of the worldview
of the sciences before the second half of the nineteenth century. Darwin’s “theory”
is, in this respect, of at least the same significance for the development of the self-
understanding of humanity as the Copernican turn. More about this will be said in
Sect. 9.1. Darwin’s theory is a reconstruction of the history of organic life with the
aid of theories that have been provided by experimental research in the hard and the
soft sciences.
The “theory” would be a theory on the level of the life sciences—set aside the
requirements for theories in the hard sciences—if it were capable of discovering the
causes for the generation of different species of living organisms out of pre-existing
living organisms in experimental research. The first methodological question is,
hence, in what sense Darwin’s discoveries are confirmations of hypotheses. Already
famous scientists among the contemporaries, e.g., Virchow, had doubts whether
Darwin’s theory is really a theory in this sense or only a “hypothesis” because
there is no experimental evidence for the theory. Only experimental tests are able
to discover and confirm the causes behind the development of the different types
of living organisms,116 especially with respect to the development leading from
primates to humans. However, it is also not obvious in what sense Darwin’s “theory”
can be called a hypothesis. A hypothesis is an assumption about a causal relation
but Darwin’s “hypothesis” is, closely considered, neither a theory nor a hypothesis
in the sense in which these terms are used in the methodology of the hard sciences.
Hypotheses in the hard sciences are assumptions of strict causal laws written in
the language of a mathematical formalism, derivable from mathematical principles
and testable in experimental situations. There are also theories and hypotheses in
the soft sciences, e.g., a theory of certain types of diseases that are caused by certain
types of bacteria. A refined version of Mill’s methodology of the methods of induc-
tion is, as mentioned, sufficient for the epistemological analysis of experimental
research in the life sciences. A theory is in this case a collection of causal laws
that can be derived from general causal laws “written” in a natural language that is
enriched with a more or less complicated system of technical terms. Both types of
115
E.g., Schelling’s philosophy of nature.
116
Rudolf Virchow, professor for pathological anatomy and founder of the anatomy and pathology
of cells, was a member and leader of the Party for Progress (Fortschrittspartei) in the Prussian
Parliament and an opponent of Bismarck, but nevertheless also a defender of the sciences against
the teachings of the Christian churches in the so-called Kulturkampf, cf. Morkramer 2010, 124
quoting passages from Virchow’s speech in the Prussian parliament 1879. The struggle about
Darwin’s “theory” in Germany is a good example of the interplay of contingent and necessary
conditions in the history of science with some parallels in the present cultural disputes about
teaching in Darwinism in high schools in the United States.
252 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
theories are theories about causal laws, and the main task of research is the discovery
of causal laws by testing hypotheses about causal relations in experimental research.
The upshot is that, seen from the viewpoint of a phenomenological epistemology,
Darwin’s, “theory” is neither theory nor a hypothesis, but the reconstruction of the
natural history of the evolution of the species of organic life. A history is more than
a narration about sequences of events that can be observed in the present mentioned
in (3.a). As history, it presupposes, first, the description and classification of a huge
amount of phenomena that can be discovered in the life sciences, including fossils
as the presently given facts for historical research.
A history requires as a second step the determination of the age of the facts,
i.e., the period in the temporal sequence of past periods. The presupposition for the
determining the age of the facts for historical research presupposes the application of
theories about causal relations that must be borrowed from the hard sciences. What
was available at the time of Darwin in this respect was geology. In the meantime
more sophisticated techniques that can be used for determining of periods of the
past in the temporal sequence of the past have been developed.
The third step is the reconstruction of a past reality using the facts as traces of
events and states of affairs belonging to the past reality of a past period, e.g., the
past reality of the age of the dinosaurs. Such a reconstruction again presupposes the
application of theories borrowed for this purpose from the life sciences, but also
again ultimately from the hard sciences. A reconstruction of a past development
of events always has gaps that have to be closed with the aid of the discovery of
further facts able to fill the gaps. If and as long as such material is a “missing link,”
the gaps can be filled by assumptions about material that might be able to fill the
gaps. Such assumptions can be called hypotheses, but such hypotheses are historical
hypotheses. Such historical hypotheses refer to facts for historical research that
might be able to close the gaps in the history of evolution. Historical hypotheses
are confirmed if it is possible to discover facts that can close the gap, the “missing
link” in the reconstruction of a past development in the history of nature.
There is finally the task of the historical causal explanation of the more or less
significant reconstructed changes in the structures of organisms as concrete wholes
in the development of the history of organic life. Causal explanations require in turn
the application of more or less strict causal laws that are already established and
recognized. The basic paradigm of a “theory” for such explanations was at Darwin’s
time the “survival of the fittest” as a principle of natural selection together with
the somewhat cryptic assumption that the final purpose of “nature” was to create
something like that. The problem of this explanation is that “fittest” is not a precisely
defined term and admits several interpretations. Setting aside the obviously absurd
interpretation of “the fittest” as the “strongest,” especially in the Fascist version of
Social Darwinism, “fit” means to fit into the conditions of the natural environment
that is essential for the survival and procreation of organisms.
This explication of the meaning of “fittest” as a principle of natural selection still
has shortcomings. The first is that the explanation cannot be immediately derived
from a well-defined causal law that has been tested in experiments. Since it refers to
the relation of the organism to its environment, it is a mass term for a whole set of
8.5 The Empirical Basis and Theories in the Life Sciences 253
possible causal relations. In addition, the explanation is circular. The “fittest” is the
one who survives, and vice versa. What is left as a background for an explication
of the meaning of “fittest” is the everyday experience in the lifeworld that clever
people know how to adapt to circumstances and survive better that those who stick
to their old habits. Precisely this is the reason for the plausibility of the transition
from Darwinism as a theory of the life sciences to Social Darwinism.
The second and really serious shortcoming is that the principle of natural
selection is able to give dubious types of explanation for why certain forms of living
organisms perished in a changing environment and others survived, but it is not able
to explain why organic life is able to develop an increasing variety with an increasing
degree of complexity in the structure of organisms. In other words, the principle of
natural selection is not able to discover the moving force behind the development of
new forms of living organisms out of others.
Seen from the viewpoint of a phenomenological epistemology, Darwin’s dis-
covery, as already mentioned, is neither a theory nor a hypothesis. It is rather the
discovery that there is a natural history of the development of living organisms
beginning with microorganisms and ending with organisms, concrete wholes of an
incredible degree of structural complexity. Hypotheses in this context are historical
hypotheses that can be confirmed or disconfirmed with the discovery of additional
facts for the historian. Darwin’s “theory” is, furthermore, a history that is not able to
provide satisfying historical explanations for the historical changes that took place
in the course of the history of the evolution of organic species.
In the meantime the theory the genes and the genetic code has provided a way
to deliver the experimental evidence for the causal relations that can be applied in
the explanations of changes in the history of the evolution of organic species. The
causes behind such changes are changes in the genetic code, and these changes
can be explained by presupposing causal relations that have been confirmed in the
hard sciences. Thus, e.g., radiation is able to cause mutations in the genetic code.
It is an open question whether and how the genetic code can also be modified by
properties and abilities that have been acquired by individuals in their struggles with
a changing environment and natural selection.
The question whether or not the life sciences have to presuppose a creative force
behind the generation and corruption of organisms has been left open in the analyses
of the material ontological region of the life sciences and of the epistemological
structure of the methodology of the life sciences in (3.a). It has been left open
because it could be expected that the problem of the genesis of organic life forms in
a history of the evolution of the species of organisms in (3.b) would imply further
essential aspects of this question.
The first new aspect that surfaced in (3.b) was the problem of the creative force
behind the evolution of the species of organisms in the history of evolution. The
second aspect is the problem of the creative force behind the development, the
natural “history,” of the genesis of primitive microorganisms out of inorganic matter
beyond the history of the evolution of the species in the life sciences in a general
history of nature in general and its significance for the natural sciences in general.
More about that will be said in the next section.
254 8 The Structure of Theories in the Natural Sciences
1
The theses of this section will be not only incompatible with the Neo-Kantian but also with the
Diltheyan strict methodological and epistemological separation of the natural and the human and
here especially with the historical human sciences. What will be said is, however, compatible
with Husserl’s reflections on the historicity of the primordial pre-givenness of the world. Cf.
Hua XXXIX, text 7, 540.
life expressions, but the interpretation of the life expressions also presupposes vice
versa the progress of the reconstruction of the past real lifeworld of the authors of
the fixed life expressions.
The reconstructions of historical developments presuppose a common temporal
framework. This framework is calendar time determined by the movements of
celestial bodies in a Galilean framework. This temporal framework is the presup-
position of the possible causal explanation of historical facts and events in the past
in general.2 Three “periods” can be distinguished in the history of nature: the history
of the universe, including the history of the formation of our solar system; the
geological history of our planet Earth; and the history of the evolution of organic
life on our planet. The history of the universe is the history of inorganic matter. It
is meaningless to apply the Galilean framework of calendar time in this part of the
history of nature. In this period of natural history the methodological order of the
reconstructions of the past and causal explanations of the past is reversed.
The Kant-Laplace theory of the origin and development of our solar system
is already a theoretical reconstruction presupposing the theoretical framework of
classical physics. It is, as such, a historical hypothesis that has to be confirmed
by subsequently discovered indirect evidence given in astronomical alongside with
astrophysical observations and possible confirmation in experimental research.
The theories of post-classical physics presupposed in a “history” of the universe
“starting” with the “big bang” indicate a much more complex framework. It is
questionable in what sense the emergence of the atoms of the elements can be
called a “history” that “happened” in Minkowski’s world points of the space-time
continuum of relativity theory.
The situation is different for the natural geological history of our planet and the
history of the evolution of organic life as a part of the history of our planet. The
Galilean framework can be used for determining temporal sequences and periods
of geological history and the history of organic life. The historical past is given for
historical research in the present, first in traces of past geological events and then in
the traces of organic life, i.e., fossils. The reconstruction of the geological past of
inorganic matter presupposes a description of minerals, ores, different types of rocks
and sediments, etc., but the reconstruction immediately implies causal explanations
based on causal laws that have been confirmed in the natural sciences.
The history of organic life on our planet is the reconstruction of the history of
the evolution of organic life, of the generation and corruption of different types of
organisms. The presupposition for the reconstruction is the understanding of fossils
as traces of past organic life and its past environments. This understanding is a first-
order understanding and not the second-order understanding, an interpretation of
the life expressions of Others in the present and in the past indicating their first-order
understanding of states of affairs, in the broadest sense, in their time. The first-order
2
The difference between historical narrations and myths is that the reports in historical narrations
refer to a certain time in the temporal sequence of a historical time that is filled with other
determinable events. This assumption is irrelevant for myths and mythological thinking.
9.1 The History of Nature and History as a Human Science 259
in the historical past. (3) The reconstructions of events and developments in the past
that happened in geological history and the history of organic life require causal
explanations that have to be justified in the experimental research of the natural
sciences. History as a human science must at least admit such explanations in its
reconstructions of the development of past real lifeworlds.
There are, beyond these shared methodological structures, significant differ-
ences. Both the empirical basis of what is given in the present and can serve as
the material of the reconstruction of the past on the one hand and the methods of
the reconstruction on the other are different. The differences are, hence, differences
both of types of traces and of the intentional acts of understanding the traces. Traces
of the history of nature are (1) geological traces and (2) fossils. The traces of history
as a human science are (3) fixed life expressions. The understanding of (1) and (2)
is, as mentioned, first-order understanding. The understanding of (3) is second-order
understanding, i.e., interpretations of the meaning of the fixed life expressions of the
author, i.e., her/his first-order understanding.
It is necessary for an analysis of the relation of the methodologies of the
history of nature and history as a human science to say more about (2). The
facts for the natural history of the evolution of organic life are traces, i.e., the
fossils as traces of more or less complete material imprints of parts of organisms
in inorganic matter and traces of the activities of organisms, e.g., footprints. The
understanding of the traces as indicators of specific kinds of organisms is the task
of paleontology. Paleontology presupposes the reconstruction of the organisms, and
in the beginning this reconstruction presupposes in turn the descriptive knowledge
and classification of presently existing life forms and of the internal anatomical and
physiological structures of such life forms. This knowledge implies the knowledge
of the functions of parts of the organisms for other parts and for the organisms
as independent wholes. Knowledge of the functions implies an explication of the
partially reciprocal causal relations that determine the functions. The laws guiding
these causal relations have to be confirmed according to the methodological rules
of experimental research in the life sciences. It has also been shown above that
the methods used to determine the age and the temporal periods in which certain
organic life forms existed presuppose causal explanations applying causal laws that
have been confirmed in the hard sciences.
The understanding of traces, and in general the understanding of organisms in the
life sciences, is a first-order understanding. The understanding of life expressions
in general is second-order understanding, i.e., the interpretation of the meaning of
what is or was understood in immediate or fixed life expressions. The materials
offered by the empirical basis, i.e., the facts for the philological-historical human
sciences, are fixed life expressions. The sign matter of fixed life expressions are
traces of a past human activity but to recognize such traces as a sign matter
requires the possibility of giving an interpretation of the meaning of the signs. Fixed
life expressions including texts and monuments of art and architecture indicating
the contents of higher understanding, but also tools and artifacts as indicators of
elementary understanding, need the interpretation of what is meant in them, the
foreign first-order understanding that is encoded in them.
9.1 The History of Nature and History as a Human Science 261
3
Cf. Sect. 3.5.
4
Cf. Sect. 6.2.
262 9 History and the Natural Sciences
5
Cf. Sect. 6.4.
9.1 The History of Nature and History as a Human Science 263
6
Cf. for what follows Sects. 3.4 and 5.1 above on pre-history and Seebohm 2004, §§16, 18.
264 9 History and the Natural Sciences
to determine the periods of the seasons with the aid of celestial phenomena that can
be reconstructed with the presently available astronomical scientific knowledge.
The methods that are available for the interpretation of tools must use pre-
scientific and scientific knowledge of the human body, of the material used for
manufacturing tools and artifacts, and of the natural environment of the pre-
historical culture for and in which the tools and artifacts have been used. Beyond
that, interpretation is restricted to comparative methods and the classification
of equal features found in the fixed life expressions of different pre-historical
lifeworlds, but also in ethnological information about cultures without literary
traditions.
The first task of history and pre-history is to determine the temporal distance of a
reconstructed lifeworld and of the fixed life expressions that must be interpreted
before they can be used for the purposes of the reconstruction. As mentioned
above, the determination of the age of fixed life expressions presupposes in
general a calendar time in a Galilean framework and is, in addition, able to use
methods “borrowed” from the natural sciences. The only hints given in fixed life
expressions for determining the temporal distance between a pre-historical past and
present historical research are artifacts and monuments that can be interpreted as
representations or instruments for measuring temporal distances with the aid of the
movement and the constellation of celestial bodies.
However, the unearthing of the fixed life expressions is also accompanied by the
unearthing of traces of the human and even humanoid organisms of the authors of
the fixed life expressions. Archaeology together with and also paleontology as a
discipline of the life sciences are both presupposed for the reconstruction of pre-
historical cultural lifeworlds. Like the history of nature in general the methods of
paleontology presuppose causal relations that have been confirmed in experimental
research. Pre-historical research in the early phases of historical developments is,
hence, in a grey zone between history as a human science presupposing interpre-
tations of fixed life expressions and natural history presupposing applications of
confirmed causal relations. The significance of causal explanations belonging to
natural history increases with the age of the pre-historical culture. The question
whether or not individuals belonging to a certain species of humanoid primates
or of the homo habilis or of the homo erectus are already humans is irrelevant
for epistemology. What is relevant is the decrease of the possibility of applying
archaeological interpretations and the increase of causal explanations belonging to
natural history in the reconstruction of past pre-historical lifeworlds.
The analysis of the determination of the age of fixed life expressions using
methods that are “borrowed” from the natural sciences indicates that historical
research presupposes in general and not only in pre-history the application as of
causal laws and, therefore ultimately of experimental research. Historical causal
explanations of events in the natural environment of past cultural lifeworlds also
presuppose in general the application of such causal connections. This is the case
for explanations of inventions of the new technologies, e.g., windmills that have
been of significance for the development of cultures with a written tradition as well.
Of significance for historical causal explanations are, furthermore, traces of human
9.2 Technology in a Cultural Lifeworld with Sciences and Instrumentalism 265
Quite apart from all differences in the evaluation of this situation, it is generally
recognized that the correlation between the natural sciences and technology as a
structural subsystem in the structure of a social lifeworld with natural sciences is of
essential significance for this lifeworld. It is also of significance for the special status
7
CF. Hua IV, section III, ch. 3 and elsewhere.
8
What lurks in the background is the paradox of subjectivity, cf. Chap. 10 below, esp. Sects. 10.2
and 10.3.
266 9 History and the Natural Sciences
of the natural sciences in the system of the sciences in a lifeworld with sciences. The
generative foundation of this socio-cultural situation is immediately implied in the
generative foundation of the natural sciences in elementary understanding. It has
been mentioned several times in Part III9 that the natural sciences use instruments.
They design instruments for their own theoretical purposes and are in addition able
to design instruments for practical purposes; this is the reason why the natural
sciences themselves can be understood as instruments, as technology.
This understanding of science under the perspective of utilitarian pragmatism
and instrumentalism has its ultimate justification in the foundation of the natural
sciences in elementary understanding. Elementary understanding is first of all
an understanding of instruments, tools, and systems of tools, as well as of the
techniques of the application of tools. A first step for a critical evaluation of this
justification presupposes a summary of the main arguments for the thesis that
the natural sciences are able to replace the idle speculations of the philosophical
ontologies found in the tradition.
According to the analyses of Part III the necessary conditions for the emergence
of science are as follows:
1. A developed pre-scientific philosophical ontology of nature either as an indepen-
dent theory or in connection with onto-theological theories;
2. Mathematical theories; and
3. Sufficiently developed knowledge of the ways to cause desired changes in
the natural environment, including the application of basic arithmetical and
geometrical techniques on the level of elementary understanding.
The attitude of the natural sciences toward its foundation in (1) is ambiguous. The
cognitive attitude of the natural sciences implies the rejection of the pre-scientific
philosophical theory of nature as false. This rejection also implies, however,
that science claims to be a theoretical discipline like philosophical ontology and
presupposes, hence, a distinction between the theoretical and the practical attitude
that is prima facie similar to the distinction between the theoretical attitude of a
philosophical ontology and the practical attitude of elementary understanding. The
natural sciences also apply a selection of modifications of philosophical ontological
categories: time, space, mass, movement, acceleration, and force, and with them the
category of efficient causality defined in terms of the other categories. The principle
of the modifications is that these categories must be explicable in “mathematical
letters.”
Three arguments have been used in epistemological and ontological philosoph-
ical reflections after the emergence of the natural sciences in order to support the
claim of the natural sciences to offer the “true philosophy of nature.” The first
argument is that the application of mathematical deductions in the true ontology of
nature – and even in onto-theological metaphysical philosophical reflections more
geometrico – is able to replace the endless disputes about the conceptual categorial
9
Cf. the remarks about technology in Sects. 8.1 and 8.3.
9.2 Technology in a Cultural Lifeworld with Sciences and Instrumentalism 267
10
Cf. above, Part III, Sect. 8.3. The difficulties of ontological interpretations of quantum mechanics
highlight the significance of instruments for the methodology of the natural sciences. No objective
and intersubjectively acceptable knowledge is possible if it cannot be proven that the instrument
warrants the objective validity of the information that can be gained with the instrument.
11
Cf. Sects. 8.1 and 8.2.
268 9 History and the Natural Sciences
The source of the natural sciences’ immediate contact with reality is, even
for analytic epistemological reflections, not individual but intersubjective sense
experience, in short, intersensory experience. Observations and descriptions of
relevant phenomena given in experiments and experimental situations must be
intersubjectively accessible. This requirement implies that experiments (and even
opportunities for favorable experimental situations) ought to be repeatable. A tacit
presupposition of these requirements is that the preparation of experiments requires
active manipulations determining a set of factors and adding a factor to the set of
defined factors, the initial conditions. Such interactions include the application of
instruments used not only for the preparation of experimental situations, but also for
purposes of the observation of phenomena given in experiments and experimental
situations. Scientific research presupposes, hence, not only intersensory experience,
but also repeatable interactions using instruments. Scientific research has, therefore,
its ultimate foundation on the level of the elementary understanding of practical
actions and interactions and tools. It shares essential structures with the search for
and the application of means that can be applied in elementary understanding for
the realization of certain purposes guiding the actions and interactions of practical
life.
The interest in realizing one’s own purposes, i.e., the fulfillment of needs and
desires in coping with the brute realities of the natural environment, determines the
cognitive attitude of elementary understanding.12 This interest is manifest as the
motive, the desire to realize a specific artifact in the broadest sense.13 Moreover, for
its purposes elementary understanding is (1) interested in the pre-given material
in the natural environment and the means that can be applied to produce the
desired artifact using the pre-given material. Elementary understanding provides,
hence, the knowledge of the materials and the means that are able to support goal-
directed practical social activities. Such means are bodily actions and interactions
in connection with such actions, often with the use of tools.
Elementary understanding includes, furthermore, (2) the experience and under-
standing of regular sequences of events, of causal relations in the natural environ-
ment that determine the favorable or unfavorable circumstances for the actions and
interactions of practical life. Such sequences are given in (2.a) the experience of
regular sequences in repeated circles, first of all the movements of celestial bodies
and the seasons; (2.b) the experience that an occurrence of events of the type x is
usually followed by events of type y, and (2.c) the experience of the sequence of
the emergence, genesis, decay, and corruption of forms of organic life including
the living bodies of consociates and one’s own body. It is known in elementary
understanding that all actions and interactions of practical life presuppose and
are dependent on the context of the regularities of the natural environment. This
12
Cf. Sect. 3.2.
13
For instance, the interest in the breeding of cattle.
9.2 Technology in a Cultural Lifeworld with Sciences and Instrumentalism 269
14
Terms like “concept,” “categorial intuition,” “category,” “material essences,” “formal essences”
have to be understood in this investigation in the sense and only in the sense determined in Part I,
Sect. 2.3.
15
Practical philosophy is a theoretical reflection on practical social life in its own right and as a
normative system for actions and attitudes that are of significance for social relations, it is implied
in elementary understanding. However, it is not relevant for the elementary understanding of the
natural environment and the elementary understanding of actions and interactions in the encounter
and the struggle of practical life with the pre-given natural environment, and is therefore not in the
residuum of the first abstraction that is constitutive for the natural sciences in general.
270 9 History and the Natural Sciences
practical activities in the encounters of practical life with the natural environment,
along with the elementary understanding of the techniques of practical life used in
its struggle with the natural environment. This exclusion implies that philosophical
ontologies of nature are not applicable for the development of technologies that can
be useful for the elementary understanding of the natural environment.
As mentioned, the distinction between the first and the second abstraction is
not a historical but a systematic distinction of phenomenological epistemology.
Soft sciences presuppose only the first methodological abstraction. Hard sciences
presuppose in addition the second abstraction which is an abstractive reduction. The
first abstraction excludes the practical interest and values guiding elementary under-
standing. As mentioned in Part III what is left after the abstraction in the residuum
of the natural sciences is (1) first of all the immediate contact with the brute reality
of the natural environment in elementary understanding in intersensory experience.
The experience of elementary understanding is intersubjective because it has its
generative foundation in intersensory experience. The structure of the first-order
understanding of the objects in the medium of intersensory experience determines
and is manifest in the structure of the conceptual generalizing abstractions and the
system of categorial structures of the ordinary language of a cultural lifeworld.
Left are (2) partial aspects of the interest of elementary understanding in the
discovery of causal relations that can be applied in the techniques of practical life.
This search is on the level of elementary understanding, the haphazard game of
trial and error guided by “instinct,” i.e., associations, and by luck. Seen under
the abstraction of the cognitive attitude of a philosophical ontology of nature,
such causal relations are first of all efficient causal relations and, where organic
beings (animals and plants) are concerned, formal causes. The interest of elementary
understanding in formal causes is again guided by the desires and needs of practical
life. The search for such causal relations governed by the theoretical cognitive
attitude of the natural sciences further inherits from elementary understanding the
criteria for the decision whether or not an assumed causal relation or an assumed
quality of a certain type of matter is reliable. Such assumptions are reliable if it has
been shown that predictions of what will happen in the future have always been
confirmed in the past and can be confirmed again in the present.
The partial foundation of the natural sciences in elementary understanding
has further implications. Elementary understanding is in immediate contact with,
and has to struggle with, the brute reality of the natural environment. The main
weapons in this struggle are the means to modify the materials given in the natural
environment according to the needs, desires, and purposes of the social community
and these means are tools. Tools are themselves artifacts produced with other tools
and are parts of a system that includes tools, materials offered by the natural
environment, and the desired artifacts produced for consumption. A tool is a tool that
deserves its name only if it is a part of such a system in elementary understanding.
“Tools” used by animals usually do not fulfill these requirements.
An independent part of the whole system of practical activities in elementary
understanding in a pre-scientific lifeworld can be called a technique or an art, in
Greek technē or Latin ars. Tools in the sense defined can also be called instruments.
9.2 Technology in a Cultural Lifeworld with Sciences and Instrumentalism 271
sciences and their claim to tell us the truth about the real things in themselves. That
the application of the category of causality to reductions of this type is not without
difficulties has already been mentioned, and it will be re-considered again.
The cognitive attitude under the first abstraction still admits the application of
pre-scientific philosophical ontological categories, first of all of the categories of
form or gestalt and of formal causality in the observations of the life sciences.16
They can be admitted because the intersensory empirical basis of this attitude is
still identical with the intersensory experience of elementary understanding. This
implies that pictorial representations are admitted in explanations of states of affairs
in the life sciences. Pictorial representations are admitted under the restrictions of
the first reduction. They are not admitted only under the restrictions in the residuum
of the second reduction. Theories under the second reduction must be explicable
in the language of mathematical theories. Added ontological interpretations are
possible but not necessary for the confirmation or rejection of hypotheses in
experimental tests. The only ontological categories that are admitted in the residuum
are mathematically defined counterparts of the original philosophical ontological
categories. Ontological categories are excluded from the residuum of the second
reduction if they do not admit explications in mathematical theories. The cognitive
attitude under the second reduction implies, hence, a wholesale rejection of the
categorial systems of philosophical ontologies based on categorial intuition.
The use of a system of instruments together with the theoretical explanation
of why the system’s instruments are able to achieve what they are supposed to
achieve is more than a technique of elementary understanding. It is a technology.
The progress of the natural sciences is, hence, immediately dependent on the
development of scientific technologies for the purposes of the progress of scientific
research. Beyond that, natural science is also able to explain why instruments that
have been used for the practical purposes of elementary understanding actually
work and to offer systems of knowledge about practically applicable efficient causal
relations. Natural science is able to develop systems of instrumentation that can be
used for the practical purposes.
Elementary understanding is, on the one hand, one of the factors in the generative
foundation of the natural sciences, but, on the other hand, after the emergence of the
natural sciences elementary understanding is in large parts no longer elementary. It
not restricted to the simple understanding of “how to” use techniques. It presupposes
technological understanding of the instrumentation used for practical purposes in
the context of a lifeworld with sciences, i.e., one that is no longer restricted to the
haphazard search for causal relations. The search can be guided by technology, and
technology is in this case an application of the natural sciences for the purposes of
practical life. Conversely, in this context natural science is not merely theoretical;
it also practical because it is possible to construct systems of practically applicable
instrumentation.
16
Cf. Sect. 8.5.
9.2 Technology in a Cultural Lifeworld with Sciences and Instrumentalism 273
share the theoretical interests of the sciences in the progress of a truly scientific
“philosophy of nature” for its own sake without economically and politically useful
side effects. Scientists and the organized societies of natural scientists know this
and try to prove or pretend that their research will be useful for the well-being of
humankind, for common sense, and for the interest in an increase of the internal
and external political power of the state. They will be “quiet” about their own
satisfaction in discovering theories about the laws of nature as it is in itself.
The pragmatic attitude toward the natural sciences can be called pragmatic
instrumentalism and quietism. However, instrumentalism as an epistemological
position requires more. According to Galileo and Newton pre-scientific philosoph-
ical ontologies have to be replaced by natural science as the true philosophy of
nature. The first step of epistemological instrumentalism is that the cognitive attitude
of the natural sciences implies a wholesale rejection of the ontology of scientific
theories. Only mathematical principles are of interest for the natural sciences and
the progress of the natural sciences. The analyses of Part III, Sects. 8.3 and 8.4,
have shown that there is no immediate need for added ontological interpretations
of the mathematical formalisms applied in the theories of the hard natural sciences.
Experimental research is able to prove that the theory “works,” and this is enough.
This first step, the elimination of ontological interpretations, is followed by the
next step. Mathematics was already understood in the techniques of elementary
understanding as a tool, an instrument used for practical purposes, and not as
a theory of a realm of ideal objects. Modern mathematical formalisms can be
understood as operations with symbols. Such free activities creating consistent
(and if possible, complete) systems have, however, significance and meaning for
empirical sciences only if they can be used for precise definitions of hypotheses that
can be confirmed or disconfirmed in experiments. A confirmed hypothesis can be
used in predictions and explanations, and the ability to predict and explain is nothing
more and nothing less than the ability to be applied in technologies.
The critique of instrumentalism against the claim of Platonism and intuitionism
that mathematics is able to achieve objectively valid knowledge of an ontological
region beyond the regions of empirically accessible objects must be distinguished
from the instrumentalist critique of ontological interpretations of the application of
mathematical formalisms in the hard sciences. The answer of a phenomenological
epistemology to the instrumentalist interpretation of mathematics has already been
given. Furthermore, it has been shown that mathematical theories of classical
physics immediately imply an ontological interpretation because the mathematical
formalism applied in classical physics refers to mathematical idealizations, and
mathematical idealizations admit quasi-pictorial representations.
The situation is different in post-classical physics. Post-classical physics pre-
supposes mathematical formalisms that belong to extended algebra, and such
formalisms do not admit of quasi-pictorial representations. Ontological interpreta-
tions of the theories of post-classical physics are possible only per analogiam. The
additional difficulty of quantum mechanics is that at least two competing ontological
276 9 History and the Natural Sciences
17
Cf. Sect. 8.3.
Chapter 10
History and the Systematic Human Sciences
The center of the research interest within the systematic human sciences is the
present system of social structures, first of all in economy, law, and politics, along
with the interpretation of the first-order understanding of social interactions and of
the self-understanding of the participants in these interactions in different systems of
social structure. Social structures in the immediate past horizon of the present social
world and at a larger historical distance are of interest for the systematic human
sciences only to the extent in which they are of significance for the interpretations
and explanations of events and developments in the present social world.
Some remarks about terminological questions are necessary before turning to the
general epistemological controversies concerning the systematic human sciences.
Psychology was a discipline of theoretical philosophy before the advent of empirical
psychology in the second half of the nineteenth century. Empirical psychology
was widely understood as experimental psychology and as a branch of the natural
sciences in the nineteenth century. Dilthey introduced understanding psychology as
a branch of the systematic human sciences. For Stumpf and later Husserl psychology
was as phenomenological psychology a descriptive discipline.1 The question is
whether a phenomenological psychology is able to include both experimental
psychology and understanding psychology and to bridge the gap between them
or whether it is just another term for understanding psychology.2 Economics,
1
Cf. Sect. 4.2.
2
Cf. Sect. 10.3.
law, and politics have been philosophical disciplines that belong to pre-scientific
practical philosophy, i.e., philosophical reflections on purposes, values, and norms
for actions. It will turn out in the following sections on the social sciences that
this system of first-order higher understanding in pre-scientific philosophy is still
compatible with the phenomenological analyses of the division of the disciplines of
the systematic human sciences.
Dilthey distinguished between the systematic human sciences and the historical
human sciences. Schutz’s term for the systematic human sciences is social sciences.
Psychology is the basic discipline of both the historical and the systematic human
sciences in Dilthey’s system of the human sciences. For him understanding and
descriptive psychology is first of all individual psychology. However, for Schutz’s
“understanding sociology” psychology is first of all relevant as social psychology.3
Of interest is how the systems of social interactions determine the activities and the
first-order understanding of the interactions of the participating individual persons.4
Dilthey’s term “systematic human sciences” will be used as a general term for
psychology and the social sciences in the following investigations. It will turn out
in the following sections that Dilthey’s and Schutz’s prima facie different positions
regarding the status of psychology in and for the social and the human sciences in
general are compatible within the framework of the phenomenological analyses of
the formal and material ontological structures of the region of the systematic human
sciences.
Epistemological reflections on the systematic human sciences have to begin with
an analysis of a basic methodological controversy about the epistemological status
of the systematic human sciences at the beginning of the last century. The empirical
systematic human sciences emerged as late bloomers in a cultural lifeworld with
sciences. Thus from the outset, the present in which the systematic human sciences
are interested is the present of a cultural lifeworld with sciences. Scientific research
interested in pre-scientific cultural lifeworlds is restricted to the methodology of
empirical historical research, and within certain limits to ethnological research. The
immediate epistemological consequence is that the systematic human sciences can
be recognized as sciences only to the degree to which they are able to apply the
methods of the already established natural sciences or the philological-historical
sciences. One of the main tasks of the following investigations is to show that this
consequence was and is misunderstood if the “or” here is understood as an exclusive
“or.”
The answer of the positivistic and analytic epistemologies was that systematic
human sciences can be recognized as sciences only to the extent to which they are
able to apply experimental methods and, if possible, mathematical refinements of
these methods. The empirical basis of psychology and sociology are observations
of present phenomena. Such observations have an open future horizon and admit,
3
On Schutz’s “social psychology” and its relation to the social sciences, see Embree 2003, 2008a.
4
The significance of social psychology for the social sciences and vice versa will be considered in
detail in Sects. 10.3 and 10.4.
10.1 Between Interpretation and Observation: General Methodological. . . 279
5
See Kaufmann 1944, 174, 180ff; and Reeder 1991; 42f, 46, on Kaufmann.
280 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
(1) Given the degree of complexity of organic wholes and their relations to their
environment, even in the life sciences it is already difficult and sometimes
almost impossible to determine all or at least most of the initial conditions
in experimental situations. The consequence is that most of the causal laws
that can be discovered in the life sciences are statistical causal laws. The
methodological problems of experimental research in the life sciences are,
hence, a fortiori also problems for the systematic human sciences because
systems of social interactions and of the first-order understanding of social
interactions are structures of second-order wholes of even higher levels of
complexity. Their smallest independent parts are individual members of the
society, and as such are already organic wholes in the formal sense. The
structure of social communities is the structure of a hierarchy of levels of
wholes of the second-order beginning with small groups of different types, e.g.,
families and clans, and ending on the top with structures of different types of
states and relations between states. The degree of complexity for experimental
situations increases with the degree of complexity of the formal structures of
social wholes. The consequence is that the statistical causal laws and predictions
in the systematic human sciences will be increasingly weaker with the increase
of the complexity of the type of social communities and the relations between
different social communities of the same or different type.
(2) The structure of the system of possible causal interdependencies that is relevant
for predictions in the hard sciences has not changed in the period of natural
history that can be measured within a Galilean framework. But changes, even
sudden revolutions caused by external factors in the natural environment,
have happened frequently in the evolution of organic life. And the known
“evolution” of systems of social interaction in the last 10,000 years is a period of
increasingly rapid changes. Even well-confirmed estimates about the relevance
of certain factors for causal relations in social interactions in the system of the
social structures of a society 500 years ago6 are not applicable in the present,
and those that are applicable in the present may will be misleading in the
near future. It is always possible that predictions will be overthrown by the
sudden emergence of new factors in systems of social interactions that have
not previously been taken into account, e.g., unexpected events in the natural
environment, the invention of new technologies, new intercultural contacts, etc.
Turning to the second horn of the dilemma of phenomenological reflections,
what has been said in this respect about Rickert and first of all about Dilthey in
Sect. 4.2 must be kept in mind. Of significance for the methodical approach of this
investigation is first of all that the epistemological reflections on the methodology
of the humans sciences in general carried out by Husserl and Schutz, on the
one hand, and by Kaufmann, on the other hand, are prima facie incompatible.
Kaufman denied, as mentioned above, that there are any ontological differences
6
And at a geographical distance in other continents, e.g., in China.
10.1 Between Interpretation and Observation: General Methodological. . . 281
behind the differences in the methodologies of the natural and the human sciences.
Husserl as well as Schutz maintained that there are essential differences in the
cognitive attitudes of the natural sciences and the human sciences, including the
systematic human sciences. Social relations are social interactions. Human actions
and interactions are guided by in-order-to-motives, i.e., in Husserl’s terminology, by
purposes and values. It is precisely purposes and values, i.e., the lived experiences
in which objects on states of affairs are given as desired and valuable as well as the
immediate givenness of other persons along with the understanding of their lived
experience of other persons, that are all in brackets after the first methodological
abstraction.7
Kaufmann admits that the methodology of the social sciences presupposes
the “schemes of interpretation” of Max Weber and that these schemes imply in-
order-to-motives, but he says nothing about the methodological problems of such
interpretations. The region of research of the systematic human sciences is for him
the psychophysical region. This psychophysical region can be understood with a
grain of salt as a counterpart of the lifeworld in Husserl and Schutz. The difference
between Kaufmann and Husserl/Schutz is that nothing on the abstractive reduction
that is required for the step in question (i.e., the step leading from the attitude in
which the concrete lifeworld is given to the attitude in which a world is given as
the correlate of the natural sciences) can be found in Kaufmann’s reflections on the
psychophysical region. Given such reflections, some ontological categories that are
of essential significance in the lifeworld would be in brackets after the abstractions
that are constitutive for the cognitive attitude of the natural sciences.8
Except for occasional references to schemes of interpretation and in-order-to-
motives, nothing about a methodology of interpretation in the social sciences can
be found in Kaufmann. But in spite of the differences just considered between the
approaches of Kaufmann and Husserl, nothing about the methodology of interpre-
tations in the historical and the systematic human sciences can be found in Husserl.
Schutz offered a detailed methodological analysis of schemes of interpretation,
called by him ideal types and later constructs. His methodological analyses admit
an explication and justification of the specific nature of predictions and explanations
based on causal relations among the social relations interpreted in the systematic
human sciences and will be considered in detail below in Sect. 10.4. Nothing is
said, however, about how criteria of objective validity of interpretations based on
7
On Husserl’s theory of the abstractive reductions determining the ontological region of the natural
sciences and the concrete lifeworld, see Sect. 8.1 above and Hua IV; §18d and g; Hua VI, §§2, 8–
10, 66. On understanding and empathy see e.g., Hua IV 93ff; cf. Seebohm 2013.
8
Kaufmann admits that the social sciences need Weber’s schemes of interpretation, i.e., ideal types,
and that they imply understanding of in-order-to-motives, but insists that social facts have to be
constructed out of psychophysical facts in the way characterized above, cf. Reeder 1991, 43f.,
referring to Kaufmann 1944, 177–179. The main point is predictability, and with it degrees of
empirical falsification.
282 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
9
Schutz is first of all interested in the objective meaning contexts of ideal types. The problem
of the secondary understanding and then interpretation of subjective meaning contexts remains
in the margins, see Embree 2015, chapter 11 on meaning and there especially the references to
PSW (Schutz 1967) 247; CP I, 6, 58; CP IV 206. Schutz mentions in passing the correlation
of interpretation and application in jurisprudence Schutz 1967, 138 in the context of a quote
from Kelsen, cf. also Sect. 10.6 below. The problem behind the problems of pre-scientific
secondary understanding and interpretations of foreign life expressions lurks in the background
of disinterested observations, cf. below Sect. 10.2.
10
On understanding and empathy see, e.g., Hua IV 95ff; cf. Seebohm 2013.
11
Cf. Sect. 6.3–6.5.
10.1 Between Interpretation and Observation: General Methodological. . . 283
fixed life expressions and their authors, and history is also able to use causal
laws borrowed from the natural sciences in causal explanations of historical
events. The separation between the cultural horizon of the interpreter of the
fixed life expressions of authors in a distant past and these authors’ cultural
horizon, a separation required by the first canon, does imply on the one hand
restrictions on attempts to apply confirmed hypotheses about human social
behavior in the present in historical explanations. There are, in the contrary,
no theories in the social sciences referring to society as a whole on the level
of economics, politics, and law that do not presuppose references to results of
historical research. The immediate object of the systematic human sciences is
the present social world and the present implies immediately in its past horizon
includes not only contemporary history but also history and historical research
in general. Theories in the social sciences can be criticized, even refuted, if they
presuppose mistakes in the reconstructions of what happened in a past social
reality.
(2) A short reminder about what has been said in Part II, Sects. 5.3, 5.4
and 5.5 about the presuppositions of objectively valid interpretations in the
historical human sciences can be helpful for focusing the special problems of
a methodology of interpretations in the systematic human sciences. Fixed
life expressions and traces are the empirical bases for the reconstruction
of what happened. No aspect of what really happened in the past is given
in the actual present of intersubjective temporality.12 What happens in
the actual present or in the immediate past horizon of the actual present
is given for some members of a society in immediate observation. What
has been observed by somebody in the past horizon of the actual present
can be reported in the actual present, and there might be traces in the
actual present of what has happened in the past horizon of the actual
present.
It is possible to investigate what is/was the case without being restricted solely
to fixed life expressions and traces. History is able to find causal explanations for
what happened but except for genuine historical causal explanations,13 history is
not able to discover causal relations that can be applied in historical explanations.
Such discoveries require confirmations in experimental tests that apply the causal
relations in predictions. The present of what has happened is a past present. It is
meaningless to predict events that have in fact already happened in the past future
of a past present as effects of events of their causes given in this past present.14
12
Cf. ch. II, esp. §§7 and 9.
13
Cf. Sect. 6.4.
14
It is meaningful to predict, given certain reconstructed events in a past present, that certain other
events can be reconstructed in the future horizon of this past present. But this prediction is not the
prediction of an event. It predicts that new material can be available that admits the reconstruction
of the event.
284 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
History is, hence, only able to borrow the confirmed causal relations in its causal
explanations from the natural sciences.
Considerations about the epistemological problems of interpretation in the
systematic human sciences have been postponed at the end Sect. 6.5, because
research in these sciences requires research about contemporary social develop-
ments and share, therefore, the epistemological problems of contemporary history.
Contemporary history presupposes interpretations of fixed life expressions, but also
of immediate life expressions in the present and its immediate past horizon. An
epistemological analysis of contemporary history must, hence, face a problem that
is not relevant for the methodology of the historical reconstructions of a distant
past reality. This distance admits the separation of the present horizons of the
reconstruction and the past present horizons of the reconstructed historical reality.
In Sect. 5.5 the issue was whether the methodological abstraction implied in
the first canon of interpretation can serve as a criterion for the objective validity
of interpretations in contemporary history was negative. The answer was, that
interpretations of fixed life expressions of authors of a foreign past are reproductive.
Interpretations of life expressions as the process of eliminating not-understanding
and misunderstanding in communications in the present are productive. In the latter
case of the elimination of misunderstanding and not-understanding in communica-
tion is an open-ended process in the future horizon of present communication.15
It is, hence, impossible for contemporary history as well as for the systematic
human sciences to apply the abstractive reduction that is constitutive for the
historical human sciences to the epistemological problem of objectively valid
interpretations in present communications. The disadvantage of the systematic
human sciences is that for them there are no methodological criteria that can serve
as warrants of objective validity of interpretations of present life expressions and as
warrants for the possibility of interpretations of human scientists as interpretations
of “disinterested observers.” The advantage is that they have immediate access to the
observation of life expressions of consociates in their social and natural environment
in the present, its past, and its future horizon.
The empirical basis of the systematic human sciences is not a specific region of
objects given in the concrete lifeworld that can be determined by an isolating
abstraction. Their ontological region includes the structure of the concrete lifeworld
as a whole. The disciplines of these social sciences are different because they
are interested in different aspects and not in separable regions of the lifeworld. A
phenomenological epistemology must, therefore, start with an analysis of possibly
different aspects in the formal and then the universal material ontological structure
15
Cf. Sects. 3.2 and 3.5.
10.2 Interpretation and Prediction 285
of the lifeworld in general,16 aspects that are of methodological significance for both
the historical and the systematic human sciences.
Presupposed for such analyses are the formal ontological distinctions between
the system of relations between the independent parts of higher-level wholes of the
second order; between the internal systems of relations of the independent parts of
this whole; and finally between the independent parts on the lowest level. Wholes on
the lowest level are organic wholes, “organic” understood in the formal ontological
sense that has been explained in Part I, Sect. 2.2. The two main perspectives for
further analyses in this context are, on the one hand, the perspective focusing on
the system of relations connecting the parts, and ultimately the parts of the lowest
order in wholes of a higher order; on the other hand, there is the perspective that
considers how these relations are one-sidedly founded in certain properties of the
parts and add vice versa certain properties to the ensemble of properties of the parts,
especially to the independent parts of the lowest level.
Relations between the independent parts of a lifeworld as a concrete whole are
social interactions and systems of social interaction, which implies on the lowest
level interactions between individual persons (and groups of individual persons)
with the natural and social environment in their concrete lifeworld. The perspective
focusing on these systems of relations is the perspective of the social sciences.
Social sciences are interested in the structures of systems of social interactions, i.e.,
social institutions. Of essential significance for the structure of concrete lifeworlds
is that these systems of social interactions and their foundations in practical social
interactions with the natural environment are given for the individual persons in
first-order elementary and higher understanding. The perspective focusing on the
subjective aspect of first-order and second-order understanding of social interac-
tions and the natural environment is the perspective of psychology.
What is understood in secondary understanding in general and then in the inter-
pretations of psychology is on the lowest level the lived experience of Others given
as animate bodies. The object of the second-order understanding of understanding
psychology is the first-order understanding of individual persons and groups of
their natural environment, including their own bodies and their social environments.
Social psychology as a branch of understanding psychology is the interpretation of
the first-order understanding of the system of social interactions of the individual
persons and groups of individual persons who participate in the social interactions
as the intentional objects of this first-order understanding.
The social sciences are interested in focusing on the objective aspect, i.e., not on
the intentional acts, but on the types of intentional objects in this structure. Research
interested in a theory of the types of first-order understanding of social interactions
and of the natural environment of the participants in interactions presupposes
research interested in theories of the structures of these interactions and vice versa.
What has been said is the answer that can be given on the level of a formal
ontological and then material ontological analysis of the whole-part structures of
16
What follows is a summary of the main viewpoints that have been considered in Sect. 2.2.
286 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
the lifeworld in general to the remarks of Schutz and others about the problem of
the relation between social psychology and sociology.17
Epistemological investigations interested in descriptions of what scientists really
do18 have to admit that research in the systematic human sciences presupposes as
its empirical basis life expressions, i.e., actions and interactions realizing certain
purposes and/or verbal communications. Life expressions can be understood or
misunderstood or not-understood. The systematic human sciences must, therefore,
apply methods for the interpretation of life expressions. However, this material basis
is given in present observations of life expressions, interactions, and the encounter
with the natural environment in elementary understanding, and in the experience
of the blind power of the reality of the natural environment in systems of higher
understanding, first of all in religions. The present always implies a future horizon,
and with it, possible expectations and predictions.
The systematic human sciences are, hence, also interested in predictions. Beyond
that they are even able to apply at least analogues of the methods of experimental
research because the first-order understanding of actions and social interactions of
the participants in interactions already implies a first-order understanding of causal
relations on the level of pre-scientific understanding of a concrete lifeworld.19 Of
significance in this respect is that the lived experience of Others as other living
bodies is the foundation for all higher levels of second-order understanding and
that it is originally given in an associative transfer as the lived experience of other
animate bodies. Under the first abstraction of the natural sciences animate bodies
considered as organisms admit the application of experimental methods in the life
sciences.20
This will have consequences for the methodology of experimental psychology.
Of significance is, furthermore, that the systematic human sciences are sciences
of the present, and for the human scientists this present is the present of a
lifeworld with sciences though this is not true for their objects in all cases, e.g., in
ethnology. The natural environment in such a lifeworld is given as an environment
for technologically guided practical social interactions, and this implies that it is not
given only as a natural environment, but also as the independent nature in its own
right as the universal correlate of objects for the natural sciences.21
Closer considerations will reveal further epistemological difficulties. What has
been said is, however already sufficient for the suspicion that the classical dis-
tinction between the human sciences as sciences of understanding and the natural
sciences as sciences of causal explanations and predictions does not hold water
for present interpretations of the present first-order understanding of present social
17
Cf. Embree 2008a; and Schutz 1967, 248, 199.
18
This is in contrast to an interest in the normative question, what they ought to do according to
epistemological theories a priori; cf. Sect. 7.2!
19
Cf. Sect. 3.5.
20
Cf. Sects. 8.5 and 10.3 below.
21
Cf. Sect. 10.1.
10.2 Interpretation and Prediction 287
22
Schutz and others often use “natural attitude” as the correlative to “lifeworld,” but “natural
attitude” is used in Husserl as the counterpart to the transcendental-phenomenological attitude
(Einstellung) presupposing the transcendental phenomenological reduction. Simply to follow
Schutz in this respect causes some problems. What does it mean to say that the mathematical
entities of higher algebra, including imaginary and complex numbers or functions determining
world points in four dimensional spaces with curvatures and their application to phenomena as
objective correlates of mathematical methods in the hard sciences given in the natural attitude, are
given in the lifeworld? There are according to the results of Sects. 8.2 and 8.4 neither in Husserl’s
nor in Schutz’s nor in Gurwitsch’s publications satisfying analyses of the specific epistemological
problems of post-classical mathematics and post-classical physics. What can be said is that the
intentional objects of higher algebra are given in types of lifeworlds with natural sciences and
formalized mathesis universalis. However, such objects are not given in pre-scientific lifeworlds
and, hence, not in the lifeworld in general. An analysis of structures of the lifeworld requires
analyses of the generation of these structures.
23
Cf. Sect. 2.4. It is of significance for the following analyses that first-order understanding of
interactions implies in addition possible partial or complete agreement and disagreement, and as a
consequence the partial or complete disruption of interactions.
288 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
24
For reasons that will become clear in the following sections. (2.a) can be called the economic
and (2.b) the civil or political and legal aspect of social interactions.
25
Cf. Sect. 9.2.
10.2 Interpretation and Prediction 289
26
This distinction of Max Weber was rejected by Schutz; cf. Embree 2000a, 84ff. Schutz CP II,
275; cf. 227. On Weber, see also Grünewald 2009, 108 and 135.
27
See Embree 2015, ch. 10, and there especially the references to CP II, 85 and V, 36.
290 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
28
On other fixed life expressions cf. the beginnings of Sects. 3.2 and 3.4. It is and always has been
a question of the available technologies for the kinds of fixed life expressions that can be produced
in a cultural situation, and every new invention in this field will require the development of new
methods for adequate interpretations of such new types of fixed life expressions.
29
In the last two centuries technology has offered ways of producing new types of fixed
life expressions beginning with photographs and records to videotapes; such inventions cause
additional methodological difficulties for the systematic human sciences and for contemporary
history. It is easy to manipulate such “sources” for attempts to reconstruct “what is or was really
the case.” Required are new methods of “critique” for these new types of “historical” sources and
these methods will have to use results of the natural sciences.
292 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
30
Cf. Reeder 1991, 44f. on Kaufmann.
10.2 Interpretation and Prediction 293
31
The prediction of economists that a certain set of transactions in the market will lead to falling
profits for the participants in the interactions will change the behavior of the participants at the
very moment at which they receive the information about the prediction.
294 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
human sciences does indeed require a theoretical interest in actions and interactions.
It is, however, also necessary to keep in mind, that the distinction between the
theoretical and the practical is already relevant for the theoretical reflections of
practical philosophy. Such reflections are interested in the ethical values of actions
of individuals and of economic and political social interactions. They are not
interested in generalized conditionals that admit predictions of the effects of certain
actions and social interactions.
Observations in the empirical natural sciences can be recognized as “disinterested
observations” precisely because the natural sciences are theoretical empirical
sciences. They are disinterested theoretical observations only because the residuum
of the abstractive reduction brackets precisely the categorial structures that are
characteristic for practical interests in general and therefore also for interested
observations. It is, furthermore, meaningless for the ontological region of the natural
sciences to assume that natural scientists can be tempted to ask their objects (e.g.,
planets, minerals, plants, magnetic waves, etc.) whether they agree or disagree with
the scientists’ understanding of their interactions, e.g., in the solar system.
Left for the search for an answer to the question of what it might mean that
research in the systematic human sciences requires disinterested observations is,
hence, to ask what it might mean that research in the historical human sciences
is “disinterested” in the outcome of its reconstructions and interpretations of a
past reality. A reference to the application of the first canon of hermeneutics as a
methodological principle for the reconstruction of historical events at a historical
distance is sufficient for the justification of the claim that historians can be
“disinterested” interpreters of a reconstructed past reality. The canon implies that
the historical distance separates the horizon of the interpreter and the horizon of the
authors of the interpreted life expressions.
The epistemological analysis of the methodology of historical research can
justify the claim that historical researchers ought to be disinterested “observers”
and “interpreters” in their interpretations of fixed life expressions and their recon-
structions of the lifeworld of predecessors in a distant historical past. The first canon
implies a methodological abstraction that is, like the methodological abstraction of
the natural science, constitutive for the distance between researcher and research
object. For precisely the same reason the historians also not able to conduct inquisi-
tive interrogations and ask the predecessors about their first-order understanding of
their social interactions and their purposes.
Prima facie, it seems to be an advantage of the systematic human science
over the historical human sciences that for the systematic human sciences, imme-
diate communication with the “objects” of research in the present is possible.
Misunderstandings in the process of secondary understanding of participants in
social interaction can be at least partially discovered with the aid of disconfirmed
predictions that are implied in the misunderstandings. The disadvantage is that it
is impossible for interpretations of life expressions with authors in the present to
separate interpretation and application. The horizon of the interpreter will always
be of immediate significance in such communications. The “objects” of obser-
vation and/or understanding are “subjects,” contemporaries, and even consociates
10.2 Interpretation and Prediction 295
belonging to the social horizon of the “disinterested” observer; they share the
present of the researcher and in general of a research project of a science that is
theoretically interested in them as subjects and in their social interactions.
In the systematic social sciences there is only one requirement for “disinterested
interpretations” that has the character of a straightforward methodical rule and does
not depend on the training of psychic ability to eliminate prejudices and ideologies.
Though the observer (i.e., in this case the interpreter), cannot avoid communication,
she/he has to avoid all temptations to get involved in a dialogue with the objects of
research going beyond the limits of inquisitive and diagnostic questioning. But the
real difficulties for the requirement that observers and/or interpreters must remain
“disinterested” or “not involved” are implied in the formal ontological and material
ontological structures considered in the beginning of this section. They are relevant
for (1) the research activities of systematic human sciences and (2) the significance
of the theories of the systematic human sciences for the future development of the
social and cultural community in the lifeworld.
(1) It is sufficient to consider the partial structure “observation of an object,”
including communication in diagnostic questioning of the “object” in the
present of the second-order whole of social relations in a concrete social
lifeworld. The meaning of “disinterested” cannot imply that the observer has
a standpoint outside this structural whole like the standpoint of historians in
the reconstruction of a past social lifeworld. Since the conceptual framework
of research in the systematic human sciences presupposes the structures of pre-
scientific social life, all observations and interpretations in the systematic social
sciences will be determined by this context and the context of the presently
dominating theories in the systematic human sciences. The inquisitive dialogue
with the “objects” will, therefore, necessarily include “suggestive” questions.
It is possible to reduce this impact of the horizon of interpreting research in
the systematic human sciences if the structure of the social interaction under
investigation is comparatively small and admits distance between the context
of the social interaction and the context of the interpreter. It is impossible, i.e.,
determined by the ontological structures of temporality and of the givenness of
others in the lifeworld as a second-order whole, if the context of the system of
social relations under investigation includes the whole of the social lifeworld or
large parts of it. Even approximations to an analogue of a separation between
interpretation and application in historical research are impossible in such cases.
(2) There is, finally, the problem that the results of social research can be efficient
factors causing changes in the structure of social interactions and social
institutions. The problem of research in the systematic human sciences is
that the scientists are not only involved as researchers in a specific type of
communication in the present with participants in social interactions, but are
also involved in communications about their interpretations and theories, with
their contemporaries as “objects” of their theories and not only with other
scientists in the field.
296 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
This has immediate consequences for the status of the interpretations and the
theories of specific types of social interactions in the systematic human sciences in
the context of the present lifeworld. The interpretations of the systematic human
sciences have an immediate impact on the “objects” of the theories if they are
“published,” i.e., known by contemporaries who share the present social context
with the researchers and the objects of their research. The interpretations are, hence,
able to cause changes in the social behavior of individuals, and therefore also in the
structure of parts of the present system of social interactions. Since the theories of
the systematic human sciences are theories about contemporary social interactions
and their significance for their development in the future, they are necessarily of vital
interest for the objects of the theories, the participants in the social interactions.
This recognition presupposes communication between the theoreticians and
their objects, and begins with the publication of theories that imply predictions of
future socially relevant developments. Such predictions usually immediately imply
recommendations32 for social actions guided by the purpose of avoiding unpleasant
consequences and promoting pleasant consequences in the future horizon of the
social interactions that have been analyzed in the sociological or psychological
theories. The consequence is that the “published” theories themselves appear as
factors that are able to introduce changes in the system of social interactions. Thus
the epistemological requirement of “disinterested observation and interpretation”
is not only impossible because a separation of interpretation and application is
impossible. It is also impossible because theories in the social sciences cannot have
the character of pure theories unaccompanied by any practical interests.
10.3 Psychology
32
The recommendations are implied in statements like: “If x is done, then y will be the case”; “If
x is not done, then y will not be the case.”
33
Cf. the discussion of the problems of the relation between phenomenological and empirical
psychology and phenomenological psychology and transcendental phenomenology in Ströker
1997, ch. V and VI. A phenomenological investigation that is primarily interested in psychology
as a science is Drüe 1963.
10.3 Psychology 297
34
There are not only interesting slips of the tongue of the clients. There are also interesting slips
of hearing and understanding by psychoanalysts, slips that are last but not least pre-determined by
their theories.
10.3 Psychology 299
female, child or adult, strong and healthy or weak and ill, etc., are
relevant factors for their reactions to stimuli of the natural environment.
The empirical materials for pure experimental psychology are in this
respect the immediate bodily life expressions, including verbal utterances
answering spoken or written questions by the psychologist. On this level
psychological research already presupposes communication; and with it
the need to avoid misunderstanding, but the need for communication is in
the case of (2.a) restricted to life expressions that are immediate reactions
to stimuli of the natural environment as effective causes. Final causes, i.e.,
purposes and guiding values of practical actions and interactions, are not
of interest and can be bracketed on this level of empirical psychological
research. All that is of significance for psychological research is that
the relevant empirical material, except for the verbal utterances of the
“objects” and their interpretation, are also relevant for observations and
descriptions of the reaction of organisms to outside stimuli for the life
sciences in the cognitive attitude of the natural sciences under the first
abstraction. This has consequences that will be considered in (3.a) below.
(2.b) Individual persons are given for empirical social psychology in their
encounters with their social context. What is of interest is the second-
order understanding of the first-order self-understanding of other persons
in their practical actions and interactions in their social environment. The
empirical basis includes, hence, in addition to the material basis of (2.a),
the understanding of purposes and basic systems of values determining
the purposes; and beyond that, of systems of higher understanding
that legitimate the applied system of values in practical actions and
interactions in a cultural lifeworld. This means that (2.b) considers
life expressions as material for interpretations and not as descriptions
of observations. It includes psychological contents and structures that
are in brackets on level (2.a). Of basic significance for the system
of the systematic human sciences is that the empirical basis of (2.b)
includes the subjective cognitive correlates of cogitata that belong to the
empirical basis of the research in the social sciences, namely, systems of
institutionalized social interactions. The results of research in the social
sciences are, hence, the correlate of, and as such a presupposition for,
the empirical basis of research in social psychology and vice versa. More
about this point will be said under (3.b).
(2.c) The individual person is individual because she/he has its unique personal
“history.” This “history” is not yet present as given in reproductive
intentional activity. It is present only in memory,35 first of all as a
history of the past social relations of the person, but also the history
of the individual experience of one’s own body in its relations to the
natural environment. The reconstruction and analysis of this history and
35
Cf. Sect. 3.4.
300 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
its influence on the present potential and actual mental and physical
actions of individual persons is the task of an understanding psychology
of the individual. Of specific significance for this understanding is the
interpretation of traumatic experiences that are present in the realm of
the pre-conscious continuum of retentions. The partially conscious and
partially only associative repressions of such contents, along with their
potential to be contents of present memories constitutes the realm of
subconscious contents in the sphere of primordial retentions that can,
nevertheless, be a determining factor for present representations and
actions. Psychoanalysis is the dimension of individual psychology that
is especially interested in this aspect of lived individual experience.
(3) Like all theories, theoretical psychology presupposes generalizing abstractions.
Two dimensions of generalising abstractions are relevant for psychology: the
generalizing abstraction in which types of events in the experiencing life of
other persons as animated bodies are given, and the generalizing abstractions
in which types of individual persons are given. There is a psychology of
perception, of recognizing gestalt qualities,36 of memory (3.a), but also of
different attitudes toward the social environment (3.b), and in addition there are
theories of different types of individual persons and the individual “histories”
of such persons (3.c).
(3.a) The theories of experimental psychology refer to data belonging to the
empirical basis (2.a), i.e., to the types of reactions to external stimuli,
with or without internal inclinations and drives given on the level of
first-order animalic and elementary understanding. The theories refer to a
system of causal relations that can be tested in experiments. Experimental
psychology on this level is able to determine most of the initial conditions
and to control and if possible to measure the impact of added causal
factors. Such experiments belong to understanding psychology only to
the extent to which empathic secondary understanding not only of verbal
life expressions but also of immediate bodily life expressions of animated
living bodies, higher animals included, are relevant for observations.
The already mentioned (2.a) epistemological problem of experimental
psychology is the problem of possible tests using cases with similar
experimental arrangements to study the physiological reactions to exter-
nal stimuli of living bodies considered as organisms, i.e., as objects of
the life sciences. A possible conclusion is that the causal connections
discovered in the life sciences can be considered as the better “expla-
nations” for the corresponding psychological causal connections. The
consequence of this naturalism is that this might be possible also for
psychological phenomena and explanations belonging to (3.b) and (3.c).
36
Gurwitsch 1929, introduced this viewpoint. The hyletic field is already structured in its own right
and is not a collection of atomistic hyletic data.
10.3 Psychology 301
37
E.g. family and clan structures, economic structures, structures of the distribution of power.
38
It is possible, for instance, that certain groups of participants in social interactions are guided by
expectations embedded in intentions and purposes that have not been considered to be relevant for
the outcome of the interactions by other participants in the interactions. These problems will be
considered in the next section.
39
There is, furthermore, the interpretation of the psychologists of the answers of their “objects” to
their questions and inquiries, and there is then finally the task of the interpretation of the whole
context of all of the dimensions of such investigations in a final evaluation of their results.
10.3 Psychology 303
40
Cf. Sect. 2.3. A systematic account of the meaning of types, morphological ideal types, ideal
types and rational ideal types in the social sciences will be given in the next section.
41
For Dilthey, this level of individual psychology was also of interest for the historical human
sciences, and there especially for interpretations of works of art.
42
According to Ricoeur 1970 Freud’s psychoanalysis is an art of interpretation. Psychoanalysis in
the strict sense on the level of its application to patients does not use drugs, but only the diagnostic
dialogue with patients. Today psychiatrists trying to understand the patient using communications
with the patients can also use drugs if they have the licence to do so in the treatment of their
patients.
304 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
43
Cf. Sect. 6.4.
44
The assumption that Freud was not able to analyze workers in Vienna because they were too
stupid speaks against Freud’s theory and not against the Vienna workers. Seen from the viewpoint
of historical research, it is also an absurd anachronism to explain, for instance, the behavior of
the pharaoh Akhnaton with elements taken from the myth of Oedipus. The family structures
especially the family tradition of the Egyptian pharaohs and their mythological background cannot
be explained and interpreted with myths taken from the archaic Greek tradition.
45
Biography is in the center of Dilthey’s reflections on historical interpretations; cf. Sect. 4.2.
10.3 Psychology 305
living body, including bodies of humans considered as organisms. These bodies are,
however, also given for physicians as other living bodies first of all the bodies of
other human persons, i.e., as consociates. The social relationship of the practicing
physician with the patient is indirect because the direct object of the physician is the
body of the patient considered as organism. The social relation of practicing clinical
psychologists to the patient or client is direct because it implies interpretations of
life expressions of the lived experience of other persons, but applied psychology is
also linked with the medical arts and vice versa. The link is psychiatry to the extent
to which psychiatry applies medications that affect the physiology of the human
body and are able to cause changes in the behavior and the mental constitution of
patients.
Even on the level (3.b) the psychological theories of social psychology already
imply references to norms, purposes, and values, and research in individual
psychology implies in addition the interpretations of memories required for the
reconstruction of an individual history. Their “technological” application is also
guided by an interest in the question whether a certain irregular behavior of other
persons is harmful for such persons and/or other persons, and this interest is guided
in turn by evaluations and normative considerations. Interactions of the practicing
psychologists with their clients in the actual lifeworld are, therefore, also subject to
moral and juridical evaluations and judgments of contemporaries.
Solutions for the general methodological problems of the systematic human
sciences mentioned in Sects. 10.1 and 10.2 are necessary presuppositions for
answers to the epistemological question whether and how observations in the
systematic human sciences can be observations of disinterested observers and
interpreters in the different disciplines of psychology and the social sciences.
Experimental psychology presupposes only communications about reactions of
the “objects” to stimuli. The reactions can include not only immediate bodily life
expressions, but also verbal reports of the “objects” about the lived experience
of their reactions to the stimuli.46 Left after this abstraction from all secondary
understanding of purposes and values is not nature as an in-itself closed universe,
but the presently common natural environment of the researcher and the “objects.”
The observer and experimenter can be in this sense a “disinterested observer.”
The observer can apply experimental methods in social psychology if her/his
observations of social interactions and life expressions, including information about
the purposes of the interactions in communications, remains without any admixture
of the researcher’s judgments about the values guiding such interactions. Since the
second-order understanding of the social interactions of the interpreting psycholo-
gists and the first-order understanding of the social interactions of their “objects”
now belong to separate streams of lived experience, it is tempting to assume that the
46
Experimental psychology and only experimental psychology can be reduced with behaviorism
to a natural science as long as only intersensory observations without any admixture of empathic
understanding or interpretations of verbal and/or fixed life expressions are admitted in the
description of the reactions to the stimuli.
306 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
47
Cf. Sect. 4.5 and the interpretation and discussion of the difficulties of the term Wissenschaft-
slehre in the introduction to Embree n.d.
308 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
English is now “doctrine of science.” The term was used later by Bolzano for a
quite different type of Wissenschaftslehre. A Wissenschaftslehre in general, i.e.,
covering the common features of Fichte’s, Bolzano’s, and Husserl’s use of the
term, is a theory of the structure of the system of basic categories of the different
ontological regions that can serve as foundations of the positive sciences, and
such a Wissenschaftslehre is in this respect of significance for, but by no means
identical with, the epistemologies of positive sciences.
The difficulty for Schutz in the cultural context of the United States, which
was governed at this time by analytic positivism, was in effect to explain the
difference between a Wissenschaftslehre and a Wissenschaftstheorie, i.e., a theory
of science. A theory of science is an epistemology of positive sciences in general.
It is not necessary to give a detailed interpretation of Schutz’s attempt to cope with
the difficulty of explaining the difference between his approach and the approach
of the theory of science in the analytic tradition, given in the present task of
conducting a systematic explication of investigations about a phenomenological
epistemology of the empirical sciences.48 It is sufficient for this purpose to refer
to the distinction between phenomenology as a general theory of the categorial
structures of ontological regions that can serve as the foundations of the different
sciences, on the one hand, and on the other hand a phenomenological epistemology
reflecting the different methodologies of the formal and the empirical sciences as
characterized in Sect. 4.5.
Theories in the social sciences are theories of structures of social institutions
as parts of the structure of the social world. The social world is a system of
social relations between institutionalized groups and between individual persons
and groups. Social relations between individual persons and groups of individual
persons are “relations in interactions” between participants in systems of social
interactions. A preliminary epistemological reflection already discovers that the
objects and the region of the objects of the theories of the social sciences are not
individual events and states of affairs given in immediate experience. Descriptions in
the social sciences start, like all other descriptive sciences, with descriptions of types
given in generalizing abstraction that have their empirical basis in observations.
Following Alfred Schutz, it was a generally accepted methodological principle
that the empirical basis for phenomenological descriptions in the social sciences is
the lifeworld.49 The term for such descriptions of material ontological structures a
priori in the social lifeworld is “ideal type.”50 Like Kaufmann’s term “scheme of
48
Cf. Embree 1980 and the critical discussion in Nasu 2010; Schutz’s, “Positivistic Philosophy and
the Actual Approach of Interpretative Social Science” of 1953 was first published in Schutz 1997.
An earlier shorter version entitled “Concept and Theory Formation in the Social Sciences” was
published in the Journal of Philosophy in 1954 and is now available in Schutz CP I, 48–66.
49
Cf. on lifeworld in Schutz also: Schutz and Luckman 1973.
50
Schutz 1967, xxxi, 6, 196f; 227; cf. Embree 2015, ch. 10 with the references to Schutz CP I,
40–42, CP II, 81. A terminological synonym for “ideal type” used by Schutz after the fifties of the
10.4 The Social Sciences 309
interpretation,” the term “ideal type” was adopted by Schutz from Max Weber.51
Schutz’s term “ideal type” and related terms like “typification” will be used in the
present investigation, but some remarks about modifications in the explication of
the meaning of these terms will be necessary. The modifications are consequences
of the theory of eidetic intuition in Sect. 2.3; of the typology of understanding and
the explication of the general structures of the lifeworld in Sect. 3.2; and finally, of
the epistemological reflections on hermeneutics and histories in Part II.
According to Schutz52 Weber himself rejected a Neo-Kantian interpretation of
his understanding of “ideal type.” For Schutz, a priori forms have to be understood
in phenomenological contexts not as subjective, but as objective formal or material,
exact or morphological essences in the sense worked out in Ideas I and the Logical
Investigations. Beyond that, Schutz understands the terms “type” and “typification”
in the sense of Husserl’s explication of the meaning of “empirical types” in
Experience and Judgment.53 “Types” are already present in the typifications of
everyday life, as standardized but still ambiguous conceptualizations of common-
sense thinking.54 Apart from some extensions, e.g., the reference to Kant’s theory
of the schematism of the imagination underlying empirical concepts, there is no
difference between the understanding of “type” and “typification” in Schutz and the
explication of these terms in this investigation.
The problem left is, however, that the examples of material exact and morpholog-
ical essences mentioned by Husserl are in most cases essences of abstract dependent
parts of concrete wholes, and nothing is said about the constitution of ideal types
as essences of concrete wholes of the first order but also of higher orders. Solutions
for this problem can be found neither in Schutz nor in the literature about Schutz.55
Presupposing the formal ontological analyses of Sect. 2.2 and their application in
Sect. 2.3, it is, however, possible to offer a solution that is at least compatible with
Husserl’s basic intentions. The term “ideal type” is in this investigation understood
in the sense that has been determined in Sect. 2.3 as a result of a partial analysis
of the material, i.e., morphological ontological structures of concrete wholes of a
higher order given in eidetic intuition.
last century was “construct.” He also used for ideal types of acting persons the metaphors “puppet”
and “homunculus.”
51
Cf. Reeder 1991, 44, on Kaufmann 1944.
52
See Schutz CP IV 126 on the influence of the South-Western German Neo-Kantian school for the
interpretation of “ideal” in “ideal type” in Weber in the first section of “Positivistic Philosophy and
the Actual Approach in the Interpretative Social Sciences” in Schutz CP V. Schutz following in this
respect Kelson, emphasized, however, also in the beginning of “Husserl and His Influence on Me,”
CP V, that the Neo-Kantians nowhere provided a solution for the problem of the understanding of
the subjective meaning of a social action of the actor.
53
Husserl 1972, §83.
54
Cf. Embree 2015, ch. 11 and the references there to Schutz CP I, 323, 348; cf. CP II 233.
55
The constitution of constructs requires, according to “Positivistic Philosophy,” §2, in Schutz
CP V; a “set of abstractions, generalizations, formalizations, and idealizations.” Seen from a
formal-ontological point of view the same can be said about the constitution of numbers and sets.
310 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
This explication presupposed the formal ontological structure of the whole and
its parts and the theory of static, genetic and generative foundations discussed
in Sect. 2.2. The specific problems of the application of such ideal types in the
systematic human sciences in general were considered at the beginning of Sect. 10.3.
A systematic exposition of a system of different “types” of ideal types and their
methodological functions in the social sciences will be given after some preliminary
epistemological analyses of basic aspects of the methodology of research in
the social sciences. The analyses presuppose in addition what has been said in
Sect. 10.3 about the temporal structures and the correlations between observation,
interpretation, prediction, and explanation in the systematic human sciences in
general. Of interest is first of all the problem of the mutual interdependency of (1)
the structures of interpretations of presently observed social relations and (2) of the
structures of the predictions and the confirmation or disconfirmation of predictions
in the future horizon of present observations of social situations.
(1) All social interactions require verbal and/or non-verbal communication, and
according to Sects. 4.3 and 4.5, communications require in turn the reciprocal
second-order understanding of the first-order elementary and higher under-
standing of Others. The first-order understanding of the social interactions
of the participants in the interactions can be understood in the second-
order understanding by consociates and contemporaries. The whole context
of first-order and second-order understanding is the empirical basis for the
interpretations of social interactions and individual actions in social psychology
and the empirical social sciences. First-order elementary understanding is,
with a grain of salt, roughly equivalent to Weber’s and Schutz’s subjective or
insider understanding of the meaning of an action or an interaction. Second-
order elementary understanding is Weber’s and Schutz’s “objective” or outsider
meaning. “Objective” is a misnomer in this case because elementary and
even higher secondary understanding of the meaning of actions and of life
expressions of Others in general is by itself not an immediate warrant of its
intersubjective, i.e., objective validity, because it is always accompanied by
possible misunderstanding and not-understanding. Secondary understanding as
interpretation in the theoretical cognitive attitude needs, hence, a methodology
or at least a doctrine of methods.56
Two temporal dimensions of secondary understanding can be distinguished:
the secondary understanding of predecessors, and the secondary understanding of
contemporaries and consociates. Predecessors and their actions and interactions are
given for secondary understanding only via reports in fixed life expressions, histor-
ical narrations. Consociates and contemporaries and their actions and interactions
are given in actual or at least possible observations as immediate life expressions.
56
On subjective and objective meaning and Schutz’s critique of “objective” meaning in Weber’s
terminology see Schutz CP II, 257 quoted in Embree 2015, ch. 11.
10.4 The Social Sciences 311
57
E.g., Schutz 1967, 210.
58
Cf. Seebohm 2013.
59
Setting aside the difficulty that “interpretative” would be an inadequate translation because
“interpretation” means more than just “Verstehen.,” The terminology used in this investigation
follows the explication of the terms in the analyses of the typology of understanding in Sect. 3.2.
312 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
given for the social scientists. However, a theoretical claim of this sort always
requires always critical reflections on observations that are able to confirm such
assumptions.60 Within the social sciences the first-order understanding of social
interactions by participants in these social interactions presupposes and begins with
the understanding of their purpose determining their in-order-to-motive, i.e., the
practical intention of their activities.
All social interactions are guided by purposes, values, and norms given in the
immediate experience of elementary understanding and beyond that in systems of
higher understanding, and these systems of understanding include the elementary
and higher understanding of the natural and/or social situations of the interactions.
Purposes, values and norms are correlates in the context of understanding actions
and interactions. The realization of a purpose is the realization of an observable
object that has a certain value, and it is the value that is constitutive for norms for
governing actions and interactions: if x has the value y, then x should be, or, in case
of a moral value, ought to be realized.61
The first and second-order understanding of the purposes determines the under-
standing of efficient means for realizing the purpose in the process of the social
interaction, i.e., in Schutz’s terminology the “in-order-to-motives” determine the
“because-motives.”62 The terminology of Schutz covers the aspect of the moti-
vational relevance of the subjective lived experience of the participants in social
interactions, i.e., the aspect that is of interest for interpretative social psychology and
by implication according to Sect. 10.3, for individual psychology as well. However,
the guiding purpose can be and was understood in pre-scientific philosophical
ontology as a final cause that determines the selection and the order of the objective
sequence of efficient causes for the process of the realization of the purpose. It
is, therefore, in many cases possible that the first-order and then also a second-
order understanding of social interactions imply an understanding of a context of
causations. This first-order understanding implies the expectation and with it the
prediction that the action or interaction will be able to realize the purpose with the
aid of efficient means, including tools and techniques, if there are no unforeseen
disturbances caused by external efficient causal conditions.63
(2) Interpretations in the social sciences have to be the result of a methodologically
guided secondary understanding of the object, the cogitatum of the first-
order understanding of the social interactions by the participants in the social
interactions. The knowledge and understanding of causal relations in the present
presupposed for the interpretation of social interactions in the present implies
60
This is, for instance, at least questionable for psychoanalytic interpretations and ideology
critique.
61
This formula is a slightly extended version of the formulas that have been discussed in Sect. 4.5
on normative sciences in the LI. See also Embree 2006 and 2010b.
62
Schutz 1967, 188–190; Schutz CP II 81, CP V “Reflections on the Problem of Relevance,” §§2
and 3, cf. Embree 2015, ch. 10.
63
Cf. Schutz and Luckman 1973, 3, C, 4 on typicality and prediction 238f.
10.4 The Social Sciences 313
64
This is the assumption of the positivistic and analytic tradition in the epistemology of the
systematic and even the historical human sciences. Cf. also the Introduction of Embree 2015.
65
Cf. Sect. 8.1 on the generative foundations of the natural sciences.
314 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
a synonym of “ideal type,” but also as a term that can be used as a methodical
guideline for applications of different subtypes of ideal types in empirical social
research. According to Schutz, a “construct” implies a methodological rule for the
application of the construct and its substructures to the objects of empirical social
research. The constitution of constructs requires the application of abstract ideal
types to empirical material that belongs to not yet structurally articulated empirical
types of social communities and institutions.66 The next problem is the problem
of the criteria of objective validity. Answers to this question have to begin with a
critical evaluation of the list of Schutzean postulates like relevance, consistency,
and adequacy that can be applied as guidelines for empirical research in the social
sciences.67
According to Schutz, it is possible to use the term “ideal type” for certain
essential dependent or independent partial structures of “course of action types.”
Schutz distinguishes (1) course of action types; (2) personal ideal types guided
by typical in-order-to-motives; (3) cultural products or artifacts (including tools).68
For Schutz type (2) can be derived from type (1) and vice versa. Type (3) can be
understood as the realized product of (1) as guided by in-order-to-motives. The
personal ideal types (2) are the ideal types or constructs that can be understood
as puppets or homunculi in the classification of Schutz.
A precise understanding of this classification has to cope with difficulties. The
main difficulty is that there seems to be a one-to-one correlation between a course
of action type and a personal type. It follows that it will be difficult for Schutz
to distinguish clearly between a phenomenological epistemology (Wissenschaft-
slehre) for the social sciences and a phenomenological psychology serving as a
phenomenological epistemology for social psychology as an empirical science.
It cannot be the task of a systematic investigation to decide problems of the
interpretation of Schutz’s theory of ideal types and constructs and his division of
different types and constructs. What had to be emphasized is only that his theory
is, though partially modified and extended here, the presupposition of a formal and
material analysis of a system of different subtypes of the general type of ideal types
that can be applied in the social sciences.
The comprehensive (1) ideal types that can be applied in the social sciences are
not “course of action types” for individuals. They are course of social interaction
types. The ideal type “social interaction” is a basic category of the ontology of
the lifeworld in general, and as such a structural whole of the highest degree of
66
Embree 2009c.
67
Cf. in Schutz 1967, 237. The explications of the concepts “ideal type,” “construct,” and
“postulate” ought not be understood as an interpretation of Schutz’s theory of ideal types,
constructs, and postulates. Instead, it prepares the explication of the application of these terms
in the context of the present systematic investigation.
68
Following Embree n.d. ch. 10 see for (1) Schutz 1967, 197, CP I 17, 40; for (2) Schutz 1967,
187–90, CP I 19, CP IV 101; and for (3) Schutz 1967, 187; CP II 81, and for the following see also
Schutz 1967, 187, 196f., 227, 242.
316 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
(1) No explicit knowledge of the efficient causality guiding the search for means
to realize the purpose is required in cases of bricolage ideal types. The
technical term bricolage is borrowed from ethnological research in cultural
anthropology, and means that the finding of means and the recognition of
actions as means is the outcome of haphazard searches; it is also possible
that the finding of certain means can change the original projection of the
purpose. Two examples of subtypes of bricolage ideal types can be mentioned.
(1.a) Some practical social interactions take place on the level of animalic
understanding without any explicit first-order understanding of the purposes
and means guiding the fulfillment of in-order-to-motives that are satisfied by
the participation in the interaction. (1.b) Though there are interactions that
do have an explicit first-order understanding of the purpose and are likewise
satisfied by the participation in the interaction (e.g., dance, playing games, and
singing together) most examples of this subtype of practical social interactions
are interested in the realization of freely chosen purposes as “artifacts,” e.g., the
creation and enjoyment of works of the fine arts or poetry. Techniques based on
conscious application of knowledge about efficient causal relations are of minor
significance in such interactions. Required are the “free” associative intuitions
of the genius.69
(2) Ideal types of rational practical social interactions requiring rational behavior
from all participants, e.g., participants that represent the ideal type homo
oeconomicus, must have purposes that are able to function as final causes
determining a “rational” selection of efficient means and shaping the rational
determination of the temporal sequence of the application of such means. The
selection can be called rational because it implies the understanding of causal
relations of ground and consequence. The understanding of the interactions by
the participants has the general form: if the realization of a purpose P with the
value V is desired, then x, y, and z have to be done in this order. Rational ideal
types of social interactions presuppose a first-order understanding of efficient
causality that is already more or less determined by the first understanding of
efficient causality in the context of the natural sciences.
A caveat must be added. To call purposes of practical social interaction rational
in the sense characterized above does not imply that the choice of such purposes
as a guide for interactions is rational in the sense of being reasonable. There may
also be some good reasons to prefer purposes for practical social interactions that
are incompatible with rational practical behavior. It is by no means reasonable for
Buddhist or Christian monks to choose purposes that are characteristic for certain
types of rational behavior, governed by the leading purposes of participants in a
market economy.
69
Participation in and interpretation of such interactions requires the “re-living” in Dilthey’s sense
of the work of the “genius”; cf. Seebohm 2004, 60f., 160f.
318 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
70
Cf. for what follows the discussion of the difficulties of this term (with numerous references to
the writings of Schutz) the Introduction to Embree 2015.
71
Cf. fn. 148: Wissenschaftslehre in Fichte is the deduction of the basic categories of theoretical
and practical philosophy as an explication of the positing absolute acts, Tathandlungen, of the
absolute I. Wissenschaftslehre in Bolzano is the explication of the categories of an ontological
logic. However, in the development of the positivism of the nineteenth century in Germany in the
wake of J. S. Mill, the term already covered epistemological reflections on the methodology of the
empirical sciences as well.
10.4 The Social Sciences 319
for the applicability of theories in the empirical sciences in general. However, (3) the
postulate of relevance, more precisely the postulate of interpretative relevance, is of
significance not only for the methodology of the construction of ideal types, but also
for the methods of verifying and falsifying of propositions that have been derived
from ideal types in the social sciences. This postulate requires the determination of
a scheme of reference, i.e., of the scope and the limits within which the relevant
ideal types can be applied.72 It can be understood as a specifying reformulation
of a general methodological principle for categorial schemes that determine the
application of basic categories in empirical sciences in general for the special
purposes of the social sciences. What this third postulate really means in the social
sciences can only be determined with the aid of the fourth and the fifth postulates,
i.e., (4) the postulate of subjective interpretation and (5) the postulate of adequacy.73
(4) the postulate of subjective interpretation has a number of presuppositions. It
presupposes that (4.a) the actors know where their action starts and where it
ends, and what their “in-order-to-motives” and their “because-motives” are. In
terms of the typology of understanding laid out in Sect. 3.2 of this investigation,
actors have a first-order understanding of the purposes and the efficient means
used for the realization of the purposes in their actions. (4.b) In social life,
the individual actor’s knowledge of the action also implies that this action
is given as an aspect of an interaction in a shared intersubjective world, i.e.,
in a structural reciprocity of perspectives. (4.c) This subjective meaning can
be understood by the partners of the actors who are also involved with the
actors in the interaction because they share a set of purposes with these actors.
Moreover it is understood, and this means it can be understood in secondary
understanding according to Sect. 3.2 of this investigation, by consociates and
contemporaries who are not immediately involved in the interaction. Interpre-
tations of the subjective meaning of social interactions for the participants, the
actors in such interactions, require in addition a secondary understanding that is
not only not involved in, but also disinterested in the interaction. The difficulties
connected with this requirement have already been considered in Sect. 10.2 and
will be considered again in the end of this section.
(5) The postulate of adequacy in Schutz’s system of postulates can be understood as
a special version of the requirement of the testability, of the openness for confir-
mation and disconfirmation of hypotheses and theories in the empirical sciences
in general, for the specific situation of the social sciences. Except for certain
aspects of the postulate of relevance mentioned above, the first four postulates
can be considered as methodological rules for the construction of theories in
the social sciences, i.e., for the construction of ideal types of social actions and
72
See “Reflections on the Problems of Relevance 3” and “The Interdependency of the Systems of
Relevance” in Schutz CP V.
73
About the system of postulates in Schutz’s see Embree 2015 at the end of chapter 10 and the
references there to Schutz 1967, 144, 241; CP I 24, 35; CP II, 18f, 85; CP IV, 22; and CP V
“Positivistic Philosophy,” etc., §3.
320 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
74
CP II 85 and CP V l.c. – The postulates of relevance and of adequacy can be understood as
necessary implications of applications of an occasionally mentioned postulate of testability or
verification for the empirical sciences in general of the positivistic tradition to the social sciences
in Schutz epistemology of the social sciences.
75
Cf. Sect. 4.3 above.
10.4 The Social Sciences 321
The basic problem behind these difficulties is that the interest in presently given
social interactions presupposes a cognitive attitude that is restricted to one abstract
dimension, an abstract moment of the concrete experience of social reality. The
present in the lifeworld in general is always given as a dependent correlate of its
past horizon and social research interpreted in presently given social interactions
always presupposes and implies research in social history. Social history is, like
history in general, only present in fixed life expressions.
Disregarding this dimension of problems there are two other difficulties for
applications of the criteria mentioned in the postulate of adequacy. The first is
an ambiguity. In Schutz’s formulations the postulate refers to course of action
types of individual actors. However, the subjective, social psychological aspect is
dominating in the analysis of subjective meaning even for the requirement that an
interpretation has to presuppose that the actors understand the action as an action in
the intersubjective world, i.e., in a structural reciprocity of perspectives. Description
of the structures of systems of institutional interaction by no means presuppose a
positivistic behaviorism if they replace the metaphors “puppets” and “homunculi”
by n-placed relations between nodes of functions, i.e., description of social roles.
For a cognitive attitude that is interested in the description of such structures in a
certain type of feudal society “king” is a function that can be satisfied by “variable”
persons who function only as substitution instances. The “puppets” or “homunculi”
as abstract schemes of concrete individuals occur only for social psychologists who
are interested in the representations in which a king is given to members of the
feudal nobility and the members of the feudal nobility are given for the king.
According to Schutz it is possible to test predictions about the future behavior
of participants in systems of interactions or the future development of such systems
in experiments.76 Though it is only an occasional remark and not a postulate, this
possibility is of basic significance for a critical phenomenological analysis of the
postulate of adequacy. It is of significance because the epistemological structure
of the experimental testing of predictions is an essential partial aspect of the
application of the postulate. Other aspects will be considered below. The hypotheses
derived from a pre-given ideal type in such applications are assumptions about the
subjective meaning of an action in the first-order understanding of the action of
participants in interactions. The quasi-experimental test is to ask the participants in
the interactions whether they agree or disagree with the hypothetical interpretation
of their first-order understanding. The hypothetical interpretation implied in the
ideal type is confirmed if they agree. It is disconfirmed if they disagree.
There is, however, the possibility that a confirmation of a hypothetical interpre-
tation will be followed by the disconfirmation of a hypothesis about future events
in the development of a system of social interactions or in partial aspects of the
system. This disconfirmation of a prediction implied in a quasi-experimental test
is in such cases the correlate of a disappointment of the expectations of first-order
understanding of the interaction of participants in the interaction. The confirmed
76
CP I, 165; CP V, “Positivistic Philosophy.”
322 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
interpretation and the disconfirmed prediction are compatible in such cases. Several
types of external factors can be responsible for such situations, and there are also
several types of internal factors that can cause similar problems.
(1) External factors in the strict sense are changes in the natural environment that
cause destructions of the causal conditions of techniques or technologies used
in practical interactions in the encounter with the natural environment. As in
history, explanations of such changes are possible with the aid of causal laws
borrowed from the natural sciences, but predictions of future events in the
present presupposing such causal laws are also possible. Predictions of their
consequences for social structures share the difficulties that will be mentioned
in (2).
(2) Social history teaches that technical or technological innovations can change the
structure of practical social interactions, and even the structure of whole systems
of social interactions. Given a certain level of the development of technologies
in a lifeworld with sciences, it is once again possible to predict the potential
of developing new technologies again with the aid of theories borrowed from
the natural sciences, but a prediction of the social effects of such hitherto
unknown causal factors emerging in the present together with the innovations is
impossible. The social effects of innovations can only be recognized by looking
back at what has happened in the past after the emergence of the technical or
technological innovations in social history.
(3) Conditions in the natural environment that can disturb practical social interac-
tions and systems of practical social interactions can themselves be side effects
of techniques and technologies that have been applied in the interactions and
caused changes in the natural environment.
(4) Practical or civil social interactions in the social environment of a practical
social interaction can be factors that disturb or even interrupt the realization
of the purpose of practical social interactions. Closer considerations of the
impact of these factors presuppose the phenomenological analyses of the
basic structures of civil social interactions in the final two sections of this
investigation.
External factors are first of all of significance for cases of the ideal type “rational
practical social interaction,” but predictions presupposing ideal types of this kind
can also be partially or completely disconfirmed by internal factors, i.e., competing
values and purposes determining the interactions of a system of social interactions.
Such factors occur if not all groups of participants in the same systems of social
interactions are guided by the same purposes, e.g., workers and trade unions versus
management and shareholders. They occur, furthermore, if there are conflicts in
cases in which an individual or groups of individuals participate in different systems
of interactions with different purposes, values, and duties, e.g., duties as family
members or members of religious communities and membership in the higher ranks
of economic or political systems. It is possible in such cases that choices of efficient
means for the realization of goals in one system are prohibited by the other system,
e.g., the charging of interest for a banker who is a faithful Muslim.
10.4 The Social Sciences 323
There are also no problems with predictions about the outcome of practical social
interactions that belong to the level of animalic understanding. First-order animalic
understanding by itself is originally given in communications via immediate bodily
life expressions. Communications referring to contents of animalic understanding
on the level of linguistic expressions are determined by systems of higher under-
standing. Predictions that can be confirmed or disconfirmed in experimental tests
can be borrowed from the life sciences and/or from experimental psychology.
Difficulties occur for ideal types of “free” interactions because justifications of
actions referring to efficient causality are not needed, and are even suspicious in the
context of such interactions. Such free interactions can be characterized as bricolage
because they are not determined by references to causal efficiency. The general
difficulty for applications of the postulate of adequacy in such cases is that it is
meaningless to ask for because-motives referring to efficient causal connections.
Of interest in this respect are interactions of artists creating works of art as their
“artifacts” and their “audience” of more or less active participants that have the
“taste” to appreciate such works of art. Of basic significance for the development
of social structures are, however, first of all the “works” of shamans, of prophets
and enlightened spiritual leaders, of philosophers, and of scientists as creators of
a “scientific worldview.” Of significance is, hence, what belongs in general to the
literary tradition of genres of higher understanding or, in other words, all cultural
interactions and their products along with the social structures of the consumption
of such products that are usually considered as belonging to the higher education of
a cultural tradition.
It is impossible to confirm or disconfirm interpretations of practical social inter-
actions of this type with the aid of confirmations or disconfirmations of predictions
because no significant references to causal relations are implied in first-order
understanding of the authors and the “consumers” of the artifacts of such practical
social interactions. The “works” produced by such social interactions are supposed
to be at least in part created “under the influence” of “original inspirations” and to
be “works of genius” in the case of works of art, philosophy, or basic new ideas in
the sciences,77 but also in the case of prophets of divine revelations. These original
inspirations usually determine both the purpose of the interactions and the means
that are able to realize the purpose all together in one step.
This list of internal factors is not complete but it is sufficient to shed doubts on the
assumption that interpretations of social interactions of this type can be confirmed
or disconfirmed if the participants in the interactions admit in interviews that they
agree or disagree with the interpretation. A “testing” of an interpretation of, e.g., a
religious ceremony, requires more than asking some deliberately chosen participant
about what the ceremony means in her/his everyday understanding of the ceremony.
It requires, hence, more than the version of a postulate of adequacy that might
be sufficient for testing interpretations derived from rational ideal types, e.g., in
economics.
77
See Sect. 4.1 on Boeckh and the work of the genius.
324 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
78
Cf. Sects. 5.3 and 10.2.
10.4 The Social Sciences 325
between the experience of past and present reality in intersubjective temporality. The
temporal structures that determine research activities in the social sciences imply
two temporal perspectives. The social sciences can be considered as an annex of
social history, i.e., as the attempt to develop a classificatory system of different
empirical and then also of ideal types of systems of social interaction based on
historical experience. For this perspective, as in history, the present only occurs as
a limit of the empirical basis of research. The situation is different for the temporal
perspective of empirical social research that is first of all interested in the present
as the center of its research. The historical past is only of interest insofar as it is
relevant as the past horizon of the present.
The universe of the objects of social research, the social interactions with
participants interested in the goals and means of the interactions as the objects
of social research, and social research itself coexist together in the same present.
The question is whether or not and how a methodological abstraction that can be
constitutive for a strict separation between the social researchers, on the one hand,
and the objects of research, on the other hand, is possible for this perspective of
the empirical social sciences. This question is not a question for a “phenomenology
of the social world.” It is a question for a phenomenological epistemology of the
empirical social sciences. Relevant for an answer to this question is the following
summary of the descriptive analyses of basic structural aspects of empirical research
in the social sciences.
(1) According to the principle that only everyday experience can serve as the
foundation of conceptualizations and theory-building in the social sciences only
the present situation of social research can serve as the empirical basis for
the abstracting and constructing of ideal types or constructions in the social
sciences. According to the outcome of the preceding analyses of the pre-
scientific first-order and second-order understanding of social interactions, this
means that social researchers are in themselves participants in these interactions
in the beginning. However, the attitude of a social scientist who wants to
be a disinterested observer presupposes a methodological abstraction. This
abstraction has to bracket all interests implied in the first-order and second-
order understanding of interactions from the cognitive attitude.
(2) As objects of eidetic abstractions and constructions “ideal types” are
a-temporal. The cognitive attitude in which ideal types are given requires a
methodological abstraction that includes in its residuum only material and
formal essences. The methodological abstraction excludes objects given in
materially empirical reality. Excluded are, hence, all practical interactions
that are interested not only in the realization of objects and states of affairs,
but also in discovering real objects that might serve as efficient means in
a process of the realization. The phenomenologist who has a theoretical
interest in a “phenomenology of the social world” is, therefore, in this sense a
disinterested “observer” of ideal objects. It is of epistemological significance,
328 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
79
The author of the first book on economics in the Aristotelian tradition was probably Theophras-
tus. Latin translations with some extensions existed since the first half of the thirteenth century.
330 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
the possibility” of this application of mathematics have been considered in Part III.80
Economics is a systematic human science admitting an application of mathematics
that is prima facie similar to the application of mathematics in the hard sciences.
The application of mathematics to objects of an ontological region presupposes
definitions of the basic categories of the region in terms of mathematical equations
and must be distinguished from the application of mathematical statistics in the
probability calculus.81 The application of mathematics to ontological regions refers
to objects and relations between objects in the region. The application of mathe-
matical statistics in the probability calculus refers to the probability of predictions
and differences of the statistical weight of the efficiency of factors in the ensemble
of antecedents of predictions. Statistics and the probability calculus are, therefore,
also applicable in the “soft” life sciences, in the historical human sciences, e.g.,
philology,82 and in the systematic human sciences, e.g., psychology.
The main epistemological task is, hence, a phenomenological analysis of the
foundations, the “necessary presuppositions of the possibility” of the application of
causal explanations and mathematics in the theories of economics as an empirical
social science, and this task requires a precise explication of the generative and
static structure of the ideal type “market economy.” Seen from the viewpoint of
economic research and economic theories, such an explication would merely be
a trivial re-definition of basic economic concepts in the terms and context of the
phenomenological analyses of practical and civil social interactions in the lifeworld.
However, the purpose of these considerations is not to enhance economic research.
The first task is to determine the specific ideal types of practical social inter-
actions that serve the production of artifacts as goods, the exchange of goods,
and the application of technologies in the production of goods. The second task
is to prepare the ground for a phenomenological solution of the epistemological
problem of the necessary presupposition of the possibility, and the foundations of
the applicability, of mathematics in economic theories, determining “its scope and
its limits.” This solution should be also able to determine the difference between
the application of mathematics in the hard natural sciences and in economics as an
empirical systematic human science.
A sketch of the basic structures of archaic economies and the generative
foundations of economies applying technology in the practical and civil interactions
of monetary market systems is necessary before turning to the phenomenological
analyses of the epistemological problems of empirical economical research. Two
types of social authorities can be distinguished in such systems of social interac-
tions, the authorities determining the process of practical interactions serving the
production of goods and the authorities determining the distribution of goods and
80
Cf. for the following Sects. 8.2, 8.3, 9.1.
81
Mathematical statistics can also be applied in the definitions of the categories of a region in the
hard natural sciences, e.g., in the statistical theory of gases and then in quantum theory.
82
Simple statistical investigations, e.g., for determining the frequencies of words used in a text, can
be hints for the solution of the problem of identifying authors of texts.
10.5 Economy as the Region of Practical Social Interactions in the Lifeworld 331
sources for production within the community of participants in the interactions. The
leaders of practical interactions in pre-scientific cultural contexts are the experts, the
“masters of the craft,” who know that and how the applied techniques work and how
to use them. Their leadership is recognized as legitimate leadership because of their
success in practical social interactions in the encounter with the natural environment
in the broadest sense.83
The authority of experts in social contexts of practical interactions can be, but is
not necessarily, identical with the authority for the distribution of the products, the
goods. The distribution of goods in archaic communities in which the participants
in practical social interactions are more or less identical with the community of
consumers was the task of the “political” authority of the head of the family
or the clan, and was guided by the rules of customs. The original owner of the
products produced by the participants in practical interactions is the community of
participants. There can be some kind of ownership of certain tools and weapons used
by individuals on this first-order level of the development of practical interactions,
but there is no private ownership of goods in such contexts. However, this does not
mean that all participants have an equal access to the consumption of goods. Some
have privileges that others do not have.
In more fully developed economic system, distribution of goods outside the
clan, one’s own archaic community, was in further developed economical systems
possible in interactions of individuals exchanging goods, commodities. Such trade
interactions are second-order practical interactions that are one-sidedly founded in
the first-order practical social interactions of the production of goods. Barter in and
between archaic social communities is the exchange of surplus products or goods of
a community with surplus goods of another community.
Developed market economies presuppose techniques and then technologies that
are able to promote the production of artifacts for trade. The systems of means
of production that can be observed in empirical economical research have been
and are one-sidedly founded in presently available techniques and technologies.
Social history shows that early types of practical social interactions using only pre-
scientific techniques in the production of artifacts are already perfect examples of
ideal types of rational behavior in social interactions. The elementary understanding
of such practical interactions implies the understanding of efficient and final
causality, and it is able to apply arithmetical and geometrical techniques wherever
the materials found in the natural environment admit measurement techniques.84
The experts in practical interactions using techniques in pre-scientific contexts
are the above-mentioned “masters of the craft.” The experts in practical interactions
using technologies in cultural contexts with developed natural sciences are engi-
neers. Like the masters, engineers know that a technology works and how to use
it, but they also able to explain why and how the technology works. This ability
presupposes expertise in the results of research in the natural sciences and this
83
More will be said about practical social interactions, techniques, and technology below.
84
The results of Sects. 8.3 and 10.2 are presupposed in the following analyses.
332 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
expertise permits the application of such results not only for the enhancement of
already used techniques and technologies, but in and, beyond that, the systematic
search for technological innovations.
The methods as well as the empirical basis of the observations of empirical
economics presuppose a cultural lifeworld with natural sciences. Social structures
determined by practical interactions applying only pre-scientific techniques are
possible objects for social history, but they never have been and never will be
possible objects for empirical economical research in the present. They might be
objects for ethnological research, but like research in social history, this research
will first of all be interested in the interpretations of the mythological contexts of
higher understanding that “explain” the techniques given in first-order elementary
understanding. This is one of the reasons why empirical economic research could
only emerge in a period in which the means of production for products presupposed
technologies. Technologies are only of immediate significance not only as effective
causes determining the structures of the production of goods, but also as effective
causes determining changes in the development of social structures in the system of
means of production.
Natural science is able to predict how a given technology is able to realize this or
that purpose. It is also able to predict to what extent the application of the technology
will cause desirable or harmful changes in the natural environment. Economic
research is first of all interested in the present social structures of the community
of the participants in practical interactions that are determined by the application
of certain technologies. Meaningful predictions referring to the course of events
in economic structures that are determined by means of production are possible in
periods without significant changes in the natural environment or changes caused
by inventions of new technologies.
Given such situations, empirical observations that explain partial social struc-
tures of different systems of practical social interactions are possible for observers,
who are not involved in the practical interaction itself. The application of experi-
mental methods is possible because observations of the actions of participants in
practical interactions admit the interpretation of such observations as observations in
experimental situations.85 The task of the following analysis is the explication of the
generative and static structures that are implied in the ideal type “market economy.”
And, as indicated, the analysis of this ideal type is necessary to prepare the ground
for an epistemological justification of the application of causal explanations and
mathematics in economics.
Setting aside changes in the natural environment inventions of new techniques
and technologies are able to change social structures of entire systems of the
production of commodities in a market economy. Natural sciences are able to
predict possible technological innovations and the consequences of the application
of such inventions for the natural environment. However, they are not able to
85
An observation of a technology that “works” in an interaction confirms a hypothetical prediction
that it will also work in realizing a purpose in the future.
10.5 Economy as the Region of Practical Social Interactions in the Lifeworld 333
predict the economic and general social consequences of the application. Empirical
economic research is neither able to predict future innovations nor able to offer
theoretically justifiable hypothetical predictions about the economic success or
failure of innovations and of the social changes that will be the effects of the
introduction of a technological innovation.
It is indeed possible to give a more detailed account of circumstantial conditions
in the past horizon of the actual present, and thus after an innovation happens
economics is able to offer with hindsight plausible explanations how and why
such economic and social changes happened after the application of technological
innovations. But no reliable theoretical analysis of the initial conditions of the
situation in which a new technology is applied is possible. Predictions are possible
in case of small enhancements that trigger small changes in the circumstantial
factors of the situation. Real innovations like the invention of the steam engine cause
“industrial revolutions.”
The first step in the development of trade systems beyond archaic economical
structures is the production of goods not for consumption in one’s own community,
but only for exchanging them for goods (not yet for money on this level) produced
elsewhere. Trade in general is the second-order civil interaction of the transaction
of goods that are products of first-order practical interactions. Trade as barter then
comprises the second-order civil interactions of professional traders who exchange
products or goods for products or goods. A series of such transactions starts with
acquiring products from producers of commodities and ends with exchanging the
commodity with a consumer for some other products. Trade implies the separation
of production and consumption. Trade is, hence, a second-order mediating civil
social interaction that is one-sidedly founded in first-order practical interactions,
the production and the consumption of goods. Mediating practical interactions
are, like other practical interactions, originally understood in first-order elementary
understanding.
Products acquired from the producers in exchange for other products produced
by other producers are the property of the trader until they are traded in for other
products. This intermediate property of traders is now abstract individual private
property and this type of property consisting of things neither used nor consumed
by the owner is only given as a dependent part in the system of a market economy.86
The immediate purpose of trade interactions for the merchants as participants in
the interaction is to provide support for their needs and desires in trading some of
the goods in their possession for goods that can be used for their own consumption.
This type of civil interaction implies the possibility of increasing the wealth of the
traders, i.e., the amount of goods in their private possession that can be used, but
86
An economic liberalism presupposing the quasi-metaphysical principles of isolated “free”
individuals as original economic actors and private labor as justification of ownership is, seen
from the viewpoint of social and economic history, a myth. Individual ownership makes sense only
on the level of the trade of products in a market economy. A feudum in feudalistic societies was
not understood as private property in this sense.
334 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
are not yet used, in exchange for goods for consumption. Trade in general offers
additional87 and effective possibilities of raising taxes for the support of the political
power of governments. Rather complex systems of this kind existed long before the
emergence of economics as an empirical science. The significance of a developed
market economy not only as a system of the distribution of goods and wealth but
also for the distribution of power and for legitimate lawgiving will be considered in
the next section.
The last step in the generation of the foundations of a market economy is
the development of a monetary system for purposes of the mediating practical
interactions of trade, including the trading of money for money, of lending and
borrowing. The participants in the mediating practical interactions of early market
economies used measurable units of rare materials, e.g., gold, as standards for
measuring the price of the value of goods. Paper money is a last step leading to
a fully developed market economy, a step that reveals, quite apart from its practical
advantages, the abstract mathematical character of the category “market value” as
a measuring rod for the value of commodities at different times and places. The
participation in market interactions required, hence, skills in arithmetic as well as
algebraic techniques and techniques of measuring all factors in other interactions
that can be of significance for the calculation of the price of commodities. In other
words, all categories that can be of significance in the context of a market economy
must have definitions in terms of mathematical formulas.
These techniques of reckoning and measuring are given for the participants in
market interactions in first-order elementary understanding and then partially in
higher understanding. The progress of mathematics on the level and in the medium
of the elementary understanding that had to be applied by the merchants had
been taught by the “masters of reckoning.” For them mathematics was not yet an
abstract academic discipline requiring the theoretical cognitive attitude of a science.
However, the development of mathematical skills in the context of early market
economies was one of the foundations for the emergence of modern mathematics as
a science and its application in the methodology of the modern empirical sciences.88
This short “history” of the generative foundations of the region of objects for
economical research already indicates the difference between the application of
measuring and arithmetic to objects given in the natural environment of first-
order practical interactions and to objects that are given as merchandise in trade
systems. Objects given in practical social interactions in the encounter with the
natural environment are objects used as tools or produced in first-order practical
interactions, either for consumption or as tools in other practical interactions.
Such objects have as purposes or realized purposes values with different material
87
The simple form of raising taxes used by administrators of political power is the immediate
confiscation of goods from the producer of goods and “delivers” in turn the promise to defend the
producers – and later in addition the merchants – against “illegal” violence from outside and inside
the community.
88
Cf. Sect. 8.3.
10.5 Economy as the Region of Practical Social Interactions in the Lifeworld 335
89
The formal-ontological terminology used in the following analyses is the terminology of the
phenomenological theory of the whole and the parts introduced in Sect. 2.2.
90
What has been said in Sects. 3.1 and 3.2 is presupposed for the understanding of “object,”
“Other,” “intersubjectivity,” and related terms.
91
What will be said in the following passages of this section about quantification, counting, and
measuring of objects that are given as first-order wholes in elementary understanding presupposes
the analyses in Sects. 8.3 and 10.1.
336 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
P1 desires the object O2 with the intrinsic value Oiv2 for consumption. In its relation
to O2, P1 is a consumer. P1 is furthermore the producer of O1. P1 offers his O1 for
the desired Oiv2. P1 is willing to give O1 because P1 does not desire O1. O1 has,
hence, for P1 only the value of “can be given for something else,” but this implies
that in the perspective of P1, O1 has only a trade value tv and is, in short, an Otv.
Given the reciprocal character of the barter relation, it follows that O2 has the trade
value tv and O1 the material intrinsic value iv for P2. Seen from the perspective of
P2, O2 is an Otv. In barter trade, the trade value Otv is always the trade value of
different objects for different persons.
The first presupposition for trading in market interaction in general is the
invention of objects Otv that have the function of representing the trade value for
all other objects that have an intrinsic value iv for all persons that are interested
in trading objects. Such intersubjectively given objects admitting the objective
identification of tv presuppose the trade transactions in the market as a system of
interactions between participants exchanging objects in transactions mediated by
identifiable and quantifiable physical objects Otv. The invention and introduction of
independent objects Otv is the static and generative foundation for the development
of market economies. The smallest partial model of such a system is a trade
interaction with three participants,92 two persons P1 and P2 and in addition as
a mediating third person the merchant Pm. P1 desires O2, but P1 now not only
represents the production of a valuable object O1. He is in addition also the owner
of an Otv. Pm owns O2 and is willing to give it to P1 for an Otv that is in this context
a physical and identifiable bearer of the trade value of O2 for Pm, but also for P1 in
Pm’s secondary understanding of P1. Pm and P2 are able to get involved in a trade
interaction with the reverse order of O1 and O2 mediated by a third object Otv.
It is, furthermore, essential for the difference between barter interactions and
transactions on the one hand and trade interactions and transactions on the other
that barter requires an immediate interaction of P1 and P2 at the same time in the
same place. Even the smallest partial model of the ideal type “market interaction”
already admits that there is no immediate interaction between P1 and P2. There are
only immediate interactions between P1 and Pm and between P2 and Pm, and each
of them can take place at different times and places.
Market interactions in general, including the smallest partial model of trade
interactions in a market, do not only require that Otv is given as an identifiable
physical object. It is also required that Otv can be used as a measuring rod
of tv for all possible objects with an intrinsic value iv, i.e., the value of a
commodity for consumption, offered for transactions in the market. The countable
or measurable quantity of objects O1 and O2 in their function as Otv in barter
trading is incommensurable because O1 representing Otv for P1 is different from
O2 representing Otv for P2. If a quantifiable Otv is pre-given, however, all quantities
92
The simplified general model is not a theoretical construction. Merchants selling and buying
merchandise at the door to interested persons and trading in the general store in a small village are
concrete instances of the formal structure of this model.
10.5 Economy as the Region of Practical Social Interactions in the Lifeworld 337
of objects with an intrinsic value for possible consumption will have a quantifiable
counterpart Otv and vice versa. The quantity m or n of Otv for which an Oiv can be
bought as a commodity is the cost for the buyer. The quantity of Otv for which an
object with iv is offered to be sold by the vendor is the price of the commodity.
Note that Pm was the owner of O1 and O2 before the two transactions of O2
and O1 to P1 and P2 took place, and after the two transactions Pm is the owner
of n C m Ovt. Pm is, hence, able to buy O10 and O20 not only from other P1
and/or P2, but also other producers, or even other merchants beyond the structure
of the smallest partial model. The trading interactions between Pm, P1, and P2
can begin again, but such continuation implies the possibility of a transition to
the market economy in which objects are given as products and commodities for
participants that interact as buyers, vendors, producers, consumers, and merchants.
The chain of trade interactions and transactions of objects, of commodities, starts
with a producer who offers a product for a chain of merchants as a commodity for
possible consumers. The chain ends with the last buyer, i.e., the consumer or user of
the commodity.
Quantities of units of Otv are “running around” between the participants of this
extended model of the ideal type “trade in a market economy,” and these quantities
can be called quantities of a currency. Currencies must admit intersubjective
measuring and counting in equal units. Quantities of units of Otv are quantities of
the money used as currency in a market system. These units are units in which the
trade values of quantities of objects with intrinsic values, the commodities or goods,
can be measured. Objects without an intrinsic value or quantities of such objects
have no trade value at all. The trade value of a trade object Otv, i.e., money for its
owner is, hence, only that the owner is able to exchange it for all kinds of goods. In
addition, units of Otv can have an intrinsic value in their own right as the correlate
of the desire of some individuals, such as people like the value of a gold coin for
a goldsmith, but this intrinsic value is not a part of their function, the measuring of
the trade value of objects with an intrinsic value vi. There are objects such as paper
money that serve as Otv, yet have almost no intrinsic value at all.
What production and consumption and hence what producers and consumers are
can be already understood in the first and second-order elementary understanding
of the participants in an archaic economy, and it is also understood on this level that
producers are in need of consumption and consumers have to produce in order to
be able to consume something. It is understood on the same level of understanding
by participants in a market economy that the “production” of merchants is not a
production, but the transaction of goods. It is also understood that merchants, like
all other participants in the system of economic transactions are also consumers who
need resources for buying the commodities they need.
Merchants must, last but not least, take into account that their interactions
and transactions in a market presuppose the transportation and storage of the
merchandise. Transportation and storage of goods are specific types of practical
interactions that have their costs like all other first-order practical interactions. There
are, furthermore, the time, the efforts, and the skills of merchants organizing the
transactions of the commodities. Merchants have to add all these costs to the costs
338 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
of buying products from the producer or commodities from other merchants in the
calculation of the lowest price for which they can sell the merchandise to potential
producers without losses, and hopefully with profits.
This is only one set of factors in the calculations of the price for potential buyers
by merchants. There are other factors that are of significance for the price that
potential buyers are willing to pay for commodities that are offered on the market.
The price of commodities that is acceptable for buyers can change, and such changes
are caused by different effective conditions in different situations. The effectiveness
of the factors in a certain situation can be measured in the increase or decrease of
the turnover of the commodity that is offered at a certain price. Such factors are first
of all the relation between quantities of potential buyers and the quantities of the
desired commodities that are offered for trade at a certain time in a certain place.
Of significance is, secondly, the quality of different commodities. For some types
of commodities the quality is immediately measurable in units of Otv. A commodity
that can be used by the consumer for some purposes, including the purposes of
practical interactions in the production of goods over a longer period of time than
another commodity that is designed for the same purpose is of a higher quality
because it will be able to save costs for the consumer of the commodity. Two other
types of factors that are able to determine the quantity of consumers interested
in buying certain commodities cannot be calculated in advance because they are
not, taken by themselves, measurable. There are first psychological factors such as
taste that determine the quality of satisfaction in the process of the consumption
of a commodity. There are secondly, the factors connected with the distribution of
political power, factors that will be considered in the next section.
Throughout the history of market economies it was the goal of merchants to
increase their wealth, the amount of available money, and objects that have only a
trade value. The source of the increase of their wealth always was and is the ability
to avoid losses and to be able to sell their merchandise with a profit, i.e., for a
price in units of Otv that is larger than the sum of the costs of the merchandise for
the merchant in units of Otv. The rational behavior that is required for reaching this
goal includes first of all the skill of experienced merchants, supported by the masters
of reckoning, to measure and to calculate quantifiable factors and to estimate the
impact of the unquantifiable factors on the quantifiable factor price in transactions.
The structures that have been considered above are structures of the ideal type
of a market economy as an extension of “archaic” economies, e.g., the economy
of medieval feudal society. Two additional structural extensions are necessary for a
fully developed modern market economy and must be taken into account before
turning to the epistemological problem of the justification of the application of
mathematics in economics as an empirical science. The first is the analysis of the
definition of practical interactions in the production of commodities in terms of the
categories of a market economy. The second is the transaction of money for money.
(1) Production of artifacts, goods in a fully developed market economy, presup-
poses the technological application of theories about efficient causal rela-
tions borrowed from the natural sciences and restricted to the production of
commodities for the market. Presupposing this context, all factors that are
10.5 Economy as the Region of Practical Social Interactions in the Lifeworld 339
93
Charging interest is shunned in certain religious contexts, but a Muslim banker has to make profit
somehow, regardless of how this will be done and explained in Muslim theology.
340 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
economic research. The general key for the solutions of the epistemological problem
of the possibility of predictions in the social sciences is the construction of ideal
types. The abstract ideal type “rational social behavior” has been characterized
in the previous section as behavior that is guided by choices of effective means
for the realization of a pre-given purpose regardless of whether or not the choice
of the purpose is itself rational in some other sense. Practical interactions of this
type imply predictions, and predictions imply knowledge about causal relations.94
The causal relations presupposed in predictions can in addition be defined in
terms of mathematical equations if the underlying data referring to observables are
measurable.
Engineers applying technologies for the realization of their purposes presuppose
theories of the hard natural sciences about causal relations that can be defined in
terms of mathematical equations. The rational social behavior of participants in the
practical interactions of a market economy can be interpreted as a mathematically
guided rational economic behavior. The purpose of economic interactions is
determined by the value of “calculable increase of wealth” or “maximizing profits”
of a pre-given amount of Otv, of capital. It is possible to assume in addition that it
is natural for certain systems of purposes and values, certain worldviews, to assume
that there have to be (at least in the last instance) private individual owners of capital
or shares of capital. This and other assumptions about ownership imply, however,
assumptions about laws and lawgiving that are not of significance for the problem
of possible economic predictions with and without the application of mathematical
methods.
There might be, furthermore, good reasons guided by ethical or other viewpoints
for judging that to choose this purpose as the leading maxim for all actions is
not quite reasonable for individuals or groups of individuals. Essential for the
viewpoint of epistemology is, first of all, that the value determining the purpose
of the interaction admits increase and decrease in degrees of measurable quantity.
Behavior is rational if it serves this purpose and it serves it if it is guided by
mathematical calculations of the price of the traded objects and the costs of the
material, the tools, and the labor of the participants in the process of the production
of the goods.
This explication of “rational” is an interpretation of an ideal type of the elemen-
tary understanding and self-understanding of the participants in market interactions
in economics as an empirical science. It is an interpretation, but the thesis that
an epistemology of economics can be reduced to a hermeneutics, a methodology
of understanding the social world, is misleading. Of additional significance this
case are specific structures of social interactions in a market economy.95 The
94
Cf. Sect. 10.5.
95
Cf. Gary Brent Madison 1997 about such attempts in the literature. See now also Staudigl 2010.
Economics is not of interest for the authors of the essays in this volume. Of interest is for such a
reduction of understanding sociology is only what can be said about music, literature, interpretation
of social activities in everyday life, etc.
342 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
96
Reflections about such distributions are, however, already reflections on civil social interactions.
10.5 Economy as the Region of Practical Social Interactions in the Lifeworld 343
of the materials, the tools, and the labor of the production of goods.97 Such
changes are (1.a) changes in the conditions of the applicability of technologies,
and (1.b) changes in the conditions and quantifiable aspects of the production
of goods for a market economy caused by technological innovations, including
technological innovations in the techniques of the transportation of goods. In
both cases (1.b) as well as (1.a), changes in the economic structures are caused
by efficient factors that can be explained in the natural sciences, but neither (1.a)
nor (1.b) is relevant for predictions of economic and social consequences and
the cost/price relations of the economic application of mathematics.
Some concluding reflections on the meaning and significance of the application
of mathematics in the natural sciences and in economics are, hence, necessary. The
pre-scientific epistemologically relevant foundations of the development of basic
arithmetic in elementary understanding for purposes of trading products are not
different from the pre-scientific epistemologically relevant foundations presupposed
in the development of advanced techniques in practical interactions.98 What is
measured and what is a possible object of economics as a systematic human science
is, however, not a possible object for the natural sciences even including the life
sciences. What prices and costs are cannot be understood without referring to
purposes, values, efforts, elementary understanding, and secondary understanding
of the lived experience of other persons. All of this is, however, already in brackets
already the first abstraction of the natural sciences. What is measured and counted
in the hard sciences under the second abstractive reduction and in economic
interactions and economy as a science is, hence, toto genere different because the
regional categories are toto genere different.
Mathematics in the hard natural sciences is, furthermore, not applied to the cat-
egories of an ontological region of objects that are given for a primary pre-scientific
first and second order understanding and then for systematic interpretations of
this first-order and second-order understanding. In the case of the hard sciences,
the application determines categories of a first-order higher understanding of the
categories belonging to the ontological region of nature under the first and the
second abstraction.99 Nature as an object of scientific higher understanding is only
given, after the abstraction, as the region of everything that happens regardless of
whether it is desired or not. It is that which is present in elementary understanding
only as brute and not-yet-understood reality.
The “objects” of economics and in general in the systematic human sciences,
are interactions of “subjects” who have already understood what they are doing on
the level of elementary understanding. The claim of the systematic human sciences,
and especially of economics as a science is that they better understand what their
97
What follows is an application of what has been said about the relevance of external factors for
practical social interactions to economic interactions.
98
Cf. Sect. 8.3.
99
Cf. Sects. 3.4, 8.3, and 8.4.
344 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
“objects” are doing in their interactions. That “better understand” means first of all
that they are able to predict and explain states of affairs that are not yet understood
in their “objects” elementary first order and second order elementary understanding
of their interactions.
There are, furthermore, essential differences in the epistemological structure of
the predictions of future events based on mathematical calculations in the natural
sciences and in economics as a systematic human science. The predictions of the
natural sciences are not immediately of technological interest, and it makes no
sense to assume that they are of interest for the self-understanding of the objects
of the natural sciences. The predictions of economics are, on the contrary, of
immediate interest for the “objects” of economics, the participants in the market
economy, and they are, therefore, also immediately of “technological” significance.
In the case of the natural sciences it is possible to distinguish between “pure”
science and scientifically guided technology. However, results of economic research
are immediately applicable in the practical interactions of the participants in the
market. Economists are, therefore, immediately consultants of business leaders and
of politicians who are interested in raising taxes and the gross national income as an
essential tool for the administration and distribution of power. As a social science,
economics is a theory that as a theory of practical interactions is immediately
itself of practical significance for practical interactions precisely because it can
be understood by participants in practical interaction as a theory of their practical
interaction.
A final remark about the ideal type of the system of social interactions in a market
economy and the homo oeconomicus as the ideal type of “perfect” participants in
this social system is necessary. According to the explication and partial critique
of the theory of ideal types of Schutz, the homo oeconomicus is the ideal type of
participant in the market economy. Understood in this sense, it would not be nice to
refer to the homo oeconomicus using Schutz’s term homunculus and to understand
this term in its original pejorative Latin meaning. The homo oeconomicus is rather
the ideal type of a perfect professional ideal of a perfect merchant, banker, or
businessperson in general, regardless of whether they learned the art and necessary
knowledge of their profession from masters, including the masters of reckoning in
the sixteenth century, or acquired their knowledge studying business administration
in a university. There is, however, also another “participant” interested in the
increase of wealth in a market economy: the state. Economics considered from this
point of view is political economy. Except for the remarks below in (2), a thorough
epistemological account of political economy presupposes viewpoints taken from
epistemological reflections on the science of the law and political science, and these
will be considered in the following sections.
(2) Two types of problems in the first-order understanding of the highest purpose
“increase of wealth,” vulgo profits, and its interpretation in economical
research can be distinguished. (2.a) Some parameters for increases and
decreases of wealth that are relevant for the determination of the universal pur-
pose guiding economic interactions are not mentioned in the usual definitions
10.5 Economy as the Region of Practical Social Interactions in the Lifeworld 345
commonweal and of distributive justice and fairness as values that are able to
determine the purposes of civil social interactions. Some but not all groups in
the society experience the “freedom of the market” as a blessing. Seen from an
epistemological point of view, the thesis that only interactions guided by the purpose
of realizing the value of “increased wealth” are able to warrant the balance, or at
least to correct imbalances, of wealth in the society is neither a truth a priori nor has
it a high a posteriori probability. The assumptions that the striving of all members
of the community to realize the highest value of the market implies the realization
of distributive justice and that it is “natural” that all members of the society are
able to follow the inclination to be a rational egoist without being plagued by other
inclinations presuppose the metaphysical assumption that nature is kind enough to
be the best of all possible natures.
100
Kant KGS VI, Metaphysik der Sitten Einleitung in die Rechtslehre §A. As metaphysical
principles of the doctrine the principles of the “natural law” are, of course, in need of a
transcendental deduction from the principles of practical reason in the specific context of Kant’s
transcendental philosophy.
101
See, for instance, Grünewald 2009, 31f., 46.f., who excludes jurisprudence and the science of
the law together with theology and philosophy from the list of the human sciences.
102
See Schutz 1967, 138, 242, 246.
103
Cf. Schutz 1967; 247f., on Kelson and quoting Kelsen. The problem of modern law positivism
and different philosophical theories of natural law will be considered below.
348 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
Dilthey) has already been rejected in the preceding sections. There are, however,
additional difficulties for jurisprudence. First of all, it is necessary to emphasize the
differences between the methodology and the objects of interpretation in economics
and in jurisprudence. The objects of interpretations in economics are rational
practical social interactions. The secondary understanding of fixed life expressions
are only occasionally of significance for such interpretations. However, the law is
pre-given for the interpretations of jurisprudence as a fixed life expression. The
immediate object of the interpretation is a text, and this interpretation presupposes
knowledge of the history of the development of law texts.
Following Kant and others, jurisprudence is furthermore not restricted to the
methodologically guided interpretation of law texts as fixed life expressions. It also
includes the task of the application of the interpreted texts to presently given cases
and is in this respect prudence. Persons are called prudent in their actions in social
interactions if they consider all relevant real factors and possible evaluations of the
presuppositions and the consequences that are relevant for the action before acting.
Seen from an epistemological point of view, the prudence in jurisprudence that is
required for the application of the law presupposes the intention to consider all
results of empirical research and the interpretations of the testimony of witnesses,
etc., that determine “what was/is the case,” to apply interpretation of the text of
the law that has to be applied to the case (an interpretation that is correct in every
respect), and to prepare the application of the law with the aid of correct interpre-
tations of all relevant precedent cases of the application of the law to similar cases.
Seen from this point of view, jurisprudence is not a science but it presupposes the
results of other sciences, first of all juridical hermeneutics but also other empirical
sciences in the investigations that have to determine “what was/is the case.”
This account of the scope and limits of jurisprudence as a science has been
challenged. The difficulties started with the deconstruction of Dilthey’s claim that
traditional hermeneutics can serve as a methodology and thus as a warrant of
the intersubjective validity of research in the human sciences. This deconstruction
presupposed the thesis of the inseparability of interpretation and application. The
thesis and its consequences need further analyses because the implied deconstruc-
tion of validity in interpretations also has uncomfortable consequences for the
interpretation and application of the law in jurisprudence.
Facing these problems, a phenomenological epistemology must start from
scratch with the analysis of the abstract morphological ideal type “civil social
interaction” as a basic categorial structure of the ontological region of a social
lifeworld in general. The ideal type of a social lifeworld along with its political
structures (structures that are partially determined by written laws) can then be
analyzed as a special case of the abstract morphological ideal type of systems of
civil social interactions in general, i.e., including social lifeworlds without a literary
tradition. The question whether and how this ideal type of a pre-scientific first- and
second-order understanding can be understood as a rational ideal type determining
rational choices is of central significance for epistemological reflections on the
interpretation of the law in jurisprudence and of systems of legitimate lawgiving
in political science.
10.6 From Jurisprudence and the Science of the Law to Politics and Political. . . 349
104
Permitted are in general all social interactions that are not required or forbidden by the law. The
definition is negative but precise under the additional formal assumption that a system of laws has
to cover the ground of all social interactions.
350 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
The abstract structure just considered of the ideal type of a civil social interaction
in general105 pre-determines the special ideal types of different empirical types
of pre-historical, i.e., pre-literate systems of customary laws. The ideal type of a
civil society with a developed system of written laws and its political structures is
another special case of the abstract structure of systems of civil social interactions
in general. The additional generative foundation of the emergence of systems of
civil social interaction based on law systems in the usual sense is the development
of a written tradition.106 Myths were the source of the justification of rules and
the authorization of rulers for the system of customs in cultures without a written
tradition. The written law emerges, therefore, in cultures with a written tradition
in the early phases of the development of law systems in the context of religious
literature that then additionally provide the authorization for the power of lawgiving
and enforcing the law.107
A system of civil social interactions based on a system of written laws requires
the interpretation of the text of the laws as a presupposition for the application
of such laws. Epistemological reflections on jurisprudence must, therefore, start
with analyses of the epistemological problems of juridical hermeneutics of present
law texts and the history of the law requiring the interpretations of law texts
of the past. Civil social interactions in societies under a system of customs are
social interactions guided by rules, and the principle of the rules is to eliminate
conflicts. Laws are written rules, but they offer as such the possibility of systematic
distinctions between different genres of the law. It is possible to distinguish between
actions and interactions that violate given laws prohibiting, requiring, or permitting
certain interactions, on the one hand, and conflicts between participants in the same
or different systems of social interactions, on the other hand, i.e., between the penal
and civil law. It is, furthermore, necessary to distinguish between systems of private
social practical interactions and large-scale systems of social practical interactions
run by the government.
Essential in this respect are first of all the laws that determine the system
of revenues of the states and their internal and external power, last but not
least the power to enforce the decisions of the courts of law. All of this is, of
course, of significance for empirical research in political science as viewpoints for
distinguishing different empirical types and ideal types of states and law systems.
It is also of basic significance for the system of genres of the law in different types
of law systems. But the distinction between different types of systems of law and
different genres of the law in a pre-given system is, following the principles of
105
Systems of civil social interactions that are not determined by written laws still occur in societies
with an otherwise developed system of written laws, e.g., in educational contexts, but also in the
social relation of a coach and the members of the soccer team, etc.
106
Cf. Sect. 3.4.
107
God is in the last instance the lawgiver in monotheistic religions. The emperor has this function
as the son of heaven in the tradition of the Chinese legalists. The Greeks and others opted, however,
for a human lawgiver, e.g., Solon, with partial support of the gods.
10.6 From Jurisprudence and the Science of the Law to Politics and Political. . . 351
108
The sovereign is in such systems also “under” the law.
352 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
Such disputes belong to the science of the law in the above-mentioned Kantian
sense and not to jurisprudence in the narrower sense. They will be considered
in the next section. The domain of law, and this is the upshot of the preceding
considerations, is coextensive with the domain of civil social interactions and their
foundation in practical economic interactions in the social lifeworld, and therefore
with the domain of politics as an object of political science. Contrary to political
science, however, the task of the law is first of all not a contemplative theoretical
account of political structures; instead, it serves as a system of norms, a guideline
for civil interactions separating what is required, what is prohibited, and what is
permitted.
Applications of the law belong to the juridical civil social interactions in the court
of law, i.e., to the sub-subsystem (1.b). Lawgiving (2) is not, apart from an exception
that will be considered below, a business of the court of law and jurisprudence. What
has to be applied and interpreted is positive law, i.e., the system of law texts that are
presently relevant for the application of the law to cases in courts of justice.109
The methodical tool for the interpretation of positive law is juridical hermeneu-
tics supported by the history of the law and the history of the law presupposes the
interpretation of law texts that have been applied in the past and also juridical
hermeneutics. It is of epistemological significance that the history of the law,
including interpretations of laws that have been but are no longer applied can serve
as a prototype of the separation of interpretation and application for philological-
historical research. The history of law systems offers additional viewpoints for the
interpretation in the present, but this is not a surprise. All systematic human sciences
as sciences of the present have to apply the results of the corresponding branches
of research in the historical human sciences not only for the interpretation of the
understanding of the past generative horizon of the present situation, but also as a
material basis for the variations in imagination that are required for the constitution
of ideal types.
The methods of juridical hermeneutics for interpretations of present and past
positive laws are the methods of general text hermeneutics, the knowledge of the
grammatical rules, the terminology, the stylistic idiosyncrasies of the language of
the law, but first of all the interpretation of the genres of the law. Of interest are the
specific structures of the genre “law text” along with its species in penal law, civil
law, etc., and the consequences of the structure of this genre for the hermeneutics of
style and terminological systems on the level of lower hermeneutics.
A text belongs to the genre “law text in general” if it fulfills the following
requirements. The first requirement is that a text is a law text only if it determines
norms for what ought not to be done, what ought to be done, and what may or
may not be done in social interactions. The second requirement is that a text is a
law text only if it determines a sanction for violating the norms in the case of the
penal law or a decision about what ought to be done in cases of the civil law. The
109
The term “positive law” is relevant for practicing jurisprudence. Law positivism is a position of
philosophical reflections on the science of the law in Kant’s sense.
10.6 From Jurisprudence and the Science of the Law to Politics and Political. . . 353
Instead, the interpretation of the law requires prudence in the application of laws
as universal guidelines for civil social interactions in a practical cognitive attitude.
There are two epistemic requirements for prudent interpretation/application of the
positive law to specific cases.
(1) The first requirement is that the application of the law in a court of law is
restricted to whatever is assumed to be true in court about what was the
case. What is assumed to be the case is the assembly of “facts,” the state of
affairs of the case, to which the law is applied. The case to which the law is
applied is the fact for the court of law. But the fact for the court of law that
determines the decision of the court is not necessarily identical with the facts
that “were really the case.” The fact for the court is, hence, an interpretation,
a historical narrative based on research about what has happened. Seen from
an epistemological point of view, it is of central significance that history as the
reconstruction of a past reality is a science because a historical reconstruction
can be falsified.
The question “what was really the case” is the root question of all investigations
that are historical in a broad sense. It has been shown in Sects. 5.5 and 6.5 that
the methodological criteria for decisions of questions of the type “what was really
the case” in historical research include and presuppose methodologically correct
interpretations of fixed life expressions. It has also been shown that in a lifeworld
with sciences, they include the technological application of the results of the natural
sciences that are necessary for determining evidences for “what was really the case.”
Finally, it is of significance for the prudence of jurisprudence that all statements
about “what was really the case” in history are, according to the methodology of
historical research, always open for “revisions.”
The discovery of new facts or falsifications of parts of the assumed “history” of
what was the case that are relevant for the application of the law require revisions
in earlier decisions of a court of law in the past. It is, hence, the legal duty of those
who represent jurisprudence in a court of law to apply all findings of investigations
about the “contemporary history” of the case including the evidences provided by
the natural sciences concerning the case in question. An interpretation/application
of a law to a “case” that can be recognized later as a state of affairs that “was
not the case” has to be rejected as “false.” This has consequences for the temporal
dimensions in the epistemological meaning and significance of “fact” for history
and jurisprudence on the one hand and for the empirical sciences on the other hand.
The main task of the methodology of the empirical sciences is to guide a type of
empirical research that is interested in the discovery and confirmation of predictions.
History is not interested in predictions because to predict what has already happened
is “countersensical,” does not make sense. The interpretation/application of the law
in jurisprudence is interested in cases that have happened in the immediate past
horizon of a present. Of interest is only what has happened, and not what will happen
in the future if a similar case happens again.
356 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
(2) The second requirement has already been mentioned in the outline of the
basic principles of juridical hermeneutics offered before turning to the general
problem of the unity of interpretation and application for hermeneutics in
general, and especially for jurisprudence and juridical hermeneutics. Juridical
hermeneutics is able to apply the methodical rules of lower hermeneutics and
genre hermeneutics for philological interpretations to the interpretations of
law texts, but it is not able to apply the first canon of hermeneutics as a
criterion of objective validity in interpretations. Individual interpretations of the
original intention of the authors or texts110 need the support of reconstructions
and interpretations of the cultural environment of the author and presuppose,
hence, the first canon of the philological-historical method that separates the
horizon of the author and/or text in the past and the present of the interpreter.
Such individual interpretations are not relevant for the interpretation/application
of positive laws because the application of a law text refers to cases that
are given for a court of law in the present, and not to cases that might
have been relevant for the lawgiver as the author of the law in a more or
less distant past. The methodical rule of the first canon of hermeneutics that
is especially of significance for philological interpretations on the level of
individual hermeneutics is not applicable, and has to be replaced in juridical
hermeneutics by the formal assumption or “fiction” that the intention of a law
as a law, and hence also of the lawgiver, ought to be the commonweal.
Laws of nature are empirical laws that have to prove their objective validity in
their application to cases in empirical reality. Such laws are rejected if cases can
be found in empirical reality that are counter examples contradicting the claim
of universal validity. The laws of jurisprudence determine, on the contrary, not
what is the case but what ought to be the case and sanctions for cases that
ought not to be the case. There are, however, situations in which the interpreta-
tion/application of the law reveals essential aspects of the general problem of the
encounter of jurisprudence with empirical reality. Two ideal types of such cases
can be distinguished, and both admit a critical evaluation of the validity of the
interpretation/application of a law, and of the law itself, in decisions in a court of
law. The epistemologically relevant result of a phenomenological analysis of these
ideal types will be that interpretation and application can be separated and must be
separable in jurisprudence, i.e., the prudence required for the application of the law.
It is a general principle and a requirement for the applications of law systems
that they ought to be logically consistent. There is then in addition the requirement
that the applications of a positive law to a present case ought to be consistent with
its application to approximately equal precedent cases in the past horizon of the
present case. The requirement is immediately derivable from the requirement of
logical consistency between universal statements and their singular instantiations.
Singular cases can be cases of the law as a universal statement only if they have all
110
Cf. Sect. 4.1, 5.3–5.5.
10.6 From Jurisprudence and the Science of the Law to Politics and Political. . . 357
the properties determined in the universal statement in addition to the properties that
are constitutive for their singularity.
The justification of a prudent interpretation/application of a positive law to a
presently given case requires a sufficiently complete survey of precedent cases in
the past horizon of the presently given case. A possible positive result of such a
search that has its empirical basis in a segment of the contemporary history of
jurisprudence is the discovery of precedent cases that are similar to the present
case and justify, therefore, the interpretation/application of the positive law to the
present case. However, it is also possible that the result of the search is negative.
The interpretations/applications of the law in all precedent cases are not able to
justify the interpretation/application of the law to the present case because the
present case is characterized by a set of unique properties that are not consistent
with properties of the precedent cases. All instances of interpretations/applications
of the law to precedent cases are, therefore, not sufficient to “do justice” to the
present case in a court of law. The jurisprudence of the court must in this case
find an interpretation/application of the text of the law that is consistent with the
interpretation of the text of the law and its place in the context of the law system, and
must explain the reasons that justify the deviation of the interpretation/application
of the positive law in the present case from all available precedent cases.
Serious difficulties for the understanding of the difference between the positive
law and the problem of just laws in jurisprudence in law positivism occur if courts
of law have to face situations in which a positive law is obviously “unjust” because
it is incompatible with the dominating consciousness of what is right and what is
wrong, what is recognized as belonging to basic human rights or is immediately
derivable from basic human rights.111 More complex are cases in which not only
are precedent cases missing, but no correct philological interpretation of the text
of a positive law is available that admits an interpretation/application of the law to
a whole class of cases of a hitherto unknown type. The serious difficulties emerge
if the application of a philologically correct interpretation of the text of the law to
such cases is obviously “unjust.” It is an old principle that a law is a just law only
if it is a useful law for the commonweal as a remedy for certain needs of the society
or groups within the society.112 The application of the law in the abovementioned
situations is unjust precisely because just laws are laws that have been given to serve
the commonweal.
The law is obsolete if it is no longer useful for the commonweal. The
philological- historical interpretation of the law reveals that the law is not applicable
because the application presupposes a social context in the past in which the law
was given, but a careful investigation of the presently given cases and their social
111
The confrontation of courts of law in Germany after 1945 with the “positive” laws (and their
principles) that were introduced in the Third Reich is a striking example of such situations.
112
This principle is one of the requirements in the definition of a just law of the Roman jurists.
Cf. Thomas of Aquinas 1882, I. II. qu. 95r, art. 3, objection I on Isidore of Sevilla’s list of such
requirements.
358 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
context shows that this context has changed and that the law is no longer applicable
under the new circumstances.113 Two answers can be given in such situations. The
first is that a court of law has the right to declare that a law is obsolete and then to
modify the meaning of the law and its application. The second answer requires in
such cases that only the sovereign has the right to change the laws and that members
of the court should, as citizens ask the sovereign to do that.
The problems connected with the discovery of unjust and obsolete laws are,
as mentioned, immediately relevant for the general question whether a law is a
just law. They are, therefore, also relevant for lawgiving as a political interaction.
Several types of standards a law has to fulfill in order to be a just law can be
distinguished. Following the levels of generative foundations in the development
of the law, there is (1) the legitimating of customary rules and laws in the non-
literary traditions of mythological narrations. There are (2.a.) the (in many respects
incompatible) standards of literary traditions in the wake of different monotheistic
prophetic revelations and the dogmatic interpretation of these revelations in the
Jewish Talmudic tradition, in the Christian patristic and medieval tradition, and
in the tradition of the Shariah in Islam, interpretations that have been more or
less influenced by (2.b.) the pre-scientific theories of the practical philosophy of
Classical Antiquity. There are finally (3) modern Kantian philosophical reflections
on the problem of an a priori of the practical question of what “ought to be” versus
the theoretical question of “what there is.”
But in addition, there are the above-mentioned pragmatic standards of the Roman
jurists, e.g., the principles that laws are just if they are in accordance with the
customs of the tradition; they have to be useful, properly promulgated, able to
be enforced, etc.114 There are, finally, formal standards, and among them first of
all the requirement that a just law must have been given by a legitimate lawgiver.
Legitimate lawgiving requires in turn constitutional laws for legitimate lawgiving.
Whether a law is a just law in this sense can be decided in a court of constitutional
law, but this implies that it is still the task of jurisprudence and its methods to decide
whether a law is a legitimate law.
Lawgiving is, according to formal standards, the privilege of the sovereign, but it
is not possible to decide from this point of view whether the sovereign can be/ought
to be one person, a group of persons, or all members of the political community,
or what kinds of checks and balances are required for acceptable forms of the
distribution of power of lawgiving, of enforcing the law, of giving commands and
ordinances, etc. Answers to the question of the “best” constitution have been given
in the “science of the law” in the Kantian sense since Plato, together with answers
to the political question of the perfect distribution of political power.
113
It was, for instance, in the United States at the time of the New Deal for the American realists
among the jurists whether a certain law designed for a certain economic situation in the nineteenth
century is still applicable after changes in the economic and social system in the twentieth century.
114
Thomas of Aquinas, 1882, I.II. qu. 95, art.3, objection 1.
10.6 From Jurisprudence and the Science of the Law to Politics and Political. . . 359
It is a basic problem for the methodology and the epistemology of the social
sciences in general whether or not political theories on the level of philosophical
reflections a priori can be and should be replaced by political science as an empirical
human science. The paradigm of such a replacement is the replacement of pre-
scientific philosophies of nature implying principles a priori by the natural sciences.
To choose the first horn of the dilemma implies prima facie the philosophical
position of law positivism. Some remarks about law positivism as the antipode of
the metaphysical treatment of the science of the law will be a useful preparation for
attempts to find an answer for this general epistemological question.
It is tempting to understand law positivism as a branch of modern epistemological
positivism, as a position in the theory of the empirical sciences in general,
because law positivism shares the rejection of metaphysical assumptions a priori in
epistemological theories of the sciences. However, a critical review of this thesis
has to start with the historical observation that the concept of “positive law” is
much older than the use of the term “positivism” for an epistemological theory of
the empirical natural science that was developed in the nineteenth century.115 The
distinction between positive law as the presently applied and recognized system of
law versus natural law was known in the Middle Ages.116 The practicing jurist of
the eighteenth century, i.e., Kant’s jurisperitus, is only interested in the knowledge
of the positive law of the jurisconsultus and not in the metaphysical reflections
of a scientia juris in the old sense.117 Law positivism in this sense is a term that
characterizes the cognitive attitude of the practicing jurist. The problems of a science
of the law with or without principles a priori is of only marginal significance for this
attitude.
Modern law positivism as an epistemological theory adds the thesis that it is
sufficient for determining the meaning of “just law” and “legitimate lawgiving” that
a law has been given according by the actually “recognized” political power fol-
lowing or not following but changing a certain recognized constitutional procedure.
This principle is basically nothing other than an extension of the Roman pragmatic
principle of lawgiving: the will of the sovereign has the power of the law.118 Given
this “way out,” the problem of legitimate lawgiving is reduced to the question of the
political structure of the distribution of power in a state in a certain historical period.
The analysis of such structures is the task of political science. The empirical basis
of the generalizations in political science presupposes historical facts, including the
115
Cf. Sect. 7.2.
116
Cf. e.g., Thomas of Aquinas 1882, I.II. qu. 95, art. 2, objection 2.
117
Cf. Kant KGS VII, Der Streit der Fakultäten, 24f. on the Eigenthümlichkeit der Juristenfakultät.
118
Quod placuit principi legis habet vigorem. A principle of the Roman jurist Ulpian quoted (and
rejected), in Thomas of Aquinas 1882, I.II. qu. 90, art. 1, objection 3. The extension requires only
replacing princeps with sovereign and to admit that, e.g., a parliament can be the sovereign. Well-
known examples for such theories in the science of the law that by the same token are also certain
political theories, e.g., the theories of Thomas Hobbes or, in the twentieth century, of Carl Schmitt.
360 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
facts of contemporary history. This implies that they presuppose the methods of
historical research.
Law positivism is, hence, a branch of historical positivism and, therefore, not
reducible to positivism in the epistemology of the natural sciences as empirical
sciences. But this means that the first epistemological problems are problems
of the methodology of interpretation of fixed life expressions of a past for the
reconstruction of this past reality. What is of interest are fixed life expressions telling
something about the law systems, about the theory and the practice of interpreting
and applying the law, and about the procedures of lawgiving in a particular system
for the distribution of political power. A law positivism that is not able to recognize
the difference between the meaning of “empirical” in the natural sciences and in
the social sciences insofar they are interested in predictions cannot have the last
word in epistemological questions of jurisprudence and the science of law. The real
epistemological problems connected with law positivism are the epistemological
problems of the methodology of history, and behind that, the methodology of the
hermeneutics of fixed life expressions, including then also the problems considered
above of the unity of interpretation and application of texts representing positive
law.
If law positivism is understood as a branch of historical positivism, it is still
possible to recognize that there is a basic norm as a part of the constitutional laws
that determine the objective meaning of legitimate and, in this sense, just laws as
a thesis of legal positivism. To recognize that a law system needs basic norms that
determine what can count as a legal norm in a law system presupposes only the
distinction between the “is” and the “ought,” but nothing about principles a priori of
the “is” and the “ought.” The difference of “is” and “ought” is known in everyday
experience in elementary understanding of social interactions without determining
a priori what ought to be. With respect to the history of the law, this means that
there can be quite different law systems guided by different types of understanding
of basic norms. The assumption of basic norms is, hence, compatible with law
positivism.119
The acceptance of law positivism on the level of the science of law as a theory
that is able to eliminate the problem of legitimate lawgiving and the question
of the requirements of just laws has serious implications for political science.
Law positivism as a theory of the science of law presupposes a political theory
of lawgiving and sovereignty that implies a reduction of questions of justice to
questions of political power. This justification can be immediately combined with
political theories, e.g., with references to the political theory of Hobbes. It is,
however, also possible to assume that the basic norms ought to be justified by an a
priori law of practical reason, or even to assume an a priori access to action guiding
moral, legal, and other objective values a priori. The question is then whether such
an a priori is understood in the Neo-Kantian way as a subjective a priori, or assuming
119
It is possible to characterize the position of Hans Kelsen as belonging to law positivism; see for
instance Grünewald 2009, 32, n. 21, and 108, n. 160, on Schutz and Kelson.
10.7 From Political Science to the Science of Law 361
Political science is, as mentioned in the beginning of Sect. 10.4, more than a
special discipline of the social sciences. It presupposes the general epistemological
structures of the social sciences in general and, in addition categorial structures of
the region of the objects of economics and jurisprudence and their interdependen-
cies. Added is the material category “political power.” The present section must,
therefore, start with an analysis of the foundations of this category in the structures
of the lifeworld in general. This analysis is an immediate extension of what has been
said in Part I, Sects. 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4.
The experience of power, i.e., the potential of using force, of being forced and
resisting force, is an original experience on the level of animalic understanding.
The victim of force or violence is, in the last instance, always the Other as a living
animate body and the correlate of the threat of force on the side of the potential
victim is fear. Power is, in addition, given in elementary understanding if the use of
force is supported by weapons, i.e., “tools” that can serve as instruments of using
force in social interactions.
Power as the power of giving and enforcing rules and commands for Others in
connection with the expectation that Others will probably be obedient is social
power. To have the power to enforce a command or a rule presupposes that the
one(s) who threaten to use force also have the power to apply force. To give a
rule or a command implies that rule-givers and/or those who want to enforce a
pre-given rule promise to use their power to enforce the command or rule if other
persons refuse to obey the rule. The giving of commands or rules and promising
to enforce them, combined with the expectation that consociates are able and
probably willing to obey or to refuse to do so, are civil interactions. The ability
to promise the application of force is also a dominating factor in other “civil”
social interactions, first of all in contracts (i.e., the reciprocal promising of other
interactions) between individuals and groups of individuals. Contracts imply the
will to enforce the promises on both sides, and only a fight can decide which one
of the parties has the power to enforce its “understanding” of the promises in case
of disagreements about a contract. Such conflicts can be eliminated if both sides
recognize a superior authority, e.g., judges or chieftains who have the power to
enforce their interpretation of the contracts and promises in the conflicts.
120
Cf. Embree 2015, chapter 2 “Jurisprudence,” the reference to Schutz 1967 p. 247 on Kelsen; see
also Reeder 1991, xi, for Schutz on Kaufmann.
362 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
121
What has been said about historical causal explanations and real conditions in Chap. 6 is
presupposed for the following reflections.
10.7 From Political Science to the Science of Law 365
122
The simplified version of the list is: monarchy, aristocracy, oligarchy, democracy, tyranny.
10.7 From Political Science to the Science of Law 367
123
Such structures are, however, still of basic significance for the political development in many of
the so-called “developing countries” of the twenty-first century.
368 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
and the distribution of this power are the basic categories of the region of
political civil social interactions, i.e., the region of relevant observations of political
science.
Laws have the abstract logical structure of generalized conditionals, but these
conditionals do not refer to efficient or formal or final causes. In the case of laws
as normative conditionals, the generalized conditionals have the specific material
structure of generalized promises determining that all events or state of affairs of
the type x mentioned in the antecedents ought to be followed by an event or state
of affairs y in the consequent. This is the “empirical” dimension of jurisprudence
considered in the preceding section. The methodological problems of jurisprudence
are problems of a methodology of interpretation and application. A law, however,
is a law according to the basic pragmatic principle of the science of the law only
if it can be enforced, if it is possible to realize what is promised in the law.
This principle of the science of the law determines the first dimension that is
of immediate significance for political science as an empirical science because it
adds the dimension of efficient causal relations, and this also means that it adds a
dimension of possible empirical research.
The normative conditional “if there is an event of the type x, this x always ought
to be followed by the event y” has the character of a viable promise if and only
if there is a person or a group of persons who are able to realize y, to cause that
events of the type x will indeed be followed by events y. The law is, therefore, of
significance for predictions of the future course of events in civil social interactions
only if the law can be enforced because to use force is to enact a causal relation,
and with it, the logical possibility of predictions and explanations.
The second relation between law and political power is lawgiving. Developed
law systems can have, beyond the penal and the civil law, systems of constitutional
laws or state laws that determine the difference between legitimate and illegitimate
procedures of lawgiving. Legitimate lawgiving is, however, meaningless without
the power to enforce it. This formal principle together with the formal principle that
the purpose the lawgiving is first of all to avoid violent conflicts among citizens or
groups of citizens, implies a third formal principle. This principle requires that only
the sovereign, i.e., the institution that has the legitimation to give laws, is also the
institution in the state that has the legitimation to use power and ought to have this
power for violent enforcements of laws and regulations.
Seen from the viewpoint of the science of the law, the power to give laws and to
enforce given laws is the main problem for political science. The question is whether
it is in all of its dimensions a problem for political sciences as an empirical science.
The purpose of the ideal type “political social interaction” in general is, hence, seen
from this viewpoint legitimate lawgiving. Apart from the formal presuppositions of
legitimate lawgiving, the highest material purpose of legitimate lawgiving is to give
just laws; just laws are laws given for the commonweal and not for private interests.
Empirical research in the systematic human sciences in general and, hence,
in economics and political science as well is in the last instance interested in
predictions and the discovery of “laws” of social life, i.e., generalized conditionals
that can count as weak analogues of “laws of nature.” They can only be weak
10.7 From Political Science to the Science of Law 369
analogues because of the high degree of complexity of the social context and
the restricted temporal framework in the development of societies in which such
generalized conditionals can be relevant for predictions.124
What has to be kept is mind is that the rationality of ideal types of social
interactions presupposes that the selection of means to realize the purposes is
first of all interested in means that admit explications with the aid of efficient
causal relations. The means are rational means only if they are causes that have
useful effects for the realization of the purpose. The first step of empirical research
interested in causal relations is the collection of all available empirical data that are
necessary to determine the factors that are necessary for precise descriptions of the
causal conditions and their conditioned effects. Different types of such data can be
distinguished in different disciplines.
The social sciences in general have to cope with problems of determining
external factors that are relevant for simple cause-effect relations; problems that
arise because of the complexity of the ideal types of systems of interdependencies
in social interactions. Political science has additional difficulties because it is
confronted from the outset with the interdependency between the structures of
practical and civil interactions of the economy on the one hand and the structures
of the distribution of power behind lawgiving and the enforcement of the law on the
other. There are, secondly, internal factors, first of all the reactions of participants
in systems of social interactions to changes in the systems.
The region of external factors is, on the one hand, the region of pre-given present
systems of laws and law enforcement and the recognized legitimate procedures
of political acts of lawgiving. On the other hand, there is the region of practical
economic interactions as the foundation for the production of the technological
and financial resources of political power as a power to enforce the law within
the political community, along with the military power used in conflicts with other
political communities. Economic interactions are furthermore of significance as a
system of real conditions both for the process of lawgiving and for the structure
of law systems that determine lawgiving because more or less organized groups
guided by different economic interests also have the power resources to influence
the process of lawgiving in favor of their interests.
Systems of practical economic interactions also determine systems of higher
understanding of the social and natural environment of a social lifeworld as
a whole in myths and different types of religion, as well as of pre-scientific
philosophical and scientific worldviews. Such systems of higher understanding have
always determined the background of disputes about “just” laws and, hence, of
the rationality of the choices of purposes in the process of lawgiving as a political
activity. They can have a significant and sometimes violent impact on the political
process of lawgiving and enforcing the law.125
124
Cf. Sect. 10.2.
125
The fight for or against laws permitting/prohibiting marriages of homosexuals is in the last
instance a fight between worldviews: namely, between the system of higher understanding of the
370 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
right of individuals of the Enlightenment and the system of higher understanding of the theocratic
laws of the Old Testament that still dominate ethical and political doctrines in Muslim and Christian
traditions.
126
Economic liberalism defends the freedom of the market against legal regulation of the state but
has no sympathy for other types of freedom, e.g., the freedom of the enemies of merchants and
bankers, namely, robber barons, bank robbers, and communists. The state is required to suppress
such freedoms with the force of the law.
127
Cf. Sects. 10.4 and 10.6.
10.7 From Political Science to the Science of Law 371
Closely connected with this problem are two other problems. It is of specific
significance for political science as an empirical social science that no purposes,
final causes that are able to determine rational selections of effective means are pre-
given. Economics is able to presuppose such ideal types; however, political science
(and especially political science as a science of rational lawgiving) is not able to
restrict itself to rationality in the selection of means. What is of interest are first of all
criteria not for rational choices of means, but for reasonable choices of purposes of
social interactions and actions. It is impossible to bracket the problem of the higher-
order “rationality” of the selection of purposes in political science because it cannot
be bracketed in political theories of lawgiving. It is, hence, questionable whether the
analysis of the contents and the structure of systems of purposes and the experience
of values that are constitutive for in-order-to-motives behind the choice of certain
purposes and their realization can be solved with the methods of an empirical social
science.
There is, secondly, the problem that political science presupposes economics
and the science of the law as its foundations. Results of these two sciences are
presupposed in different degrees in all other sociologies of : : : , but political science
includes from the outset the structure of the system of politically relevant social
interactions as a whole, i.e., it is of interest in different perspectives, for all groups
and members of the political community and for the purposes of their interactions.
The question is, hence, whether and how it is possible to find criteria for the
determination of the distance between researchers and the objects of research that is
the presupposition of the possibility of “disinterested” observation.
The two problems just mentioned will be considered at the end of this section
after an analysis of the scope and the limits of the empirical basis for testing
predictions in the region of empirical research in political science. Political theory
can be recognized as empirical social science only if it is able to fulfill the
methodological requirements for empirical science. The first basic requirement is
that political science must be able to discover generalized conditionals referring to
causal connections that can be applied in explanations and predictions of events that
change or save the structures of politically relevant social interactions.
The second basic requirement is that the predictions must be testable, and the
touchstone of the tests must be empirical material that can be given for intersensory
observations. Social sciences are sciences of interpretation, i.e., of methodologically
guided secondary understanding of the first-order understanding that is implied in
fixed and immediate life expressions. The empirical material that can be used for
confirmations or disconfirmations of predictions in political science can only be
interpreted life expressions, and thus these interpreted life expressions must be
accessible for intersensory observations.
The empirical basis of research in political science is, hence, coextensive with
the empirical basis of research in contemporary history. Of interest for descriptions
of the initial circumstances are immediate life expressions, fixations of immediate
life expressions, and fixed life expressions. The methods in political science on
this descriptive level are the methods of historical research, i.e., the reconstruction
of what was/is really the case with the aid of interpreted life expressions. Such
372 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
Power is of significance as political power, beyond the ability to use brute bodily
force, as a power to enforce rules and commands, first in archaic non-literate soci-
eties and then in literate cultural traditions that relate to the giving and enforcing of
laws regulating civil and practical interactions. Of interest for a phenomenological
epistemology of political science is, hence, not merely the question of the efficiency
of economic conditions for the increase of the resources of political power. The
epistemological reflection on methods used for description of relevant factors and
their effects in the region of political interactions has to cope with the additional
problems not only of conditions determined by economic structures for lawgiving
and enforcing the law that are of interest for political science but also (and vice
versa) of conditions determined by lawgiving and law enforcement for economic
structures. The methods applied in economics are similar to the methods of the
confirmation or disconfirmation of hypotheses referring to cause-effect relations in
the natural sciences. But the methods applied in jurisprudence and in the science of
the law are first of all methods of the human sciences, more precisely, of the sciences
of interpretation.
The first task of the analysis of the region of the political interactions of lawgiving
and law enforcement is the interpretation of texts representing the presently pre-
given law system and its background in the history of the law. The problem of
the application of the law, the main problem of jurisprudence, is not a problem
for political science as a theoretical empirical science. Left are the problems of the
philological-historical interpretation of law texts. The interpretation of laws implies,
according to the analyses of Sect. 10.6, the interpretation of the context of a law
in the system of positive laws. It presupposes, secondly, the interpretation of the
presently still relevant historical background of the development of the law system
and, finally, of the texts that are relevant for the systems of higher understanding
that provide the legitimating for the lawgiving and law enforcement of the pre-given
law system.
It is, hence, a special difficulty for research interested in causal conditions that
can be used in predictions and explanations in political science that the methods
used in descriptions of factors in the causal conditions on the one hand and
factors in the effects of these conditions on the other are different. The causal
conditions belong to the region of economic interactions and their descriptions
imply descriptions of causal relations applied in the techniques and technologies
of economic interactions, causal relations that on the level of the market economy
admit even mathematical explications. In contrast, the principles of the methods
of the description of the conditioned effects are the principles of the method-
ology of philological-historical interpretations. Interpretations of life expressions
in the empirical basis of economics refer in the last instance to immediate life
expressions connected with practical and civil economic interactions that can be
given in secondary understanding in the present. But the interpretations of laws
in jurisprudence are interpretations of fixed life expressions and have to apply the
methods of philological text interpretations. Furthermore, according to Sect. 10.6
law systems include not only (1) laws for social interactions on the level of animalic,
374 10 History and the Systematic Human Sciences
practical, and civil social interactions, but also (2) systems of constitutional or state
law regulating not only the enforcement of the law, but first of all the distribution of
political power, i.e., the access to the process of lawgiving. On this level they also
indirectly determine possible ways to gain political power by violating pre-given
laws of the existing law system of level (2).128
The levels (1) and (2) together presuppose (3) the contemplative systems of
higher understanding mentioned above that are able to provide the legitimation of
political authorities to give and to enforce laws. As contemplative systems such
systems transcend the regions of economic systems and systems of positive law, but
they do imply and refer to such systems, last but not least as, e.g., theological and/or
philosophical theories of the law and the state.
The systems of the legitimation of political power (3) of higher understanding
mirror the system of the interests of groups and institutions in a society as a whole,
and this system is ultimately also the region of real conditions for the contemplative
systems of higher understanding that are constitutive for the legitimation of the
lawgiving sovereign. Such systems can also be powerful factors for the realization
of the interest of partial groups and institutions in the region of economic social
interactions who use their influence to introduce changes in the system of lawgiving
and the law. The in-order-to-motives of such “conservative” resistance are in
most cases determined by the value systems of religious traditions, but also of
other types of worldviews. Difficulties connected with (3) are, hence, immediately
consequences of the above-mentioned problems that indicate the limits of possible
applications of the methods of the empirical social sciences in political science.
Set aside that the degree of complexity and the speed of historical changes of
factors that are relevant for predictions and explanations in the social sciences
is much higher than in the life sciences the essential difference between both
types of sciences is in the social sciences that empirical descriptions of such
factors presuppose the interpretation of life expressions of contemporaries in the
region of contemporary history. According to Sect. 10.4 the first epistemological
problem for social sciences in general was, therefore, that the presupposition of the
possibility of testing hypothetical interpretations in history, the strict separation of
interpretation and application, is not applicable in contemporary history. The second
epistemological problem was that hypothetical predictions about the behavior of
the objects of the social sciences are themselves already able to function as factors
determining the behavior of the objects. They are potential factors because they are
not only objects, but at the same time subjects, contemporaries who can react to the
publication of the results, and especially to the predictions of investigations of the
social sciences.
The method used to overcome these difficulties in the social sciences is the
construction of ideal types. Rational ideal types are in particular able to propose
explanations and testable predictions presupposing effective causal relations in
practical and even civil social interactions and to determine external and internal
128
Cf. Sect. 6.2 esp. the example of Caesar’s crossing the Rubicon.
10.7 From Political Science to the Science of Law 375
factors that are able to explain disconfirmations of such predictions. Except for the
applicability of the results of the natural sciences in the discovery of technological
means in practical social interactions, economics is the social science that admits
predictions with the highest degree of effective and even mathematically calculable
causal relations (Sect. 10.5).
The region of objects of political science is a special case of this highest degree
of complexity in the social sciences. It presupposes economics as the science of the
practical and social interactions that provide the resources for power and for the
division of power in political systems. It also includes, however, the ideal types of
civil social interactions in the regions of the administration of the application of
the law, of the enforcement of the law, and finally of lawgiving. The study of laws,
law systems, and systems of law regulating the process of lawgiving presupposes
the interpretation of law texts and the methodology of text interpretations in gen-
eral. The methodology of philological-historical interpretations and reconstructions
implies a methodological abstraction that requires the separation of interpretation
and application. The possibility of separating interpretation and application already
vanishes in contemporary history because in contemporary history the contextual
horizons of the text and of the interpreter are not separable.
Both lawgiving and enforcing the given laws are political civil interactions that
happen in the present including the immediate past, but also in the future horizon
of the present and are of basic significance for political science as a social science.
There are questions of giving laws that are only of immediate interest for partial
groups and institutions. It is, of course, also possible in such cases to ask whether
such laws are just or unjust laws, but in such cases it is still possible for political
scientists who are only interested in value free judgments to consider the political
process of lawgiving from the outside as disinterested observers.
The situation is different if the laws are of vital interest for the whole of the
present life of a social community, i.e., for all members of the community and
all social relations between the members in social interactions. No member of the
society can be disinterested in such laws and the giving of such laws not only
because of distinctions that belong to the realm of the “ought to be – ought not
to be,” but also because of their interest in the material conditions of their existence.
The epistemological consequences for the question whether political theory can be
reduced to political science as an empirical social science will be considered in the
summary at the end of Part V.
Part V
Summary and Conclusions
Chapter 11
Summary and Conclusions
The following concluding remarks begin in Sect. 11.1 with a survey of the
partially paradoxical controversies in discussions about the system of the empirical
sciences in the last century and their foundations in the paradox of subjectivity.
Section 11.2 is a summary of what has been said in the preceding investigations
about the foundations of the empirical sciences in the structures of the lifeworld.
Section 11.3 offers a summary of conclusions that are relevant for attempts to
develop a system of empirical sciences and can be derived from phenomenologically
guided reflections on the methods and methodologies of the empirical sciences,
together with concluding remarks about the epistemic status of a phenomenological
epistemology.
the Iliad or to reconstruct the relevant historical facts of the trial of Galileo without
the aid of interpretations of the Latin documents in the archives of the Vatican is
absurd. This does not imply that it is meaningless to try to find first psychological
explanation and then perhaps the underlying physiological structures that support a
psychological explanations for historical facts. But historical facts as such can be
reconstructed and interpreted as historical facts only with the methods of historical
research (Sects. 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 9.1).
The modern ontic understanding of naturalism has its foundation in the modern
epistemic understanding of naturalism. A phenomenological epistemology is able to
offer solutions for the difficulties of the epistemic understanding and to recognize
this naturalism as a respectable research program. An ontic understanding, however,
will end in paradoxes, and these paradoxes have their foundations in the paradox
of subjectivity that has been considered in Sect. 2.4. The first indicators for this
transition from the epistemic to the ontic understanding are ambiguities in the
meaning of “explanation.”
It is essential for causal explanations in the natural sciences, e.g., in classical
physics, that not only all factors belonging to the set of initial conditioning factors,
but also the set of factors belonging to the state of affairs in the effect must admit
explications and descriptions in terms of the basic categories: mass, force, energy,
movement, etc., of classical physics. To reduce, e.g., the life sciences to physics
according to an ontic understanding of naturalism means that all the basic categories
of the life sciences can be represented in explications that use only the categories
of physics. The consequence in the context of classical physics was that living
organisms had to be understood as mechanical clockworks.
“Explanation” in terms of the methodology of the natural sciences can only mean
that theoretical entities of physics are the efficient causes of all objects given in
the lifeworld, including the objects given in my own inner experience and the lived
experience of Others given in the understanding of the life expressions of Others.
The explananda are in this case the objects in the lifeworld. The explanans is nature
as the world of objects that are ultimately explicable in terms of the categories
of physics. But this type of a causal connection cannot have the logical structure
of causal connections in the world of the objects of the natural sciences. Instead,
the causal relation is an analogue of an ontic relation between the thing in itself,
representing the real reality that “causes” appearances given in the lived experience
of conscious life and these experiential appearances themselves. Here cause and
effect belong to strictly distinct regions in the lifeworld that are determined by
different systems of categories.
The difficulties of a satisfying epistemological explication of the ontological
meaning of “explaining” increase with the transition from classical to post-classical
physics. The theoretical entities of classical physics are “written in mathematical
letters,” but these letters still refer to exact essences that presuppose variations
in imagination admitting quasi-pictorial representations (Sect. 8.3). The additional
difficulty for naturalism in the context of post-classical physics is that the theoretical
entities of modern physics, i.e., of relativity theory and quantum theory, can only
be represented in the language of post-classical mathematics and in this sense
382 11 Summary and Conclusions
1
The explication given for the paradox of the BRAIN follows Emrich 1990, ch. IV.
11.1 Naturalism, Historicism, Historism and the Paradox of Subjectivity 383
2
Cf. Sect. 7.1 on relativism in Thomas Kuhn’s conception of the history of science. It has been
mentioned in Sects. 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4 that the transition from classical to post-classical physics,
relativity theory, and quantum theory is not of basic significance in Husserl’s later writings, but it
was of crucial significance for the historicism of Kuhn and others in the history of science.
384 11 Summary and Conclusions
3
Husserl used the term Historizismus in “Philosophie als strenge Wissenschaft” (Hua XXV, 3–62),
but he never explicitely distinguished between Historizismus and Historismus. Popper used both
terms in Popper 1957, but his “historism” is an analogue of Husserl’s “historicism” and what he
called “historicism” are theories about metaphysical theories of history as a whole like Hegelianism
or Marxism.
4
Cf. Seebohm 2013. It may be noted that, though it might sound awkward in English, the
terminological equation “world of the human sciences” D “historical world” D “spiritual world,”
is natural for the German terminology: “Welt der Geisteswissenschaften” D “geistige Welt” due to
Hegel’s objective spirit.
11.1 Naturalism, Historicism, Historism and the Paradox of Subjectivity 385
5
Cf. Hua IX, §2 and Beilage II (1928).
6
See Hua VI, §§54, 55, and 73. It is essential to keep in mind that the paradox of subjectivity
appears in §§54 and 55 as the presupposition of Husserl’s “discovery” of the primal ego, cf.
the preliminary considerations in §4. A list of other manuscripts that are of significance for the
interpretation of the primal ego as ultimate foundation of phenomenological research is now
available in Geniusas 2012, ch. 9.
386 11 Summary and Conclusions
For the first steps of the analyses of transcendental phenomenology, the tran-
scendental ego is given as a pole in the sequence of active intentional activities.
This transcendental ego is, however, only the individual and therefore mundane ego
of the phenomenologist. Phenomenological analyses and reflections on this level
are, therefore, plagued by the problems of solipsism and the paradox of subjectivity.
However, in the Analyses of Passive Synthesis,7 the transcendental ego as an abstract
pole in active syntheses is only an indicator of the transcendental ego understood as
the self-manifesting activity of the Ur-Ich, the “primal” ego.8 Passive synthesis as
associative synthesis is determined by structures in the hyletic field as a necessary
foundation of active synthesis and of the ego as pole of active syntheses. The primal
ego can be understood as the “medium” in and “first mover” of the genesis of
the unity and the process of subjective and intersubjective conscious life that is
pre-given for the method of reflective analyses of transcendental-phenomenology
after the first “naïve” transcendental phenomenological reduction. The analyses of
passive synthesis are also presupposed in the analyses of the givenness of Others,
i.e., the constitution of transcendental intersubjectivity and with it the cultural or
spiritual world.9
Only the primal ego (and not the ego as the abstract pole of a manifold of
cogitations) is, hence, able to satisfy the requirements of a justification for the thesis
of the ontological priority of the spiritual world over the natural world and with it
the decision for the first horn of the dilemma of the paradox of subjectivity. The
activity of the transcendental ego in active syntheses is only an indicator of the self-
manifesting teleological activity of the Ur-Ich, the primal ego as ultimate grounding.
The primal ego, the Ur Ich as an “absolute” immortal transcendental ego, lies behind
the intersubjectivity of mortal mundane “empirical” egos.10
The main question for a phenomenological epistemology is whether the onto-
logical solution of the problems of the paradox of subjectivity in the Crisis can
be of significance for the methods that are applicable in the reflective phenomeno-
logical analyses of epistemological problems and problems of a general theory of
knowledge and knowing. The answer in the preliminary considerations of Sects. 2.4
and 3.1 was that the paradox of subjectivity is an unsolvable ontological paradox
only for its ontic interpretation, but not for its epistemic interpretation. An epistemic
interpretation is able to reduce the two horns of the alternative behind the paradox
to the “what” of the givenness in direct and oblique intentions in the epistemic
7
Hua XI, section. III, IV, ch. 1 and 2. Cf. also Hua I §§37–41.
8
It is difficult to find a satisfying translation for the Ur in Ur-Ich in English. Nouns and adjectives
using this prefix in German are translated in many different ways in English, e.g., great grandfather
for Urgroßvater. Using the Greek archē, in German Anfang as Ursprung and known in English in
nouns like archbishop; Ur-Ich could be translated as Arch-Ego. What comes closest in the history
of philosophical terminologies is absolute ego, absolutes Ich, i.e., in the Kantian definition of
“absolute,” “independent and unconditioned in every respect.”
9
Cf Sect. 3.1 above.
10
Cf. the report of Schutz on his last conversation with Husserl in “Husserl and his Influence on
Me” in: CP V.
11.1 Naturalism, Historicism, Historism and the Paradox of Subjectivity 387
11
See Fink 1939, 1952, 1958 and Landgrebe 1948, 1963. A defence of phenomenology as a
method can be found in the publications of Funke 1957, 1966; Müller 1956, Seebohm 1962.
Detailed studies interested in this development can be found in Spiegelberg 1960, vol. II, 596
f. and Seebohm 1962, §29. A short study of the discussions in Germany in English is available in
the first section of Geniusas 2013.
12
On the discussions in the Freiburg phenomenological workshop, see Bruzina 2004, ch. 1.
388 11 Summary and Conclusions
13
Cf. §7 and Schutz’s essay “The Problem of Transcendental Intersubjectivity in Husserl,” together
with Fink’s comments with references to the late Fichte (and not to the early Fichte of the
Wissenschaftslehre) and Schutz’s response of 1957 in the English translation in CP III, 84.
14
For recent comparative accounts see Embree 2009a, esp. section 5; Embree 2009b; Reeder 2009
all in Nasu et al. ed. 2009.
15
For discussions of the interpretation of the transcendental ego as primal ego in the Crisis, the C-
manuscripts, and in the writings of Fink, Cairns, and others, cf. now Bruzina 2004, 2013 and
also Moran 2012, 145f. An interpretation without mentioning Fink’s speculative metaphysical
interpretation can be found in Geniusas 2012, ch. 9.
11.1 Naturalism, Historicism, Historism and the Paradox of Subjectivity 389
16
Cf. the interpretations of Fink and Husserl in Bruzina 2013 and Bruzina 2004, 228, n 12, 263f.,
282, 295f.
390 11 Summary and Conclusions
17
One could add to Husserl’s terminology the Neo-Kantian “cultural sciences” (Kulturwis-
senschaften) that was used by Schutz and has emerged in the English literature in recent decades
as a substitute for “human sciences.”
11.2 The Generative Foundations of the Empirical Sciences in the Lifeworld 391
18
The problem is whether Husserl was either unaware of the incompatibilities between the
recognition of the phenomenological analysis of the lifeworld as the region of ultimate grounding,
and an ultimate metaphysical grounding beyond the lifeworld as the foundation for further
phenomenological research or whether he was aware of it and offered a solution has not yet been
shown in his unpublished writings. A solution for this problem is not of significance for attempts
to develop a phenomenological epistemology of the empirical sciences.
392 11 Summary and Conclusions
There is (2) the first-order understanding of the purpose or the system of purposes
of practical interactions together with the values that determine the purposes as
in-order-to-motives of the participants in the practical interaction. The purpose
of practical social interactions determines as “final” cause the selection of the
“efficient” causal relations that can be discovered in the natural environment and
serve as means for the realization of the purpose(s). Such means can be certain
materials offered by the natural environment, or they can be the use of tools, but
they can also be certain actions of certain participants in the interactions.
It is (3) necessary for successful interactions that both (3.a) the system of
purposes (3.b) the system of applicable means for the realization of the purpose(s)
are recognized and accepted systems for the participants in the interactions.
Presupposed for (3) is (4) the possibility of successful communications between
the participants of practical interactions in civil interactions eliminating misun-
derstandings and not-understandings on the level of secondary understanding, i.e.,
the understanding of the first-order understanding of Others about the choice
and/or understanding of purposes, or about difficulties in the selection and/or the
application of means. The correlate of the possibility of successful communications
is the possibility of failing communications that end in partial and even total
disagreement. The outcome of total disagreement is the disruption and even the
destruction of practical interactions. The consequences of total disagreement about
purposes on the level of higher understanding can be violent hostile interactions
disrupting all civil interactions.
Referring to the analyses of the preceding investigations, (1) is the foundation and
(2) is bracketed by the methodological abstraction of the natural sciences (Sect. 7.2).
If (2) is bracketed, then (3) and (4) are bracketed, but it has to be kept in mind that
(3) is a necessary dependent part and, hence, a presupposition also in the structure
of the practical interactions of scientists in laboratories; it is involved in organizing
intersensory observations without itself ever being an object of the natural sciences
in its own right.
The second-order understanding of first-order understanding of Others (4) is of
basic significance for the human sciences, but it is also of basic significance that (4)
implies (3) on the level of elementary understanding in the lifeworld, and (3) implies
(2) and its correlate (1). The thesis that human sciences can only be interested
in interpretations and not in causal explanations is misleading. Of significance is,
furthermore, that encounters with brute reality happen for elementary understanding
in the pre-scientific lifeworld only in (1). The human sciences without a foundation
in (1) are, hence, hanging in the clouds of interpretations that have lost contact with
the reality that is given in the encounter with the natural environment as brute, blind,
and not yet interpreted reality.
A possible emergence of empirical sciences in cultural traditions presupposes
further levels of foundations in the development of such cultural traditions. The
counting of objects and the measuring of spatial distances were already of interest
for elementary practical understanding in cultures without a literary tradition
(Sects. 8.1 and 8.2). Counting and measuring were also implied in the elementary
understanding of trading products, tools, materials, and human labor (Sect. 10.5).
394 11 Summary and Conclusions
The preceding investigations had to start with a critical deconstruction of the pre-
suppositions of the strict separation between the sciences of explanation (Erklären)
and the sciences of understanding (Verstehen) in the tradition of the last century.
The main task for the preceding investigations was the rejection of the thesis that
the methodology of history, including in its fringes pre-history and contemporary
history, can be reduced to a hermeneutics that had its basis in reflections on the
methods of interpretations of fixed life expressions, i.e., texts and monuments. After
the summary of the analyses of the generative foundations of the emergence of
the empirical sciences in the last section, it is now possible that the summary of
conclusions relevant for the system of the empirical sciences is able to follow the
historical order of the emergence of the disciplines of the empirical sciences.
Some traditional epistemologists of the empirical sciences, e.g., J.S. Mill,
emphasized the analysis of the logic of the method of experimental research in
general. Others, e.g., Descartes, Kant, but also Husserl in the Crisis, emphasized
the significance of the application of mathematical theories for the methodology
of the natural sciences. A tacit assumption behind this approach is that it in the
future will be possible to reduce the life sciences to the hard sciences. Seen from
the viewpoint of phenomenological psychology, the advantage of the empiricism
of Mill and his predecessors is that this approach covers the ground of the
methodological abstraction that is constitutive for the natural sciences in general.
The methodology of the experiment requires that generalized conditionals that refer
to cause-effect relations can be confirmed or disconfirmed in predictions referring
to the consequent and presupposing in the antecedent the givenness of the cause
plus initial required circumstantial conditions. The givenness has to be givenness
in intersensory observations. The ideal methodological case is that the generalized
conditional should be derivable from a theory.
The methodology of the experiment is of basic significance for the hard natural
sciences, i.e., first of all physics, and for the soft natural sciences, i.e., the life
sciences. The residuum of the methodological abstraction includes the region of
objects determined by categorial structures that are of significance for the soft as
well as for the hard sciences. The methodological abstraction excludes the region
of objects that cannot be recognized as objects accessible for the empirical natural
sciences (Sect. 7.1 and 7.2). This methodological abstraction restricts the empirical
basis to objects and categories that are constitutive for possible objects that can
be given in intersensory observations in elementary first-order and second-order
11.3 The System of the Empirical Sciences: Concluding Remarks 397
understanding. All other types of objects, purposes, values, norms, but also any
access to the conscious lived experience of other persons, though presupposed in
the requirement of intersensory experience, are excluded from the residuum of the
abstraction.
According to the general methodological abstraction of the natural sciences the
application of mathematical techniques, including statistical and other mathematical
techniques, is not restricted to the hard sciences. It was and is a necessary implement
of all empirical sciences, first of all the life sciences (Sect. 8.5), but then also, e.g.,
the systematic human sciences such as economics (Sect. 10.5). Such applications are
even possible in the historical human sciences in grammatical and even individual
hermeneutics, i.e., the methodology of philological text interpretations (Sect. 5.2).
The foundation for this type of universal applicability of mathematics in the
empirical sciences is that counting and measuring are already necessary implements
of the elementary understanding of practical and civil social interactions in archaic
cultural lifeworlds and systems of higher understanding in such cultural lifeworlds.
The application of mathematics in physics is different. It presupposes as one of
its foundations mathematics as a formal science, i.e., as a meta-genre of higher
understanding in its own right, including algebra and the algebraic treatment of
geometry in analytic geometry (Sects. 8.1 and 8.2). Significant “revolutions” in
the progress of physics always presupposed progress in mathematical research. The
application of mathematics in physics (and only in physics among the empirical
sciences) implies that algebraic formulas and equations are used from the outset
in the definitions of the basic categories of the region of the theoretical entities
of physics. The theoretical objects of the theories in physics must, hence, be
distinguished from the objects given for intersensory observations in experimental
research. An immediate consequence of this distinction is that objects of intersen-
sory observations are objects for physics only to the extent to which their properties
and relations are measurable. Observable properties of objects in experiments
serving to test theoretical hypotheses of physics have to be reduced to one genus of
their dependent parts, i.e., the abstract moments that belong to the genus extension
(Sect. 8.2).
A further implication is that pictorial representations in the strict sense are
possible only for the objects that are given for intersensory observations in
experimental research. The methodological abstraction that determines the region
of the theoretical objects of physics is, hence, a reductive abstraction. Answers to
problems of possible quasi-pictorial or even only per analogiam quasi-pictorial
representations of theoretical objects presuppose an analysis of the level of the
development of the mathematical theories that have been applied in the theories
of physics.
The first step beyond Cartesian mechanistic push-pull physics was the Newtonian
application of differential and integral calculus in the theory of gravitation. The
mathematical objects required for this step are exact essences that can be given in
variations in imagination that are determined by a rule-governed process of an and-
so-on progress toward an ideal limit. Representations of the objects of mathematics
on this level of its development and, hence, theoretical objects of classical physics
as well are accessible in quasi-pictorial representations (Sect. 8.2).
398 11 Summary and Conclusions
complex forms given in the lifeworld are already given in intersensory observations
for elementary understanding as having a genesis with a beginning in “seeds,”
such that something realizes or “actualizes” itself and deteriorates in the end.
Intersensory observation on the level of elementary understanding also teaches that
living organisms are able to reproduce other living organisms of their own species
in different ways.
Pre-scientific philosophical ontology already introduced the ontological category
of formal cause as the force behind the actualization of the generation of the form
of living organisms out of dead inorganic matter. Formal causes have often been
interpreted as final causes, i.e., purposes, in the Aristotelian tradition (Sects. 8.3
and 8.5).19 A methodological analysis of experiments in the life science before
the twentieth century indicates that most of these experiments refer to cases in
which efficient causes promote, disturb, or destroy the “force” behind the formal
causes, but an explication in terms of an empirical science of this “formal cause”
was missing. Before turning to the problems connected with this lacuna in the life
sciences four basic achievements of the life sciences in the nineteenth century must
be mentioned.
The four discoveries are (1) that higher life forms are complex symbiotic
systems of cells; (2) that the simplest organic structures are the external and
internal structures of monocellular living organisms; (3) that the smallest parts of
monocellular organisms are complex molecular structures of organic chemistry; and
(4) Darwin’s theory of the evolution of life forms. Of epistemological significance is
that the “conditions of the possibility” of the “discoveries” are abstractions based on
descriptions of intersensory observations. The observations (2) and (3) presuppose
sophisticated instruments, and the construction of the instruments presupposes
technological applications of the results of experimental research in the hard natural
sciences, e.g., optics. Progress in the life sciences has, hence, one of the generative
foundations of the empirical basis of its intersensory observations in the progress of
the hard sciences.
It is tempting to understand the transition from (2) to (3) as an ontic reduction
of organic life to inorganic matter. Seen from the viewpoint of a phenomenological
epistemology, however, it is only possible to recognize that the discovery of (1) has
its epistemic foundation in (2) and that the discovery of (3) also has its epistemic
foundation in (2). It is possible to assume in an ontic interpretation that (3) is the
genetic foundation of (2) and (2) is the foundation of (1), but it depends of the state
of the art whether it can be shown in experiments that (2) is the effect of a specific
sets of factors in (3), i.e., not only as a necessary but also as a sufficient effective
condition.
19
The actualization of the form of a living organism was understood as an analogue of the
realization of a purpose. Even Kant’s transcendental reflections in KGS V Kritik der Urteilskraft
on the life sciences had to refer to teleology and with it to the purposes and final causes of pre-
scientific philosophy in his interpretation of the meaning of “formal cause.”
400 11 Summary and Conclusions
Darwin’s “theory” of the evolution (4) of the species is not a theory like e.g.,
the kinetic theory of gases or of the function of the liver in the metabolism of
mammals. It is rather a history, and the research leading to its discovery shares,
notwithstanding essential “specific” differences, some essential aspects with the
reconstructions of a past reality in historical research in the human sciences. The
method of a history of the evolution beginning with monocellular organisms up
to animals of the species homo habilis, homo erectus, and homo sapiens starts
with the “interpretation” of fossils, i.e., traces of past life forms. For Darwin, the
guiding thread of the reconstruction of past real developments was geology. The
presuppositions of the reconstruction of life forms from the very beginning are,
hence, the reconstructions of the natural history of the planet Earth. Fossils are
the traces of past organic life, and it is the task of paleontology to reconstruct the
forms of organic life in “interpretations” of the traces. There is, hence, a formal
epistemological analogy between the methods applied in the history of evolution
and the methods applied in the reconstructions of history as a human science. This
has further implications that will be considered below. Such further considerations
presuppose the explication of “form” and “formal cause” in the life sciences as
empirical sciences (Sects. 8.5 and 9.1).
According to the discoveries just considered the origin of the development of
organic forms is given as an origin in certain phases at different places in the
history of nature (Sect. 8.5). The organic forms of a species, forms that have
been considered as formal causes determining the course of the generation of
individuals belonging to the species are understood as products of the generation
of organic forms themselves. Given the state of the art it is neither necessary nor
possible to give a satisfactory categorial explication of the ways in which genetic
codes internally pre-determine the development of organisms or of the external and
internal factors that are able to cause changes in genetic codes. What can be said is
that “genetic code” is the explication of the ontological category “formal cause” in
terms of the life sciences as empirical sciences.
The problem of this lacuna in the life sciences was a welcome occasion for the
attempts of the theologico-metaphysical creationists of the nineteenth and even in
the twentieth century to explain the “teleology” determining the forms of living
organisms and their development as “caused” by a divine intelligence. This answer
transcends all possible epistemological reflections that are restricted to reflections on
what really happens in empirical research in the empirical sciences. The epistemol-
ogy of analytic philosophy deduces the possibility of a reduction of the life sciences
to physics from an epistemologically normative (and even in addition ontological)
physicalism but others also recognized the possibility of, and even the need for such
a reduction.20 Seen from the viewpoint of a phenomenological epistemology such
answers to the problem also transcend the possibilities of reflection on what really
happens in empirical research.
20
In his Third Critique Kant recognized the problem that explanations in the life sciences that use
analogues of final and formal causes are only of significance as heuristic means for the discovery of
causations that are explicable in terms of classical physics. Husserl’s Crisis was able to neglect the
11.3 The System of the Empirical Sciences: Concluding Remarks 401
problem because it does not distinguish between the methodological abstraction that is constitutive
for the natural sciences in general and the additional abstraction within this first reduction that is
constitutive for physics. The immediate consequence is once again that the life sciences ought to
be reducible to physics.
402 11 Summary and Conclusions
literary genres that can serve different purposes, e.g., religious and moral education
but also simple entertainment (Sect. 5.4). Given such a frameworks, however,
historical research is able to apply different types of historical conditions and
explanations, including explanations borrowed from the natural sciences. Causal
explanations borrowed from the natural sciences can also be applied in looking for
solutions to problems of the determination of the spatial and temporal location of
sources, including texts but also archeological traces and monuments.
Epistemological justifications for this aspect of the methodology of historical
research cannot be derived from the methodological principles of philological inter-
pretations. Such a justification requires, hence, further analyses of the foundations of
historical reconstructions in the structures of the intersubjective temporal and spatial
structures of first-order elementary understanding. A survey of the above-mentioned
analogies and parallels in the methodologies of the life sciences and the historical
human sciences is a useful preparation for such analyses. To start with the historical
human sciences is advisable because problems connected with such analyses in the
systematic human sciences are of an even higher degree of complexity.
Analyses of analogies require the determination of what is the same and what is
different in the analogues. What is the same in the analogies in the epistemological
structures of the methodologies of reading, deciphering, and reconstruction of past
events admits explications in terms of the formal ontological theory of wholes and
parts (Sect. 2.2). Objects of classical physics can be first-order wholes that have only
dependent parts. The objects of the life sciences are organic wholes, i.e., wholes with
parts that are wholes of the first order, but cannot be at the same time parts of a higher
order. Objects of the historical human sciences, i.e., texts, fixed life expressions in
general, reconstructed past real lifeworlds, and empirical or ideal types of systems of
social interactions are wholes with parts that are themselves independent wholes that
can indeed be parts of more than one whole of a higher order (Sects. 5.2 and 5.5).
Equal are, hence, the formal ontological structures of the objects as wholes of a
higher order. The difference is only a difference in the degree of the complexity of
part-whole relations.
The difference in the analogy is a difference of the material categories that
determine the parts and wholes in types of objects that are accessible in the life
sciences and in the philological-historical sciences. The methodology of interpreting
texts already presupposes on the level of grammatical hermeneutics that the meaning
of signs in written languages are pre-given for the secondary understanding of
a first-order understanding. There is only a certain material similarity between
the methods of deciphering texts written in an unknown written language and
deciphering genetic codes. What is equal is the application of the method of trial
and error, starting with assumptions about the significance of the signs of the code
and confirmations/disconfirmations of the assumptions, but what is assumed and
how it is confirmed or disconfirmed is different.
Moreover, the method of philological deciphering is interested in the deciphering
of contexts of meaning for a secondary understanding of the signs of the text.
The text is successfully deciphered to the degree to which it can be translated into
meaning contexts that can be expressed in other already known written languages
404 11 Summary and Conclusions
(Sect. 5.2). The deciphering of genetic codes is different because it is in this case a
deciphering not of the meaning of signs, but of sequences of markers that determine
the temporal process of a formation of an organic whole. A stronger analogy for
this type of deciphering is the deciphering of programs of computer languages. The
markers have to be understood in both cases as instructions, i.e., as commands to
perform an action in the first-order understanding of the scientists who are able to
decipher the genetic code or the code of the computer program.
The difference is that the program for a computer language has always been
designed in a process of practical interactions that has been guided by the purpose of
designing precisely this program for a language with certain properties. To assume
an “intelligent design” behind genetic codes and the evolution of such codes in the
evolution of the species is a meaningful metaphysical explication of formal causes
as final causes. However, such a design is not as such a possible object of natural
sciences because it presupposes categories that are excluded from the residuum of
the methodological abstraction that is constitutive for the natural sciences.
Darwin’s “theory” of evolution presupposes fossils as material for the recon-
struction of past organisms, i.e., traces of organisms that lived in a past period of the
history of nature given for present intersensory observation. The reconstructions of
history as a human science presuppose traces, i.e., fixed life expressions given in the
present for intersensory observation and possible interpretations. The analogy of the
methods of deciphering traces and reconstructing a past reality in the life sciences
and in the historical human sciences is of basic significance for the analysis of the
overlap of paleontological reconstructions of the evolution of the human species
and the reconstructive interpretations of human cultural lifeworlds in pre-history
(Sect. 9.1).
The analogies considered have their foundations in the structures of the primor-
dial constitution of the givenness of Others as living animate bodies and of an
intersubjectively given lifeworld as conditions of the possibility of animalic and
elementary understanding as well as of social interactions with Others. However, in
the last instance this first-order understanding is the foundation for the intersensory
observations that are presupposed on the level of empirical research in the empirical
sciences (Sects. 3.1 and 3.2). The Other is originally given as an animate living
body, and in a lifeworld with sciences after the methodological abstraction of the
natural sciences, an animate living body is given as an organism.
The empirical material of historical human sciences is the region of fixed life
expressions of authors in a distant past. The region of empirical material for the
systematic human sciences includes, in addition, fixed life expressions of contem-
poraries and immediate life expressions of contemporaries that are accessible for
intersensory observations in the present. This seems to be an advantage because
it implies the possibility of the application of methods that are able to confirm or
disconfirm predictions. It is thus tempting to accept the positivistic thesis that the
principles of the methodology of the systematic human sciences can be reduced to
the principles of the methodology of the natural sciences. A difference is that the
degree of the complexity of the clusters of factors in the initial conditions and in the
effects is much higher in the systematic human sciences than in the natural sciences.
11.3 The System of the Empirical Sciences: Concluding Remarks 405
The positivistic thesis has to face the additional difficulty that only immediately
given intersensory observations are needed for verifications of initial conditions and
of predicted effects in the natural sciences. Predictions in the systematic human
sciences presuppose, on the contrary, interpretations of life expressions that are
accessible in present intersensory observations. An epistemological analysis of the
methodology of confirmation or disconfirmation of predictions in the systematic
human sciences must, hence, start with the epistemological analysis of the method-
ology of interpretations in the systematic human sciences (Sect. 10.1). What follows
is a summary of the results of the preceding investigations without references to the
discussion of the different positions in the literature in part IV.
Prima facie there are no methodological and epistemological problems because
secondary understanding of immediate linguistic life expressions of Others in
present communications “works” without the need to apply methodologically
guided interpretations. The problem is, however, that interpretations in the his-
torical human sciences are able to perform a methodological abstraction that is
constitutive for the possibility of separating interpretation and application and thus
of the cognitive attitude of “disinterested” interpretations in the historical human
sciences (Sect. 10.2), This distance vanishes gradually in contemporary history and
completely in the secondary understanding of life expressions of Others in present
communications. The question is, hence, how methodologically guided eliminations
of misunderstanding and not-understanding in interpretations are possible in the
systematic human sciences (Sect. 10.1).
Phenomenological reflections on possible eliminations of misunderstanding and
not-understanding in the present have to start with the analysis of eliminating
misunderstandings and not-understanding in dialogical communications. Dialogues
that are interested in repairing disturbed communications between participants in
the dialogue are productive dialogues (Sect. 10.2). Interpretation and application
cannot and ought not to be separated in such dialogues. The common goal of all
participants in the dialogue is to determine agreements or disagreements in the first-
order understanding of the participants.
It is, however, also possible that a participant interrupts the process of productive
dialogue and brackets the common interest of the participants in the first-order
understanding of a state of affairs with questions that refer to what other participants
mean, what they think about the subject matter of the dialogue. It is also possible
that an interrogator in a pure diagnostic dialogue is only interested in the secondary
understanding of the first-order understanding of their partners in the dialogue. The
attitude of such interrogators is the attitude of a disinterested interpreter, and is
the presupposition of the possibility of separating interpretation and application in
dialogues and communication in general. The problem of developing methodolo-
gies for diagnostic dialogues that are interested in objectively valid and testable
interpretations of life expressions of Others is the basic problem of an epistemology
of psychology and the social sciences.
The preceding investigations distinguished (Sect. 10.3) three types of psycho-
logical research. (1) Of interest on the animalic level are the reactions of Others as
animated living bodies to sensory stimulations and their system of animalic needs
406 11 Summary and Conclusions
Social sciences are empirical sciences and it is, therefore, necessary to test the
adequacy of the presupposed interpretations, and then of the predictions that can
be derived from the ideal types. Interviewing the participants in a system of social
interactions about their own first-order understanding of their social interactions
in diagnostic dialogues can be used as a test of the adequacy of an interpretation.
Such diagnostic dialogues are supposed to be the warrants of the distance that is
required for disinterested and objectively valid observations and interpretations.
Tests for adequacy presuppose the techniques of social psychology. The methods
of social psychology are, therefore, necessary implements of the methods of testing
interpretations in the social sciences.
Applications of these methods have to face the basic problem of the methods of
diagnostic dialogues. The problem is that the “objects” in these dialogues are the
“subjects” of their own first-order understanding and are, therefore, able to develop
an interest in the interpretations and the ideal type that serves as the model of the
interpretation of their social activities for their interrogators. If this happens, the
diagnostic dialogue is at an end, and the “objects” and the researcher will be either
involved in a productive dialogue in the search for truth, or in attempts on the part of
the “objects” to use the interpretation in ways that might serve their special interests
in reaching the goals of their social interactions.
Since ideal types admit deriving predictions about future developments in social
systems of interactions from ideal types in general (and especially from rational
ideal types) it is tempting to assume that the testing of predictions derived from
ideal types plus the knowledge of possibly interfering external and internal factors
can be used as a way out of problems connected with testing the adequacy of ideal
types in diagnostic dialogues. This assumption implies that social research is able to
apply the methods of testing predictions of the natural sciences. But this assumption,
together with other assumptions about the adequacy of hypotheses in the social
sciences that have been mentioned at the end of Sect. 10.4, has to cope with further
epistemological difficulties
(1) It is a minor epistemological problem for this assumption (Sects. 10.3 and 10.4)
that the degree of complexity of factors in initial conditions and effects in causal
relations in the systematic human sciences in general and especially in the social
sciences, is much higher than in the life sciences (Sect. 8.5).
(2) It is also a minor problem that the “evolution” of structures of social interactions
is much faster than even the evolution of the species in the life sciences.
Of crucial significance for (2) is that even changes on the lowest level of
the development of techniques and technologies for purposes of practical
social interactions are already the results of inventions. It is characteristic
for inventions that they cannot be known in advance. Such unforeseeable
innovations also determine the development of civil social interactions and
systems of higher understanding. Behind all inventions are authors and actors.
Being presently interested in present developments of social life implies the
possibility of being confronted with creative activities changing the systems of
social interactions.
11.3 The System of the Empirical Sciences: Concluding Remarks 409
of significance for the whole society. The “higher” social sciences, economics,
the science of the law, and political science are such social sciences. All of
them have their generative foundations in practical professions that required
a background in theoretical reflections long before sociology was recognized
as an empirical science in the second half of the Nineteenth century. Nobody
expects that theoretical reflections on activities in these professions can be
separated as pure “disinterested research.” The majority of law students do not
want to become scientists; their goals are professional activities as lawyers or
judges.
The difficulties (4–6) have common roots in the temporal and spatial structures
of intersubjective communications in social interactions. A short recapitulation of
the basic presuppositions for possible disinterested research in the natural and the
historical human sciences can prepare this analysis. “Disinterested research” in
the empirical sciences is quite interested in confirmed knowledge in the region
of objects of this type of research. “Disinterested” means to be disinterested in
activities that can cause changes in the course of events in the region of these objects.
Results of research in the natural sciences can be applied in technologies (Sect. 9.2),
but neither the methodology nor the theories of the natural sciences as empirical
theoretical sciences are determined by an immediate interest in such applications.
The basic presupposition for “disinterested research” in the natural sciences
is a methodological abstraction that is constitutive for the objective validity of
research. This methodological abstraction brackets all contents that imply an
interest in purposes and values governing social interactions in the encounter
with the natural environment in the lifeworld. But this implies that all practical
purposes and, hence, interests in changing the course of natural events are also in
brackets. The contents of the empirical basis for the confirmation/disconfirmation
of hypothetically assumed universal causal conditionals in the natural sciences are,
therefore, restricted to intersensory observations. The discovered causal “universal
laws” presuppose mathematically explicable continua of space and time dimensions
that determine the “world” of the region of objects of the hard natural sciences
beyond the spatial and temporal structures of events, and the causal connections
between events in the lifeworld.
The interpretations and reconstructions of life expressions in the philological-
historical sciences are able to satisfy the requirements of “disinterested research”
for their methods of testing hypothetical interpretations. They can satisfy these
requirements because the methodological abstraction that is implied in the first
canon brackets the cultural context of philological and historical research in
the present, and with it the purposes and values that govern systems of social
interactions in the present. It is again an abstractive reduction that is constitutive for
the distance between the subjects of research and their objects. Of interest as objects
of “disinterested research” are only the purposes and values of interactions, and in
general the first-order higher and elementary understanding of and in the concrete
lifeworld of authors of fixed life expressions in a distant past. To be disinterested
11.3 The System of the Empirical Sciences: Concluding Remarks 411
means to be value-free, i.e., free from a discussion of the values and purposes of
interactions in the past from the viewpoint of the values and purposes of the present
situation of the researchers.
The basic epistemological problem for the systematic human sciences is that
this distance between the present and past historical reality shrinks in contemporary
history and reaches the zero limit for the interest in the future development of social
structures given in the actual present in the social sciences. The type of distance that
is left for possible “value-free” objectively valid research in the systematic human
sciences is the distance between a disinterested observer and interpreter of Others
in the space of systems of social interactions in the present lifeworld. The objects
of research are Others who are participants in social interactions and their first-
order understanding of the social interactions. But these “objects” are themselves
other subjects who can participate in communications and interactions with the
subjects carrying out the research. As such they are potential partners in dialogues
in the present. In contrast, the predecessors who are the authors of the presently
available fixed life expressions, i.e., the immediate objects of historical research,
cannot appear as partners in dialogues in the present.
Research in the systematic human sciences, i.e., psychology and the social
sciences, is first of all theoretically “interested” in events in the present. Social
psychology and by implication individual psychology implicitly presuppose inter-
pretations of social interactions. Vice versa the social sciences presuppose methods
of social psychology in tests that serve the confirmation or disconfirmation of their
interpretations of social interactions. The problems (4–6) for psychology and the
social sciences have, therefore, the same common roots.
The first aspect of this problem is that the construction of ideal types that are
presupposed in possible explanations, predictions, and the testing of predictions
already presuppose interpretations of life expressions of participants in social
interactions in present communication. The elimination of misunderstanding and
not-understanding in the medium of communications in a pre-scientific lifeworld
presupposes productive dialogues on the level of elementary and higher under-
standing. The communication between the researchers and their objects who are
themselves subjects in the systematic human sciences requires a distance between
the researchers and their object/subjects. There is no such distance in productive
dialogues.
The basic methodological assumption of the systematic human science is, hence,
that diagnostic dialogues and diagnostic interpretations are able to serve as warrants
for the required distance between the research and the objects of research and,
therefore, also as the warrant for disinterested research. The ideal model for such
dialogues is the “communication” between psychologists and clients on the level of
individual psychology. Presupposed on the side of the psychologist are, however,
always more or less reliable interpretations of the systems of social interactions of
the “objects” of the psychologists in the social sciences.
The epistemological root problem for this methodological assumption of the sys-
tematic human sciences surfaces in the social sciences. Researchers in these contexts
412 11 Summary and Conclusions
immediate past horizon of the present. The methods that can be applied include not
only the interpretation of the testimonies of witnesses, but also knowledge about
evidence that can be derived from the natural sciences and used for the purposes of
the reconstruction (Sects. 10.6 and 10.7).
The final step, the application of the law to the case and the implied demand
to enforce the law, immediately implies a chain of inseparable interested and
involved “professional” social interactions that are required by the law itself. This
“application” is in itself an “ought” determined by the law itself. For cases that
have no precedent cases this “ought” requires creative and innovative actions
and interactions in the court of law. Such cases mark the borderline between
jurisprudence in the narrower sense and the political task of lawgiving. In the
ideal case, of course, the prudence of the lawgiver in lawgiving demands that all
relevant knowledge that can be obtained from the results of the empirical sciences
ought to be taken into account in the act of lawgiving. The act of lawgiving itself
is, however, a creative act of the lawgiver that is guided by purposes and values.
Phenomenological reflections on social interactions in political science connected
with lawgiving presuppose but also transcend not only the region of the empirical
sciences, but also of the task of a phenomenological epistemology.
Bibliography
Barber, M., et al. 2010. Phenomenology 2010, vol 5, Part 1, Selected essays from North America.
Bucharest: Zeta Books.
Behnke, E.A. 2009. Bodily protentionality. Husserl Studies 25: 184–217.
Betti, E. 1967. Allgemeine Auslegungslehre als Methodik der Geisteswissenschaften. Tübingen:
J. C. B. Mohr.
Blass, F. 1892. Hermeneutik und Kritik, Handbuch der klassischen Altertumswissenschaften.
München: C. H. Beck.
Boeckh, A. 1966. Enzyclopaedie und Methodenlehre der philologischen Wissenschaften, ed. E.
Bratuscheck. Leipzig, 1886; rpt. Stuttgart: Teubner.
Boeckh, A. 1968. On interpretation and criticism. Trans. J.P. Pritchard. Norman: University of
Oklahoma Press.
Breazeale, D., et al. (eds.). 1994. Fichte: Historical context/contemporary controversies. Atlantic
Highland: Humanities Press.
Bruzina, R. 2004. Edmund Husserl & Eugen Fink, beginnings and ends in phenomenology 1928–
1938. New Haven/London: Yale University Press.
Bruzina, R. 2013. Ideen I and Eugen Fink’s critical contributions. In Embree et al. 2013.
Cairns, D. 2007. Some applications of Husserl’s theory of sense-transfer. In The new yearbook for
phenomenology and phenomenological philosophy, vol. 7, ed. Embree L. et al.; revised version
in Embree, 2012.
Cairns, D. 2013. The philosophy of Edmund Husserl, ed. L. Embree. Dordrecht: Springer.
Cantor, G. 1962. Gesammelte Abhandlungen mathematischen und philosophischen Inhaltes, ed. E.
Zermelo. Hildesheim: Olms.
Chattopadhyaya, D.P., et al. 1992. Phenomenology and Indian philosophy. Albany: State Univer-
sity of New York Press.
Cushing, J.T. 1994. Quantum mechanics: Historical contingency and the Copenhagen hegemony.
Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Dilthey, W. 1922. GS 1 Einleitung in die Geisteswissenschaften. 4th ed. 1959.
Dilthey, W. 1924a. GS 5 Die Entstehung der Hermeneutik. In GS 5.
Dilthey, W. 1924b. GS 5 Ideen über eine beschreibende und zergliedernde Psychologie.
Dilthey, W. 1927. GS 7 Der Aufbau der geschichtlichen Welt in den Geisteswissenschaften.
Dilthey, W. 1977. Descriptive psychology and historical understanding. Trans. R. Zaner and K.
Heiges. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Dilthey, W. 1989. SW 1 Introduction to the human sciences. Trans. R.A. Makkreel and F. Rodi.
Princeton University Press.
Dilthey, W. 2002. SW 3 The formation of the historical world in the human sciences. Trans.
R. Makkreel and F. Rodi. Princeton University Press.
Dostal, R. 2008. Seebohm’s hermeneutics and Gadamer. International Journal of Philosophical
Studies 16: 719–730.
Droysen, J.G. 1977. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe, vol. 1, ed. P. Ley. Stuttgart: Frommann-
Holzboog.
Drüe, H. 1963. Edmund Husserl’s System der phänomenologischen Psychologie. Berlin: de
Gruyter.
Embree, L. 1977. Everyday social relevancy in Gurwitsch and Schutz. The Annals of Phenomeno-
logical Sociology 2: 45–61.
Embree, L. 1979. A note on ‘is’ and ‘ought’ in phenomenological perspective. Philosophy and
Phenomenological Research 39: 595–597.
Embree, L. 1980. Methodology is where human scientists and philosophers can meet: Reflections
on the Schutz – Parsons exchange. Human Studies 3: 367–373.
Embree, L. (ed.). 1983. Essays in memory of Aron Gurwitsch. Washington, DC: The Center for
Advanced Research in Phenomenology and University Press of America.
Embree, L. 1988a. Schutz on science. In Embree ed. 1988, 251–274.
Embree, L. 1988b. Schutz phenomenology of the practical world. In E. List et al. eds. 1988,
121–144.
Embree, L. (ed.). 1988c. Worldly phenomenology: The continuing influence of Alfred Schutz on
North American human science. Washington, DC: The Center for Advanced Research in
Phenomenology and University Press of America.
Embree, L. 1991. Notes on the specification of “meaning” in Schutz. Human Studies 14: 207–218.
Embree, L. 2000a. Schutz on reducing social tensions. In Thompson et al. 2000, 81–102.
Embree, L. 2000b. The phenomenological derivation of oughts and shalls from ises or why it is
right to take the stairs. In Wiegand et al. 2000, 83–88.
Embree, L. 2003. Reflective analysis in and on social psychology: A model for interdisciplinary
phenomenology. In Essays in celebration of the founding of the Organization of Phenomeno-
logical Organizations. Web published at www.o-p-o.net.
Embree, L. 2004. A problem in Schutz’s theory of the historical sciences with an illustration from
the women’s liberation movement. Human Studies 27: 281–306.
Embree, L. 2005. The appeal of Alfred Schutz in disciplines beyond philosophy, e.g. Jurisprudence.
In Endress et al. 2005, 77–95.
Embree, L. 2008a. The nature and role of phenomenological psychology in Alfred Schutz. Journal
of Phenomenological Psychology 39: 141–150.
Embree, L. 2008b. Schutz, Seebohm, and cultural science. International Journal of Philosophical
Studies 16: 731–744.
Embree, L. 2009a. Dorion Cairns and Alfred Schutz on the egological reduction. In Nasu et al.
2009, 177–216.
Embree, L. 2009b. Some philosophical differences within a friendship: Gurwitsch and Schutz. In
Nasu et al. 2009, 235–257.
Embree, L. 2009c. Phenomenology and social constructivism: Constructs for political identity.
Journal of Phenomenological Psychology 40: 127–139.
Embree, L. 2009d. Economics in the context of Alfred Schutz’s theory of science. Schutzean
Research 1: 163–173.
Embree, L. 2010a. Der Interpretationismus von Alfred Schutz oder wie Holzfällen referentiellen
und non-referentiellen Sinn haben kann. Trans. C. Sternad. In Staudigl 2010, 175–194.
Embree, L. 2010b. The justification of norms reflectively analyzed. In Barber et al. 2010, 71–79.
Embree, L. 2011. Reflective analysis. A first introduction into phenomenological investigations.
Bucharest: Zeta Books.
Embree, L. 2012. Animism, adumbration, willing, and wisdom. Studies in the phenomenology of
Dorion Cairns. Bucharest: Zeta Books.
Embree, L. 2013. Dorion Cairns, empirical types, and the field of consciousness. In Embree et al.
2013.
Bibliography 417
Husserl, E. 1950a. Hua I Cartesianische Meditationen und Pariser Vorträge, ed. S. Strasser. Den
Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1950b. Hua III Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen
Philosophie I, ed. K. Schumann. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1952a. Hua IV Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen
Philosophie II, ed. M. Biemel. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1952b. Hua V Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen
Philosophie III. Die Phänomenologie und die Fundamente der Wissenschaften, ed. M. Biemel.
Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1954. Hua VI Die Krisis der europäischen Wissenschaften und die transzendentale
Phänomenologie, ed. W. Biemel. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1956. Hua VII Erste Philosophie 1923/24, Erster Teil Kritische Ideengeschichte, ed. R.
Boehm. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1959. Hua VIII Erste Philosophie 1923/1924. Zweiter Teil: Theorie der phänomenolo-
gischen Reduktion, ed. R. Boehm. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1960. Cartesian meditations. Trans. Dorion Cairns. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1962. Hua IX Phänomenologische Psychologie. Vorlesungen Sommer 1925, ed. W.
Biemel. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1965. Philosophy as a rigorous science. In Phenomenology and the crisis of philosophy.
Trans. Q. Lauer. New York: Harper Torchbooks, 71–147.
Husserl, E. 1966a. Hua X Zur Phänomenologie des inneren Zeitbewusstseins (1893–1917), ed. R.
Boehm. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1966b. Hua XI Analysen zur passiven Synthesis 1918–26, ed. M. Fleischer. Den Haag:
Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1969. Formal and transcendental logic. Trans. Dorion Cairns. The Hague: Martinus
Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1970a. Logical investigations, vol. 2. Trans. J.N. Findlay. New York: Humanities Press,
1970, 2. Rev, ed. D. Moran. London: Routledge, 2001.
Husserl, E. 1970b. The crisis of the European Sciences and Transcendental Phenomenology. Trans.
D. Carr. Evanston: Northwestern University Press.
Husserl, E. 1972. Erfahrung und Urteil. Untersuchungen zur Genealogie der Logik, ed. L.
Landgrebe. Hamburg: Felix Meiner, 1939; 2. ed. 1972.
Husserl, E. 1973. Experience and Judgmen: Investigations in a genealogy of logic. Trans. J.S.
Churchill and K. Ameriks. Evanston: Northwestern University Press.
Husserl, E. 1974. Hua XVII Formale und transzendentale Logik, ed. P. Janssen. Den Haag:
Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1975. Hua XVIII Logische Untersuchungen 1. Prolegomena zur reinen Logik, ed. E.
Holenstein. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1977. Phenomenological psychology, Lectures summer semester 1925. Trans. J.
Scanlon. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1980. CW 1 Ideas pertaining to a pure phenomenology and to a phenomenological
philosophy III. Phenomenology and the foundations of the sciences. Trans. T.E. Klein and W.E.
Pohl. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1982. CW 2 Ideas pertaining to a pure phenomenology and to a phenomenological
philosophy I. Trans F. Kersten. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1984. Hua XIX 1,2 Logische Untersuchungen II. Untersuchungen zur Phänomenologie
und Theorie der Erkenntnis, ed. U. Panzer. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1987. Hua XXV Philosophie als strenge Wissenschaft. In Aufsätze und Vorträge 1911–
21, ed. T. Nenon and H.R. Sepp, 3–62. Dordrecht: Martinus Nijhoff.
Husserl, E. 1989. CW 3 Ideas pertaining to a pure phenomenology and to a phenomenological
philosophy II. Trans. R. Rojcewicz and A. Schuwer. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Husserl, E. 1991. CW 4 On the phenomenology of the consciousness of internal time. Trans. J.B.
Brough. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Bibliography 419
Husserl, E. 2001a. CW 9 Analyses concerning passive and active synthesis. Trans. A. Steinbock.
Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Husserl, E. 2001b. Hua XXXII Natur und Geist. Vorlesungen Sommersemester 1927, ed. M. Weiler.
Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Husserl, E. 2008. Hua XXXIX Die Lebenswelt. Auslegungen der vorgegebenen Welt und ihrer
Konstitution. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1916–1937), ed. R. Sowa. Dordrecht: Springer.
Jalloh, C.M. 1988. Fichte’s Kant interpretation and the doctrine of science. Washington, DC: The
Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology and University Press of America.
Kant. KGS III. 1787. Kritik der reinen Vernunft (B).
Kant. KGS V. 1790. Kritik der Urteilskraft.
Kant. KGS VI. 1793. Metaphysik der Sitten.
Kant. KGS VII. 1798. Der Streit der Fakultäten.
Kaufmann, F. 1933. On the subject-matter and method of economic science. Economica 13:
381–401.
Kaufmann, F. 1936. Remarks on the methodology of the social sciences. Sociological Review 28:
64–84.
Kaufmann, F. 1939. The significance of methodology for the social sciences. Social Research 6:
537–555.
Kaufmann, F. 1944. Methodology of the social sciences. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Kawano, K. On methodology of the social sciences: Schutz and Kaufmann. In Nasu et al. eds. 2009
Kirkland, F.M. EP Georg Friedrich Wilhelm Hegel. In EP.
Kockelmans, J. 1969. The world of science and philosophy. Milwaukee: The Bruce Publishing
Company.
Kockelmans, J. 1985. Heidegger and science. Washington, DC: Centre for Advanced Research in
Phenomenology and University Press of America.
Kockelmans, J. 1993. Ideas for a hermeneutic phenomenology of the natural sciences. Dordrecht:
Kluwer.
Kuhn, T. 1970. The structure of scientific revolutions, 2nd ed. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Kuhn, T. 1976. Reflections on my critics. In Lakatos et al. 1976, 231–278.
Lakatos, I. 1976. Falsification and the methodology of scientific research programs. In I. Lakatos
et al. eds. 1976.
Lakatos, I., et al. 1976. Criticism and the growth of knowledge, 2nd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Landgrebe, L. 1928. Wilhelm Dilthey’s Theorie der Geisteswissenschaften. Jahrbuch für Philoso-
phie und phänomenologische Forschung 9: 237–366.
Landgrebe, L. 1948. Phänomenologie und Metaphysik. Hamburg: M. von Schröder.
Landgrebe, L. 1963. Der Weg der Phänomenologie. Gütersloh: Gerd Mohn.
Lewis, D. 1973. Counterfactuals. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Li, Z. 2010. Toward a Husserlian conception of epistemology. In T. Nenon et al. 2010, 119–128.
List, E., et al. 1988. Alfred Schutz, Neue Beiträge zur Rezeption seines Werkes. Studien zur
Oesterreichischen Philosophie 12: 121–144.
Lohmar, D. 1989. Phänomenologie der Mathematik. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Madison, G.B. 1997. Economics. In EP.
Makkreel, R.A. 1975. Dilthey: Philosopher of the human studies. Princeton: Princeton University
Press.
Makkreel, R.A., et al. 1987. Dilthey and phenomenology. Washington, DC: The Center for
Advanced Research in Phenomenology and University Press of America.
Makreel, R.A. 1990. Imagination and interpretation in Kant. Chicago: The University of Chicago
Press.
Mc.Kenna, W. 2010. Perception as a source of justification. In T. Nenon et al. 2010, 129–138.
Mill, J.S. 1977. A system of logic, ratiocinative and inductive (1843), Collected works, vol. 7, ed.
J.M. Robson. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Miller, J.P. 1982. Numbers in presence and absence. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
420 Bibliography
Moran, D. 2012. Husserl’s crisis of the human European sciences and transcendental phenomenol-
ogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Moran, D. 2013. From the natural attitude to the life-world. In L. Embree et al. 2013, 105–124.
Morkramer, M. 2010. Der Lippstädter Fall. In Hermann Müller-Lippstadt, Naturforscher und
Pädagoge, ed. H. Münz and M. Morkramer. Rangsdorf: Basilisken-Presse im Verlag Natur
und Text.
Müller, W.H. 1956. Die Philosophie Edmund Husserls nach den Grundzügen ihrer Entstehung und
ihrem systematischen Gehalt. Bonn: Bouvier.
Nagel, E. 1961. The structure of science: Problems in the logic of scientific explanations. London:
Harcourt, Brace & World.
Nasu, H., et al. (eds.). 2009. Alfred Schütz and his intellectual partners. Konstanz: Universitätsver-
lag Konstanz.
Nasu, H. 2010. Methodology of the social sciences is where the social scientists, philosophers and
the persons on the street should meet. In T. Nenon et al., 413–430.
Nenon, T. 2008. Seebohm, Husserl, and Dilthey. In Book Symposium International Journal of
Philosophical Studies 16:745–753.
Nenon, T., et al. (eds.). 2010. Advancing phenomenology: Essays in honor of Lester Embree.
Dordrecht: Springer.
Null, G.T. 1983. A first-order axion system for non-universal part-whole relations. In Embree, L.
ed. 1983, 463–483.
Orth, E.W. (ed.). 1985. Dilthey und die Philosophie der Gegenwart. Freiburg: Alber.
Peirce, C.P. 1931–1935. Collected papers of Charles Sanders Peirce, ed. C. Hartshorne and P.
Weiss. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Popper, K.R. 1960. The poverty of historicism. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul 1957. Rpt. 1960.
Popper, R. 1968. The logic of scientific discovery. New York: Basic Books 1959; rev. ed. New
York: Harper & Row 1960, 1965, 1968. (German ed.: Logik der Forschung, Wien, 1934/35).
Popper, R. 1962. Die Logik der Sozialwissenschaften. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und
Sozialpsychologie 14: 233–263.
Quine, W.v.O. 1960. Word and object. New York: MIT Press.
Quine, W.v.O. 1970. The web of belief. New York: Random House.
Quine, W.v.O. 1996. Pursuit of truth, rev. ed. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Reeder, H.P. 1991. The work of Felix Kaufmann. Washington, DC: Center for Advanced Research
in Phenomenology and University Press of America.
Reeder, H.P. 2009. Alfred Schutz and Felix Kaufmann: The methodologists brackets. In Nasu et al.
2009, 91–115.
Rickert, H. 1926. Kulturwissenschaft und Naturwissenschaft. Tübingen: J. C. B. Mohr (Paul
Siebeck).
Rickert, H. 1962. Science and history: A critique of positivistic epistemology. Trans. G. Reisman.
Princeton: Van Nostrand.
Ricoeur, P. 1970. Freud and philosophy: An essay on interpretation. Trans. D. Savage. New Haven:
Yale University Press.
Rosado-Haddock, G.H. 1973. Edmund Husserl’s Philosophie der Logik und Mathematik im Lichte
der gegenwärtigen Logik und Grundlagenforschung. Ph.D. Dissertation, Universität Bonn.
Rosado-Haddock, G.H. 1987. Husserl’s epistemology of mathematics and the foundation of
platonism in mathematics. Husserl Studies 4: 81–104.
Schäfer, L. 1988. Karl R. Popper. München: C. H. Beck.
Schleiermacher, F.E.D. 1959. Hermeneutik, ed. H. Kimmerle. Heidelberg: Winter.
Schleiermacher, F.E.D. 1985. Allgemeine Hermeneutik von 1809/10, ed. W. Virmond.
Schleiermacher Archiv 1.
Schmit, R. 1981. Husserls Phänomenologie der Mathematik Platonistische und konstruktivistische
Momente in Husserls Mathematikbegriff. Bonn: Bouvier.
Schutz, A. 1932. Der sinnhafte Aufbau der sozialen Welt. Wien: Springer.
Schutz, A. 1962. CP I The problem of social reality, ed. M. Natanson. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Schutz, A. 1964. CP II Studies in social theory, ed. A. Brodersen. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Bibliography 421
Schutz, A. 1966. CP III Studies in phenomenological philosophy, ed. I. Schutz. The Hague:
Martinus Nijhoff.
Schutz, A. 1967. The phenomenology of the social world. Trans. G. Walsh and F. Lehnert.
Evanston: Northwestern University Press.
Schutz, A. 1996. CP IV. ed. H. Wagner et al. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Schutz, A. 1997. Positivistic philosophy and the actual approach of interpretative social science:
An ineditum of Alfred Schutz from spring 1953, ed. L. Embree. Husserl Studies 14: 123–149;
rpt in Schutz CP V.
Schutz, A. 2011. CP V Phenomenology and the social sciences, ed. L. Embree. Dordrecht:
Springer.
Schutz, A., and Luckman, T. 1973. The structures of the lifeworld. Trans. R. Zaner and H.T.
Engelhardt. Evanston: Northwestern University Press.
Scriven, M. 1959. Truisms as the ground of historical explanations, ed. P. Gardiner, 443–475. New
York: The Free Press.
Seebohm, T. 1962. Die Bedingungen der Möglichkeit der Transzendentalphilosophie. Bonn:
Bouvier.
Seebohm, T. 1972. Zur Kritik der hermeneutischen Vernunft. Bonn: Bouvier.
Seebohm, T. 1977. Bemerkungen zum Problem der Interpretation irrealer Konditionalsätze als
verkürzter Schlüsse. Kantstudien 68: 1–17.
Seebohm, T. 1982. Die Kantische Beweistheorie und die Beweise der Kritik der reinen Vernunft. In
Akten des 5. internationalen Kant-Kongresses, vol. 2, ed. G. Funke, 127–148. Bonn: Bouvier.
Seebohm, T. 1985a. Die Begründung der Hermeneutik Diltheys in Husserl’s transzendentaler
Phänomenologie. In ed. E.W. Orth, 97–124.
Seebohm, T. 1985b. Fichte’s and Husserl’s critique of Kant’s transcendental deduction. Husserl
Studies 2: 53–74.
Seebohm, T. 1987. Dilthey, Husserl and prima philosophia. In R.A. Makkreel et al., 23–29
Seebohm, T. 1990. Kategoriale Anschauung. Phänomenologische Forschungen 23: 9–43.
Seebohm, T. 1992. The paradox of subjectivity and the idea of ultimate grounding in Husserl and
Heidegger. In Chattopadhyaya et al. 1992, 153–168.
Seebohm, T. 1994a. Intentionalität und passive Synthesis. In Gerlach et al. 1994, 63–84.
Seebohm, T. 1994b. Fichte’s discovery of the dialectical method. In Breazeale et al. 1994, 17–42.
Seebohm, T. 2004. Hermeneutics: Method and methodology. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Seebohm, T. 2008. Three responses. International Journal of Philosophical Studies 16: 755–769.
Seebohm T. 2010. Naturalism, historism, and phenomenology. In T. Nenon et al. 2010, 7–32.
Seebohm, T. 2013. Husserl on the human sciences in Ideen II. In Embree et al. 2013, 125–140.
Sextus Empiricus. 1949. Against the professors works, vol. 4, ed. R.G. Bury. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Smith, B. 1982. The formalization of Husserl’s theory of whole and parts. In Smith et al. 1982.
Smith, B., et al. 1982. Parts and moments. Munich: Philosophia.
Smith, B., et al. 1995. The Cambridge companion to Husserl. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Spiegelberg, H. 1960. The phenomenological movement: A historical introduction, vol. 2. The
Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Staudigl, M. (ed.). 2010. Alfred Schutz und die Hermeneutik. Konstanz: Universitätsverlag
Konstanz.
Steinbock, A.J. 1997. Generative phenomenology. In EP.
Ströker, E. 1965. Philosophische Untersuchungen zum Raum. Frankfurt: Vittorio Klostermann.
Ströker, E. 1987. Investigations in philosophy of space. Trans. A. Mickunas. Athens: Ohio
University Press.
Ströker, E. 1997. The Husserlian foundations of science, 2nd rev. ed. Dordrecht: Kluwer.
Thomas, Aquinas. 1882. Summa Theologiae, Opera Omnia, Leonina, XIII, vol. 6–12. Roma, 1882f.
Thompson, K. et al. 2000. Phenomenology of the political, ed. K. Thompson et al. Dordrecht:
Kluwer.
422 Bibliography
A E
Argand, 203 Ephoros, 66
Aristotle, 65, 66, 169, 184, 210, 214, 241, 273
Averroist, 215
F
Fichte, J.G., 43, 307, 318, 388
B Fink, E., 43, 387–389
Betti, E., 103, 111–115, 118, 120 Freiburg circle, 34, 36, 45, 387
Birt, 113, 118–120 Freud, S., 304
Blass, 110, 113, 118–120
Boeckh, A., 69, 103–105, 110, 111, 113,
118–121, 320, 323 G
Bohm, 225, 227–229, 234 Gadamer, H.-G., 55, 56, 68, 69, 82, 92, 113,
Bolzano, B., 308, 318 120, 121, 150, 151, 154, 353
Brentano, F., 13 Galileo, G., 162, 170, 183, 197, 198, 212,
218–220, 223, 275, 381
Goedel, 17
C Gurwitsch, A., 26, 34, 47, 50, 52, 80, 86, 169,
Cairns, D., 45, 47, 86, 387, 388 287, 300, 388
Comte, A., 70
H
D Hegel, G.W.F., 43, 88, 93, 384, 387
Darwin, Ch., 252, 259, 400 Heidegger, M., 5, 92, 104, 121, 125, 169, 384,
Descartes, R., 2, 3, 31, 162, 170, 175, 184, 198, 387
203, 213, 396 Heisenberg, 228
Dilthey, W., 4, 12, 49, 55, 69–74, 79–85, 93, Hempel, C.G., 131
94, 96, 103, 104, 110, 121, 125, 128, Herschel, W.F., 91, 110, 176
153, 162, 168, 277–280, 292, 303, 306, Hilbert, D., 17, 169, 171, 185, 195, 199,
346–348, 379, 384 203–207, 211, 233
Diodoros, 66 Hirsch, E.D., 113, 120
Droysen, J.G., 69, 110, 113, 119, 120, 140, Hopkins, B., 17, 34, 93, 187, 190, 195, 200,
141, 143, 144 206, 209
Hume, D., 2, 42, 110, 161, 176, 199 New School (New York) tradition, 26, 45, 387,
Husserl, E., 4–7, 13–15, 17–20, 23, 26, 31–36, 388, 391
42, 43, 45, 47, 49, 55, 74, 75, 79, 80,
85, 87, 90, 92, 93, 96, 97, 122, 125,
169–171, 185, 187–189, 195, 196, 200, P
204, 206–209, 257, 277, 279–282, 287, Plato, 65, 66, 104, 208, 210, 358
292, 293, 307–309, 311, 320, 383–391, Popper, K., 131, 139, 161, 163, 169, 176, 179,
396, 400 384
K
Kant, 3, 14, 26, 30, 31, 42, 43, 110, 162, 186, Q
239, 241, 347, 348, 353, 396, 400 Quine, W.v.O., 31, 163, 164, 180
Klein, J., 17, 195, 200, 206, 209
Kronecker, L., 190, 203
R
L Reinach, A., 347
Laplace, P-S., 221 Rickert, H., 70–75, 79–85, 93, 96, 168, 279,
Lavoisier, A., 240 280, 292, 379
Livius, T., 66 Riemann, B., 185, 201, 202, 212, 223, 231, 223
Locke, J., 3, 42, 110, 176 Russel, B., 185
Lorentz, H., 212, 223
M S
Maitland, W.F., 148, 149 Schleiermacher, F., 68, 103, 104, 105,
Mill, J.S., 2, 11, 42, 70, 71, 74, 91, 110, 139, 110–113, 115, 120, 125, 320
162, 176, 240, 244, 247, 250, 251, Schutz, A., 5, 7, 23, 26, 33, 34, 50, 52, 53, 71,
318, 396 72, 79–88, 94, 278–282, 286, 287, 289,
292, 306–312, 314, 315, 318–321, 324,
N 344, 347, 360, 361, 386–388, 390
Neo-Kantianism, 14, 161, 169 Stumpf, C., 11–15, 206, 277
Subject Index
Anthropology, 23, 82, 140, 317 281, 288, 293, 297–299, 310, 321,
cultural, 23, 82 327, 334, 355, 359, 394, 398, 405,
Antiquity, classical, 13, 65–69, 74, 102, 412
104–106, 115, 116, 120, 121, 126, natural, 15, 26, 36, 42, 49, 93, 287
151, 184, 201, 346, 358, 366, 383, phenomenological, 4, 14, 15, 34–36, 41,
395 86, 87, 166, 287
Apodicticity, 35, 36, 38, 39 Author
presumptive, 35, 36 banishment of, 113, 120, 123, 151
Apophantics, 3, 4, 16, 17, 203, 204, 245 intention of, 112, 113, 120, 356
formal, 3, 4, 17, 204 Authority, 55, 116, 164, 331, 361, 362,
A posteriori, 32, 346 372
Appearance, 11, 75, 170, 221, 222, 224, 234, Authorization/authorized, 57, 58, 67, 350
235, 249, 381, 382 Axiom, 17, 19, 89, 184–187, 197, 199, 200,
Apperception, 15, 30, 35, 43, 161, 164 203–207, 211, 222, 231, 233
unity of transcendental, 15, 43, 161 Axiomatic system, 91, 179, 184, 187, 188, 201,
Application, 1, 12, 55, 66, 104, 132, 163, 204
183–212, 257, 279, 384
Appresentation, 37, 47, 48
associative, 37 B
A priori, 14, 26, 30–32, 43, 88, 137, 161, Barter, 331, 333, 335, 336
164, 179, 216, 226, 239, 243, 265, Beginning, absolute, 225
286, 292, 297, 309, 320, 346, 351, Behavior
358–360, 391 economic, 341, 345
Archaeology rational, 313, 317, 318, 324, 328, 331, 338,
classical, 67 345, 409
historical, 105, 106, 109, 110, 123, 156 Being
methods, methodology of, 105 apodictic, 39, 42
Architecture, 67, 81, 105, 107, 260, 261, contingent, 36, 38, 39
394 necessary, 36, 38, 39, 42
Arithmetic, 78, 178, 184, 185, 188, 189, objective, 39, 384
195–197, 199, 200, 204, 209, 217, subjective, 36, 38, 39
218, 231, 334, 343, 394 Big bang, 225, 258
Art, 6, 11, 19, 31, 58, 63, 66, 67, 70–72, 74, Biography, 101, 113, 115, 119–121, 123, 151,
79, 81, 88, 92, 102, 105–107, 109, 152, 304
119, 140, 144, 147, 169, 174, 184, Biology, 12, 72, 161
194, 196, 197, 214, 225, 235, 236, Body
241, 257, 260, 261, 267, 270, 303, animate, 297, 335, 361, 389
305, 317, 323, 324, 344, 357–359, celestial, 128, 153, 173, 175, 214, 219, 221,
383, 395, 399, 400 258, 264, 268
liberal, 72 inanimate, 47, 389
Artes librales, 184 living body, 37, 40, 47, 48, 89, 179, 198,
Artifact, 50, 51, 61, 62, 81, 102, 106, 109, 110, 217, 220, 298, 305, 387, 404
118, 123, 124, 129, 156, 180, 191, other living body, 37, 40, 47, 48, 198,
192, 194, 214, 250, 257, 260, 261, 217
263, 264, 268, 270, 315–317, 323, primordial self-giveness of the, 38, 46
330, 331, 338, 362 Bohm interpretation, 225, 227, 229, 234
Association, 3, 23, 24, 30, 32, 270, 303, 306 Bricolage, 316, 317, 323
Astronomy, astronomical, 161, 176, 183, 184, Byzantium, Byzantine empire, 59, 65–67
225, 258, 264, 395
Atom, 136, 195, 215, 240, 249, 258, 394
Attitude C
cognitive, 6, 111, 112, 116, 174, 175, Calculus, 171, 184, 197, 198, 201, 202, 212,
185–187, 210, 217, 242, 243, 247, 230, 231, 271, 330, 397
254, 263, 266, 268–270, 272–275, infinitesimal, 171, 197, 201, 230, 231, 271
Subject Index 427
191, 257, 258, 260, 261, 263–265, classical, 213, 216, 224, 231
279, 282–284, 286, 289, 291, 293, formal properties of, 18, 21, 22
294, 298–300, 303, 305, 306, 310, generative, 23, 24, 45, 54, 55, 57–60,
311, 320, 323, 324, 348, 355, 360, 66, 76, 78, 84, 85, 89, 102, 126,
363, 371–374, 380, 381, 392, 396, 153, 166, 171, 172, 174, 178–180,
401–406, 410, 411 183, 185–187, 189, 190, 192, 194,
Extension 197–199, 203, 212–214, 216, 217,
spatial, 19, 28, 192, 193 224, 230, 235, 236, 266, 270, 288,
of terms, 28 292, 293, 310, 313, 316, 329, 334,
Extinction, 259 336, 339, 340, 350, 354, 358, 362,
390–396, 410
genetic, 23, 32, 39, 40, 46, 49, 53, 55, 60,
F 67, 87, 187, 242, 244, 399
Fact immediate, 49, 77, 181, 242
for the historian, 81, 124, 125, 140, in the lifeworld, 224
145–147, 152, 156, 253 mathematical, 224
historical, 107, 125, 126, 128, 133, 149, one-sided, 22, 25, 28, 46, 62, 63, 172, 248,
166, 181, 304, 380, 395 288, 326
Factor post-classical, 398
circumstantial, 141–1423 reciprocal, 40, 49, 56, 392
external, 59, 280, 313, 322, 343, 369, 370 systems of, 180
internal, 322–324, 326, 369, 370, 400, 407, temporal, 25
408 unifying, 19, 20
necessary, 143, 176 Freedom, transcendental, 221
Falsification, 70, 90, 102, 108, 123, 124, Function, 13, 16, 21, 22, 27, 35, 50, 56, 58,
145–150, 162–164, 177, 281, 355 115, 119, 134, 136, 185, 191, 202,
Falsificationusm 203, 211, 212, 219, 228, 231, 245,
dogmatic, 163, 358, 394 246, 248, 259, 260, 287, 307, 310,
methodological, 163 316–318, 321, 324, 336, 337, 350,
naïve, 162, 163, 177 363, 367, 374, 400
sophisticated, 163 Fusion, 46
Family, 19, 21, 22, 140, 243, 302, 304, 322,
331, 362, 367, 409
Fashion, 51 G
Force Galilean frame(work), 154, 258, 259, 261, 264,
bodily, 373 280
creative, 253 Gavagai, 180
at a distance, 173, 220, 227 Gene, 253
local, 220, 224 Genetic code, 249, 250, 253, 400, 401, 403,
moving, 61, 253 404
non-local, 220, 224 Genre, 65, 66, 78, 82, 93, 101–104, 107–109,
Form, 6, 16, 17, 29, 117, 127, 132–134, 119, 121–123, 126, 133, 179, 184,
137, 161, 171, 190, 191, 195, 203, 323, 350, 352, 356, 403
214–216, 226, 239, 241, 249, 251, literary, 65, 66, 78, 103, 104, 107, 108, 126,
253, 254, 259, 260, 268, 271, 272, 133, 179, 403
309, 317, 334, 358, 370, 398–401 Geometry
Formalism, 5, 17, 164, 166–169, 171, 177, analytical, 201
178, 183–213, 217, 219, 222–240, Euclidean, 184, 188, 193, 194, 196,
243, 251, 267, 275, 276, 382 198–202, 204, 224, 230, 231
Fossil, 252, 258–260, 398, 400, 401, non-Euclidean, 185, 186, 231
404 synthetic, 199
Foundation Gestalt, 31, 272, 300, 398, 401
categorical structure of, 20 qualities, 300
432 Subject Index
Goal, 1, 41, 49–51, 62, 66, 71, 72, 75, 78, 88, as a science, 93, 95, 96, 101–129, 145, 153,
89, 91, 92, 94, 105, 108, 141, 155, 154, 165, 262, 263, 265, 293, 311,
165, 169, 171–175, 181, 221, 236, 390, 402
262, 268, 298, 313, 322, 325, 327, universal, 93, 108, 126, 127, 153, 218
338, 405, 408–410 Homo oeconomicus, 344
Goods, 49, 58, 62, 76, 79, 114, 119, 149, Horizon
163, 169, 227, 251, 290, 317, 318, efficient, 117, 119
329–334, 337–339, 341–343, 363, future, 39, 51, 58, 63, 96, 117, 118, 122,
372 123, 126, 127, 129, 151, 152, 155,
Grammar, 4, 16, 17, 19, 27, 30, 32, 66, 156, 190, 218, 261, 278, 279, 283,
102–104, 118, 119, 122, 163 284, 286, 287, 296, 310, 311, 354,
pure logical, 16, 19, 27, 30, 32, 122 (see 365, 375, 392, 402, 407
Apophantics, formal) genetic, 117–119, 121–123
Gravitation, 219, 220, 223, 224, 397 historical, 82
Grounding, ultimate, 33–43, 385–388, 391 past, 63, 81–84, 95, 96, 107, 111, 117, 122,
Guilt, 62, 154 123, 128, 152–156, 191, 218, 232,
277, 283, 284, 288, 304, 313, 321,
327, 333, 353, 354, 356, 357, 365,
H 366, 389, 402, 413
Habit, habitual, 3, 23, 60, 125, 253, 261 temporal, 15, 81, 119, 123, 126, 128, 144,
Hellenism, 66, 67, 102 145, 151, 218, 372
Here, 46–48, 167, 178, 217, 218, 226, 297, Humanism, humanist, 67, 69, 74, 77, 78, 91,
351, 353, 381 92, 94, 101–110, 115, 116, 151, 383,
Hermeneuticism, 78, 384 395
Hermeneutics Hyle, hyletic, hyletical field, 3, 19, 20, 24, 30,
archaeological, 110 31, 37, 38, 45–48, 85, 172, 181, 189,
biblical, 103 216, 297, 300, 386, 388, 389, 392
circle of, 104 Hypothesis, 139, 162, 163, 176, 177, 223, 224,
first canon of, 103, 105, 111, 126, 128, 251–253, 258, 275, 290, 321
150–153, 156, 294, 353, 356
higher, 69, 113, 119–121, 123
juridical, 114, 347, 348, 350, 352–356 I
of the latent, 144 Idealism
lower, 118, 120, 352, 356, 401 German, 42, 387
philological, 56, 104, 129, 150, 151, 353, transcendental, 86
402 Idealization, mathematical, 74, 76, 187–189,
second canon of, 125 192, 197, 198, 200–203, 208, 209,
Historia, 65, 66 211, 216, 217, 219, 222, 224, 238,
Historicism, 69, 74, 164, 166, 379–390 241, 275
Historiography, 66, 101, 107–110, 132, 133, formal, 188, 189, 198, 200, 203, 211, 222,
135, 137, 138, 145, 147, 149, 311 224, 238, 275
History Ideographic, 71, 72, 74, 123, 257, 265, 273
as a collection of narratives (narrations) Ideological superstructure, 140
(historiai), 95, 109, 126, 127, 132, Ideology, 69, 140, 141, 274, 295, 312, 367
133, 136, 139, 258, 402 Image, 13, 30, 32, 164
contemporary, 95, 96, 107, 156, 283, 284, Imagination, 13, 17, 29–32, 174, 188, 193,
291, 311, 354, 355, 357, 360, 364, 194, 208, 245, 309, 328, 352, 364,
366, 371, 372, 374, 375, 405, 409 381, 397, 407
cultural, 105, 106, 124, 156, 263, 264 associative, 32
efficient, 11, 117, 151 Immanence, 35, 38, 48
natural, 66, 91, 95, 105, 252, 253, 258–261, Impossibility, 14, 27, 181, 202, 243, 402
263–265, 400 Indeterminacy
of nature, 91, 156, 252, 253, 257–265, 282, principle, 228
400, 404 relation, 227, 228
Subject Index 433
formalized, 4, 12, 29, 31, 132–135, 185, Measurement, 178, 179, 192, 194, 217–219,
200, 206, 209 225–228, 233, 240, 331
inductive, 70, 71 techniques, 178, 331
modal, 132, 226, 227 Measuring rod, 179, 192, 193, 217, 334, 336
non-classical, 226 Mechanics, 163, 166, 168, 177, 215, 219, 220,
post-classical, 132, 226 224–227, 229, 234, 236, 238, 247,
pure, 16, 17, 19, 27, 30, 32, 122 267, 271, 275
statistical, 163, 177, 225
Memory
M of others, 107
Manifold primordial, 46
definite, 17, 188, 189, 196, 204, 205, 207, subjective, 49, 56, 155
211 Merchandize, 334, 336–338
pure, 170, 171 Merchant, 143, 333, 334, 336–339, 342, 344,
Market 370
economy, 307, 317, 329–334, 336–339, Mereology, 422
341–345, 365, 372, 373 Meta-genre, 58, 114, 121, 164, 165, 174, 182,
financial, 339 267, 269, 274, 394, 395, 397
value, 334 Meta-mathematics, 17, 18, 28, 204, 205, 207
Mass, 171, 216, 219, 223, 224, 329, 352, 381 Metaphysics/metaphysical, 2, 43, 167, 184,
Material, 3, 13, 45–64, 66, 101, 132, 168, 185, 213, 215, 228, 239, 387–389, 394
259, 278, 385 Method
raw, 49–51, 59, 61, 62, 64, 106, 214, 372 analytic, 198
Mathematical operation, 196, 200, 203, 205, archaeological, 94, 105
212, 243 comparative, 106, 124, 264
Mathematics compositive, 198
classical, 4, 164, 186, 200, 201, 203, 211, descriptive, 42
213, 222, 227, 391, 398 dialectical, 43
modern, 4, 274, 334 doctrine of, 1, 2, 31, 89, 101–111, 118, 127,
post classical, 186, 198, 200, 202, 203, 287, 151, 162, 332, 353, 366, 395
381, 398 philological historical, 4, 94–96, 112, 113,
Mathesis universalis, 4, 16–23, 41, 170, 171, 127, 128, 151, 154, 282, 291, 326,
184, 188, 189, 196, 204, 206, 356, 372, 390, 402
207, 209, 239, 276, 287, 382, 383, resolutive, 198
398 synthetic, 199
Matter, 6, 17, 23, 27, 28, 50, 74, 86, 114, Methodology, 1, 16, 60, 68, 102, 136, 162,
171, 175, 179, 205, 214, 215, 223, 185, 267, 278–281, 380
241–243, 249, 253, 254, 258, 260, of philological historical research, 92, 102,
269, 301, 382, 399, 405 129, 320, 354, 380
Meaning Middle Ages, 13, 65, 67, 68, 102, 105, 109,
meaning, 7, 16, 27, 30–32, 34, 38, 54, 57, 142, 184, 197, 215, 238, 346, 359,
61, 62, 66, 89, 91–95, 101–104, 383, 395
106, 107, 112, 114, 119, 122, 125, Mlitary power, 274, 329, 369
128, 129, 134, 141, 152, 154, 164, Moment
167, 169–171, 179, 204–206, 214, abstract, 18, 19, 28, 30, 75, 111, 116, 142,
221, 239, 250, 252, 253, 260, 267, 172, 178, 188, 192–194, 206, 216,
275, 282, 288, 289, 292, 295, 303, 324, 397
309–311, 314, 318–321, 324, 325, dependent, 18, 21, 22, 25, 46
328, 343, 344, 347, 351, 353–355, Momentum, 226, 228, 235, 236
358–360, 380, 381, 384, 399, 401, Monetary system, 329, 339, 3334
403, 404 Money, 333, 334, 337–340
objective, 205, 282, 289, 310, 324, 353, Monument, 55, 57, 60, 67–69, 74, 81, 102,
360 105–110, 118, 123, 124, 156, 257,
Means in action and interaction, 50 260, 261, 263, 264, 396, 402, 403
436 Subject Index
pre-scrientific, 174, 213, 216, 219, 232, of psychology, 5, 74, 80, 86, 277, 296, 315,
248, 249, 269, 288 391, 396
regional, 33, 288 pure, 7, 14, 15, 17, 25, 29, 30, 41, 86
scientific, 174, 213, 216, 219, 232, 242, of the social world, 3, 5, 23, 34, 79, 307,
248, 249, 267, 288 327
Ontotheological, 174, 213, 214, 218, 221, 238, static, 3, 23, 188, 242
266 Philological rhetorical syndrome, 66
Onto-theology, 213, 215 Philology (philologist), 4, 65–69, 72, 96, 97,
Opertation, arithmentical, 184, 188–190, 192, 101–105, 109–113, 115–120, 122,
194–200, 203, 340, 394 123, 127, 128, 150, 151, 330, 384,
Ordering, linear, 225 395, 402
Organism Philosophical ontology, 213–216, 218, 230,
human, 305 246, 266, 269–273, 288, 399
humanoid, 264 Philosophy practical
Other (person) continental, 162
appresentation of, 37 of nature, 162, 167, 169, 174, 175, 181,
giveness of, 33, 34, 36–38, 40–42, 45, 48, 183, 199, 213, 215, 220, 224, 230,
52, 124, 180, 386, 387, 404 251, 266, 271, 275
Owner, 331, 333, 336, 337, 341 prescientific of nature, 399
Ownness, 37, 86, 87, 392 Physician, 304, 305
sphere of, 37, 86, 87, 392 Physics, 4, 12, 72, 161, 183, 258, 287, 380
classical, 4, 171, 174, 183, 186, 196–201,
211–226, 228, 230–236, 238, 239,
P 241, 258, 275, 381, 382, 397, 398,
Paleontology, 73, 95, 105, 156, 260, 264, 400 400, 403
Paradigm, 14, 69, 70, 161, 163–165, 180, 183, Physiology, 142, 161, 304, 305, 380, 382
198, 199, 252, 359, 383, 384 post classical, 4, 132, 163, 164, 166,
Paradigm shift, 164, 165, 183, 380, 383, 384 171, 183, 185, 186, 196, 198–203,
Paradox 211–213, 216, 220, 222–240, 258,
of psychologism, 15 275, 287, 381, 383, 398
reduction, 33, 382 Piece, 18, 19, 21, 22, 28, 192, 208
of subjectivity, 26, 33–43, 379–390 Poetry, poet, 32, 52, 55, 57, 58, 65, 66, 72, 76,
Part 88, 101, 102, 121, 123, 132, 174,
dependent, 13, 18, 27–29, 32, 35, 38, 269, 317
48, 129, 192, 193, 195, 206, 208, Political, 59, 62, 70, 83, 96, 140, 141, 144,
242, 243, 248, 288, 293, 301, 154, 157, 164, 213, 267, 274, 288,
316, 319, 333, 335, 339, 349, 393, 294, 306, 307, 322, 328, 331, 344,
397, 403 346–375, 410, 412, 413
independent, 18–21, 32, 94, 191, 195, 208, phenomena, 81
242–246, 248, 270, 280, 285, 315, power, 58, 59, 61, 65, 76, 80, 81, 142, 150,
316, 406, 412 164, 274, 275, 316, 334, 338, 349,
materially dependent, 27 354, 358–361, 363, 365, 367, 369,
syncategorematic, 17 373, 374
Participation, practical, 293 structure, 60, 81, 140, 348, 350, 352,
Past 359
immediate, 49, 51, 61, 81, 85, 96, 107, 126, Politics, 65, 70, 237, 269, 274, 277, 278, 283,
144, 155, 156, 277, 283, 284, 311, 346–362, 366, 394
353, 355, 366, 375, 389, 413 Position, 13, 14, 34, 45, 73, 74, 86, 113, 140,
primordial, 60 195, 205, 221, 226–228, 234–237,
Perception, 23, 46, 175, 179, 300 258, 273, 275, 278, 279, 292, 349,
Phenomenology 352, 369, 380, 384, 388, 405
generative, 3, 23, 55 Positivism, 3, 70, 73, 74, 161, 169, 228, 234,
genetic, 23, 55, 242 308, 318, 347, 352, 357, 359, 360
mundane, 86, 87 historical, 69, 360
438 Subject Index
Postulate Psychologism
of adequacy, 79, 289, 315, 319–321, empirical, 32
323–325, 328 naturalistic, 13, 14, 74, 383
of clarity and distinctness, 318 transcendental, 14, 26
of consistency, 315, 318 Psychology
relevance, 315, 319, 320 analyzing, 70
subjective interpretation, 319 descriptive, 11–16, 26, 30, 41, 42, 72, 79,
Predecessor, 25, 48, 52–57, 66, 68, 74, 78–82, 80, 278
84, 92, 94, 95, 128, 152, 248, 294, empirical, 13, 32, 277, 296, 297, 299, 346
310, 324, 396, 401, 411 everyday, 143, 144, 148, 262
Prediction, 25, 32, 63, 72, 73, 76, 78, 81, 85, experimental, 12, 13, 277, 286, 299–301,
91, 92, 96, 129, 139, 156, 157, 304, 305, 323, 380, 406
168, 172, 175, 176, 185, 210, 217, individual, 80, 278, 300, 302–306, 312,
218, 231, 232, 237, 239, 245, 247, 316, 324, 406, 411
257, 270, 275, 279–296, 301, 304, as a natural science, 72, 144, 148, 170,
310, 312–314, 318, 321–323, 325, 183–185, 391
328–330, 332, 333, 340–344, 354, phenomenological, 5, 74, 80, 86, 277, 296,
355, 360, 364–375, 392, 396, 404, 315, 391, 396
405, 407–409, 411, 412 social, 80, 86, 87, 278, 285, 286, 289, 299,
causal, 73, 76 301, 302, 305, 306, 310–312, 315,
Pre-historical, 105, 106, 109, 110, 124, 316, 321, 345, 370, 406–408, 411
263–265, 350 understanding, 72, 73, 80, 148, 277, 279,
Pre-history, 65, 95, 109, 179, 240, 263, 264, 285, 300, 301, 304
396, 404 Psychosomatic, 86, 87
Pre-judgment, 112, 126, 145 Purpose, 2, 12, 45, 75, 102, 136, 165, 184, 264,
Pre-predicative, 20, 30, 87 278, 380
Present, actual, 46, 49, 50, 63, 95, 96, 127,
139, 144–146, 154–156, 174, 279,
283, 311, 333, 362, 366, 411 Q
Price, 334, 337–341, 343 Quality
Primordial, 6, 19, 23, 24, 31, 33, 34, 36–38, 40, primary, 7, 170, 171, 178, 221, 222, 248
41, 43, 45–48, 53–55, 60, 86, 172, secondary, 7, 170, 178, 181, 222, 240, 248
178, 179, 189, 216–218, 257, 288, Quantity, numerical, 191
296, 297, 300, 388, 389, 392 Quantum theory, 169, 171, 185, 211–213, 221,
Primordial sphere, 37, 45–48, 86, 189, 392 224–228, 233–236, 239, 240, 249,
Probability 267, 330, 381, 383
calculus, 330 Quantum mechanics, 163, 166, 168, 177,
density, 228, 229 225–227, 234, 236, 238, 267, 275
Producer, 333, 334, 336–339 Question
Product, 31, 32, 50, 59, 95, 106, 191, 196, 215, diagnostic, 290, 291, 295, 298, 302, 370
223, 243, 251, 315, 323, 331–333, inquisitive, 290, 291, 295
335, 337, 339, 342, 343, 365, 393,
400
Production R
means of, 332 Rationalism, 43, 267, 271
sources of, 331 Reading, 74, 92, 115, 116
Profit, 293, 338, 339, 341, 344, 345, 372 first, 115, 116, 125, 181, 395, 401, 403
Proof, formal, 2, 90 Reality
Prophet, 57, 58, 66, 76, 108, 323, 324 brute, 46, 47, 85, 267, 268, 270, 388, 393
Protention, 24, 31, 39, 46, 172, 190, 297 objective, 13
Psychiatry, 304, 305 socio-cultural, 75
clinical, 72 transcendent, 48
Psychical function, 13 Recollection, 54
Psychoanalysis, 144, 298, 300, 303, 306 intersubjective, 54
Subject Index 439
Reconstruction critical, 33, 35, 39, 41, 88, 89, 131, 179,
historical, 101, 109, 119, 120, 124–129, 239, 312, 325, 383
144, 151, 152, 154, 155, 261, 262, Reformation, 58, 67, 103, 147
284, 355, 390, 402, 403 Region, 1, 5–7, 17, 18, 33, 80, 88, 91–94,
intersubjective, 24, 25, 53, 54 96, 132, 165, 169, 206, 216, 245,
of past reality, 81, 101, 107, 124–126, 128, 275, 278, 281, 284, 288, 307, 308,
129, 140, 145, 146, 151, 152, 252, 313, 316, 318, 326, 329–346, 351,
257, 261, 263, 284, 294, 320, 353, 361–365, 368, 369, 371–375, 380,
355, 360, 380, 400–402, 404 381, 383, 389, 391, 394, 396–398,
Reduction 402, 404, 406, 410, 413
abstractive, 6, 7, 20, 36, 46, 56, 75, 76, 85, ontological, 1, 5, 7, 17, 77, 89, 93, 156,
87, 90, 92–95, 139–140, 156, 186, 242, 245–249, 253, 262, 275, 284,
217, 220, 222, 230, 270, 271, 281, 292–294, 308, 329, 330, 343, 348
284, 288, 293, 294, 342, 343, 380, Regress, indefinite, 35, 36, 39
398, 410 Rejection, 14, 32, 35, 57–60, 67, 68, 70, 84,
egological, 33, 34, 36–38, 40–42, 45, 86, 94, 104, 113, 114, 126, 136, 137,
87, 388 147, 150, 151, 161, 165, 166, 174,
eidetic, 16, 26 176, 205, 208, 213, 227, 230, 235,
epistemic interpretation of, 94 266, 272, 275, 279, 359, 388, 396
idealizing, 75 Relation
ontic interpretation of, 85 causal, 60–64, 75, 76, 81, 92, 137, 141, 142,
phenomenological, 15, 16, 26, 29, 30, 33, 155, 162, 174, 175, 178, 181, 185,
34, 36, 38, 40–42, 85–88, 93, 94, 186, 210, 217, 219, 220, 222, 226,
166, 287, 385, 386 230, 232, 237–239, 242, 244–249,
primordial, 33, 34, 36–38, 40–42, 45, 87, 251–253, 259–264, 268, 270, 271,
388 273, 280–284, 288, 292, 300,
psychological-phenomenological, 86 301, 311–314, 317, 318, 323, 328,
transcendental, 15, 26, 85–88, 93, 94, 287, 338, 341, 342, 365, 366, 368–370,
385, 386 373–375, 381, 390, 392–394, 407
Reference, 7, 17, 28, 31, 35, 49, 58, 80, 86, 90, formal property of, 18, 21, 22
97, 109, 111–113, 117–119, 121, material property of, 22
123, 128, 143, 148, 151, 164, 169, property of, 20, 22
170, 188, 240, 244, 250, 254, 263, unifying, 20
281–283, 289, 294, 305, 308, 309, Relativism, 26, 74, 90, 164, 166, 383
318, 319, 323, 360, 361, 384, 385, Relativity theory
387, 388, 402, 405 general, 171, 212
Reflection, reflective, 2, 4, 6, 7, 12, 14, 15, special, 212, 227, 231
28, 30, 33, 35, 36, 39–41, 45, 46, Renaissance, 58, 60, 67, 102, 105, 147, 184,
52, 58, 60, 62, 65, 70, 75, 76, 197, 214, 215, 218, 384, 395
79–81, 85–89, 93, 96, 102, 104, Report, 55, 58, 62, 63, 65, 82, 95, 101,
105, 107, 109, 110, 124, 125, 106–109, 120, 127, 131, 133, 135,
131, 132, 140, 141, 154, 156, 136, 139, 140, 143, 145, 147, 155,
162, 163, 165–167, 169–171, 175, 181, 258, 263, 297, 303, 305, 310,
176, 179–181, 183, 201, 203, 206, 311, 386, 402
209, 213, 215, 225, 226, 230, 232, Representation
234, 236–240, 257, 265, 266, 268, by analogy, analogical, 201, 202, 397
269, 271, 274, 278, 280, 281, 290, pictoral, 193, 194, 208, 212, 224, 231, 244,
293, 294, 296, 304, 306–308, 311, 246, 272, 382, 397, 398
312, 316, 318–320, 325, 329, 340, quasi-pictorial, 200–203, 208–209,
342–344, 346–348, 350, 352–354, 211–213, 222–225, 229, 231, 233,
358, 359, 363, 364, 366, 367, 373, 238, 239, 246, 275, 381, 382, 397,
379, 380, 382, 383, 385–391, 394, 398
396, 399–401, 405, 406, 409, 410, Reproduction, 24, 25, 31, 53, 63, 80, 190, 218,
412, 413 246, 297, 303
440 Subject Index
Sequential ordering, 191 342, 343, 349, 365, 372, 373, 397,
Set, 17, 25, 30, 32, 116, 119, 122, 136–139, 407, 408
176, 177, 184, 185, 191, 202, 203, Technological, 58–62, 109, 140–143, 148,
205, 219, 230, 241, 251, 252, 268, 154, 155, 230, 236, 237, 272, 286,
293, 301, 319, 325, 338, 357, 367, 305, 322, 326, 332, 333, 338, 339,
374, 381, 384 343, 344, 355, 364, 369, 372, 375,
Set theory, 17, 185 399
Sign, 50, 179, 192, 196, 205, 260, 261, 297 Technology, 76, 140, 142, 143, 162, 170, 182,
Sign matter, 179, 205, 260, 261, 297 237, 249, 265–276, 297, 301, 303,
Simultaneity, 223, 232, 233 304, 329–333, 344
Skepticism, 59, 67, 207, 208, 383 Temporality
Society, archaic, 57, 362, 373 intersubjective, 53, 126, 129, 151, 190, 283,
Sociologism, 87 297, 320, 326, 327, 392
Sociology, 72, 86, 278, 279, 286, 306, 307, structure of, 127, 128, 153
311, 362, 409, 410 Testability, 319, 320
Solipsism, 33, 34, 36, 386 Theology, protestant, 67
Space There
empty, 215, 223 manifold of, 46
Hilbert, 171, 212, 225–227, 233 multidimensional, 48
infinite, 216, 217 primordial, 46, 178
inner, 31, 46 Things in themselves, 6, 221, 222, 224, 239,
intersubjective, 48, 179, 217 272, 382
n-dimensional, 202, 211 Time
outer, 216 calendar, calendaric, 128, 258, 261, 264
primordial, 46 empty, 216
Spatiality, inner, 3, 297 Time consciousness (temporality)
Species, organic, 244, 245, 253, 401 inner, (internal), 15, 24, 30, 40, 41, 189,
Speech, 112, 251 389
Sphere, primordial, 37, 45–48, 86, 189, 392 intersubjective, 23
Statistical causality, 163, 177, 225 subjective, 23
Statistical frequency, 177 transcendent, 24
Statistics, 244 Tool, 50–52, 55, 59, 61, 62, 64, 67, 106, 122,
mathematical, 163, 330 124, 129, 144, 171, 173, 179, 180,
Stemma, 117, 123 194, 214, 235, 236, 257, 260, 261,
Structure, categorical, 30 263, 264, 266, 268, 270, 274, 275,
Substrate, concrete, 28, 32, 33 291, 312, 313, 315, 331, 334, 335,
Successor, 25, 48, 52, 53, 81, 84, 392 339, 341–344, 347, 352, 361, 372,
Supply, 342 393, 394
Symbol, 133, 202, 207, 209 Trace, 55, 63, 67, 69, 105, 107, 111, 116, 124,
Sympathy, 47, 345, 370 131, 145, 146, 148, 155, 156, 196,
Synthesis 224, 232, 252, 258–261, 263, 264,
active, 20, 31, 36, 46, 216, 386 279, 283, 303, 347, 388, 394, 398,
associative, 31, 32, 38, 40, 46, 386 400–404
passive, 18–20, 30, 31, 37, 38, 46, 47, 87, Trade, 76, 180, 322, 331, 333–341
172, 216, 386 Tradition
pre-predicative, 20, 30, 87 archaic, 58–60, 66, 83–84, 362
cultural, 59, 60, 83, 214, 323, 363, 373,
393
T false, 57
Taxonomy, 11, 79, 176, 180, 245, 246, 398 foreign, 82, 84
Technique, 4, 33, 61, 73, 156, 178, 184, 185, literary, 55, 57–60, 66, 67, 78, 84, 95,
218, 240, 241, 250, 252, 262, 263, 102, 104, 106, 118, 128, 156, 213,
266, 270–273, 275, 291, 312, 313, 263, 323, 353, 358, 362, 383, 385,
317, 322, 329, 331, 332, 334, 335, 393–395
442 Subject Index
V Whole
Validity extensive, 115, 125
intersubjective, 3, 90, 154, 191, 348, 392 first order, 19–21, 30, 32, 51, 122, 191, 193,
in principle, 1, 88–90, 169 194, 208, 242, 309, 314, 335, 403
objective, 1, 3, 70, 84, 85, 88–90, 103, 105, higher order, 19–23, 25, 32, 122, 191, 208,
111, 118, 165, 187, 194, 199, 205, 242, 285, 309, 314, 403, 407
267, 281, 284, 289, 302, 310, 311, independent, 18–23, 28, 29, 51, 242, 243,
315, 318, 324, 353, 354, 356, 370, 248, 260, 269, 398, 403, 412
383, 384, 392, 410 organic, 19, 21, 191, 242–243, 245–248,
Value 250, 280, 285, 314, 398, 403, 404
cultural, 68, 75, 299 World
ethical, 75, 294 Einstein/Minkowski, 224, 232
free, 89, 152, 375, 411 giveness of the, 38, 86, 93, 94
intrinsic, 335–337, 339, 340 historical, 4, 49, 80, 384, 391
market, 334, 346 life, 3, 5–7, 23, 33, 34, 38, 45–97, 101,
moral, 74, 75, 312, 360 102, 105–111, 113, 115, 124–126,
theory, 14 128, 129, 137, 140, 142–145, 147,
trade, 335–338, 340 148, 152–155, 162, 164, 170–172,
Variable, 17, 136, 184, 200–202, 206, 209, 174, 178, 180–182, 187, 190–213,
210, 226, 321 216, 218, 220, 224, 230, 232, 233,
hidden, 224, 227–229, 234 235–237, 239, 240, 253, 258–276,
Variation 278, 281, 282, 284–287, 290,
active, 32 292–299, 301, 305, 307–309, 313,
eidetic, 29, 30, 142, 224 315, 316, 318, 320–322, 329–346,
free fantasy, 26–28, 32, 188 348, 352, 355, 361–364, 369,
in imagination, 13, 17, 29, 188, 193, 194, 379–382, 389–397, 399, 402–404,
245, 246, 328, 352, 364, 381, 397, 410, 411
407 material, 93
Vector, 197, 198, 212, 219, 225 practical, 50, 51
Verification, 70, 90, 102, 162, 320, 405 primordial, 37, 45–48, 86, 189, 257, 288,
300, 392
real, 85, 168, 187, 236
W spiritual, 7, 93, 265, 379, 384–386, 390,
Wave, 212, 223, 227, 228, 233, 234, 267, 391
294 transcendent, 35, 38, 40
Wealth, 274, 329, 333, 334, 338, 341, 342, universal, 127
344–346, 365, 370, 372 World points, 223, 224, 232, 236, 258, 287
Weight, 192, 219, 220, 224, 227, 287, 298, Worldview, 59, 60, 68, 71, 77, 85, 142, 144,
330, 335 147, 148, 251, 323, 341, 369, 374